diff options
| author | Guo Mang <mang.guo@intel.com> | 2017-08-02 09:54:47 +0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Guo Mang <mang.guo@intel.com> | 2017-09-05 19:45:08 +0800 |
| commit | 6c128c65b5ec0e5b8b5a0ccb165f3afd29e485f8 (patch) | |
| tree | 444372d92a0ae8991fe4d15eb3937df43690dfda /IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal | |
| parent | b207c6434d7a5a4502975d322312e07017e8a8cb (diff) | |
| download | edk2-platforms-6c128c65b5ec0e5b8b5a0ccb165f3afd29e485f8.tar.xz | |
Remove core packages since we can get them from edk2 repository
Contributed-under: TianoCore Contribution Agreement 1.0
Signed-off-by: Guo Mang <mang.guo@intel.com>
Diffstat (limited to 'IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal')
124 files changed, 0 insertions, 41248 deletions
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3Save.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3Save.c deleted file mode 100644 index 177a73bc78..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3Save.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,643 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This is an implementation of the ACPI S3 Save protocol. This is defined in
- S3 boot path specification 0.9.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
-of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
-full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/HobLib.h>
-#include <Library/LockBoxLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Guid/AcpiVariableCompatibility.h>
-#include <Guid/AcpiS3Context.h>
-#include <Guid/Acpi.h>
-#include <Protocol/AcpiS3Save.h>
-#include <IndustryStandard/Acpi.h>
-
-#include "AcpiS3Save.h"
-
-//
-// 8 extra pages for PF handler.
-//
-#define EXTRA_PAGE_TABLE_PAGES 8
-
-/**
- Hook point for AcpiVariableThunkPlatform for InstallAcpiS3Save.
-**/
-VOID
-InstallAcpiS3SaveThunk (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Hook point for AcpiVariableThunkPlatform for S3Ready.
-
- @param AcpiS3Context ACPI s3 context
-**/
-VOID
-S3ReadyThunkPlatform (
- IN ACPI_S3_CONTEXT *AcpiS3Context
- );
-
-UINTN mLegacyRegionSize;
-
-EFI_ACPI_S3_SAVE_PROTOCOL mS3Save = {
- LegacyGetS3MemorySize,
- S3Ready,
-};
-
-EFI_GUID mAcpiS3IdtrProfileGuid = {
- 0xdea652b0, 0xd587, 0x4c54, { 0xb5, 0xb4, 0xc6, 0x82, 0xe7, 0xa0, 0xaa, 0x3d }
-};
-
-/**
- Allocate memory below 4G memory address.
-
- This function allocates memory below 4G memory address.
-
- @param MemoryType Memory type of memory to allocate.
- @param Size Size of memory to allocate.
-
- @return Allocated address for output.
-
-**/
-VOID*
-AllocateMemoryBelow4G (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-{
- UINTN Pages;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Address;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID* Buffer;
-
- Pages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Size);
- Address = 0xffffffff;
-
- Status = gBS->AllocatePages (
- AllocateMaxAddress,
- MemoryType,
- Pages,
- &Address
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Buffer = (VOID *) (UINTN) Address;
- ZeroMem (Buffer, Size);
-
- return Buffer;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This function scan ACPI table in RSDT.
-
- @param Rsdt ACPI RSDT
- @param Signature ACPI table signature
-
- @return ACPI table
-
-**/
-VOID *
-ScanTableInRSDT (
- IN EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *Rsdt,
- IN UINT32 Signature
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINT32 EntryCount;
- UINT32 *EntryPtr;
- EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *Table;
-
- if (Rsdt == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- EntryCount = (Rsdt->Length - sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER)) / sizeof(UINT32);
-
- EntryPtr = (UINT32 *)(Rsdt + 1);
- for (Index = 0; Index < EntryCount; Index ++, EntryPtr ++) {
- Table = (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *)((UINTN)(*EntryPtr));
- if (Table->Signature == Signature) {
- return Table;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This function scan ACPI table in XSDT.
-
- @param Xsdt ACPI XSDT
- @param Signature ACPI table signature
-
- @return ACPI table
-
-**/
-VOID *
-ScanTableInXSDT (
- IN EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *Xsdt,
- IN UINT32 Signature
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINT32 EntryCount;
- UINT64 EntryPtr;
- UINTN BasePtr;
- EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *Table;
-
- if (Xsdt == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- EntryCount = (Xsdt->Length - sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER)) / sizeof(UINT64);
-
- BasePtr = (UINTN)(Xsdt + 1);
- for (Index = 0; Index < EntryCount; Index ++) {
- CopyMem (&EntryPtr, (VOID *)(BasePtr + Index * sizeof(UINT64)), sizeof(UINT64));
- Table = (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *)((UINTN)(EntryPtr));
- if (Table->Signature == Signature) {
- return Table;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- To find Facs in FADT.
-
- @param Fadt FADT table pointer
-
- @return Facs table pointer.
-**/
-EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *
-FindAcpiFacsFromFadt (
- IN EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIXED_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_TABLE *Fadt
- )
-{
- EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *Facs;
- UINT64 Data64;
-
- if (Fadt == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (Fadt->Header.Revision < EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIXED_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_REVISION) {
- Facs = (EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *)(UINTN)Fadt->FirmwareCtrl;
- } else {
- if (Fadt->FirmwareCtrl != 0) {
- Facs = (EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *)(UINTN)Fadt->FirmwareCtrl;
- } else {
- CopyMem (&Data64, &Fadt->XFirmwareCtrl, sizeof(UINT64));
- Facs = (EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *)(UINTN)Data64;
- }
- }
- return Facs;
-}
-
-/**
- To find Facs in Acpi tables.
-
- To find Firmware ACPI control strutcure in Acpi Tables since the S3 waking vector is stored
- in the table.
-
- @param AcpiTableGuid The guid used to find ACPI table in UEFI ConfigurationTable.
-
- @return Facs table pointer.
-**/
-EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *
-FindAcpiFacsTableByAcpiGuid (
- IN EFI_GUID *AcpiTableGuid
- )
-{
- EFI_ACPI_2_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER *Rsdp;
- EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *Rsdt;
- EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *Xsdt;
- EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIXED_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_TABLE *Fadt;
- EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *Facs;
- UINTN Index;
-
- Rsdp = NULL;
- //
- // found ACPI table RSD_PTR from system table
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < gST->NumberOfTableEntries; Index++) {
- if (CompareGuid (&(gST->ConfigurationTable[Index].VendorGuid), AcpiTableGuid)) {
- //
- // A match was found.
- //
- Rsdp = gST->ConfigurationTable[Index].VendorTable;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (Rsdp == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Search XSDT
- //
- if (Rsdp->Revision >= EFI_ACPI_2_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_REVISION) {
- Xsdt = (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *)(UINTN) Rsdp->XsdtAddress;
- Fadt = ScanTableInXSDT (Xsdt, EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIXED_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_SIGNATURE);
- if (Fadt != NULL) {
- Facs = FindAcpiFacsFromFadt (Fadt);
- if (Facs != NULL) {
- return Facs;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Search RSDT
- //
- Rsdt = (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *)(UINTN) Rsdp->RsdtAddress;
- Fadt = ScanTableInRSDT (Rsdt, EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIXED_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_SIGNATURE);
- if (Fadt != NULL) {
- Facs = FindAcpiFacsFromFadt (Fadt);
- if (Facs != NULL) {
- return Facs;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- To find Facs in Acpi tables.
-
- To find Firmware ACPI control strutcure in Acpi Tables since the S3 waking vector is stored
- in the table.
-
- @return Facs table pointer.
-**/
-EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *
-FindAcpiFacsTable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *Facs;
-
- Facs = FindAcpiFacsTableByAcpiGuid (&gEfiAcpi20TableGuid);
- if (Facs != NULL) {
- return Facs;
- }
-
- return FindAcpiFacsTableByAcpiGuid (&gEfiAcpi10TableGuid);
-}
-
-/**
- The function will check if long mode waking vector is supported.
-
- @param[in] Facs Pointer to FACS table.
-
- @retval TRUE Long mode waking vector is supported.
- @retval FALSE Long mode waking vector is not supported.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsLongModeWakingVectorSupport (
- IN EFI_ACPI_4_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *Facs
- )
-{
- if ((Facs == NULL) ||
- (Facs->Signature != EFI_ACPI_4_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE_SIGNATURE) ) {
- //
- // Something wrong with FACS.
- //
- return FALSE;
- }
- if (Facs->XFirmwareWakingVector != 0) {
- if ((Facs->Version == EFI_ACPI_4_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE_VERSION) &&
- ((Facs->Flags & EFI_ACPI_4_0_64BIT_WAKE_SUPPORTED_F) != 0)) {
- //
- // BIOS supports 64bit waking vector.
- //
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdDxeIplSwitchToLongMode)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Allocates page table buffer.
-
- @param[in] LongModeWakingVectorSupport Support long mode waking vector or not.
-
- If BootScriptExector driver will run in 64-bit mode, this function will establish the 1:1
- virtual to physical mapping page table when long mode waking vector is supported, otherwise
- create 4G page table when long mode waking vector is not supported and let PF handler to
- handle > 4G request.
- If BootScriptExector driver will not run in 64-bit mode, this function will do nothing.
-
- @return Page table base address.
-
-**/
-EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS
-S3AllocatePageTablesBuffer (
- IN BOOLEAN LongModeWakingVectorSupport
- )
-{
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdDxeIplSwitchToLongMode)) {
- UINTN ExtraPageTablePages;
- UINT32 RegEax;
- UINT32 RegEdx;
- UINT8 PhysicalAddressBits;
- UINT32 NumberOfPml4EntriesNeeded;
- UINT32 NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS S3NvsPageTableAddress;
- UINTN TotalPageTableSize;
- VOID *Hob;
- BOOLEAN Page1GSupport;
-
- Page1GSupport = FALSE;
- if (PcdGetBool(PcdUse1GPageTable)) {
- AsmCpuid (0x80000000, &RegEax, NULL, NULL, NULL);
- if (RegEax >= 0x80000001) {
- AsmCpuid (0x80000001, NULL, NULL, NULL, &RegEdx);
- if ((RegEdx & BIT26) != 0) {
- Page1GSupport = TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Get physical address bits supported.
- //
- Hob = GetFirstHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_CPU);
- if (Hob != NULL) {
- PhysicalAddressBits = ((EFI_HOB_CPU *) Hob)->SizeOfMemorySpace;
- } else {
- AsmCpuid (0x80000000, &RegEax, NULL, NULL, NULL);
- if (RegEax >= 0x80000008) {
- AsmCpuid (0x80000008, &RegEax, NULL, NULL, NULL);
- PhysicalAddressBits = (UINT8) RegEax;
- } else {
- PhysicalAddressBits = 36;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // IA-32e paging translates 48-bit linear addresses to 52-bit physical addresses.
- //
- ASSERT (PhysicalAddressBits <= 52);
- if (PhysicalAddressBits > 48) {
- PhysicalAddressBits = 48;
- }
-
- ExtraPageTablePages = 0;
- if (!LongModeWakingVectorSupport) {
- //
- // Create 4G page table when BIOS does not support long mode waking vector,
- // and let PF handler to handle > 4G request.
- //
- PhysicalAddressBits = 32;
- ExtraPageTablePages = EXTRA_PAGE_TABLE_PAGES;
- }
-
- //
- // Calculate the table entries needed.
- //
- if (PhysicalAddressBits <= 39 ) {
- NumberOfPml4EntriesNeeded = 1;
- NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded = (UINT32)LShiftU64 (1, (PhysicalAddressBits - 30));
- } else {
- NumberOfPml4EntriesNeeded = (UINT32)LShiftU64 (1, (PhysicalAddressBits - 39));
- NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded = 512;
- }
-
- //
- // We need calculate whole page size then allocate once, because S3 restore page table does not know each page in Nvs.
- //
- if (!Page1GSupport) {
- TotalPageTableSize = (UINTN)(1 + NumberOfPml4EntriesNeeded + NumberOfPml4EntriesNeeded * NumberOfPdpEntriesNeeded);
- } else {
- TotalPageTableSize = (UINTN)(1 + NumberOfPml4EntriesNeeded);
- }
-
- TotalPageTableSize += ExtraPageTablePages;
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "AcpiS3Save TotalPageTableSize - 0x%x pages\n", TotalPageTableSize));
-
- //
- // By architecture only one PageMapLevel4 exists - so lets allocate storage for it.
- //
- S3NvsPageTableAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)AllocateMemoryBelow4G (EfiReservedMemoryType, EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE(TotalPageTableSize));
- ASSERT (S3NvsPageTableAddress != 0);
- return S3NvsPageTableAddress;
- } else {
- //
- // If DXE is running 32-bit mode, no need to establish page table.
- //
- return (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) 0;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Gets the buffer of legacy memory below 1 MB
- This function is to get the buffer in legacy memory below 1MB that is required during S3 resume.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_ACPI_S3_SAVE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Size The returned size of legacy memory below 1 MB.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Size is successfully returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The pointer Size is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LegacyGetS3MemorySize (
- IN EFI_ACPI_S3_SAVE_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT UINTN *Size
- )
-{
- if (Size == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- *Size = mLegacyRegionSize;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Prepares all information that is needed in the S3 resume boot path.
-
- Allocate the resources or prepare informations and save in ACPI variable set for S3 resume boot path
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_ACPI_S3_SAVE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param LegacyMemoryAddress The base address of legacy memory.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Some necessary information cannot be found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS All information was saved successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Resources were insufficient to save all the information.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range is not located below 1 MB.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-S3Ready (
- IN EFI_ACPI_S3_SAVE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN VOID *LegacyMemoryAddress
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS AcpiS3ContextBuffer;
- ACPI_S3_CONTEXT *AcpiS3Context;
- STATIC BOOLEAN AlreadyEntered;
- IA32_DESCRIPTOR *Idtr;
- IA32_IDT_GATE_DESCRIPTOR *IdtGate;
- EFI_ACPI_4_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *Facs;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "S3Ready!\n"));
-
- //
- // Platform may invoke AcpiS3Save->S3Save() before ExitPmAuth, because we need save S3 information there, while BDS ReadyToBoot may invoke it again.
- // So if 2nd S3Save() is triggered later, we need ignore it.
- //
- if (AlreadyEntered) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- AlreadyEntered = TRUE;
-
- AcpiS3Context = AllocateMemoryBelow4G (EfiReservedMemoryType, sizeof(*AcpiS3Context));
- ASSERT (AcpiS3Context != NULL);
- AcpiS3ContextBuffer = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)AcpiS3Context;
-
- //
- // Get ACPI Table because we will save its position to variable
- //
- Facs = (EFI_ACPI_4_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *) FindAcpiFacsTable ();
- AcpiS3Context->AcpiFacsTable = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Facs;
- ASSERT (AcpiS3Context->AcpiFacsTable != 0);
-
- IdtGate = AllocateMemoryBelow4G (EfiReservedMemoryType, sizeof(IA32_IDT_GATE_DESCRIPTOR) * 0x100 + sizeof(IA32_DESCRIPTOR));
- Idtr = (IA32_DESCRIPTOR *)(IdtGate + 0x100);
- Idtr->Base = (UINTN)IdtGate;
- Idtr->Limit = (UINT16)(sizeof(IA32_IDT_GATE_DESCRIPTOR) * 0x100 - 1);
- AcpiS3Context->IdtrProfile = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)Idtr;
-
- Status = SaveLockBox (
- &mAcpiS3IdtrProfileGuid,
- (VOID *)(UINTN)Idtr,
- (UINTN)sizeof(IA32_DESCRIPTOR)
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Status = SetLockBoxAttributes (&mAcpiS3IdtrProfileGuid, LOCK_BOX_ATTRIBUTE_RESTORE_IN_PLACE);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Allocate page table
- //
- AcpiS3Context->S3NvsPageTableAddress = S3AllocatePageTablesBuffer (IsLongModeWakingVectorSupport (Facs));
-
- //
- // Allocate stack
- //
- AcpiS3Context->BootScriptStackSize = PcdGet32 (PcdS3BootScriptStackSize);
- AcpiS3Context->BootScriptStackBase = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)AllocateMemoryBelow4G (EfiReservedMemoryType, PcdGet32 (PcdS3BootScriptStackSize));
- ASSERT (AcpiS3Context->BootScriptStackBase != 0);
-
- //
- // Allocate a code buffer < 4G for S3 debug to load external code, set invalid code instructions in it.
- //
- AcpiS3Context->S3DebugBufferAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)AllocateMemoryBelow4G (EfiReservedMemoryType, EFI_PAGE_SIZE);
- SetMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)AcpiS3Context->S3DebugBufferAddress, EFI_PAGE_SIZE, 0xff);
-
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "AcpiS3Context: AcpiFacsTable is 0x%8x\n", AcpiS3Context->AcpiFacsTable));
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "AcpiS3Context: IdtrProfile is 0x%8x\n", AcpiS3Context->IdtrProfile));
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "AcpiS3Context: S3NvsPageTableAddress is 0x%8x\n", AcpiS3Context->S3NvsPageTableAddress));
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "AcpiS3Context: S3DebugBufferAddress is 0x%8x\n", AcpiS3Context->S3DebugBufferAddress));
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "AcpiS3Context: BootScriptStackBase is 0x%8x\n", AcpiS3Context->BootScriptStackBase));
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "AcpiS3Context: BootScriptStackSize is 0x%8x\n", AcpiS3Context->BootScriptStackSize));
-
- Status = SaveLockBox (
- &gEfiAcpiVariableGuid,
- &AcpiS3ContextBuffer,
- sizeof(AcpiS3ContextBuffer)
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Status = SaveLockBox (
- &gEfiAcpiS3ContextGuid,
- (VOID *)(UINTN)AcpiS3Context,
- (UINTN)sizeof(*AcpiS3Context)
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Status = SetLockBoxAttributes (&gEfiAcpiS3ContextGuid, LOCK_BOX_ATTRIBUTE_RESTORE_IN_PLACE);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- if (FeaturePcdGet(PcdFrameworkCompatibilitySupport)) {
- S3ReadyThunkPlatform (AcpiS3Context);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- The Driver Entry Point.
-
- The function is the driver Entry point which will produce AcpiS3SaveProtocol.
-
- @param ImageHandle A handle for the image that is initializing this driver
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI system table
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS: Driver initialized successfully
- @retval EFI_LOAD_ERROR: Failed to Initialize or has been loaded
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate needed resources
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-InstallAcpiS3Save (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- if (!FeaturePcdGet(PcdPlatformCsmSupport)) {
- //
- // More memory for no CSM tip, because GDT need relocation
- //
- mLegacyRegionSize = 0x250;
- } else {
- mLegacyRegionSize = 0x100;
- }
-
- if (FeaturePcdGet(PcdFrameworkCompatibilitySupport)) {
- InstallAcpiS3SaveThunk ();
- }
-
- Status = gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (
- &ImageHandle,
- &gEfiAcpiS3SaveProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &mS3Save
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3Save.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3Save.h deleted file mode 100644 index 65974a3402..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3Save.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This is an implementation of the ACPI S3 Save protocol. This is defined in
- S3 boot path specification 0.9.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
-of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
-full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _ACPI_S3_SAVE_H_
-#define _ACPI_S3_SAVE_H_
-
-/**
- Gets the buffer of legacy memory below 1 MB
- This function is to get the buffer in legacy memory below 1MB that is required during S3 resume.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_ACPI_S3_SAVE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Size The returned size of legacy memory below 1 MB.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Size is successfully returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The pointer Size is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LegacyGetS3MemorySize (
- IN EFI_ACPI_S3_SAVE_PROTOCOL * This,
- OUT UINTN * Size
- );
-
-/**
- Prepares all information that is needed in the S3 resume boot path.
-
- Allocate the resources or prepare informations and save in ACPI variable set for S3 resume boot path
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_ACPI_S3_SAVE_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param LegacyMemoryAddress The base address of legacy memory.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Some necessary information cannot be found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS All information was saved successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Resources were insufficient to save all the information.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range is not located below 1 MB.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-S3Ready (
- IN EFI_ACPI_S3_SAVE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN VOID *LegacyMemoryAddress
- );
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3SaveDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3SaveDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 366eb147b7..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3SaveDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# AcpiS3Save module installs ACPI S3 Save protocol to prepare S3 boot data.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials are
-# licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = AcpiS3SaveDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = AcpiS3SaveDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = 2BDED685-F733-455f-A840-43A22B791FB3
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
-
- ENTRY_POINT = InstallAcpiS3Save
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
-#
-
-[Sources]
- AcpiS3Save.h
- AcpiS3Save.c
- AcpiVariableThunkPlatform.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- PcdLib
- UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- BaseMemoryLib
- HobLib
- UefiLib
- LockBoxLib
- DebugLib
- DxeServicesLib
-
-[Guids]
- gEfiAcpiVariableGuid ## PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # LockBox Save Data.
- gEfiAcpiS3ContextGuid ## PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # LockBox Save Data.
- gEfiAcpi20TableGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## SystemTable
- gEfiAcpi10TableGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## SystemTable
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"AcpiGlobalVariable"
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"AcpiGlobalVariable"
- gEfiAcpiVariableCompatiblityGuid
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiAcpiS3SaveProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gFrameworkEfiMpServiceProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- ## NOTIFY
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEdkiiVariableLockProtocolGuid
-
-[FeaturePcd]
- gEfiIntelFrameworkModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPlatformCsmSupport ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdFrameworkCompatibilitySupport ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdDxeIplSwitchToLongMode ## CONSUMES
-
-[Pcd]
- gEfiIntelFrameworkModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdS3AcpiReservedMemorySize ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiIntelFrameworkModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdS3BootScriptStackSize ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUse1GPageTable ## CONSUMES
-
-[Depex]
- #
- # Note: the extra dependency of gEfiMpServiceProtocolGuid is to ensure that ACPI variable is set by MpDxe driver before
- # AcpiS3SaveDxe module is executed.
- #
- gEfiVariableArchProtocolGuid AND gEfiVariableWriteArchProtocolGuid AND gEfiMpServiceProtocolGuid
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- AcpiS3SaveDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3SaveDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3SaveDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 05f1398985..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3SaveDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3SaveDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3SaveDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7b89727292..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiS3SaveDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiVariableThunkPlatform.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiVariableThunkPlatform.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7ad9eb4336..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiS3SaveDxe/AcpiVariableThunkPlatform.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,224 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This is an implementation of the AcpiVariable platform field for ECP platform.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
-of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
-full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-==
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS AcpiReservedMemoryBase; <<===
- UINT32 AcpiReservedMemorySize; <<===
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS S3ReservedLowMemoryBase;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS AcpiBootScriptTable;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS RuntimeScriptTableBase;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS AcpiFacsTable;
- UINT64 SystemMemoryLength; <<===
- ACPI_CPU_DATA_COMPATIBILITY AcpiCpuData;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS VideoOpromAddress;
- UINT32 VideoOpromSize;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS S3DebugBufferAddress;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS S3ResumeNvsEntryPoint;
-} ACPI_VARIABLE_SET_COMPATIBILITY;
-
-**/
-
-#include <FrameworkDxe.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/HobLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Protocol/FrameworkMpService.h>
-#include <Protocol/VariableLock.h>
-#include <Guid/AcpiVariableCompatibility.h>
-#include <Guid/AcpiS3Context.h>
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED
-ACPI_VARIABLE_SET_COMPATIBILITY *mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility = NULL;
-
-/**
- Allocate memory below 4G memory address.
-
- This function allocates memory below 4G memory address.
-
- @param MemoryType Memory type of memory to allocate.
- @param Size Size of memory to allocate.
-
- @return Allocated address for output.
-
-**/
-VOID*
-AllocateMemoryBelow4G (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN Size
- );
-
-/**
- Hook point for AcpiVariableThunkPlatform for S3Ready.
-
- @param AcpiS3Context ACPI s3 context
-**/
-VOID
-S3ReadyThunkPlatform (
- IN ACPI_S3_CONTEXT *AcpiS3Context
- )
-{
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS AcpiMemoryBase;
- UINT32 AcpiMemorySize;
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
- UINT64 MemoryLength;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "S3ReadyThunkPlatform\n"));
-
- if (mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility == NULL) {
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate ACPI reserved memory under 4G
- //
- AcpiMemoryBase = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)AllocateMemoryBelow4G (EfiReservedMemoryType, PcdGet32 (PcdS3AcpiReservedMemorySize));
- ASSERT (AcpiMemoryBase != 0);
- AcpiMemorySize = PcdGet32 (PcdS3AcpiReservedMemorySize);
-
- //
- // Calculate the system memory length by memory hobs
- //
- MemoryLength = 0x100000;
- Hob.Raw = GetFirstHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR);
- ASSERT (Hob.Raw != NULL);
- while ((Hob.Raw != NULL) && (!END_OF_HOB_LIST (Hob))) {
- if (Hob.ResourceDescriptor->ResourceType == EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY) {
- //
- // Skip the memory region below 1MB
- //
- if (Hob.ResourceDescriptor->PhysicalStart >= 0x100000) {
- MemoryLength += Hob.ResourceDescriptor->ResourceLength;
- }
- }
- Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (Hob);
- Hob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR, Hob.Raw);
- }
-
- mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility->AcpiReservedMemoryBase = AcpiMemoryBase;
- mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility->AcpiReservedMemorySize = AcpiMemorySize;
- mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility->SystemMemoryLength = MemoryLength;
-
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "AcpiVariableThunkPlatform: AcpiMemoryBase is 0x%8x\n", mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility->AcpiReservedMemoryBase));
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "AcpiVariableThunkPlatform: AcpiMemorySize is 0x%8x\n", mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility->AcpiReservedMemorySize));
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "AcpiVariableThunkPlatform: SystemMemoryLength is 0x%8x\n", mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility->SystemMemoryLength));
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Register callback function upon VariableLockProtocol
- to lock ACPI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE variable to avoid malicious code to update it.
-
- @param[in] Event Event whose notification function is being invoked.
- @param[in] Context Pointer to the notification function's context.
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-VariableLockAcpiGlobalVariable (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EDKII_VARIABLE_LOCK_PROTOCOL *VariableLock;
- //
- // Mark ACPI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE variable to read-only if the Variable Lock protocol exists
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEdkiiVariableLockProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &VariableLock);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = VariableLock->RequestToLock (VariableLock, ACPI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE, &gEfiAcpiVariableCompatiblityGuid);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Hook point for AcpiVariableThunkPlatform for InstallAcpiS3Save.
-**/
-VOID
-InstallAcpiS3SaveThunk (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FRAMEWORK_EFI_MP_SERVICES_PROTOCOL *FrameworkMpService;
- UINTN VarSize;
- VOID *Registration;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gFrameworkEfiMpServiceProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID**) &FrameworkMpService
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // On ECP platform, if framework CPU drivers are in use, The compatible version of ACPI variable set
- // should be produced by CPU driver.
- //
- VarSize = sizeof (mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility);
- Status = gRT->GetVariable (
- ACPI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE,
- &gEfiAcpiVariableCompatiblityGuid,
- NULL,
- &VarSize,
- &mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (VarSize != sizeof (mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility))) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "FATAL ERROR: AcpiVariableSetCompatibility was not saved by CPU driver correctly. OS S3 may fail!\n"));
- mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility = NULL;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Allocate/initialize the compatible version of Acpi Variable Set since Framework chipset/platform
- // driver need this variable. ACPI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE variable is not used in runtime phase,
- // so RT attribute is not needed for it.
- //
- mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility = AllocateMemoryBelow4G (EfiACPIMemoryNVS, sizeof(ACPI_VARIABLE_SET_COMPATIBILITY));
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- ACPI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE,
- &gEfiAcpiVariableCompatiblityGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- sizeof(mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility),
- &mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Register callback function upon VariableLockProtocol
- // to lock ACPI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE variable to avoid malicious code to update it.
- //
- EfiCreateProtocolNotifyEvent (
- &gEdkiiVariableLockProtocolGuid,
- TPL_CALLBACK,
- VariableLockAcpiGlobalVariable,
- NULL,
- &Registration
- );
- } else {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "FATAL ERROR: AcpiVariableSetCompatibility cannot be saved: %r. OS S3 may fail!\n", Status));
- gBS->FreePages (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility,
- EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (sizeof (ACPI_VARIABLE_SET_COMPATIBILITY))
- );
- mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "AcpiVariableSetCompatibility is 0x%8x\n", mAcpiVariableSetCompatibility));
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupport.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupport.c deleted file mode 100644 index a8b1f06117..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupport.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This is an implementation of the ACPI Support protocol. This is defined in
- the Tiano ACPI External Product Specification, revision 0.3.6.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
-of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
-full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-//
-// Includes
-//
-#include "AcpiSupport.h"
-
-//
-// Handle to install ACPI Table Protocol (and ACPI Suppport protocol).
-//
-EFI_HANDLE mHandle = NULL;
-
-/**
- Entry point of the ACPI support driver. This function creates and initializes an instance of the ACPI Support
- Protocol and installs it on a new handle.
-
- @param ImageHandle A handle for the image that is initializing this driver
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI system table
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Driver initialized successfully
- @retval EFI_LOAD_ERROR Failed to Initialize or has been loaded
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate needed resources
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-InstallAcpiSupport (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *PrivateData;
-
- //
- // Initialize our protocol
- //
- PrivateData = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE));
- ASSERT (PrivateData);
- PrivateData->Signature = EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_SIGNATURE;
-
- //
- // Call all constructors per produced protocols
- //
- Status = AcpiSupportAcpiSupportConstructor (PrivateData);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- gBS->FreePool (PrivateData);
- return EFI_LOAD_ERROR;
- }
-
- //
- // Install ACPI Table protocol and optional ACPI support protocol based on
- // feature flag: PcdInstallAcpiSupportProtocol.
- //
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdInstallAcpiSupportProtocol)) {
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &mHandle,
- &gEfiAcpiTableProtocolGuid,
- &PrivateData->AcpiTableProtocol,
- &gEfiAcpiSupportProtocolGuid,
- &PrivateData->AcpiSupport,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- } else {
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &mHandle,
- &gEfiAcpiTableProtocolGuid,
- &PrivateData->AcpiTableProtocol,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupport.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupport.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1bcf1e6ee5..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupport.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This is an implementation of the ACPI Support protocol.
- It is in compliance with the 0.9 definition of the protocol.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
-of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
-full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _ACPI_SUPPORT_H_
-#define _ACPI_SUPPORT_H_
-
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/AcpiTable.h>
-#include <Guid/Acpi.h>
-#include <Protocol/AcpiSupport.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-
-//
-// Statements that include other files
-//
-#include <IndustryStandard/Acpi.h>
-
-
-//
-// Private Driver Data
-//
-//
-// ACPI Table Linked List Signature.
-//
-#define EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('E', 'A', 'T', 'L')
-
-//
-// ACPI Table Linked List Entry definition.
-//
-// Signature must be set to EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST_SIGNATURE
-// Link is the linked list data.
-// Version is the versions of the ACPI tables that this table belongs in.
-// Table is a pointer to the table.
-// PageAddress is the address of the pages allocated for the table.
-// NumberOfPages is the number of pages allocated at PageAddress.
-// Handle is used to identify a particular table.
-//
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION Version;
- EFI_ACPI_COMMON_HEADER *Table;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PageAddress;
- UINTN NumberOfPages;
- UINTN Handle;
-} EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST;
-
-//
-// Containment record for linked list.
-//
-#define EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST_FROM_LINK(_link) CR (_link, EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST, Link, EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST_SIGNATURE)
-
-//
-// The maximum number of tables this driver supports
-//
-#define EFI_ACPI_MAX_NUM_TABLES 20
-
-//
-// Protocol private structure definition
-//
-//
-// ACPI support protocol instance signature definition.
-//
-#define EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('S', 'S', 'A', 'E')
-
-//
-// ACPI support protocol instance data structure
-//
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- EFI_ACPI_1_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER *Rsdp1; // Pointer to RSD_PTR structure
- EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER *Rsdp3; // Pointer to RSD_PTR structure
- EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *Rsdt1; // Pointer to RSDT table header
- EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *Rsdt3; // Pointer to RSDT table header
- EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *Xsdt; // Pointer to XSDT table header
- EFI_ACPI_1_0_FIXED_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_TABLE *Fadt1; // Pointer to FADT table header
- EFI_ACPI_3_0_FIXED_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_TABLE *Fadt3; // Pointer to FADT table header
- EFI_ACPI_1_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *Facs1; // Pointer to FACS table header
- EFI_ACPI_3_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *Facs3; // Pointer to FACS table header
- EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *Dsdt1; // Pointer to DSDT table header
- EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *Dsdt3; // Pointer to DSDT table header
- LIST_ENTRY TableList;
- UINTN NumberOfTableEntries1; // Number of ACPI 1.0 tables
- UINTN NumberOfTableEntries3; // Number of ACPI 3.0 tables
- UINTN CurrentHandle;
- BOOLEAN TablesInstalled1; // ACPI 1.0 tables published
- BOOLEAN TablesInstalled3; // ACPI 3.0 tables published
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_PROTOCOL AcpiSupport;
- EFI_ACPI_TABLE_PROTOCOL AcpiTableProtocol;
-} EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE;
-
-//
-// ACPI support protocol instance containing record macro
-//
-#define EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE_FROM_ACPI_SUPPORT_THIS(a) \
- CR (a, \
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE, \
- AcpiSupport, \
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_SIGNATURE \
- )
-//
-// ACPI table protocol instance containing record macro
-//
-#define EFI_ACPI_TABLE_INSTANCE_FROM_ACPI_SUPPORT_THIS(a) \
- CR (a, \
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE, \
- AcpiTableProtocol, \
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_SIGNATURE \
- )
-
-/**
- Constructor for the ACPI support protocol.
-
- Constructor for the ACPI support protocol to initializes instance data.
-
- @param AcpiSupportInstance Instance to construct
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Instance initialized.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Unable to allocate required resources.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-AcpiSupportAcpiSupportConstructor (
- IN EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance
- );
-/**
- Entry point of the ACPI support driver. This function creates and initializes an instance of the ACPI Support
- Protocol and installs it on a new handle.
-
- @param ImageHandle A handle for the image that is initializing this driver
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI system table
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Driver initialized successfully
- @retval EFI_LOAD_ERROR Failed to Initialize or has been loaded
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate needed resources
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-InstallAcpiSupport (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- );
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupportAcpiSupportProtocol.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupportAcpiSupportProtocol.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6443c3acd0..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupportAcpiSupportProtocol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1918 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- ACPI Support Protocol implementation
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
-of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
-full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-//
-// Includes
-//
-#include "AcpiSupport.h"
-//
-// The maximum number of tables that pre-allocated.
-//
-UINTN mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables = EFI_ACPI_MAX_NUM_TABLES;
-/**
- This function adds an ACPI table to the table list. It will detect FACS and
- allocate the correct type of memory and properly align the table.
-
- @param AcpiSupportInstance Instance of the protocol.
- @param Table Table to add.
- @param Checksum Does the table require checksumming.
- @param Version The version of the list to add the table to.
- @param Handle Pointer for returning the handle.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate a required resource.
- @return EFI_ABORTED The table is a duplicate of a table that is required
- to be unique.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-AddTableToList (
- IN EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance,
- IN VOID *Table,
- IN BOOLEAN Checksum,
- IN EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION Version,
- OUT UINTN *Handle
- );
-/**
- This function finds and removes the table specified by the handle.
-
- @param AcpiSupportInstance Instance of the protocol.
- @param Version Bitmask of which versions to remove.
- @param Handle Table to remove.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND Handle not found in table list.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RemoveTableFromList (
- IN EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance,
- IN EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION Version,
- IN UINTN Handle
- );
-/**
- This function calculates and updates an UINT8 checksum.
-
- @param Buffer Pointer to buffer to checksum
- @param Size Number of bytes to checksum
- @param ChecksumOffset Offset to place the checksum result in
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN UINTN ChecksumOffset
- );
-/**
- Checksum all versions of the common tables, RSDP, RSDT, XSDT.
-
- @param AcpiSupportInstance Protocol instance private data.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ChecksumCommonTables (
- IN OUT EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance
- );
-
-/**
- This function returns a table specified by an index if it exists.
-
- The function returns a buffer containing the table that the caller must free.
- The function also returns a handle used to identify the table for update or
- deletion using the SetAcpiTable function.
-
- @param This Instance of the protocol.
- @param Index Zero-based index of the table to retrieve.
- @param Table Returned pointer to the table.
- @param Version Versions that the table is currently used in.
- @param Handle Handle of the table, used in updating tables.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The requested table does not exist.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-GetAcpiTable (
- IN EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN INTN Index,
- OUT VOID **Table,
- OUT EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION *Version,
- OUT UINTN *Handle
- )
-
-{
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance;
- INTN TempIndex;
- LIST_ENTRY *CurrentLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *StartLink;
- EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST *CurrentTable;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid input parameters
- //
- ASSERT (This);
- ASSERT (Table);
- ASSERT (Handle);
-
- //
- // Get the instance of the protocol
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance = EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE_FROM_ACPI_SUPPORT_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // Find the table
- //
- CurrentLink = AcpiSupportInstance->TableList.ForwardLink;
- StartLink = &AcpiSupportInstance->TableList;
- for (TempIndex = 0; (TempIndex < Index) && (CurrentLink != StartLink) && (CurrentLink != NULL); TempIndex++) {
- CurrentLink = CurrentLink->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- if (TempIndex != Index || CurrentLink == StartLink) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // Get handle and version
- //
- CurrentTable = EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST_FROM_LINK (CurrentLink);
- *Handle = CurrentTable->Handle;
- *Version = CurrentTable->Version;
-
- //
- // Copy the table
- //
- *Table = AllocateCopyPool (CurrentTable->Table->Length, CurrentTable->Table);
- ASSERT (*Table);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- This function adds, removes, or updates ACPI tables. If the address is not
- null and the handle value is null, the table is added. If both the address and
- handle are not null, the table at handle is updated with the table at address.
- If the address is null and the handle is not, the table at handle is deleted.
-
- @param This Pointer of the protocol.
- @param Table Pointer to a table.
- @param Checksum Boolean indicating if the checksum should be calculated.
- @param Version Version(s) to set.
- @param Handle Handle of the table.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Both the Table and *Handle were NULL.
- @return EFI_ABORTED Could not complete the desired request.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SetAcpiTable (
- IN EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN VOID *Table OPTIONAL,
- IN BOOLEAN Checksum,
- IN EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION Version,
- IN OUT UINTN *Handle
- )
-{
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance;
- UINTN SavedHandle;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid input parameters
- //
- ASSERT (This);
- ASSERT (Handle != NULL);
-
- //
- // Get the instance of the protocol
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance = EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE_FROM_ACPI_SUPPORT_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // Initialize locals
- //
- //
- // Determine desired action
- //
- if (*Handle == 0) {
- if (Table == NULL) {
- //
- // Invalid parameter combination
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- } else {
- //
- // Add table
- //
- Status = AddTableToList (AcpiSupportInstance, Table, Checksum, Version, Handle);
- }
- } else {
- if (Table != NULL) {
- //
- // Update table
- //
- //
- // Delete the table list entry
- //
- Status = RemoveTableFromList (AcpiSupportInstance, Version, *Handle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Should not get an error here ever, but abort if we do.
- //
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Set the handle to replace the table at the same handle
- //
- SavedHandle = AcpiSupportInstance->CurrentHandle;
- AcpiSupportInstance->CurrentHandle = *Handle;
-
- //
- // Add the table
- //
- Status = AddTableToList (AcpiSupportInstance, Table, Checksum, Version, Handle);
-
- //
- // Restore the saved current handle
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->CurrentHandle = SavedHandle;
- } else {
- //
- // Delete table
- //
- Status = RemoveTableFromList (AcpiSupportInstance, Version, *Handle);
- }
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Should not get an error here ever, but abort if we do.
- //
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Done
- //
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- This function publishes the specified versions of the ACPI tables by
- installing EFI configuration table entries for them. Any combination of
- table versions can be published.
-
- @param This Pointer of the protocol.
- @param Version Version(s) to publish.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @return EFI_ABORTED The function could not complete successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PublishTables (
- IN EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION Version
- )
-{
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 *CurrentRsdtEntry;
- VOID *CurrentXsdtEntry;
- UINT64 Buffer64;
-
- //
- // Get the instance of the protocol
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance = EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE_FROM_ACPI_SUPPORT_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // Reorder tables as some operating systems don't seem to find the
- // FADT correctly if it is not in the first few entries
- //
-
- //
- // Add FADT as the first entry
- //
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B) != 0) {
- CurrentRsdtEntry = (UINT32 *) ((UINT8 *) AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1 + sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER));
- *CurrentRsdtEntry = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1;
- }
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0) != 0 || (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0) != 0) {
- CurrentRsdtEntry = (UINT32 *) ((UINT8 *) AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3 + sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER));
- *CurrentRsdtEntry = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3;
- CurrentXsdtEntry = (VOID *) ((UINT8 *) AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt + sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER));
- //
- // Add entry to XSDT, XSDT expects 64 bit pointers, but
- // the table pointers in XSDT are not aligned on 8 byte boundary.
- //
- Buffer64 = (UINT64) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3;
- CopyMem (
- CurrentXsdtEntry,
- &Buffer64,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Do checksum again because Dsdt/Xsdt is updated.
- //
- ChecksumCommonTables (AcpiSupportInstance);
-
- //
- // Add the RSD_PTR to the system table and store that we have installed the
- // tables.
- //
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B) != 0 && !AcpiSupportInstance->TablesInstalled1) {
- Status = gBS->InstallConfigurationTable (&gEfiAcpi10TableGuid, AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp1);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- AcpiSupportInstance->TablesInstalled1 = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0) != 0 || (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0) != 0) &&
- !AcpiSupportInstance->TablesInstalled3) {
- Status = gBS->InstallConfigurationTable (&gEfiAcpiTableGuid, AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- AcpiSupportInstance->TablesInstalled3= TRUE;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- Installs an ACPI table into the RSDT/XSDT.
- Note that the ACPI table should be checksumed before installing it.
- Otherwise it will assert.
-
- @param This Protocol instance pointer.
- @param AcpiTableBuffer A pointer to a buffer containing the ACPI table to be installed.
- @param AcpiTableBufferSize Specifies the size, in bytes, of the AcpiTableBuffer buffer.
- @param TableKey Reurns a key to refer to the ACPI table.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The table was successfully inserted.
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Either AcpiTableBuffer is NULL, TableKey is NULL, or AcpiTableBufferSize
- and the size field embedded in the ACPI table pointed to by AcpiTableBuffer
- are not in sync.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources exist to complete the request.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The table signature matches a table already
- present in the system and platform policy
- does not allow duplicate tables of this type.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-InstallAcpiTable (
- IN EFI_ACPI_TABLE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN VOID *AcpiTableBuffer,
- IN UINTN AcpiTableBufferSize,
- OUT UINTN *TableKey
- )
-{
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance;
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_PROTOCOL *AcpiSupport;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *AcpiTableBufferConst;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid input parameters
- //
- if ((AcpiTableBuffer == NULL) || (TableKey == NULL)
- || (((EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) AcpiTableBuffer)->Length != AcpiTableBufferSize)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the instance of the ACPI support protocol
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance = EFI_ACPI_TABLE_INSTANCE_FROM_ACPI_SUPPORT_THIS (This);
- AcpiSupport = &AcpiSupportInstance->AcpiSupport;
-
- //
- // Install the ACPI table by using ACPI support protocol
- //
- AcpiTableBufferConst = AllocateCopyPool (AcpiTableBufferSize, AcpiTableBuffer);
- *TableKey = 0;
- Status = AddTableToList (
- AcpiSupportInstance,
- AcpiTableBufferConst,
- TRUE,
- EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B | EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0 | EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0,
- TableKey
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = AcpiSupport->PublishTables (
- AcpiSupport,
- EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B | EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0 | EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0
- );
- }
- FreePool (AcpiTableBufferConst);
-
- return Status;
-}
-/**
- Removes an ACPI table from the RSDT/XSDT.
-
- @param This Protocol instance pointer.
- @param TableKey Specifies the table to uninstall. The key was returned from InstallAcpiTable().
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The table was successfully uninstalled.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND TableKey does not refer to a valid key for a table entry.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-UninstallAcpiTable (
- IN EFI_ACPI_TABLE_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN TableKey
- )
-{
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance;
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_PROTOCOL *AcpiSupport;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Get the instance of the ACPI support protocol
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance = EFI_ACPI_TABLE_INSTANCE_FROM_ACPI_SUPPORT_THIS (This);
- AcpiSupport = &AcpiSupportInstance->AcpiSupport;
-
- //
- // Uninstall the ACPI table by using ACPI support protocol
- //
- Status = RemoveTableFromList (
- AcpiSupportInstance,
- EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B | EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0 | EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0,
- TableKey
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = AcpiSupport->PublishTables (
- AcpiSupport,
- EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B | EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0 | EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0
- );
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- } else {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-}
-/**
- If the number of APCI tables exceeds the preallocated max table number, enlarge the table buffer.
-
- @param AcpiSupportInstance ACPI support protocol instance data structure
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS reallocate the table beffer successfully.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Unable to allocate required resources.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ReallocateAcpiTableBuffer (
- IN EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance
- )
-{
- UINTN NewMaxTableNumber;
- UINTN TotalSize;
- UINT8 *Pointer;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PageAddress;
- EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE TempPrivateData;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT64 CurrentData;
-
- CopyMem (&TempPrivateData, AcpiSupportInstance, sizeof (EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE));
- //
- // Enlarge the max table number from mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables to mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables + EFI_ACPI_MAX_NUM_TABLES
- //
- NewMaxTableNumber = mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables + EFI_ACPI_MAX_NUM_TABLES;
- //
- // Create RSDT, XSDT structures and allocate buffers.
- //
- TotalSize = sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + // for ACPI 1.0 RSDT
- NewMaxTableNumber * sizeof (UINT32) +
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + // for ACPI 2.0/3.0 RSDT
- NewMaxTableNumber * sizeof (UINT32) +
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + // for ACPI 2.0/3.0 XSDT
- NewMaxTableNumber * sizeof (UINT64);
-
- //
- // Allocate memory in the lower 32 bit of address range for
- // compatibility with ACPI 1.0 OS.
- //
- // This is done because ACPI 1.0 pointers are 32 bit values.
- // ACPI 2.0 OS and all 64 bit OS must use the 64 bit ACPI table addresses.
- // There is no architectural reason these should be below 4GB, it is purely
- // for convenience of implementation that we force memory below 4GB.
- //
- PageAddress = 0xFFFFFFFF;
- Status = gBS->AllocatePages (
- AllocateMaxAddress,
- EfiACPIReclaimMemory,
- EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (TotalSize),
- &PageAddress
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- Pointer = (UINT8 *) (UINTN) PageAddress;
- ZeroMem (Pointer, TotalSize);
-
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1 = (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) Pointer;
- Pointer += (sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + NewMaxTableNumber * sizeof (UINT32));
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3 = (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) Pointer;
- Pointer += (sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + NewMaxTableNumber * sizeof (UINT32));
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt = (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) Pointer;
-
- //
- // Update RSDP to point to the new Rsdt and Xsdt address.
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp1->RsdtAddress = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1;
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3->RsdtAddress = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3;
- CurrentData = (UINT64) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt;
- CopyMem (&AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3->XsdtAddress, &CurrentData, sizeof (UINT64));
-
- //
- // copy the original Rsdt1, Rsdt3 and Xsdt structure to new buffer
- //
- CopyMem (AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1, TempPrivateData.Rsdt1, (sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables * sizeof (UINT32)));
- CopyMem (AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3, TempPrivateData.Rsdt3, (sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables * sizeof (UINT32)));
- CopyMem (AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt, TempPrivateData.Xsdt, (sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables * sizeof (UINT64)));
-
- //
- // Calculate orignal ACPI table buffer size
- //
- TotalSize = sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + // for ACPI 1.0 RSDT
- mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables * sizeof (UINT32) +
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + // for ACPI 2.0/3.0 RSDT
- mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables * sizeof (UINT32) +
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + // for ACPI 2.0/3.0 XSDT
- mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables * sizeof (UINT64);
- gBS->FreePages ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)TempPrivateData.Rsdt1, EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (TotalSize));
-
- //
- // Update the Max ACPI table number
- //
- mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables = NewMaxTableNumber;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- This function adds an ACPI table to the table list. It will detect FACS and
- allocate the correct type of memory and properly align the table.
-
- @param AcpiSupportInstance Instance of the protocol.
- @param Table Table to add.
- @param Checksum Does the table require checksumming.
- @param Version The version of the list to add the table to.
- @param Handle Pointer for returning the handle.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate a required resource.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The table signature matches a table already
- present in the system and platform policy
- does not allow duplicate tables of this type.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-AddTableToList (
- IN EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance,
- IN VOID *Table,
- IN BOOLEAN Checksum,
- IN EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION Version,
- OUT UINTN *Handle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST *CurrentTableList;
- UINT32 CurrentTableSignature;
- UINT32 CurrentTableSize;
- UINT32 *CurrentRsdtEntry;
- VOID *CurrentXsdtEntry;
- UINT64 Buffer64;
- BOOLEAN AddToRsdt;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid input parameters
- //
- ASSERT (AcpiSupportInstance);
- ASSERT (Table);
- ASSERT (Handle);
-
- //
- // Init locals
- //
- AddToRsdt = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Create a new list entry
- //
- CurrentTableList = AllocatePool (sizeof (EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST));
- ASSERT (CurrentTableList);
-
- //
- // Determine table type and size
- //
- CurrentTableSignature = ((EFI_ACPI_COMMON_HEADER *) Table)->Signature;
- CurrentTableSize = ((EFI_ACPI_COMMON_HEADER *) Table)->Length;
-
- //
- // Allocate a buffer for the table. All tables are allocated in the lower 32 bits of address space
- // for backwards compatibility with ACPI 1.0 OS.
- //
- // This is done because ACPI 1.0 pointers are 32 bit values.
- // ACPI 2.0 OS and all 64 bit OS must use the 64 bit ACPI table addresses.
- // There is no architectural reason these should be below 4GB, it is purely
- // for convenience of implementation that we force memory below 4GB.
- //
- CurrentTableList->PageAddress = 0xFFFFFFFF;
- CurrentTableList->NumberOfPages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (CurrentTableSize);
-
- //
- // Allocation memory type depends on the type of the table
- //
- if ((CurrentTableSignature == EFI_ACPI_2_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE_SIGNATURE) ||
- (CurrentTableSignature == EFI_ACPI_4_0_UEFI_ACPI_DATA_TABLE_SIGNATURE)) {
- //
- // Allocate memory for the FACS. This structure must be aligned
- // on a 64 byte boundary and must be ACPI NVS memory.
- // Using AllocatePages should ensure that it is always aligned.
- // Do not change signature for new ACPI version because they are same.
- //
- // UEFI table also need to be in ACPI NVS memory, because some data field
- // could be updated by OS present agent. For example, BufferPtrAddress in
- // SMM communication ACPI table.
- //
- ASSERT ((EFI_PAGE_SIZE % 64) == 0);
- Status = gBS->AllocatePages (
- AllocateMaxAddress,
- EfiACPIMemoryNVS,
- CurrentTableList->NumberOfPages,
- &CurrentTableList->PageAddress
- );
- } else {
- //
- // All other tables are ACPI reclaim memory, no alignment requirements.
- //
- Status = gBS->AllocatePages (
- AllocateMaxAddress,
- EfiACPIReclaimMemory,
- CurrentTableList->NumberOfPages,
- &CurrentTableList->PageAddress
- );
- }
- //
- // Check return value from memory alloc.
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- gBS->FreePool (CurrentTableList);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Update the table pointer with the allocated memory start
- //
- CurrentTableList->Table = (EFI_ACPI_COMMON_HEADER *) (UINTN) CurrentTableList->PageAddress;
-
- //
- // Initialize the table contents
- //
- CurrentTableList->Signature = EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST_SIGNATURE;
- CopyMem (CurrentTableList->Table, Table, CurrentTableSize);
- CurrentTableList->Handle = AcpiSupportInstance->CurrentHandle++;
- *Handle = CurrentTableList->Handle;
- CurrentTableList->Version = Version;
-
- //
- // Update internal pointers if this is a required table. If it is a required
- // table and a table of that type already exists, return an error.
- //
- // Calculate the checksum if the table is not FACS.
- //
- switch (CurrentTableSignature) {
-
- case EFI_ACPI_1_0_FIXED_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_SIGNATURE:
- //
- // We don't add the FADT in the standard way because some
- // OS expect the FADT to be early in the table list.
- // So we always add it as the first element in the list.
- //
- AddToRsdt = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Check that the table has not been previously added.
- //
- if (((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B) != 0 && AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1 != NULL) ||
- ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0) != 0 && AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3 != NULL) ||
- ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0) != 0 && AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3 != NULL)
- ) {
- gBS->FreePages (CurrentTableList->PageAddress, CurrentTableList->NumberOfPages);
- gBS->FreePool (CurrentTableList);
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
- //
- // Add the table to the appropriate table version
- //
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B) != 0) {
- //
- // Save a pointer to the table
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1 = (EFI_ACPI_1_0_FIXED_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_TABLE *) CurrentTableList->Table;
-
- //
- // Update pointers in FADT. If tables don't exist this will put NULL pointers there.
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->FirmwareCtrl = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Facs1;
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->Dsdt = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt1;
-
- //
- // RSDP OEM information is updated to match the FADT OEM information
- //
- CopyMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp1->OemId,
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->Header.OemId,
- 6
- );
-
- //
- // RSDT OEM information is updated to match the FADT OEM information.
- //
- CopyMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->OemId,
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->Header.OemId,
- 6
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->OemTableId,
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->Header.OemTableId,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->OemRevision = AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->Header.OemRevision;
- }
-
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0) != 0 ||
- (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0) != 0) {
- //
- // Save a pointer to the table
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3 = (EFI_ACPI_3_0_FIXED_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_TABLE *) CurrentTableList->Table;
-
- //
- // Update pointers in FADT. If tables don't exist this will put NULL pointers there.
- // Note: If the FIRMWARE_CTRL is non-zero, then X_FIRMWARE_CTRL must be zero, and
- // vice-versa.
- //
- if ((UINT64)(UINTN)AcpiSupportInstance->Facs3 < BASE_4GB) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->FirmwareCtrl = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Facs3;
- ZeroMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->XFirmwareCtrl,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
- } else {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->FirmwareCtrl = 0;
- Buffer64 = (UINT64) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Facs3;
- CopyMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->XFirmwareCtrl,
- &Buffer64,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
- }
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Dsdt = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt3;
- Buffer64 = (UINT64) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt3;
- CopyMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->XDsdt,
- &Buffer64,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
-
- //
- // RSDP OEM information is updated to match the FADT OEM information
- //
- CopyMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3->OemId,
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Header.OemId,
- 6
- );
-
- //
- // RSDT OEM information is updated to match FADT OEM information.
- //
- CopyMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->OemId,
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Header.OemId,
- 6
- );
- CopyMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->OemTableId,
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Header.OemTableId,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->OemRevision = AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Header.OemRevision;
-
- //
- // XSDT OEM information is updated to match FADT OEM information.
- //
- CopyMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->OemId,
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Header.OemId,
- 6
- );
- CopyMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->OemTableId,
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Header.OemTableId,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->OemRevision = AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Header.OemRevision;
- }
-
- //
- // Checksum the table
- //
- if (Checksum) {
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- CurrentTableList->Table,
- CurrentTableList->Table->Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_ACPI_1_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE_SIGNATURE:
- //
- // Check that the table has not been previously added.
- //
- if (((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B) != 0 && AcpiSupportInstance->Facs1 != NULL) ||
- ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0) != 0 && AcpiSupportInstance->Facs3 != NULL) ||
- ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0) != 0 && AcpiSupportInstance->Facs3 != NULL)
- ) {
- gBS->FreePages (CurrentTableList->PageAddress, CurrentTableList->NumberOfPages);
- gBS->FreePool (CurrentTableList);
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
- //
- // FACS is referenced by FADT and is not part of RSDT
- //
- AddToRsdt = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Add the table to the appropriate table version
- //
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B) != 0) {
- //
- // Save a pointer to the table
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Facs1 = (EFI_ACPI_1_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *) CurrentTableList->Table;
-
- //
- // If FADT already exists, update table pointers.
- //
- if (AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1 != NULL) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->FirmwareCtrl = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Facs1;
-
- //
- // Checksum FADT table
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->Header.Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
- }
- }
-
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0) != 0 ||
- (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0) != 0) {
- //
- // Save a pointer to the table
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Facs3 = (EFI_ACPI_3_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE *) CurrentTableList->Table;
-
- //
- // If FADT already exists, update table pointers.
- //
- if (AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3 != NULL) {
- //
- // Note: If the FIRMWARE_CTRL is non-zero, then X_FIRMWARE_CTRL must be zero, and
- // vice-versa.
- //
- if ((UINT64)(UINTN)AcpiSupportInstance->Facs3 < BASE_4GB) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->FirmwareCtrl = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Facs3;
- } else {
- Buffer64 = (UINT64) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Facs3;
- CopyMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->XFirmwareCtrl,
- &Buffer64,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Checksum FADT table
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Header.Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
- }
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_ACPI_1_0_DIFFERENTIATED_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_SIGNATURE:
- //
- // Check that the table has not been previously added.
- //
- if (((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B) != 0 && AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt1 != NULL) ||
- ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0) != 0 && AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt3 != NULL) ||
- ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0) != 0 && AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt3 != NULL)
- ) {
- gBS->FreePages (CurrentTableList->PageAddress, CurrentTableList->NumberOfPages);
- gBS->FreePool (CurrentTableList);
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
- //
- // DSDT is referenced by FADT and is not part of RSDT
- //
- AddToRsdt = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Add the table to the appropriate table version
- //
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B) != 0) {
- //
- // Save a pointer to the table
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt1 = (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) CurrentTableList->Table;
-
- //
- // If FADT already exists, update table pointers.
- //
- if (AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1 != NULL) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->Dsdt = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt1;
-
- //
- // Checksum FADT table
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->Header.Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
- }
- }
-
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0) != 0 ||
- (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0) != 0) {
- //
- // Save a pointer to the table
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt3 = (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) CurrentTableList->Table;
-
- //
- // If FADT already exists, update table pointers.
- //
- if (AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3 != NULL) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Dsdt = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt3;
- Buffer64 = (UINT64) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt3;
- CopyMem (
- &AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->XDsdt,
- &Buffer64,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
-
- //
- // Checksum FADT table
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Header.Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
- }
- }
- //
- // Checksum the table
- //
- if (Checksum) {
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- CurrentTableList->Table,
- CurrentTableList->Table->Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- //
- // Checksum the table
- //
- if (Checksum) {
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- CurrentTableList->Table,
- CurrentTableList->Table->Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
- }
- break;
- }
- //
- // Add the table to the current list of tables
- //
- InsertTailList (&AcpiSupportInstance->TableList, &CurrentTableList->Link);
-
- //
- // Add the table to RSDT and/or XSDT table entry lists.
- //
- //
- // Add to ACPI 1.0b table tree
- //
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B) != 0) {
- if (AddToRsdt) {
- //
- // If the table number exceed the gEfiAcpiMaxNumTables, enlarge the table buffer
- //
- if (AcpiSupportInstance->NumberOfTableEntries1 >= mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables) {
- Status = ReallocateAcpiTableBuffer (AcpiSupportInstance);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- CurrentRsdtEntry = (UINT32 *)
- (
- (UINT8 *) AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1 +
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) +
- AcpiSupportInstance->NumberOfTableEntries1 *
- sizeof (UINT32)
- );
-
- //
- // Add entry to the RSDT unless its the FACS or DSDT
- //
- *CurrentRsdtEntry = (UINT32) (UINTN) CurrentTableList->Table;
-
- //
- // Update RSDT length
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->Length = AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->Length + sizeof (UINT32);
-
- AcpiSupportInstance->NumberOfTableEntries1++;
- }
- }
- //
- // Add to ACPI 2.0/3.0 table tree
- //
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0) != 0 || (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0) != 0) {
- if (AddToRsdt) {
- //
- // If the table number exceed the gEfiAcpiMaxNumTables, enlarge the table buffer
- //
- if (AcpiSupportInstance->NumberOfTableEntries3 >= mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables) {
- Status = ReallocateAcpiTableBuffer (AcpiSupportInstance);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- //
- // At this time, it is assumed that RSDT and XSDT maintain parallel lists of tables.
- // If it becomes necessary to maintain separate table lists, changes will be required.
- //
- CurrentRsdtEntry = (UINT32 *)
- (
- (UINT8 *) AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3 +
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) +
- AcpiSupportInstance->NumberOfTableEntries3 *
- sizeof (UINT32)
- );
-
- //
- // This pointer must not be directly dereferenced as the XSDT entries may not
- // be 64 bit aligned resulting in a possible fault. Use CopyMem to update.
- //
- CurrentXsdtEntry = (VOID *)
- (
- (UINT8 *) AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt +
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) +
- AcpiSupportInstance->NumberOfTableEntries3 *
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
-
- //
- // Add entry to the RSDT
- //
- *CurrentRsdtEntry = (UINT32) (UINTN) CurrentTableList->Table;
-
- //
- // Update RSDT length
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->Length = AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->Length + sizeof (UINT32);
-
- //
- // Add entry to XSDT, XSDT expects 64 bit pointers, but
- // the table pointers in XSDT are not aligned on 8 byte boundary.
- //
- Buffer64 = (UINT64) (UINTN) CurrentTableList->Table;
- CopyMem (
- CurrentXsdtEntry,
- &Buffer64,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
-
- //
- // Update length
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->Length = AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->Length + sizeof (UINT64);
-
- AcpiSupportInstance->NumberOfTableEntries3++;
- }
- }
-
- ChecksumCommonTables (AcpiSupportInstance);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- This function finds the table specified by the handle and returns a pointer to it.
- If the handle is not found, EFI_NOT_FOUND is returned and the contents of Table are
- undefined.
-
- @param Handle Table to find.
- @param TableList Table list to search
- @param Table Pointer to table found.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND No table found matching the handle specified.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindTableByHandle (
- IN UINTN Handle,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *TableList,
- OUT EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST **Table
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *CurrentLink;
- EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST *CurrentTable;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid input parameters
- //
- ASSERT (Table);
-
- //
- // Find the table
- //
- CurrentLink = TableList->ForwardLink;
-
- while (CurrentLink != TableList) {
- CurrentTable = EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST_FROM_LINK (CurrentLink);
- if (CurrentTable->Handle == Handle) {
- //
- // Found handle, so return this table.
- //
- *Table = CurrentTable;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- CurrentLink = CurrentLink->ForwardLink;
- }
- //
- // Table not found
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-/**
- This function removes a basic table from the RSDT and/or XSDT.
- For Acpi 1.0 tables, pass in the Rsdt.
- For Acpi 2.0 tables, pass in both Rsdt and Xsdt.
-
- @param Table Pointer to table found.
- @param NumberOfTableEntries Current number of table entries in the RSDT/XSDT
- @param Rsdt Pointer to the RSDT to remove from
- @param Xsdt Pointer to the Xsdt to remove from
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The table was not found in both Rsdt and Xsdt.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RemoveTableFromRsdt (
- IN OUT EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST * Table,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumberOfTableEntries,
- IN OUT EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER * Rsdt,
- IN OUT EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER * Xsdt OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- UINT32 *CurrentRsdtEntry;
- VOID *CurrentXsdtEntry;
- UINT64 CurrentTablePointer64;
- UINTN TempIndex;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid input parameters
- //
- ASSERT (Table);
- ASSERT (NumberOfTableEntries);
- ASSERT (Rsdt);
-
- //
- // Find the table entry in the RSDT and XSDT
- //
- for (TempIndex = 0; TempIndex < *NumberOfTableEntries; TempIndex++) {
- //
- // At this time, it is assumed that RSDT and XSDT maintain parallel lists of tables.
- // If it becomes necessary to maintain separate table lists, changes will be required.
- //
- CurrentRsdtEntry = (UINT32 *) ((UINT8 *) Rsdt + sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + TempIndex * sizeof (UINT32));
- if (Xsdt != NULL) {
- //
- // This pointer must not be directly dereferenced as the XSDT entries may not
- // be 64 bit aligned resulting in a possible fault. Use CopyMem to update.
- //
- CurrentXsdtEntry = (VOID *) ((UINT8 *) Xsdt + sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + TempIndex * sizeof (UINT64));
-
- //
- // Read the entry value out of the XSDT
- //
- CopyMem (&CurrentTablePointer64, CurrentXsdtEntry, sizeof (UINT64));
- } else {
- //
- // Initialize to NULL
- //
- CurrentXsdtEntry = 0;
- CurrentTablePointer64 = 0;
- }
- //
- // Check if we have found the corresponding entry in both RSDT and XSDT
- //
- if (*CurrentRsdtEntry == (UINT32) (UINTN) Table->Table &&
- ((Xsdt == NULL) || CurrentTablePointer64 == (UINT64) (UINTN) Table->Table)
- ) {
- //
- // Found entry, so copy all following entries and shrink table
- // We actually copy all + 1 to copy the initialized value of memory over
- // the last entry.
- //
- CopyMem (CurrentRsdtEntry, CurrentRsdtEntry + 1, (*NumberOfTableEntries - TempIndex) * sizeof (UINT32));
- Rsdt->Length = Rsdt->Length - sizeof (UINT32);
- if (Xsdt != NULL) {
- CopyMem (CurrentXsdtEntry, ((UINT64 *) CurrentXsdtEntry) + 1, (*NumberOfTableEntries - TempIndex) * sizeof (UINT64));
- Xsdt->Length = Xsdt->Length - sizeof (UINT64);
- }
- break;
- } else if (TempIndex + 1 == *NumberOfTableEntries) {
- //
- // At the last entry, and table not found
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
- //
- // Checksum the tables
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- Rsdt,
- Rsdt->Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
-
- if (Xsdt != NULL) {
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- Xsdt,
- Xsdt->Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
- }
- //
- // Decrement the number of tables
- //
- (*NumberOfTableEntries)--;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- This function removes a table and frees any associated memory.
-
- @param AcpiSupportInstance Instance of the protocol.
- @param Version Version(s) to delete.
- @param Table Pointer to table found.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DeleteTable (
- IN EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance,
- IN EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION Version,
- IN OUT EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST *Table
- )
-{
- UINT32 CurrentTableSignature;
- BOOLEAN RemoveFromRsdt;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid input parameters
- //
- ASSERT (AcpiSupportInstance);
- ASSERT (Table);
-
- //
- // Init locals
- //
- RemoveFromRsdt = TRUE;
-
- if (Table->Table != NULL) {
- CurrentTableSignature = ((EFI_ACPI_COMMON_HEADER *) Table->Table)->Signature;
-
- //
- // Basic tasks to accomplish delete are:
- // Determine removal requirements (in RSDT/XSDT or not)
- // Remove entry from RSDT/XSDT
- // Remove any table references to the table
- // If no one is using the table
- // Free the table (removing pointers from private data and tables)
- // Remove from list
- // Free list structure
- //
- //
- // Determine if this table is in the RSDT or XSDT
- //
- if ((CurrentTableSignature == EFI_ACPI_1_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE_SIGNATURE) ||
- (CurrentTableSignature == EFI_ACPI_2_0_DIFFERENTIATED_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_SIGNATURE) ||
- (CurrentTableSignature == EFI_ACPI_3_0_DIFFERENTIATED_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_SIGNATURE)
- ) {
- RemoveFromRsdt = FALSE;
- }
- //
- // We don't remove the FADT in the standard way because some
- // OS expect the FADT to be early in the table list.
- // So we always put it as the first element in the list.
- //
- if (CurrentTableSignature == EFI_ACPI_1_0_FIXED_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_SIGNATURE) {
- RemoveFromRsdt = FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Remove the table from RSDT and XSDT
- //
-
- //
- // This is a basic table, remove it from any lists and the Rsdt and/or Xsdt
- //
- if (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_NONE & Table->Version) {
- //
- // Remove this version from the table
- //
- Table->Version = Table->Version &~EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_NONE;
- }
-
- if (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B & Table->Version) {
- //
- // Remove this version from the table
- //
- Table->Version = Table->Version &~EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B;
-
- //
- // Remove from Rsdt. We don't care about the return value because it is
- // acceptable for the table to not exist in Rsdt.
- // We didn't add some tables so we don't remove them.
- //
- if (RemoveFromRsdt) {
- RemoveTableFromRsdt (
- Table,
- &AcpiSupportInstance->NumberOfTableEntries1,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1,
- NULL
- );
- }
- }
-
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0 & Table->Version) ||
- (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0 & Table->Version)) {
- //
- // Remove this version from the table
- //
- if (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0 & Table->Version) {
- Table->Version = Table->Version &~EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0;
- }
- if (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0 & Table->Version) {
- Table->Version = Table->Version &~EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0;
- }
-
- //
- // Remove from Rsdt and Xsdt. We don't care about the return value
- // because it is acceptable for the table to not exist in Rsdt/Xsdt.
- // We didn't add some tables so we don't remove them.
- //
- if (RemoveFromRsdt) {
- RemoveTableFromRsdt (
- Table,
- &AcpiSupportInstance->NumberOfTableEntries3,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt
- );
- }
- }
- //
- // Free the table, clean up any dependent tables and our private data pointers.
- //
- switch (Table->Table->Signature) {
-
- case EFI_ACPI_3_0_FIXED_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_SIGNATURE:
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B) != 0) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1 = NULL;
- }
-
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0) != 0 ||
- (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0) != 0) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3 = NULL;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_ACPI_3_0_FIRMWARE_ACPI_CONTROL_STRUCTURE_SIGNATURE:
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B) != 0) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Facs1 = NULL;
-
- //
- // Update FADT table pointers
- //
- if (AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1 != NULL) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->FirmwareCtrl = 0;
-
- //
- // Checksum table
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->Header.Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
- }
- }
-
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0) != 0 ||
- (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0) != 0) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Facs3 = NULL;
-
- //
- // Update FADT table pointers
- //
- if (AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3 != NULL) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->FirmwareCtrl = 0;
- ZeroMem (&AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->XFirmwareCtrl, sizeof (UINT64));
-
- //
- // Checksum table
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Header.Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_ACPI_3_0_DIFFERENTIATED_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_SIGNATURE:
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_1_0B) != 0) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt1 = NULL;
-
- //
- // Update FADT table pointers
- //
- if (AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1 != NULL) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->Dsdt = 0;
-
- //
- // Checksum table
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt1->Header.Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
- }
- }
-
-
- if ((Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_2_0) != 0 ||
- (Version & EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION_3_0) != 0) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Dsdt3 = NULL;
-
- //
- // Update FADT table pointers
- //
- if (AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3 != NULL) {
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Dsdt = 0;
- ZeroMem (&AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->XDsdt, sizeof (UINT64));
-
- //
- // Checksum table
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Fadt3->Header.Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
- }
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- //
- // Do nothing
- //
- break;
- }
- }
- //
- // If no version is using this table anymore, remove and free list entry.
- //
- if (Table->Version == 0) {
- //
- // Free the Table
- //
- gBS->FreePages (Table->PageAddress, Table->NumberOfPages);
- RemoveEntryList (&(Table->Link));
- gBS->FreePool (Table);
- }
- //
- // Done
- //
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- This function finds and removes the table specified by the handle.
-
- @param AcpiSupportInstance Instance of the protocol.
- @param Version Bitmask of which versions to remove.
- @param Handle Table to remove.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND Handle not found in table list.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RemoveTableFromList (
- IN EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance,
- IN EFI_ACPI_TABLE_VERSION Version,
- IN UINTN Handle
- )
-{
- EFI_ACPI_TABLE_LIST *Table;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Table = NULL;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid input parameters
- //
- ASSERT (AcpiSupportInstance);
-
- //
- // Find the table
- //
- Status = FindTableByHandle (
- Handle,
- &AcpiSupportInstance->TableList,
- &Table
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // Remove the table
- //
- Status = DeleteTable (AcpiSupportInstance, Version, Table);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Completed successfully
- //
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- This function calculates and updates an UINT8 checksum.
-
- @param Buffer Pointer to buffer to checksum
- @param Size Number of bytes to checksum
- @param ChecksumOffset Offset to place the checksum result in
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN UINTN ChecksumOffset
- )
-{
- UINT8 Sum;
- UINT8 *Ptr;
-
- Sum = 0;
- //
- // Initialize pointer
- //
- Ptr = Buffer;
-
- //
- // set checksum to 0 first
- //
- Ptr[ChecksumOffset] = 0;
-
- //
- // add all content of buffer
- //
- while ((Size--) != 0) {
- Sum = (UINT8) (Sum + (*Ptr++));
- }
- //
- // set checksum
- //
- Ptr = Buffer;
- Ptr[ChecksumOffset] = (UINT8) (0xff - Sum + 1);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- Checksum all versions of the common tables, RSDP, RSDT, XSDT.
-
- @param AcpiSupportInstance Protocol instance private data.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ChecksumCommonTables (
- IN OUT EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance
- )
-{
- //
- // RSDP ACPI 1.0 checksum for 1.0 table. This is only the first 20 bytes of the structure
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp1,
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_1_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER),
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_1_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER,
- Checksum)
- );
-
- //
- // RSDP ACPI 1.0 checksum for 2.0/3.0 table. This is only the first 20 bytes of the structure
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3,
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_1_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER),
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_1_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER,
- Checksum)
- );
-
- //
- // RSDP ACPI 2.0/3.0 checksum, this is the entire table
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3,
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER),
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER,
- ExtendedChecksum)
- );
-
- //
- // RSDT checksums
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
-
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
-
- //
- // XSDT checksum
- //
- AcpiPlatformChecksum (
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt,
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->Length,
- OFFSET_OF (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER,
- Checksum)
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- Constructor for the ACPI support protocol to initializes instance data.
-
- @param AcpiSupportInstance Instance to construct
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Instance initialized.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Unable to allocate required resources.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-AcpiSupportAcpiSupportConstructor (
- IN EFI_ACPI_SUPPORT_INSTANCE *AcpiSupportInstance
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT64 CurrentData;
- UINTN TotalSize;
- UINTN RsdpTableSize;
- UINT8 *Pointer;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PageAddress;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid input parameters
- //
- ASSERT (AcpiSupportInstance);
-
- InitializeListHead (&AcpiSupportInstance->TableList);
- AcpiSupportInstance->CurrentHandle = 1;
- AcpiSupportInstance->AcpiSupport.GetAcpiTable = GetAcpiTable;
- AcpiSupportInstance->AcpiSupport.SetAcpiTable = SetAcpiTable;
- AcpiSupportInstance->AcpiSupport.PublishTables = PublishTables;
-
- AcpiSupportInstance->AcpiTableProtocol.InstallAcpiTable = InstallAcpiTable;
- AcpiSupportInstance->AcpiTableProtocol.UninstallAcpiTable = UninstallAcpiTable;
-
- //
- // Create RSDP table
- //
- RsdpTableSize = sizeof (EFI_ACPI_1_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER) +
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER);
-
- PageAddress = 0xFFFFFFFF;
- Status = gBS->AllocatePages (
- AllocateMaxAddress,
- EfiACPIReclaimMemory,
- EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (RsdpTableSize),
- &PageAddress
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- Pointer = (UINT8 *) (UINTN) PageAddress;
- ZeroMem (Pointer, RsdpTableSize);
-
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp1 = (EFI_ACPI_1_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER *) Pointer;
- Pointer += sizeof (EFI_ACPI_1_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER);
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3 = (EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER *) Pointer;
-
- //
- // Create RSDT, XSDT structures
- //
- TotalSize = sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + // for ACPI 1.0 RSDT
- mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables * sizeof (UINT32) +
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + // for ACPI 2.0/3.0 RSDT
- mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables * sizeof (UINT32) +
- sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + // for ACPI 2.0/3.0 XSDT
- mEfiAcpiMaxNumTables * sizeof (UINT64);
-
- //
- // Allocate memory in the lower 32 bit of address range for
- // compatibility with ACPI 1.0 OS.
- //
- // This is done because ACPI 1.0 pointers are 32 bit values.
- // ACPI 2.0 OS and all 64 bit OS must use the 64 bit ACPI table addresses.
- // There is no architectural reason these should be below 4GB, it is purely
- // for convenience of implementation that we force memory below 4GB.
- //
- PageAddress = 0xFFFFFFFF;
- Status = gBS->AllocatePages (
- AllocateMaxAddress,
- EfiACPIReclaimMemory,
- EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (TotalSize),
- &PageAddress
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- gBS->FreePages ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp1, EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (RsdpTableSize));
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- Pointer = (UINT8 *) (UINTN) PageAddress;
- ZeroMem (Pointer, TotalSize);
-
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1 = (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) Pointer;
- Pointer += (sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + EFI_ACPI_MAX_NUM_TABLES * sizeof (UINT32));
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3 = (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) Pointer;
- Pointer += (sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER) + EFI_ACPI_MAX_NUM_TABLES * sizeof (UINT32));
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt = (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) Pointer;
-
- //
- // Initialize RSDP
- //
- CurrentData = EFI_ACPI_1_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE;
- CopyMem (&AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp1->Signature, &CurrentData, sizeof (UINT64));
- CopyMem (AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp1->OemId, PcdGetPtr (PcdAcpiDefaultOemId), sizeof (AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp1->OemId));
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp1->Reserved = EFI_ACPI_RESERVED_BYTE;
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp1->RsdtAddress = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1;
-
- CurrentData = EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE;
- CopyMem (&AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3->Signature, &CurrentData, sizeof (UINT64));
- CopyMem (AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3->OemId, PcdGetPtr (PcdAcpiDefaultOemId), sizeof (AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3->OemId));
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3->Revision = EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_REVISION;
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3->RsdtAddress = (UINT32) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3;
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3->Length = sizeof (EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER);
- CurrentData = (UINT64) (UINTN) AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt;
- CopyMem (&AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3->XsdtAddress, &CurrentData, sizeof (UINT64));
- SetMem (AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdp3->Reserved, 3, EFI_ACPI_RESERVED_BYTE);
-
- //
- // Initialize Rsdt
- //
- // Note that we "reserve" one entry for the FADT so it can always be
- // at the beginning of the list of tables. Some OS don't seem
- // to find it correctly if it is too far down the list.
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->Signature = EFI_ACPI_1_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_SIGNATURE;
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->Length = sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER);
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->Revision = EFI_ACPI_1_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_REVISION;
- CopyMem (AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->OemId, PcdGetPtr (PcdAcpiDefaultOemId), sizeof (AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->OemId));
- CurrentData = PcdGet64 (PcdAcpiDefaultOemTableId);
- CopyMem (&AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->OemTableId, &CurrentData, sizeof (UINT64));
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->OemRevision = PcdGet32 (PcdAcpiDefaultOemRevision);
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->CreatorId = PcdGet32 (PcdAcpiDefaultCreatorId);
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->CreatorRevision = PcdGet32 (PcdAcpiDefaultCreatorRevision);
- //
- // We always reserve first one for FADT
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->NumberOfTableEntries1 = 1;
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->Length = AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt1->Length + sizeof(UINT32);
-
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->Signature = EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_SIGNATURE;
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->Length = sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER);
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->Revision = EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_REVISION;
- CopyMem (AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->OemId, PcdGetPtr (PcdAcpiDefaultOemId), sizeof (AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->OemId));
- CurrentData = PcdGet64 (PcdAcpiDefaultOemTableId);
- CopyMem (&AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->OemTableId, &CurrentData, sizeof (UINT64));
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->OemRevision = PcdGet32 (PcdAcpiDefaultOemRevision);
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->CreatorId = PcdGet32 (PcdAcpiDefaultCreatorId);
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->CreatorRevision = PcdGet32 (PcdAcpiDefaultCreatorRevision);
- //
- // We always reserve first one for FADT
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->NumberOfTableEntries3 = 1;
- AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->Length = AcpiSupportInstance->Rsdt3->Length + sizeof(UINT32);
-
- //
- // Initialize Xsdt
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->Signature = EFI_ACPI_3_0_EXTENDED_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_SIGNATURE;
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->Length = sizeof (EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER);
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->Revision = EFI_ACPI_3_0_EXTENDED_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_TABLE_REVISION;
- CopyMem (AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->OemId, PcdGetPtr (PcdAcpiDefaultOemId), sizeof (AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->OemId));
- CurrentData = PcdGet64 (PcdAcpiDefaultOemTableId);
- CopyMem (&AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->OemTableId, &CurrentData, sizeof (UINT64));
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->OemRevision = PcdGet32 (PcdAcpiDefaultOemRevision);
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->CreatorId = PcdGet32 (PcdAcpiDefaultCreatorId);
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->CreatorRevision = PcdGet32 (PcdAcpiDefaultCreatorRevision);
- //
- // We always reserve first one for FADT
- //
- AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->Length = AcpiSupportInstance->Xsdt->Length + sizeof(UINT64);
-
- ChecksumCommonTables (AcpiSupportInstance);
-
- //
- // Completed successfully
- //
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupportDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupportDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 32ca4f648f..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupportDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# Acpi Support Dirver to install Framework Acpi Support Protocol.
-#
-# This driver initializes ACPI support protocol instance data structure and intstall
-# ACPI support protocol to provide Get, Set and Publish Table services.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
-# of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
-# full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = AcpiSupportDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = AcpiSupportDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = 506533a6-e626-4500-b14f-17939c0e5b60
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
-
- ENTRY_POINT = InstallAcpiSupport
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources]
- AcpiSupportAcpiSupportProtocol.c
- AcpiSupport.h
- AcpiSupport.c
-
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- BaseMemoryLib
- UefiLib
- DebugLib
- BaseLib
- PcdLib
-
-
-[Guids]
- gEfiAcpi10TableGuid ## PRODUCES ## SystemTable
- gEfiAcpiTableGuid ## PRODUCES ## SystemTable
-
-[FeaturePcd]
- gEfiIntelFrameworkModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdInstallAcpiSupportProtocol ## CONSUMES
-
-[Pcd]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdAcpiDefaultOemId ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdAcpiDefaultOemTableId ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdAcpiDefaultOemRevision ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdAcpiDefaultCreatorId ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdAcpiDefaultCreatorRevision ## CONSUMES
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiAcpiTableProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiAcpiSupportProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES
-
-[Depex]
- TRUE
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- AcpiSupportDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupportDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupportDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7916f6b9a2..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupportDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupportDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupportDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 13539ce1be..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Acpi/AcpiSupportDxe/AcpiSupportDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Bds.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Bds.h deleted file mode 100644 index 93bafd2dd8..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Bds.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,237 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Head file for BDS Architectural Protocol implementation
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _BDS_MODULE_H_
-#define _BDS_MODULE_H_
-
-#include <FrameworkDxe.h>
-#include <IndustryStandard/PeImage.h>
-#include <Guid/MdeModuleHii.h>
-#include <Guid/FileSystemVolumeLabelInfo.h>
-#include <Guid/HiiPlatformSetupFormset.h>
-#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeVariable.h>
-#include <Protocol/DevicePath.h>
-#include <IndustryStandard/SmBios.h>
-#include <Protocol/LoadFile.h>
-#include <Guid/FileInfo.h>
-#include <Protocol/HiiConfigRouting.h>
-#include <Protocol/Bds.h>
-#include <Protocol/Smbios.h>
-#include <Protocol/UgaDraw.h>
-#include <Protocol/BlockIo.h>
-#include <Guid/GlobalVariable.h>
-#include <Guid/CapsuleVendor.h>
-#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeId.h>
-#include <Guid/LegacyDevOrder.h>
-#include <Guid/BdsHii.h>
-#include <Guid/ConnectConInEvent.h>
-#include <Guid/Performance.h>
-#include <Guid/FmpCapsule.h>
-#include <Protocol/GenericMemoryTest.h>
-#include <Protocol/FormBrowser2.h>
-#include <Protocol/HiiConfigAccess.h>
-#include <Protocol/GraphicsOutput.h>
-#include <Protocol/SimpleFileSystem.h>
-#include <Protocol/HiiDatabase.h>
-#include <Protocol/HiiString.h>
-#include <Protocol/SerialIo.h>
-#include <Protocol/LegacyBios.h>
-#include <Protocol/SimpleTextInEx.h>
-#include <Protocol/DriverHealth.h>
-#include <Protocol/BootLogo.h>
-#include <Protocol/VariableLock.h>
-
-#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/PerformanceLib.h>
-#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/HobLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/CapsuleLib.h>
-#include <Library/HiiLib.h>
-#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiHiiServicesLib.h>
-
-#include <Library/GenericBdsLib.h>
-#include <Library/PlatformBdsLib.h>
-
-#pragma pack(1)
-
-///
-/// HII specific Vendor Device Path definition.
-///
-typedef struct {
- VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH VendorDevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL End;
-} HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH;
-
-#pragma pack()
-
-/**
-
- Show progress bar with title above it. It only works in Graphics mode.
-
- @param TitleForeground Foreground color for Title.
- @param TitleBackground Background color for Title.
- @param Title Title above progress bar.
- @param ProgressColor Progress bar color.
- @param Progress Progress (0-100)
- @param PreviousValue The previous value of the progress.
-
- @retval EFI_STATUS Success update the progress bar
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PlatformBdsShowProgress (
- IN EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL TitleForeground,
- IN EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL TitleBackground,
- IN CHAR16 *Title,
- IN EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL ProgressColor,
- IN UINTN Progress,
- IN UINTN PreviousValue
- );
-
-//
-// Prototypes
-//
-
-/**
-
- Install Boot Device Selection Protocol
-
- @param ImageHandle The image handle.
- @param SystemTable The system table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCEESS BDS has finished initializing.
- Return the dispatcher and recall BDS.Entry
- @retval Other Return status from AllocatePool() or gBS->InstallProtocolInterface
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BdsInitialize (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- );
-
-/**
-
- Service routine for BdsInstance->Entry(). Devices are connected, the
- consoles are initialized, and the boot options are tried.
-
- @param This Protocol Instance structure.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BdsEntry (
- IN EFI_BDS_ARCH_PROTOCOL *This
- );
-
-
-/**
- Perform the memory test base on the memory test intensive level,
- and update the memory resource.
-
- @param Level The memory test intensive level.
-
- @retval EFI_STATUS Success test all the system memory and update
- the memory resource
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BdsMemoryTest (
- IN EXTENDMEM_COVERAGE_LEVEL Level
- );
-
-/**
-
- This routine is called to see if there are any capsules we need to process.
- If the boot mode is not UPDATE, then we do nothing. Otherwise find the
- capsule HOBS and produce firmware volumes for them via the DXE service.
- Then call the dispatcher to dispatch drivers from them. Finally, check
- the status of the updates.
-
- This function should be called by BDS in case we need to do some
- sort of processing even if there is no capsule to process. We
- need to do this if an earlier update went away and we need to
- clear the capsule variable so on the next reset PEI does not see it and
- think there is a capsule available.
-
- @param BootMode the current boot mode
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER boot mode is not correct for an update
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS There is no error when processing capsule
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BdsProcessCapsules (
- EFI_BOOT_MODE BootMode
- );
-
-/**
- Set the variable and report the error through status code upon failure.
-
- @param VariableName A Null-terminated string that is the name of the vendor's variable.
- Each VariableName is unique for each VendorGuid. VariableName must
- contain 1 or more characters. If VariableName is an empty string,
- then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
- @param VendorGuid A unique identifier for the vendor.
- @param Attributes Attributes bitmask to set for the variable.
- @param DataSize The size in bytes of the Data buffer. Unless the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE,
- EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS, or
- EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS attribute is set, a size of zero
- causes the variable to be deleted. When the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE attribute is
- set, then a SetVariable() call with a DataSize of zero will not cause any change to
- the variable value (the timestamp associated with the variable may be updated however
- even if no new data value is provided,see the description of the
- EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor below. In this case the DataSize will not
- be zero since the EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor will be populated).
- @param Data The contents for the variable.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware has successfully stored the variable and its data as
- defined by the Attributes.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER An invalid combination of attribute bits, name, and GUID was supplied, or the
- DataSize exceeds the maximum allowed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER VariableName is an empty string.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough storage is available to hold the variable and its data.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The variable could not be retrieved due to a hardware error.
- @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED The variable in question is read-only.
- @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED The variable in question cannot be deleted.
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION The variable could not be written due to EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS
- or EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACESS being set, but the AuthInfo
- does NOT pass the validation check carried out by the firmware.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The variable trying to be updated or deleted was not found.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BdsDxeSetVariableAndReportStatusCodeOnError (
- IN CHAR16 *VariableName,
- IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid,
- IN UINT32 Attributes,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- IN VOID *Data
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BdsDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BdsDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 6afb8a09df..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BdsDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# BDSDxe module is core driver for BDS phase.
-#
-# When DxeCore dispatching all DXE driver, this module will produce architecture protocol
-# gEfiBdsArchProtocolGuid. After DxeCore finish dispatching, DxeCore will invoke Entry
-# interface of protocol gEfiBdsArchProtocolGuid, then BDS phase is entered.
-#
-# Generally, this module take reposiblity to connect all necessary devices for platform boot,
-# these boot device path are hold in PlatformBdsLib library instance produced by platform.
-# For legacy boot, BDS will transfer control to legacy BIOS after legacy boot device is select.
-# For EFI boot, BDS will load boot loader file EFI\BOOT\BOOTIA32.EFI, EFI\BOOT\BOOTX64.EFI,
-# EFI\BOOT\BOOTIA64.EFI file from selected boot device and transfer control to boot loader.
-#
-# BDSDxe also maintain the UI for "Boot Manager, Boot Maintaince Manager, Device Manager" which
-# is used for user to configure boot option or maintain hardware device.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2008 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = BdsDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = BdsDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = FC5C7020-1A48-4198-9BE2-EAD5ABC8CF2F
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- ENTRY_POINT = BdsInitialize
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources]
- FrontPage.h
- Language.h
- Bds.h
- Hotkey.h
- BootMaint/BBSsupport.h
- BootMngr/BootManager.h
- BootMaint/BootMaint.h
- String.h
- BootMaint/FormGuid.h
- HwErrRecSupport.c
- HwErrRecSupport.h
-
- DeviceMngr/DeviceManager.h
- DeviceMngr/DeviceManagerVfr.h
- DeviceMngr/DeviceManagerVfr.Vfr
- DeviceMngr/DriverHealthVfr.Vfr
- DeviceMngr/DeviceManagerStrings.uni
- DeviceMngr/DeviceManager.c
- BootMngr/BootManagerVfr.Vfr
- BootMngr/BootManagerStrings.uni
- BootMngr/BootManager.c
- BootMaint/FE.vfr
- BootMaint/FileExplorer.c
- BootMaint/BootMaint.c
- BootMaint/BBSsupport.c
- BootMaint/UpdatePage.c
- BootMaint/Variable.c
- BootMaint/Data.c
- BootMaint/ConsoleOption.c
- BootMaint/BootOption.c
- BootMaint/BmLib.c
- BootMaint/Bm.vfr
- BootMaint/Bmstring.uni
- Hotkey.c
- MemoryTest.c
- Capsules.c
- Strings.uni
- String.c
- Language.c
- FrontPageVfr.Vfr
- FrontPageStrings.uni
- FrontPage.c
- BdsEntry.c
-
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- DevicePathLib
- BaseLib
- HobLib
- UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
- GenericBdsLib
- ReportStatusCodeLib
- PerformanceLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- UefiLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- DebugLib
- PrintLib
- HiiLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- PlatformBdsLib
- CapsuleLib
- PcdLib
- UefiHiiServicesLib
-
-[Guids]
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"BootXXXX" # Boot option variable
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"DriverXXXX" # Driver load option.
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"PlatformLang" # Platform supported languange in Rfc4646 format
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"Lang" # Platform supported languange in Iso639 format
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"LangCodes" # Value of PcdUefiVariableDefaultLangCodes
- ## PRODUCES ## Variable:L"PlatformLangCodes" # Value of PcdUefiVariableDefaultPlatformLangCodes
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"KeyXXXX" # Hotkey option variable
- ## PRODUCES ## Variable:L"HwErrRecSupport" # The level of platform supported hardware Error Record Persistence
- ## PRODUCES ## Variable:L"Timeout" # The time out value in second of showing progress bar
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"BootOptionSupport" # The feature supported in boot option menu, value could be: EFI_BOOT_OPTION_SUPPORT_KEY, EFI_BOOT_OPTION_SUPPORT_APP
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"BootOrder" # The boot option array
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"DriverOrder" # The driver order list
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"ConIn" # The device path of console in device
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"ConIn" # The device path of console in device
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"ConOut" # The device path of console out device
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"ConOut" # The device path of console out device
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"ErrOut" # The device path of error out device
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"ErrOut" # The device path of error out device
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"ConInDev" # The device path of console in device
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"ConOutDev" # The device path of console out device
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"ErrOutDev" # The device path of error out device
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"BootNext" # The number of next boot option
- gEfiGlobalVariableGuid
- gEfiFileSystemVolumeLabelInfoIdGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED # Indicate the information type is volume
- gEfiFileInfoGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED # Indicate the information type is file
- gEfiHiiPlatformSetupFormsetGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED # Indicate the formset class guid to be displayed
- gEfiIfrTianoGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # Extended IFR Guid Opcode
- gEfiHiiDriverHealthFormsetGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED # Indicate the Driver Health formset class guid to be displayed
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"LegacyDevOrder"
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"LegacyDevOrder"
- gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid
- gFrontPageFormSetGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## HII # FrontPage HII Package
- gBootMaintFormSetGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## HII # BootMaint HII Package
- gFileExploreFormSetGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## HII # FileExplore HII Package
- gBootManagerFormSetGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## HII # BootManager HII Package
- gDeviceManagerFormSetGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## HII # DeviceManager HII Package
- gDriverHealthFormSetGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## HII # DriverHealth HII Package
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Event
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Event
- gConnectConInEventGuid
- gEfiFmpCapsuleGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID # FMP Capsule
- gEdkiiStatusCodeDataTypeVariableGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID
- gEfiUartDevicePathGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID (Identify the device path for UARD device)
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiBdsArchProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiSmbiosProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiGenericMemTestProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiUgaDrawProtocolGuid |gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUgaConsumeSupport ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiGraphicsOutputProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- ## CONSUMES
- ## NOTIFY
- gEfiSimpleTextInputExProtocolGuid
- gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES
- gEfiFormBrowser2ProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiDriverHealthProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiPciIoProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiBootLogoProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEdkiiVariableLockProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-
-[FeaturePcd]
- gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUefiVariableDefaultLangDeprecate ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUgaConsumeSupport ## CONSUMES
- gEfiIntelFrameworkModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdBootlogoOnlyEnable ## CONSUMES
-
-[Pcd]
- gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUefiVariableDefaultLangCodes ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUefiVariableDefaultLang ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUefiVariableDefaultPlatformLangCodes ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdUefiVariableDefaultPlatformLang ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- ## CONSUMES
- ## PRODUCES
- gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdHardwareErrorRecordLevel
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdConOutRow ## PRODUCES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdConOutColumn ## PRODUCES
- ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES
- gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPlatformBootTimeOut
- ## CONSUMES
- ## PRODUCES
- gEfiIntelFrameworkModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdBootState
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdFirmwareVendor ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdFirmwareRevision ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdVideoHorizontalResolution ## PRODUCES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdVideoVerticalResolution ## PRODUCES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdConInConnectOnDemand ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- ## CONSUMES
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdSetupConOutColumn
- ## CONSUMES
- ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdSetupConOutRow
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdSetupVideoHorizontalResolution ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdSetupVideoVerticalResolution ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdErrorCodeSetVariable ## CONSUMES
-
-[Depex]
- TRUE
-
-#
-# [BootMode]
-# FLASH_UPDATE ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES # Update Capsule Image
-#
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- BdsDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BdsDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BdsDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a120733895..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BdsDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BdsDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BdsDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9aee074abe..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BdsDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BdsEntry.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BdsEntry.c deleted file mode 100644 index ae7ad2153c..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BdsEntry.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,754 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This module produce main entry for BDS phase - BdsEntry.
- When this module was dispatched by DxeCore, gEfiBdsArchProtocolGuid will be installed
- which contains interface of BdsEntry.
- After DxeCore finish DXE phase, gEfiBdsArchProtocolGuid->BdsEntry will be invoked
- to enter BDS phase.
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "Bds.h"
-#include "Language.h"
-#include "FrontPage.h"
-#include "Hotkey.h"
-#include "HwErrRecSupport.h"
-
-///
-/// BDS arch protocol instance initial value.
-///
-/// Note: Current BDS not directly get the BootMode, DefaultBoot,
-/// TimeoutDefault, MemoryTestLevel value from the BDS arch protocol.
-/// Please refer to the library useage of BdsLibGetBootMode, BdsLibGetTimeout
-/// and PlatformBdsDiagnostics in BdsPlatform.c
-///
-EFI_HANDLE gBdsHandle = NULL;
-
-EFI_BDS_ARCH_PROTOCOL gBds = {
- BdsEntry
-};
-
-UINT16 *mBootNext = NULL;
-
-///
-/// The read-only variables defined in UEFI Spec.
-///
-CHAR16 *mReadOnlyVariables[] = {
- L"PlatformLangCodes",
- L"LangCodes",
- L"BootOptionSupport",
- L"HwErrRecSupport",
- L"OsIndicationsSupported"
- };
-
-/**
-
- Install Boot Device Selection Protocol
-
- @param ImageHandle The image handle.
- @param SystemTable The system table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCEESS BDS has finished initializing.
- Return the dispatcher and recall BDS.Entry
- @retval Other Return status from AllocatePool() or gBS->InstallProtocolInterface
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BdsInitialize (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Install protocol interface
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &gBdsHandle,
- &gEfiBdsArchProtocolGuid, &gBds,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- An empty function to pass error checking of CreateEventEx ().
-
- @param Event Event whose notification function is being invoked.
- @param Context Pointer to the notification function's context,
- which is implementation-dependent.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BdsEmptyCallbackFunction (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
-}
-
-/**
-
- This function attempts to boot for the boot order specified
- by platform policy.
-
-**/
-VOID
-BdsBootDeviceSelect (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- BDS_COMMON_OPTION *BootOption;
- UINTN ExitDataSize;
- CHAR16 *ExitData;
- UINT16 Timeout;
- LIST_ENTRY BootLists;
- CHAR16 Buffer[20];
- BOOLEAN BootNextExist;
- LIST_ENTRY *LinkBootNext;
- EFI_EVENT ConnectConInEvent;
-
- //
- // Got the latest boot option
- //
- BootNextExist = FALSE;
- LinkBootNext = NULL;
- ConnectConInEvent = NULL;
- InitializeListHead (&BootLists);
-
- //
- // First check the boot next option
- //
- ZeroMem (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer));
-
- //
- // Create Event to signal ConIn connection request
- //
- if (PcdGetBool (PcdConInConnectOnDemand)) {
- Status = gBS->CreateEventEx (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_CALLBACK,
- BdsEmptyCallbackFunction,
- NULL,
- &gConnectConInEventGuid,
- &ConnectConInEvent
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- ConnectConInEvent = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- if (mBootNext != NULL) {
- //
- // Indicate we have the boot next variable, so this time
- // boot will always have this boot option
- //
- BootNextExist = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Clear the this variable so it's only exist in this time boot
- //
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"BootNext",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- 0,
- NULL
- );
- //
- // Deleting variable with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Add the boot next boot option
- //
- UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"Boot%04x", *mBootNext);
- BootOption = BdsLibVariableToOption (&BootLists, Buffer);
-
- //
- // If fail to get boot option from variable, just return and do nothing.
- //
- if (BootOption == NULL) {
- return;
- }
-
- BootOption->BootCurrent = *mBootNext;
- }
- //
- // Parse the boot order to get boot option
- //
- BdsLibBuildOptionFromVar (&BootLists, L"BootOrder");
-
- //
- // When we didn't have chance to build boot option variables in the first
- // full configuration boot (e.g.: Reset in the first page or in Device Manager),
- // we have no boot options in the following mini configuration boot.
- // Give the last chance to enumerate the boot options.
- //
- if (IsListEmpty (&BootLists)) {
- BdsLibEnumerateAllBootOption (&BootLists);
- }
-
- Link = BootLists.ForwardLink;
-
- //
- // Parameter check, make sure the loop will be valid
- //
- if (Link == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
- //
- // Here we make the boot in a loop, every boot success will
- // return to the front page
- //
- for (;;) {
- //
- // Check the boot option list first
- //
- if (Link == &BootLists) {
- //
- // When LazyConIn enabled, signal connect ConIn event before enter UI
- //
- if (PcdGetBool (PcdConInConnectOnDemand) && ConnectConInEvent != NULL) {
- gBS->SignalEvent (ConnectConInEvent);
- }
-
- //
- // There are two ways to enter here:
- // 1. There is no active boot option, give user chance to
- // add new boot option
- // 2. All the active boot option processed, and there is no
- // one is success to boot, then we back here to allow user
- // add new active boot option
- //
- Timeout = 0xffff;
- PlatformBdsEnterFrontPage (Timeout, FALSE);
- InitializeListHead (&BootLists);
- BdsLibBuildOptionFromVar (&BootLists, L"BootOrder");
- Link = BootLists.ForwardLink;
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Get the boot option from the link list
- //
- BootOption = CR (Link, BDS_COMMON_OPTION, Link, BDS_LOAD_OPTION_SIGNATURE);
-
- //
- // According to EFI Specification, if a load option is not marked
- // as LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE, the boot manager will not automatically
- // load the option.
- //
- if (!IS_LOAD_OPTION_TYPE (BootOption->Attribute, LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE)) {
- //
- // skip the header of the link list, because it has no boot option
- //
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Make sure the boot option device path connected,
- // but ignore the BBS device path
- //
- if (DevicePathType (BootOption->DevicePath) != BBS_DEVICE_PATH) {
- //
- // Notes: the internal shell can not been connected with device path
- // so we do not check the status here
- //
- BdsLibConnectDevicePath (BootOption->DevicePath);
- }
-
- //
- // Restore to original mode before launching boot option.
- //
- BdsSetConsoleMode (FALSE);
-
- //
- // All the driver options should have been processed since
- // now boot will be performed.
- //
- Status = BdsLibBootViaBootOption (BootOption, BootOption->DevicePath, &ExitDataSize, &ExitData);
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- //
- // Call platform action to indicate the boot fail
- //
- BootOption->StatusString = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_BOOT_FAILED));
- PlatformBdsBootFail (BootOption, Status, ExitData, ExitDataSize);
-
- //
- // Check the next boot option
- //
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
-
- } else {
- //
- // Call platform action to indicate the boot success
- //
- BootOption->StatusString = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_BOOT_SUCCEEDED));
- PlatformBdsBootSuccess (BootOption);
-
- //
- // Boot success, then stop process the boot order, and
- // present the boot manager menu, front page
- //
-
- //
- // When LazyConIn enabled, signal connect ConIn Event before enter UI
- //
- if (PcdGetBool (PcdConInConnectOnDemand) && ConnectConInEvent != NULL) {
- gBS->SignalEvent (ConnectConInEvent);
- }
-
- Timeout = 0xffff;
- PlatformBdsEnterFrontPage (Timeout, FALSE);
-
- //
- // Rescan the boot option list, avoid potential risk of the boot
- // option change in front page
- //
- if (BootNextExist) {
- LinkBootNext = BootLists.ForwardLink;
- }
-
- InitializeListHead (&BootLists);
- if (LinkBootNext != NULL) {
- //
- // Reserve the boot next option
- //
- InsertTailList (&BootLists, LinkBootNext);
- }
-
- BdsLibBuildOptionFromVar (&BootLists, L"BootOrder");
- Link = BootLists.ForwardLink;
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-/**
-
- Validate input console variable data.
-
- If found the device path is not a valid device path, remove the variable.
-
- @param VariableName Input console variable name.
-
-**/
-VOID
-BdsFormalizeConsoleVariable (
- IN CHAR16 *VariableName
- )
-{
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- UINTN VariableSize;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- DevicePath = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- VariableName,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &VariableSize
- );
- if ((DevicePath != NULL) && !IsDevicePathValid (DevicePath, VariableSize)) {
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- VariableName,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- 0,
- NULL
- );
- //
- // Deleting variable with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
- Formalize Bds global variables.
-
- 1. For ConIn/ConOut/ConErr, if found the device path is not a valid device path, remove the variable.
- 2. For OsIndicationsSupported, Create a BS/RT/UINT64 variable to report caps
- 3. Delete OsIndications variable if it is not NV/BS/RT UINT64
- Item 3 is used to solve case when OS corrupts OsIndications. Here simply delete this NV variable.
-
-**/
-VOID
-BdsFormalizeEfiGlobalVariable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT64 OsIndicationSupport;
- UINT64 OsIndication;
- UINTN DataSize;
- UINT32 Attributes;
-
- //
- // Validate Console variable.
- //
- BdsFormalizeConsoleVariable (L"ConIn");
- BdsFormalizeConsoleVariable (L"ConOut");
- BdsFormalizeConsoleVariable (L"ErrOut");
-
- //
- // OS indicater support variable
- //
- OsIndicationSupport = EFI_OS_INDICATIONS_BOOT_TO_FW_UI \
- | EFI_OS_INDICATIONS_FMP_CAPSULE_SUPPORTED;
-
- BdsDxeSetVariableAndReportStatusCodeOnError (
- L"OsIndicationsSupported",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS,
- sizeof(UINT64),
- &OsIndicationSupport
- );
-
- //
- // If OsIndications is invalid, remove it.
- // Invalid case
- // 1. Data size != UINT64
- // 2. OsIndication value inconsistence
- // 3. OsIndication attribute inconsistence
- //
- OsIndication = 0;
- Attributes = 0;
- DataSize = sizeof(UINT64);
- Status = gRT->GetVariable (
- L"OsIndications",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &Attributes,
- &DataSize,
- &OsIndication
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- if (DataSize != sizeof(UINT64) ||
- (OsIndication & ~OsIndicationSupport) != 0 ||
- Attributes != (EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE)){
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Unformalized OsIndications variable exists. Delete it\n"));
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"OsIndications",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- 0,
- 0,
- NULL
- );
- //
- // Deleting variable with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-/**
-
- Allocate a block of memory that will contain performance data to OS.
-
-**/
-VOID
-BdsAllocateMemoryForPerformanceData (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS AcpiLowMemoryBase;
- EDKII_VARIABLE_LOCK_PROTOCOL *VariableLock;
-
- AcpiLowMemoryBase = 0x0FFFFFFFFULL;
-
- //
- // Allocate a block of memory that will contain performance data to OS.
- //
- Status = gBS->AllocatePages (
- AllocateMaxAddress,
- EfiReservedMemoryType,
- EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (PERF_DATA_MAX_LENGTH),
- &AcpiLowMemoryBase
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Save the pointer to variable for use in S3 resume.
- //
- BdsDxeSetVariableAndReportStatusCodeOnError (
- L"PerfDataMemAddr",
- &gPerformanceProtocolGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE | EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS,
- sizeof (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS),
- &AcpiLowMemoryBase
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "[Bds] PerfDataMemAddr (%08x) cannot be saved to NV storage.\n", AcpiLowMemoryBase));
- }
- //
- // Mark L"PerfDataMemAddr" variable to read-only if the Variable Lock protocol exists
- // Still lock it even the variable cannot be saved to prevent it's set by 3rd party code.
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEdkiiVariableLockProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &VariableLock);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = VariableLock->RequestToLock (VariableLock, L"PerfDataMemAddr", &gPerformanceProtocolGuid);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
- Service routine for BdsInstance->Entry(). Devices are connected, the
- consoles are initialized, and the boot options are tried.
-
- @param This Protocol Instance structure.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BdsEntry (
- IN EFI_BDS_ARCH_PROTOCOL *This
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY DriverOptionList;
- LIST_ENTRY BootOptionList;
- UINTN BootNextSize;
- CHAR16 *FirmwareVendor;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT16 BootTimeOut;
- UINTN Index;
- EDKII_VARIABLE_LOCK_PROTOCOL *VariableLock;
-
- //
- // Insert the performance probe
- //
- PERF_END (NULL, "DXE", NULL, 0);
- PERF_START (NULL, "BDS", NULL, 0);
-
- PERF_CODE (
- BdsAllocateMemoryForPerformanceData ();
- );
-
- //
- // Initialize the global system boot option and driver option
- //
- InitializeListHead (&DriverOptionList);
- InitializeListHead (&BootOptionList);
-
- //
- // Initialize hotkey service
- //
- InitializeHotkeyService ();
-
- //
- // Fill in FirmwareVendor and FirmwareRevision from PCDs
- //
- FirmwareVendor = (CHAR16 *)PcdGetPtr (PcdFirmwareVendor);
- gST->FirmwareVendor = AllocateRuntimeCopyPool (StrSize (FirmwareVendor), FirmwareVendor);
- ASSERT (gST->FirmwareVendor != NULL);
- gST->FirmwareRevision = PcdGet32 (PcdFirmwareRevision);
-
- //
- // Fixup Tasble CRC after we updated Firmware Vendor and Revision
- //
- gST->Hdr.CRC32 = 0;
- gBS->CalculateCrc32 ((VOID *)gST, sizeof(EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE), &gST->Hdr.CRC32);
-
- //
- // Validate Variable.
- //
- BdsFormalizeEfiGlobalVariable();
-
- //
- // Mark the read-only variables if the Variable Lock protocol exists
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEdkiiVariableLockProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &VariableLock);
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "[BdsDxe] Locate Variable Lock protocol - %r\n", Status));
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof (mReadOnlyVariables) / sizeof (mReadOnlyVariables[0]); Index++) {
- Status = VariableLock->RequestToLock (VariableLock, mReadOnlyVariables[Index], &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Report Status Code to indicate connecting drivers will happen
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_BS_DRIVER | EFI_SW_DXE_BS_PC_BEGIN_CONNECTING_DRIVERS)
- );
-
- InitializeHwErrRecSupport();
-
- //
- // Initialize L"Timeout" EFI global variable.
- //
- BootTimeOut = PcdGet16 (PcdPlatformBootTimeOut);
- if (BootTimeOut != 0xFFFF) {
- //
- // If time out value equal 0xFFFF, no need set to 0xFFFF to variable area because UEFI specification
- // define same behavior between no value or 0xFFFF value for L"Timeout".
- //
- BdsDxeSetVariableAndReportStatusCodeOnError (
- L"Timeout",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- sizeof (UINT16),
- &BootTimeOut
- );
- }
-
- //
- // bugbug: platform specific code
- // Initialize the platform specific string and language
- //
- InitializeStringSupport ();
- InitializeLanguage (TRUE);
- InitializeFrontPage (TRUE);
-
- //
- // Do the platform init, can be customized by OEM/IBV
- //
- PERF_START (NULL, "PlatformBds", "BDS", 0);
- PlatformBdsInit ();
-
- //
- // Set up the device list based on EFI 1.1 variables
- // process Driver#### and Load the driver's in the
- // driver option list
- //
- BdsLibBuildOptionFromVar (&DriverOptionList, L"DriverOrder");
- if (!IsListEmpty (&DriverOptionList)) {
- BdsLibLoadDrivers (&DriverOptionList);
- }
- //
- // Check if we have the boot next option
- //
- mBootNext = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- L"BootNext",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &BootNextSize
- );
-
- //
- // Setup some platform policy here
- //
- PlatformBdsPolicyBehavior (&DriverOptionList, &BootOptionList, BdsProcessCapsules, BdsMemoryTest);
- PERF_END (NULL, "PlatformBds", "BDS", 0);
-
- //
- // BDS select the boot device to load OS
- //
- BdsBootDeviceSelect ();
-
- //
- // Only assert here since this is the right behavior, we should never
- // return back to DxeCore.
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
-
- return ;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Set the variable and report the error through status code upon failure.
-
- @param VariableName A Null-terminated string that is the name of the vendor's variable.
- Each VariableName is unique for each VendorGuid. VariableName must
- contain 1 or more characters. If VariableName is an empty string,
- then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
- @param VendorGuid A unique identifier for the vendor.
- @param Attributes Attributes bitmask to set for the variable.
- @param DataSize The size in bytes of the Data buffer. Unless the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE,
- EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS, or
- EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS attribute is set, a size of zero
- causes the variable to be deleted. When the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE attribute is
- set, then a SetVariable() call with a DataSize of zero will not cause any change to
- the variable value (the timestamp associated with the variable may be updated however
- even if no new data value is provided,see the description of the
- EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor below. In this case the DataSize will not
- be zero since the EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor will be populated).
- @param Data The contents for the variable.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware has successfully stored the variable and its data as
- defined by the Attributes.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER An invalid combination of attribute bits, name, and GUID was supplied, or the
- DataSize exceeds the maximum allowed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER VariableName is an empty string.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough storage is available to hold the variable and its data.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The variable could not be retrieved due to a hardware error.
- @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED The variable in question is read-only.
- @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED The variable in question cannot be deleted.
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION The variable could not be written due to EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS
- or EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACESS being set, but the AuthInfo
- does NOT pass the validation check carried out by the firmware.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The variable trying to be updated or deleted was not found.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BdsDxeSetVariableAndReportStatusCodeOnError (
- IN CHAR16 *VariableName,
- IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid,
- IN UINT32 Attributes,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- IN VOID *Data
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EDKII_SET_VARIABLE_STATUS *SetVariableStatus;
- UINTN NameSize;
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- VariableName,
- VendorGuid,
- Attributes,
- DataSize,
- Data
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- NameSize = StrSize (VariableName);
- SetVariableStatus = AllocatePool (sizeof (EDKII_SET_VARIABLE_STATUS) + NameSize + DataSize);
- if (SetVariableStatus != NULL) {
- CopyGuid (&SetVariableStatus->Guid, VendorGuid);
- SetVariableStatus->NameSize = NameSize;
- SetVariableStatus->DataSize = DataSize;
- SetVariableStatus->SetStatus = Status;
- SetVariableStatus->Attributes = Attributes;
- CopyMem (SetVariableStatus + 1, VariableName, NameSize);
- CopyMem (((UINT8 *) (SetVariableStatus + 1)) + NameSize, Data, DataSize);
-
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE_EX (
- EFI_ERROR_CODE,
- PcdGet32 (PcdErrorCodeSetVariable),
- 0,
- NULL,
- &gEdkiiStatusCodeDataTypeVariableGuid,
- SetVariableStatus,
- sizeof (EDKII_SET_VARIABLE_STATUS) + NameSize + DataSize
- );
-
- FreePool (SetVariableStatus);
- }
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BBSsupport.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BBSsupport.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6a0b525f15..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BBSsupport.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This function deal with the legacy boot option, it create, delete
- and manage the legacy boot option, all legacy boot option is getting from
- the legacy BBS table.
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "BBSsupport.h"
-
-#pragma pack(1)
-typedef struct {
- BBS_TABLE BbsEntry;
- UINT16 BbsIndex;
-} LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA;
-#pragma pack()
-
-/**
- Re-order the Boot Option according to the DevOrder.
-
- The routine re-orders the Boot Option in BootOption array according to
- the order specified by DevOrder.
-
- @param DevOrder Pointer to buffer containing the BBS Index,
- high 8-bit value 0xFF indicating a disabled boot option
- @param DevOrderCount Count of the BBS Index
- @param EnBootOption Callee allocated buffer containing the enabled Boot Option Numbers
- @param EnBootOptionCount Count of the enabled Boot Option Numbers
- @param DisBootOption Callee allocated buffer containing the disabled Boot Option Numbers
- @param DisBootOptionCount Count of the disabled Boot Option Numbers
-**/
-VOID
-OrderLegacyBootOption4SameType (
- UINT16 *DevOrder,
- UINTN DevOrderCount,
- UINT16 **EnBootOption,
- UINTN *EnBootOptionCount,
- UINT16 **DisBootOption,
- UINTN *DisBootOptionCount
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT16 *NewBootOption;
- UINT16 *BootOrder;
- UINTN BootOrderSize;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN StartPosition;
-
- BDS_COMMON_OPTION *BootOption;
-
- CHAR16 OptionName[sizeof ("Boot####")];
- UINT16 *BbsIndexArray;
- UINT16 *DeviceTypeArray;
- LIST_ENTRY List;
-
- BootOrder = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- L"BootOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &BootOrderSize
- );
- ASSERT (BootOrder != NULL);
-
- BbsIndexArray = AllocatePool (BootOrderSize);
- DeviceTypeArray = AllocatePool (BootOrderSize);
- *EnBootOption = AllocatePool (BootOrderSize);
- *DisBootOption = AllocatePool (BootOrderSize);
- *DisBootOptionCount = 0;
- *EnBootOptionCount = 0;
- Index = 0;
-
- ASSERT (BbsIndexArray != NULL);
- ASSERT (DeviceTypeArray != NULL);
- ASSERT (*EnBootOption != NULL);
- ASSERT (*DisBootOption != NULL);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
-
- UnicodeSPrint (OptionName, sizeof (OptionName), L"Boot%04x", BootOrder[Index]);
- InitializeListHead (&List);
- BootOption = BdsLibVariableToOption (&List, OptionName);
- ASSERT (BootOption != NULL);
-
- if ((DevicePathType (BootOption->DevicePath) == BBS_DEVICE_PATH) &&
- (DevicePathSubType (BootOption->DevicePath) == BBS_BBS_DP)) {
- //
- // Legacy Boot Option
- //
- ASSERT (BootOption->LoadOptionsSize == sizeof (LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA));
-
- DeviceTypeArray[Index] = ((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) BootOption->DevicePath)->DeviceType;
- BbsIndexArray [Index] = ((LEGACY_BOOT_OPTION_BBS_DATA *) BootOption->LoadOptions)->BbsIndex;
- } else {
- DeviceTypeArray[Index] = BBS_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
- BbsIndexArray [Index] = 0xFFFF;
- }
- FreePool (BootOption->DevicePath);
- FreePool (BootOption->Description);
- FreePool (BootOption->LoadOptions);
- FreePool (BootOption);
- }
-
- //
- // Record the corresponding Boot Option Numbers according to the DevOrder
- // Record the EnBootOption and DisBootOption according to the DevOrder
- //
- StartPosition = BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16);
- NewBootOption = AllocatePool (DevOrderCount * sizeof (UINT16));
- ASSERT (NewBootOption != NULL);
- while (DevOrderCount-- != 0) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
- if (BbsIndexArray[Index] == (DevOrder[DevOrderCount] & 0xFF)) {
- StartPosition = MIN (StartPosition, Index);
- NewBootOption[DevOrderCount] = BootOrder[Index];
-
- if ((DevOrder[DevOrderCount] & 0xFF00) == 0xFF00) {
- (*DisBootOption)[*DisBootOptionCount] = BootOrder[Index];
- (*DisBootOptionCount)++;
- } else {
- (*EnBootOption)[*EnBootOptionCount] = BootOrder[Index];
- (*EnBootOptionCount)++;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Overwrite the old BootOption
- //
- CopyMem (&BootOrder[StartPosition], NewBootOption, (*DisBootOptionCount + *EnBootOptionCount) * sizeof (UINT16));
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"BootOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- BootOrderSize,
- BootOrder
- );
- //
- // Changing content without increasing its size with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- FreePool (NewBootOption);
- FreePool (DeviceTypeArray);
- FreePool (BbsIndexArray);
- FreePool (BootOrder);
-}
-
-/**
- Group the legacy boot options in the BootOption.
-
- The routine assumes the boot options in the beginning that covers all the device
- types are ordered properly and re-position the following boot options just after
- the corresponding boot options with the same device type.
- For example:
- 1. Input = [Harddisk1 CdRom2 Efi1 Harddisk0 CdRom0 CdRom1 Harddisk2 Efi0]
- Assuming [Harddisk1 CdRom2 Efi1] is ordered properly
- Output = [Harddisk1 Harddisk0 Harddisk2 CdRom2 CdRom0 CdRom1 Efi1 Efi0]
-
- 2. Input = [Efi1 Efi0 CdRom1 Harddisk0 Harddisk1 Harddisk2 CdRom0 CdRom2]
- Assuming [Efi1 Efi0 CdRom1 Harddisk0] is ordered properly
- Output = [Efi1 Efi0 CdRom1 CdRom0 CdRom2 Harddisk0 Harddisk1 Harddisk2]
-
-**/
-VOID
-GroupMultipleLegacyBootOption4SameType (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN DeviceIndex;
- UINTN DeviceTypeIndex[7];
- UINTN *NextIndex;
- UINT16 OptionNumber;
- UINT16 *BootOrder;
- UINTN BootOrderSize;
- CHAR16 OptionName[sizeof ("Boot####")];
- BDS_COMMON_OPTION *BootOption;
- LIST_ENTRY List;
-
- SetMem (DeviceTypeIndex, sizeof (DeviceTypeIndex), 0xff);
-
- BootOrder = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- L"BootOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &BootOrderSize
- );
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < BootOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
- UnicodeSPrint (OptionName, sizeof (OptionName), L"Boot%04x", BootOrder[Index]);
- InitializeListHead (&List);
- BootOption = BdsLibVariableToOption (&List, OptionName);
- ASSERT (BootOption != NULL);
-
- if ((DevicePathType (BootOption->DevicePath) == BBS_DEVICE_PATH) &&
- (DevicePathSubType (BootOption->DevicePath) == BBS_BBS_DP)) {
- //
- // Legacy Boot Option
- //
- ASSERT ((((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) BootOption->DevicePath)->DeviceType & 0xF) < sizeof (DeviceTypeIndex) / sizeof (DeviceTypeIndex[0]));
- NextIndex = &DeviceTypeIndex[((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) BootOption->DevicePath)->DeviceType & 0xF];
-
- if (*NextIndex == (UINTN) -1) {
- //
- // *NextIndex is the Index in BootOrder to put the next Option Number for the same type
- //
- *NextIndex = Index + 1;
- } else {
- //
- // insert the current boot option before *NextIndex, causing [*Next .. Index] shift right one position
- //
- OptionNumber = BootOrder[Index];
- CopyMem (&BootOrder[*NextIndex + 1], &BootOrder[*NextIndex], (Index - *NextIndex) * sizeof (UINT16));
- BootOrder[*NextIndex] = OptionNumber;
-
- //
- // Update the DeviceTypeIndex array to reflect the right shift operation
- //
- for (DeviceIndex = 0; DeviceIndex < sizeof (DeviceTypeIndex) / sizeof (DeviceTypeIndex[0]); DeviceIndex++) {
- if (DeviceTypeIndex[DeviceIndex] != (UINTN) -1 && DeviceTypeIndex[DeviceIndex] >= *NextIndex) {
- DeviceTypeIndex[DeviceIndex]++;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- FreePool (BootOption->DevicePath);
- FreePool (BootOption->Description);
- FreePool (BootOption->LoadOptions);
- FreePool (BootOption);
- }
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"BootOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- BootOrderSize,
- BootOrder
- );
- //
- // Changing content without increasing its size with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- FreePool (BootOrder);
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BBSsupport.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BBSsupport.h deleted file mode 100644 index e73dc85995..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BBSsupport.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- declares interface functions
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _EFI_BDS_BBS_SUPPORT_H_
-#define _EFI_BDS_BBS_SUPPORT_H_
-
-#include "BootMaint.h"
-
-/**
- Build Legacy Device Name String according.
-
- @param CurBBSEntry BBS Table.
- @param Index Index.
- @param BufSize The buffer size.
- @param BootString The output string.
-
- @return VOID No output.
-
-**/
-VOID
-BdsBuildLegacyDevNameString (
- IN BBS_TABLE *CurBBSEntry,
- IN UINTN Index,
- IN UINTN BufSize,
- OUT CHAR16 *BootString
- );
-
-/**
- Group the legacy boot options in the BootOption.
-
- The routine assumes the boot options in the beginning that covers all the device
- types are ordered properly and re-position the following boot options just after
- the corresponding boot options with the same device type.
- For example:
- 1. Input = [Harddisk1 CdRom2 Efi1 Harddisk0 CdRom0 CdRom1 Harddisk2 Efi0]
- Assuming [Harddisk1 CdRom2 Efi1] is ordered properly
- Output = [Harddisk1 Harddisk0 Harddisk2 CdRom2 CdRom0 CdRom1 Efi1 Efi0]
-
- 2. Input = [Efi1 Efi0 CdRom1 Harddisk0 Harddisk1 Harddisk2 CdRom0 CdRom2]
- Assuming [Efi1 Efi0 CdRom1 Harddisk0] is ordered properly
- Output = [Efi1 Efi0 CdRom1 CdRom0 CdRom2 Harddisk0 Harddisk1 Harddisk2]
-**/
-VOID
-GroupMultipleLegacyBootOption4SameType (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Re-order the Boot Option according to the DevOrder.
-
- The routine re-orders the Boot Option in BootOption array according to
- the order specified by DevOrder.
-
- @param DevOrder Pointer to buffer containing the BBS Index,
- high 8-bit value 0xFF indicating a disabled boot option
- @param DevOrderCount Count of the BBS Index
- @param EnBootOption Callee allocated buffer containing the enabled Boot Option Numbers
- @param EnBootOptionCount Count of the enabled Boot Option Numbers
- @param DisBootOption Callee allocated buffer containing the disabled Boot Option Numbers
- @param DisBootOptionCount Count of the disabled Boot Option Numbers
-**/
-VOID
-OrderLegacyBootOption4SameType (
- UINT16 *DevOrder,
- UINTN DevOrderCount,
- UINT16 **EnBootOption,
- UINTN *EnBootOptionCount,
- UINT16 **DisBootOption,
- UINTN *DisBootOptionCount
- );
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/Bm.vfr b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/Bm.vfr deleted file mode 100644 index 0d35c2c37e..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/Bm.vfr +++ /dev/null @@ -1,365 +0,0 @@ -///** @file
-//
-// Boot Maintenance Utility Formset
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-//**/
-
-#include "FormGuid.h"
-
-formset
- guid = BOOT_MAINT_FORMSET_GUID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_MAIN_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING),
- classguid = BOOT_MAINT_FORMSET_GUID,
-
- varstore BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA,
- varid = VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- name = BmmData,
- guid = BOOT_MAINT_FORMSET_GUID;
-
- form formid = FORM_MAIN_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_MAIN_TITLE);
-
- goto FORM_BOOT_SETUP_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_SETUP_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_SETUP_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_BOOT_SETUP_ID;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING);
-
- goto FORM_DRIVER_SETUP_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRIVER_SETUP_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRIVER_SETUP_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_DRIVER_SETUP_ID;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING);
-
- goto FORM_CON_MAIN_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_CON_MAIN_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_CON_MAIN_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_CON_MAIN_ID;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING);
-
- goto FORM_BOOT_FROM_FILE_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_BOOT_FROM_FILE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_BOOT_FROM_FILE_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = KEY_VALUE_BOOT_FROM_FILE;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING);
-
-// label FORM_MAIN_ID;
-
- goto FORM_BOOT_NEXT_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_NEXT_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_NEXT_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_BOOT_NEXT_ID;
-
- goto FORM_TIME_OUT_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_TIME_OUT_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_TIME_OUT_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_TIME_OUT_ID;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING);
-
- text
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_RESET),
- text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_RESET),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_RESET;
-
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_BOOT_SETUP_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_SETUP_TITLE);
-
- goto FORM_MAIN_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_GOTO_MAIN),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_GOTO_MAIN);
- //flags = INTERACTIVE,
- //key = FORM_MAIN_ID;
-
- goto FORM_BOOT_ADD_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_ADD_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_ADD_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_BOOT_ADD_ID;
-
- goto FORM_BOOT_DEL_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_DEL_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_IMMEDIATE_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_BOOT_DEL_ID;
-
- goto FORM_BOOT_CHG_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_CHG_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_IMMEDIATE_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_BOOT_CHG_ID;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING);
- //
- // We will add "Select Legacy Boot Floppy Drive" and "Select Legacy Boot Hard Drive"
- // here dynamically
- //
- label FORM_BOOT_LEGACY_DEVICE_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
-
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_DRIVER_SETUP_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRIVER_SETUP_TITLE);
-
- goto FORM_MAIN_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_GOTO_MAIN),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_GOTO_MAIN);
- //help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_GOTO_MAIN),
- //flags = INTERACTIVE,
- //key = FORM_MAIN_ID;
-
- goto FORM_DRV_ADD_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_ADD_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_ADD_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_DRV_ADD_ID;
-
- goto FORM_DRV_DEL_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_DEL_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_NEXT_BOOT_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_DRV_DEL_ID;
-
- goto FORM_DRV_CHG_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_CHG_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_NEXT_BOOT_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_DRV_CHG_ID;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_BOOT_DEL_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_DEL_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_BOOT_DEL_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_BOOT_CHG_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_CHG_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_BOOT_CHG_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
-
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_BOOT_NEXT_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_NEXT_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_BOOT_NEXT_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_TIME_OUT_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_TIME_OUT_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_TIME_OUT_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_DRV_ADD_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_ADD_TITLE);
-
- goto FORM_MAIN_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_GOTO_MAIN),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_GOTO_MAIN);
- //flags = INTERACTIVE,
- //key = FORM_MAIN_ID;
-
- goto FORM_DRV_ADD_FILE_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_ADD_FILE_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_ADD_FILE_TITLE),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_DRV_ADD_FILE_ID;
-
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_DRV_DEL_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_DEL_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_DRV_DEL_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
-
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_DRV_CHG_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_CHG_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_DRV_CHG_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
-
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_CON_MAIN_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_CON_MAIN_TITLE);
-
- goto FORM_MAIN_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_GOTO_MAIN),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_GOTO_MAIN);
- //flags = INTERACTIVE,
- //key = FORM_MAIN_ID;
-
- goto FORM_CON_IN_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_CON_IN_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_CON_IN_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_CON_IN_ID;
-
- goto FORM_CON_OUT_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_CON_OUT_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_CON_OUT_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_CON_OUT_ID;
-
- goto FORM_CON_ERR_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_STD_ERR_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_STD_ERR_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_CON_ERR_ID;
-
- goto FORM_CON_MODE_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_MODE_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_MODE_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_CON_MODE_ID;
-
- goto FORM_CON_COM_ID,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_COM_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_COM_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FORM_CON_COM_ID;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_CON_MODE_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_MODE_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_CON_MODE_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_CON_COM_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_COM_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_CON_COM_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_CON_COM_SETUP_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_CON_COM_SETUP);
-
- label FORM_CON_COM_SETUP_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_FILE_SEEK_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_ADD_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_FILE_SEEK_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_FILE_NEW_SEEK_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_ADD_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_FILE_NEW_SEEK_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_DESC_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_ADD_DESC_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_DESC_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
-
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_CON_IN_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_CON_IN_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_CON_IN_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
-
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_CON_OUT_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_CON_OUT_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_CON_OUT_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
-
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_CON_ERR_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_STD_ERR_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_CON_ERR_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
-
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
-endformset;
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BmLib.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BmLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4424831859..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BmLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,411 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Utility routines used by boot maintenance modules.
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "BootMaint.h"
-
-/**
-
- Function opens and returns a file handle to the root directory of a volume.
-
- @param DeviceHandle A handle for a device
-
- @return A valid file handle or NULL is returned
-
-**/
-EFI_FILE_HANDLE
-EfiLibOpenRoot (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL *Volume;
- EFI_FILE_HANDLE File;
-
- File = NULL;
-
- //
- // File the file system interface to the device
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- DeviceHandle,
- &gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid,
- (VOID *) &Volume
- );
-
- //
- // Open the root directory of the volume
- //
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = Volume->OpenVolume (
- Volume,
- &File
- );
- }
- //
- // Done
- //
- return EFI_ERROR (Status) ? NULL : File;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Helper function called as part of the code needed
- to allocate the proper sized buffer for various
- EFI interfaces.
-
-
- @param Status Current status
- @param Buffer Current allocated buffer, or NULL
- @param BufferSize Current buffer size needed
-
- @retval TRUE if the buffer was reallocated and the caller
- should try the API again.
- @retval FALSE The caller should not call this function again.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-EfiGrowBuffer (
- IN OUT EFI_STATUS *Status,
- IN OUT VOID **Buffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN TryAgain;
-
- //
- // If this is an initial request, buffer will be null with a new buffer size
- //
- if ((*Buffer == NULL) && (BufferSize != 0)) {
- *Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
- //
- // If the status code is "buffer too small", resize the buffer
- //
- TryAgain = FALSE;
- if (*Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
-
- if (*Buffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (*Buffer);
- }
-
- *Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize);
-
- if (*Buffer != NULL) {
- TryAgain = TRUE;
- } else {
- *Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
- //
- // If there's an error, free the buffer
- //
- if (!TryAgain && EFI_ERROR (*Status) && (*Buffer != NULL)) {
- FreePool (*Buffer);
- *Buffer = NULL;
- }
-
- return TryAgain;
-}
-
-/**
- Function returns the value of the specified variable.
-
-
- @param Name A Null-terminated Unicode string that is
- the name of the vendor's variable.
- @param VendorGuid A unique identifier for the vendor.
-
- @return The payload of the variable.
- @retval NULL If the variable can't be read.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EfiLibGetVariable (
- IN CHAR16 *Name,
- IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid
- )
-{
- UINTN VarSize;
-
- return BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (Name, VendorGuid, &VarSize);
-}
-
-/**
- Function deletes the variable specified by VarName and VarGuid.
-
- @param VarName A Null-terminated Unicode string that is
- the name of the vendor's variable.
-
- @param VarGuid A unique identifier for the vendor.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The variable was found and removed
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The variable store was inaccessible
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The temporary buffer was not available
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The variable was not found
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiLibDeleteVariable (
- IN CHAR16 *VarName,
- IN EFI_GUID *VarGuid
- )
-{
- VOID *VarBuf;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- VarBuf = EfiLibGetVariable (VarName, VarGuid);
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
- if (VarBuf != NULL) {
- //
- // Delete variable from Storage
- //
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- VarName,
- VarGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- 0,
- NULL
- );
- //
- // Deleting variable with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- FreePool (VarBuf);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Function gets the file system information from an open file descriptor,
- and stores it in a buffer allocated from pool.
-
-
- @param FHand The file handle.
-
- @return A pointer to a buffer with file information.
- @retval NULL is returned if failed to get Vaolume Label Info.
-
-**/
-EFI_FILE_SYSTEM_VOLUME_LABEL *
-EfiLibFileSystemVolumeLabelInfo (
- IN EFI_FILE_HANDLE FHand
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FILE_SYSTEM_VOLUME_LABEL *Buffer;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- //
- // Initialize for GrowBuffer loop
- //
- Buffer = NULL;
- BufferSize = SIZE_OF_EFI_FILE_SYSTEM_VOLUME_LABEL + 200;
-
- //
- // Call the real function
- //
- while (EfiGrowBuffer (&Status, (VOID **) &Buffer, BufferSize)) {
- Status = FHand->GetInfo (
- FHand,
- &gEfiFileSystemVolumeLabelInfoIdGuid,
- &BufferSize,
- Buffer
- );
- }
-
- return Buffer;
-}
-
-/**
- Duplicate a string.
-
- @param Src The source.
-
- @return A new string which is duplicated copy of the source.
- @retval NULL If there is not enough memory.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-EfiStrDuplicate (
- IN CHAR16 *Src
- )
-{
- CHAR16 *Dest;
- UINTN Size;
-
- Size = StrSize (Src);
- Dest = AllocateZeroPool (Size);
- ASSERT (Dest != NULL);
- if (Dest != NULL) {
- CopyMem (Dest, Src, Size);
- }
-
- return Dest;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Function gets the file information from an open file descriptor, and stores it
- in a buffer allocated from pool.
-
- @param FHand File Handle.
-
- @return A pointer to a buffer with file information or NULL is returned
-
-**/
-EFI_FILE_INFO *
-EfiLibFileInfo (
- IN EFI_FILE_HANDLE FHand
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FILE_INFO *Buffer;
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- //
- // Initialize for GrowBuffer loop
- //
- Buffer = NULL;
- BufferSize = SIZE_OF_EFI_FILE_INFO + 200;
-
- //
- // Call the real function
- //
- while (EfiGrowBuffer (&Status, (VOID **) &Buffer, BufferSize)) {
- Status = FHand->GetInfo (
- FHand,
- &gEfiFileInfoGuid,
- &BufferSize,
- Buffer
- );
- }
-
- return Buffer;
-}
-
-/**
- Function is used to determine the number of device path instances
- that exist in a device path.
-
-
- @param DevicePath A pointer to a device path data structure.
-
- @return This function counts and returns the number of device path instances
- in DevicePath.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-EfiDevicePathInstanceCount (
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
- )
-{
- UINTN Count;
- UINTN Size;
-
- Count = 0;
- while (GetNextDevicePathInstance (&DevicePath, &Size) != NULL) {
- Count += 1;
- }
-
- return Count;
-}
-
-/**
- Adjusts the size of a previously allocated buffer.
-
-
- @param OldPool - A pointer to the buffer whose size is being adjusted.
- @param OldSize - The size of the current buffer.
- @param NewSize - The size of the new buffer.
-
- @return The newly allocated buffer.
- @retval NULL Allocation failed.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EfiReallocatePool (
- IN VOID *OldPool,
- IN UINTN OldSize,
- IN UINTN NewSize
- )
-{
- VOID *NewPool;
-
- NewPool = NULL;
- if (NewSize != 0) {
- NewPool = AllocateZeroPool (NewSize);
- }
-
- if (OldPool != NULL) {
- if (NewPool != NULL) {
- CopyMem (NewPool, OldPool, OldSize < NewSize ? OldSize : NewSize);
- }
-
- FreePool (OldPool);
- }
-
- return NewPool;
-}
-
-/**
- Get a string from the Data Hub record based on
- a device path.
-
- @param DevPath The device Path.
-
- @return A string located from the Data Hub records based on
- the device path.
- @retval NULL If failed to get the String from Data Hub.
-
-**/
-UINT16 *
-EfiLibStrFromDatahub (
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevPath
- )
-{
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Find the first instance of this Protocol
- in the system and return it's interface.
-
-
- @param ProtocolGuid Provides the protocol to search for
- @param Interface On return, a pointer to the first interface
- that matches ProtocolGuid
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS A protocol instance matching ProtocolGuid was found
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No protocol instances were found that match ProtocolGuid
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiLibLocateProtocol (
- IN EFI_GUID *ProtocolGuid,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- ProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) Interface
- );
- return Status;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/Bmstring.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/Bmstring.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b0aabc3b11..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/Bmstring.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BootMaint.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BootMaint.c deleted file mode 100644 index d4b4475f09..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BootMaint.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1690 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The functions for Boot Maintainence Main menu.
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "BootMaint.h"
-#include "FormGuid.h"
-#include "Bds.h"
-#include "FrontPage.h"
-
-EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL EndDevicePath[] = {
- {
- END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
- END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
- END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH,
- 0
- }
- }
-};
-
-HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH mBmmHiiVendorDevicePath = {
- {
- {
- HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH,
- HW_VENDOR_DP,
- {
- (UINT8) (sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)),
- (UINT8) ((sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)) >> 8)
- }
- },
- BOOT_MAINT_FORMSET_GUID
- },
- {
- END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
- END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
- (UINT8) (END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH),
- (UINT8) ((END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) >> 8)
- }
- }
-};
-
-HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH mFeHiiVendorDevicePath = {
- {
- {
- HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH,
- HW_VENDOR_DP,
- {
- (UINT8) (sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)),
- (UINT8) ((sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)) >> 8)
- }
- },
- FILE_EXPLORE_FORMSET_GUID
- },
- {
- END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
- END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
- (UINT8) (END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH),
- (UINT8) ((END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) >> 8)
- }
- }
-};
-
-CHAR16 mBootMaintStorageName[] = L"BmmData";
-CHAR16 mFileExplorerStorageName[] = L"FeData";
-BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *mBmmCallbackInfo = NULL;
-
-/**
- Init all memu.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitAllMenu (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Free up all Menu Option list.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FreeAllMenu (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize all of BMM configuration data in BmmFakeNvData and BmmOldFakeNVData member
- in BMM context data and create all of dynamic OP code for BMM.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeBmmConfig (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
- UINT16 Index;
-
- ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
-
- //
- // Initialize data which located in BMM main page
- //
- CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootNext = (UINT16) (BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber);
- for (Index = 0; Index < BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&BootOptionMenu, Index);
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
-
- if (NewLoadContext->IsBootNext) {
- CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootNext = Index;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootTimeOut = PcdGet16 (PcdPlatformBootTimeOut);
-
- //
- // Initialize data which located in Boot Options Menu
- //
- GetBootOrder (CallbackData);
- GetLegacyDeviceOrder (CallbackData);
-
- //
- // Initialize data which located in Driver Options Menu
- //
- GetDriverOrder (CallbackData);
-
- //
- // Initialize data which located in Console Options Menu
- //
- GetConsoleOutMode (CallbackData);
- GetConsoleInCheck (CallbackData);
- GetConsoleOutCheck (CallbackData);
- GetConsoleErrCheck (CallbackData);
- GetTerminalAttribute (CallbackData);
-
- //
- // Backup Initialize BMM configuartion data to BmmOldFakeNVData
- //
- CopyMem (&CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData, &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData, sizeof (BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA));
-}
-
-/**
- Create string tokens for a menu from its help strings and display strings
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
- @param HiiHandle Hii Handle of the package to be updated.
- @param MenuOption The Menu whose string tokens need to be created
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS String tokens created successfully
- @retval others contain some errors
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CreateMenuStringToken (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
- IN BM_MENU_OPTION *MenuOption
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- UINTN Index;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < MenuOption->MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (MenuOption, Index);
-
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = HiiSetString (
- HiiHandle,
- 0,
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString,
- NULL
- );
-
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry->HelpString) {
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken;
- } else {
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = HiiSetString (
- HiiHandle,
- 0,
- NewMenuEntry->HelpString,
- NULL
- );
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function allows a caller to extract the current configuration for one
- or more named elements from the target driver.
-
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Request A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format.
- @param Progress On return, points to a character in the Request string.
- Points to the string's null terminator if request was successful.
- Points to the most recent '&' before the first failing name/value
- pair (or the beginning of the string if the failure is in the
- first name/value pair) if the request was not successful.
- @param Results A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigAltResp> format which
- has all values filled in for the names in the Request string.
- String to be allocated by the called function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results is filled with the requested values.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the results.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request is NULL, illegal syntax, or unknown name.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Routing data doesn't match any storage in this driver.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BootMaintExtractConfig (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING Request,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Results
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *Private;
- EFI_STRING ConfigRequestHdr;
- EFI_STRING ConfigRequest;
- BOOLEAN AllocatedRequest;
- UINTN Size;
-
- if (Progress == NULL || Results == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- *Progress = Request;
- if ((Request != NULL) && !HiiIsConfigHdrMatch (Request, &gBootMaintFormSetGuid, mBootMaintStorageName)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- ConfigRequestHdr = NULL;
- ConfigRequest = NULL;
- AllocatedRequest = FALSE;
- Size = 0;
-
- Private = BMM_CALLBACK_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
- //
- // Convert buffer data to <ConfigResp> by helper function BlockToConfig()
- //
- BufferSize = sizeof (BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA);
- ConfigRequest = Request;
- if ((Request == NULL) || (StrStr (Request, L"OFFSET") == NULL)) {
- //
- // Request has no request element, construct full request string.
- // Allocate and fill a buffer large enough to hold the <ConfigHdr> template
- // followed by "&OFFSET=0&WIDTH=WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW" followed by a Null-terminator
- //
- ConfigRequestHdr = HiiConstructConfigHdr (&gBootMaintFormSetGuid, mBootMaintStorageName, Private->BmmDriverHandle);
- Size = (StrLen (ConfigRequestHdr) + 32 + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16);
- ConfigRequest = AllocateZeroPool (Size);
- ASSERT (ConfigRequest != NULL);
- AllocatedRequest = TRUE;
- UnicodeSPrint (ConfigRequest, Size, L"%s&OFFSET=0&WIDTH=%016LX", ConfigRequestHdr, (UINT64)BufferSize);
- FreePool (ConfigRequestHdr);
- }
-
- Status = gHiiConfigRouting->BlockToConfig (
- gHiiConfigRouting,
- ConfigRequest,
- (UINT8 *) &Private->BmmFakeNvData,
- BufferSize,
- Results,
- Progress
- );
- //
- // Free the allocated config request string.
- //
- if (AllocatedRequest) {
- FreePool (ConfigRequest);
- ConfigRequest = NULL;
- }
- //
- // Set Progress string to the original request string.
- //
- if (Request == NULL) {
- *Progress = NULL;
- } else if (StrStr (Request, L"OFFSET") == NULL) {
- *Progress = Request + StrLen (Request);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This function applies changes in a driver's configuration.
- Input is a Configuration, which has the routing data for this
- driver followed by name / value configuration pairs. The driver
- must apply those pairs to its configurable storage. If the
- driver's configuration is stored in a linear block of data
- and the driver's name / value pairs are in <BlockConfig>
- format, it may use the ConfigToBlock helper function (above) to
- simplify the job. Currently not implemented.
-
- @param[in] This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param[in] Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigString> format.
- @param[out] Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the
- offset of the most recent '&' before the
- first failing name / value pair (or the
- beginn ing of the string if the failure
- is in the first name / value pair) or
- the terminating NULL if all was
- successful.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The results have been distributed or are
- awaiting distribution.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the
- parts of the results that must be
- stored awaiting possible future
- protocols.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETERS Passing in a NULL for the
- Results parameter would result
- in this type of error.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Target for the specified routing data
- was not found.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BootMaintRouteConfig (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *ConfigRouting;
- BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *NewBmmData;
- BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *OldBmmData;
- BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *NewConsoleContext;
- BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *NewTerminalContext;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
- UINT16 Index;
- BOOLEAN TerminalAttChange;
- BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *Private;
-
- if (Progress == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- *Progress = Configuration;
-
- if (Configuration == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Check routing data in <ConfigHdr>.
- // Note: there is no name for Name/Value storage, only GUID will be checked
- //
- if (!HiiIsConfigHdrMatch (Configuration, &gBootMaintFormSetGuid, mBootMaintStorageName)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiHiiConfigRoutingProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID**) &ConfigRouting
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Private = BMM_CALLBACK_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
- //
- // Get Buffer Storage data from EFI variable
- //
- BufferSize = sizeof (BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA);
- OldBmmData = &Private->BmmOldFakeNVData;
- NewBmmData = &Private->BmmFakeNvData;
- //
- // Convert <ConfigResp> to buffer data by helper function ConfigToBlock()
- //
- Status = ConfigRouting->ConfigToBlock (
- ConfigRouting,
- Configuration,
- (UINT8 *) NewBmmData,
- &BufferSize,
- Progress
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- //
- // Compare new and old BMM configuration data and only do action for modified item to
- // avoid setting unnecessary non-volatile variable
- //
-
- //
- // Check data which located in BMM main page and save the settings if need
- //
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->LegacyFD, OldBmmData->LegacyFD, sizeof (NewBmmData->LegacyFD)) != 0) {
- Var_UpdateBBSOption (Private, FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_ID);
- }
-
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->LegacyHD, OldBmmData->LegacyHD, sizeof (NewBmmData->LegacyHD)) != 0) {
- Var_UpdateBBSOption (Private, FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_ID);
- }
-
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->LegacyCD, OldBmmData->LegacyCD, sizeof (NewBmmData->LegacyCD)) != 0) {
- Var_UpdateBBSOption (Private, FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_ID);
- }
-
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->LegacyNET, OldBmmData->LegacyNET, sizeof (NewBmmData->LegacyNET)) != 0) {
- Var_UpdateBBSOption (Private, FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_ID);
- }
-
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->LegacyBEV, OldBmmData->LegacyBEV, sizeof (NewBmmData->LegacyBEV)) != 0) {
- Var_UpdateBBSOption (Private, FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_ID);
- }
-
- //
- // Change for "delete boot option" page need update NewBmmData->BootOptionOrder, so process
- // NewBmmData->BootOptionOrder before NewBmmData->BootOptionDel
- //
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->BootOptionOrder, OldBmmData->BootOptionOrder, sizeof (NewBmmData->BootOptionOrder)) != 0) {
- Status = Var_UpdateBootOrder (Private);
- }
-
- //
- // Change for "delete driver option" page need update NewBmmData->DriverOptionOrder, so process
- // NewBmmData->DriverOptionOrder before NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel
- //
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->DriverOptionOrder, OldBmmData->DriverOptionOrder, sizeof (NewBmmData->DriverOptionOrder)) != 0) {
- Status = Var_UpdateDriverOrder (Private);
- }
-
- //
- // Check data which located in Boot Options Menu and save the settings if need
- //
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->BootOptionDel, OldBmmData->BootOptionDel, sizeof (NewBmmData->BootOptionDel)) != 0) {
- for (Index = 0;
- ((Index < BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber) && (Index < (sizeof (NewBmmData->BootOptionDel) / sizeof (NewBmmData->BootOptionDel[0]))));
- Index ++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&BootOptionMenu, Index);
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- NewLoadContext->Deleted = NewBmmData->BootOptionDel[Index];
- NewBmmData->BootOptionDel[Index] = FALSE;
- NewBmmData->BootOptionDelMark[Index] = FALSE;
- }
-
- Var_DelBootOption ();
- }
-
- //
- // Check data which located in Driver Options Menu and save the settings if need
- //
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel, OldBmmData->DriverOptionDel, sizeof (NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel)) != 0) {
- for (Index = 0;
- ((Index < DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber) && (Index < (sizeof (NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel) / sizeof (NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel[0]))));
- Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&DriverOptionMenu, Index);
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- NewLoadContext->Deleted = NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel[Index];
- NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel[Index] = FALSE;
- NewBmmData->DriverOptionDelMark[Index] = FALSE;
- }
- Var_DelDriverOption ();
- }
-
- if (CompareMem (&NewBmmData->BootTimeOut, &OldBmmData->BootTimeOut, sizeof (NewBmmData->BootTimeOut)) != 0) {
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"Timeout",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- sizeof (UINT16),
- &(NewBmmData->BootTimeOut)
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
-
- //
- // Bugbug: code not exit in UiApp but in IntelFrameworkModulePkg, need do more check.
- //
- Private->BmmOldFakeNVData.BootTimeOut = NewBmmData->BootTimeOut;
- }
-
- if (CompareMem (&NewBmmData->BootNext, &OldBmmData->BootNext, sizeof (NewBmmData->BootNext)) != 0) {
- Status = Var_UpdateBootNext (Private);
- }
-
- if (CompareMem (&NewBmmData->ConsoleOutMode, &OldBmmData->ConsoleOutMode, sizeof (NewBmmData->ConsoleOutMode)) != 0) {
- Var_UpdateConMode (Private);
- }
-
- TerminalAttChange = FALSE;
- for (Index = 0; Index < TerminalMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
-
- //
- // only need update modified items
- //
- if (CompareMem (&NewBmmData->COMBaudRate[Index], &OldBmmData->COMBaudRate[Index], sizeof (NewBmmData->COMBaudRate[Index])) == 0 &&
- CompareMem (&NewBmmData->COMDataRate[Index], &OldBmmData->COMDataRate[Index], sizeof (NewBmmData->COMDataRate[Index])) == 0 &&
- CompareMem (&NewBmmData->COMStopBits[Index], &OldBmmData->COMStopBits[Index], sizeof (NewBmmData->COMStopBits[Index])) == 0 &&
- CompareMem (&NewBmmData->COMParity[Index], &OldBmmData->COMParity[Index], sizeof (NewBmmData->COMParity[Index])) == 0 &&
- CompareMem (&NewBmmData->COMTerminalType[Index], &OldBmmData->COMTerminalType[Index], sizeof (NewBmmData->COMTerminalType[Index])) == 0 &&
- CompareMem (&NewBmmData->COMFlowControl[Index], &OldBmmData->COMFlowControl[Index], sizeof (NewBmmData->COMFlowControl[Index])) == 0) {
- continue;
- }
-
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&TerminalMenu, Index);
- ASSERT (NewMenuEntry != NULL);
- NewTerminalContext = (BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- NewTerminalContext->BaudRateIndex = NewBmmData->COMBaudRate[Index];
- ASSERT (NewBmmData->COMBaudRate[Index] < (sizeof (BaudRateList) / sizeof (BaudRateList[0])));
- NewTerminalContext->BaudRate = BaudRateList[NewBmmData->COMBaudRate[Index]].Value;
- NewTerminalContext->DataBitsIndex = NewBmmData->COMDataRate[Index];
- ASSERT (NewBmmData->COMDataRate[Index] < (sizeof (DataBitsList) / sizeof (DataBitsList[0])));
- NewTerminalContext->DataBits = (UINT8) DataBitsList[NewBmmData->COMDataRate[Index]].Value;
- NewTerminalContext->StopBitsIndex = NewBmmData->COMStopBits[Index];
- ASSERT (NewBmmData->COMStopBits[Index] < (sizeof (StopBitsList) / sizeof (StopBitsList[0])));
- NewTerminalContext->StopBits = (UINT8) StopBitsList[NewBmmData->COMStopBits[Index]].Value;
- NewTerminalContext->ParityIndex = NewBmmData->COMParity[Index];
- ASSERT (NewBmmData->COMParity[Index] < (sizeof (ParityList) / sizeof (ParityList[0])));
- NewTerminalContext->Parity = (UINT8) ParityList[NewBmmData->COMParity[Index]].Value;
- NewTerminalContext->TerminalType = NewBmmData->COMTerminalType[Index];
- NewTerminalContext->FlowControl = NewBmmData->COMFlowControl[Index];
- ChangeTerminalDevicePath (
- &(NewTerminalContext->DevicePath),
- FALSE
- );
- TerminalAttChange = TRUE;
- }
- if (TerminalAttChange) {
- Var_UpdateConsoleInpOption ();
- Var_UpdateConsoleOutOption ();
- Var_UpdateErrorOutOption ();
- }
-
- //
- // Check data which located in Console Options Menu and save the settings if need
- //
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->ConsoleInCheck, OldBmmData->ConsoleInCheck, sizeof (NewBmmData->ConsoleInCheck)) != 0) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < ConsoleInpMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&ConsoleInpMenu, Index);
- NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- ASSERT (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER);
- NewConsoleContext->IsActive = NewBmmData->ConsoleInCheck[Index];
- }
-
- Var_UpdateConsoleInpOption ();
- }
-
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->ConsoleOutCheck, OldBmmData->ConsoleOutCheck, sizeof (NewBmmData->ConsoleOutCheck)) != 0) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < ConsoleOutMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&ConsoleOutMenu, Index);
- NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- ASSERT (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER);
- NewConsoleContext->IsActive = NewBmmData->ConsoleOutCheck[Index];
- }
-
- Var_UpdateConsoleOutOption ();
- }
-
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->ConsoleErrCheck, OldBmmData->ConsoleErrCheck, sizeof (NewBmmData->ConsoleErrCheck)) != 0) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < ConsoleErrMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&ConsoleErrMenu, Index);
- NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- ASSERT (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER);
- NewConsoleContext->IsActive = NewBmmData->ConsoleErrCheck[Index];
- }
-
- Var_UpdateErrorOutOption ();
- }
-
- //
- // After user do the save action, need to update OldBmmData.
- //
- CopyMem (OldBmmData, NewBmmData, sizeof (BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA));
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Create GoTo OP code into FORM_BOOT_LEGACY_DEVICE label for legacy boot option.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeLegacyBootOption (
- VOID
- )
-{
- RefreshUpdateData ();
- mStartLabel->Number = FORM_BOOT_LEGACY_DEVICE_ID;
-
- //
- // If LegacyBios Protocol is installed, add 3 tags about legacy boot option
- // in BootOption form: legacy FD/HD/CD/NET/BEV
- //
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_ID,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_TITLE),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_TITLE),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_ID
- );
-
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_ID,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_TITLE),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_TITLE),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_ID
- );
-
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_ID,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_TITLE),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_TITLE),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_ID
- );
-
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_ID,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_TITLE),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_TITLE),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_ID
- );
-
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_ID,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_TITLE),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_TITLE),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_ID
- );
-
- HiiUpdateForm (
- mBmmCallbackInfo->BmmHiiHandle,
- &gBootMaintFormSetGuid,
- FORM_BOOT_SETUP_ID,
- mStartOpCodeHandle, // Label FORM_BOOT_LEGACY_DEVICE_ID
- mEndOpCodeHandle // LABEL_END
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function processes the results of changes in configuration.
-
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Action Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
- @param QuestionId A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
- so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
- @param Type The type of value for the question.
- @param Value A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
- @param ActionRequest On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough storage is available to hold the variable and its data.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The variable could not be saved.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The specified Action is not supported by the callback.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The parameter of Value or ActionRequest is invalid.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BootMaintCallback (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
- OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
- )
-{
- BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *Private;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *CurrentFakeNVMap;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN OldValue;
- UINTN NewValue;
- UINTN Number;
- UINTN Pos;
- UINTN Bit;
- UINT16 NewValuePos;
- UINT16 Index3;
- UINT16 Index2;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT8 *OldLegacyDev;
- UINT8 *NewLegacyDev;
- UINT8 *DisMap;
- EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
-
- Private = BMM_CALLBACK_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
- if (Action == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_FORM_OPEN && QuestionId == FORM_BOOT_SETUP_ID) {
- //
- // Initilize Form for legacy boot option.
- //
- Status = EfiLibLocateProtocol (&gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid, (VOID **) &LegacyBios);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- InitializeLegacyBootOption ();
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- if (Action != EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING && Action != EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED) {
- //
- // All other action return unsupported.
- //
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- OldValue = 0;
- NewValue = 0;
- Number = 0;
- OldLegacyDev = NULL;
- NewLegacyDev = NULL;
- NewValuePos = 0;
- DisMap = NULL;
-
- Private = BMM_CALLBACK_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
- //
- // Retrive uncommitted data from Form Browser
- //
- CurrentFakeNVMap = &Private->BmmFakeNvData;
- HiiGetBrowserData (&gBootMaintFormSetGuid, mBootMaintStorageName, sizeof (BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA), (UINT8 *) CurrentFakeNVMap);
- if (Action == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING) {
- if (Value == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- UpdatePageId (Private, QuestionId);
-
- if (QuestionId < FILE_OPTION_OFFSET) {
- if (QuestionId < CONFIG_OPTION_OFFSET) {
- switch (QuestionId) {
- case KEY_VALUE_BOOT_FROM_FILE:
- Private->FeCurrentState = FileExplorerStateBootFromFile;
- break;
-
- case FORM_BOOT_ADD_ID:
- Private->FeCurrentState = FileExplorerStateAddBootOption;
- break;
-
- case FORM_DRV_ADD_FILE_ID:
- Private->FeCurrentState = FileExplorerStateAddDriverOptionState;
- break;
-
- case FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_ID:
- CleanUpPage (FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_ID, Private);
- UpdateDrvAddHandlePage (Private);
- break;
-
- case FORM_BOOT_DEL_ID:
- CleanUpPage (FORM_BOOT_DEL_ID, Private);
- UpdateBootDelPage (Private);
- break;
-
- case FORM_BOOT_CHG_ID:
- case FORM_DRV_CHG_ID:
- UpdatePageBody (QuestionId, Private);
- break;
-
- case FORM_DRV_DEL_ID:
- CleanUpPage (FORM_DRV_DEL_ID, Private);
- UpdateDrvDelPage (Private);
- break;
-
- case FORM_BOOT_NEXT_ID:
- CleanUpPage (FORM_BOOT_NEXT_ID, Private);
- UpdateBootNextPage (Private);
- break;
-
- case FORM_TIME_OUT_ID:
- CleanUpPage (FORM_TIME_OUT_ID, Private);
- UpdateTimeOutPage (Private);
- break;
-
- case FORM_CON_IN_ID:
- case FORM_CON_OUT_ID:
- case FORM_CON_ERR_ID:
- UpdatePageBody (QuestionId, Private);
- break;
-
- case FORM_CON_MODE_ID:
- CleanUpPage (FORM_CON_MODE_ID, Private);
- UpdateConModePage (Private);
- break;
-
- case FORM_CON_COM_ID:
- CleanUpPage (FORM_CON_COM_ID, Private);
- UpdateConCOMPage (Private);
- break;
-
- case FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_ID:
- case FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_ID:
- case FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_ID:
- case FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_ID:
- case FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_ID:
- CleanUpPage (QuestionId, Private);
- UpdateSetLegacyDeviceOrderPage (QuestionId, Private);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- } else if ((QuestionId >= TERMINAL_OPTION_OFFSET) && (QuestionId < CONSOLE_OPTION_OFFSET)) {
- Index2 = (UINT16) (QuestionId - TERMINAL_OPTION_OFFSET);
- Private->CurrentTerminal = Index2;
-
- CleanUpPage (FORM_CON_COM_SETUP_ID, Private);
- UpdateTerminalPage (Private);
-
- } else if (QuestionId >= HANDLE_OPTION_OFFSET) {
- Index2 = (UINT16) (QuestionId - HANDLE_OPTION_OFFSET);
-
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&DriverMenu, Index2);
- ASSERT (NewMenuEntry != NULL);
- Private->HandleContext = (BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
-
- CleanUpPage (FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_DESC_ID, Private);
-
- Private->MenuEntry = NewMenuEntry;
- Private->LoadContext->FilePathList = Private->HandleContext->DevicePath;
-
- UpdateDriverAddHandleDescPage (Private);
- }
- }
- } else if (Action == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED) {
- if ((Value == NULL) || (ActionRequest == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if ((QuestionId >= BOOT_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID) && (QuestionId < BOOT_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) {
- if (Value->b){
- //
- // Means user try to delete this boot option but not press F10 or "Commit Changes and Exit" menu.
- //
- CurrentFakeNVMap->BootOptionDelMark[QuestionId - BOOT_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID] = TRUE;
- } else {
- //
- // Means user remove the old check status.
- //
- CurrentFakeNVMap->BootOptionDelMark[QuestionId - BOOT_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID] = FALSE;
- }
- } else if ((QuestionId >= DRIVER_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID) && (QuestionId < DRIVER_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) {
- if (Value->b){
- CurrentFakeNVMap->DriverOptionDelMark[QuestionId - DRIVER_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID] = TRUE;
- } else {
- CurrentFakeNVMap->DriverOptionDelMark[QuestionId - DRIVER_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID] = FALSE;
- }
- } else if ((QuestionId >= LEGACY_FD_QUESTION_ID) && (QuestionId < LEGACY_BEV_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) {
- //
- // Update Select FD/HD/CD/NET/BEV Order Form
- //
-
- DisMap = Private->BmmOldFakeNVData.DisableMap;
-
- if (QuestionId >= LEGACY_FD_QUESTION_ID && QuestionId < LEGACY_FD_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER) {
- Number = (UINT16) LegacyFDMenu.MenuNumber;
- OldLegacyDev = Private->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyFD;
- NewLegacyDev = CurrentFakeNVMap->LegacyFD;
- } else if (QuestionId >= LEGACY_HD_QUESTION_ID && QuestionId < LEGACY_HD_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER) {
- Number = (UINT16) LegacyHDMenu.MenuNumber;
- OldLegacyDev = Private->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyHD;
- NewLegacyDev = CurrentFakeNVMap->LegacyHD;
- } else if (QuestionId >= LEGACY_CD_QUESTION_ID && QuestionId < LEGACY_CD_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER) {
- Number = (UINT16) LegacyCDMenu.MenuNumber;
- OldLegacyDev = Private->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyCD;
- NewLegacyDev = CurrentFakeNVMap->LegacyCD;
- } else if (QuestionId >= LEGACY_NET_QUESTION_ID && QuestionId < LEGACY_NET_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER) {
- Number = (UINT16) LegacyNETMenu.MenuNumber;
- OldLegacyDev = Private->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyNET;
- NewLegacyDev = CurrentFakeNVMap->LegacyNET;
- } else if (QuestionId >= LEGACY_BEV_QUESTION_ID && QuestionId < LEGACY_BEV_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER) {
- Number = (UINT16) LegacyBEVMenu.MenuNumber;
- OldLegacyDev = Private->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyBEV;
- NewLegacyDev = CurrentFakeNVMap->LegacyBEV;
- }
- //
- // First, find the different position
- // if there is change, it should be only one
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < Number; Index++) {
- if (OldLegacyDev[Index] != NewLegacyDev[Index]) {
- OldValue = OldLegacyDev[Index];
- NewValue = NewLegacyDev[Index];
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (Index != Number) {
- //
- // there is change, now process
- //
- if (0xFF == NewValue) {
- //
- // This item will be disable
- // Just move the items behind this forward to overlap it
- //
- Pos = OldValue / 8;
- Bit = 7 - (OldValue % 8);
- DisMap[Pos] = (UINT8) (DisMap[Pos] | (UINT8) (1 << Bit));
- for (Index2 = Index; Index2 < Number - 1; Index2++) {
- NewLegacyDev[Index2] = NewLegacyDev[Index2 + 1];
- }
-
- NewLegacyDev[Index2] = 0xFF;
- } else {
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < Number; Index2++) {
- if (Index2 == Index) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (OldLegacyDev[Index2] == NewValue) {
- //
- // If NewValue is in OldLegacyDev array
- // remember its old position
- //
- NewValuePos = Index2;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (Index2 != Number) {
- //
- // We will change current item to an existing item
- // (It's hard to describe here, please read code, it's like a cycle-moving)
- //
- for (Index2 = NewValuePos; Index2 != Index;) {
- if (NewValuePos < Index) {
- NewLegacyDev[Index2] = OldLegacyDev[Index2 + 1];
- Index2++;
- } else {
- NewLegacyDev[Index2] = OldLegacyDev[Index2 - 1];
- Index2--;
- }
- }
- } else {
- //
- // If NewValue is not in OldlegacyDev array, we are changing to a disabled item
- // so we should modify DisMap to reflect the change
- //
- Pos = NewValue / 8;
- Bit = 7 - (NewValue % 8);
- DisMap[Pos] = (UINT8) (DisMap[Pos] & (~ (UINT8) (1 << Bit)));
- if (0xFF != OldValue) {
- //
- // Because NewValue is a item that was disabled before
- // so after changing the OldValue should be disabled
- // actually we are doing a swap of enable-disable states of two items
- //
- Pos = OldValue / 8;
- Bit = 7 - (OldValue % 8);
- DisMap[Pos] = (UINT8) (DisMap[Pos] | (UINT8) (1 << Bit));
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // To prevent DISABLE appears in the middle of the list
- // we should perform a re-ordering
- //
- Index3 = Index;
- Index = 0;
- while (Index < Number) {
- if (0xFF != NewLegacyDev[Index]) {
- Index++;
- continue;
- }
-
- Index2 = Index;
- Index2++;
- while (Index2 < Number) {
- if (0xFF != NewLegacyDev[Index2]) {
- break;
- }
-
- Index2++;
- }
-
- if (Index2 < Number) {
- NewLegacyDev[Index] = NewLegacyDev[Index2];
- NewLegacyDev[Index2] = 0xFF;
- }
-
- Index++;
- }
-
- //
- // Return correct question value.
- //
- Value->u8 = NewLegacyDev[Index3];
- }
- } else {
- switch (QuestionId) {
- case KEY_VALUE_SAVE_AND_EXIT:
- *ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_FORM_SUBMIT_EXIT;
- break;
-
- case KEY_VALUE_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT:
- //
- // Restore local maintain data.
- //
- DiscardChangeHandler (Private, CurrentFakeNVMap);
- *ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_FORM_DISCARD_EXIT;
- break;
-
- case FORM_RESET:
- gRT->ResetSystem (EfiResetCold, EFI_SUCCESS, 0, NULL);
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Pass changed uncommitted data back to Form Browser
- //
- HiiSetBrowserData (&gBootMaintFormSetGuid, mBootMaintStorageName, sizeof (BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA), (UINT8 *) CurrentFakeNVMap, NULL);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Discard all changes done to the BMM pages such as Boot Order change,
- Driver order change.
-
- @param Private The BMM context data.
- @param CurrentFakeNVMap The current Fack NV Map.
-
-**/
-VOID
-DiscardChangeHandler (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *Private,
- IN BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *CurrentFakeNVMap
- )
-{
- UINT16 Index;
-
- switch (Private->BmmPreviousPageId) {
- case FORM_BOOT_CHG_ID:
- CopyMem (CurrentFakeNVMap->BootOptionOrder, Private->BmmOldFakeNVData.BootOptionOrder, sizeof (CurrentFakeNVMap->BootOptionOrder));
- break;
-
- case FORM_DRV_CHG_ID:
- CopyMem (CurrentFakeNVMap->DriverOptionOrder, Private->BmmOldFakeNVData.DriverOptionOrder, sizeof (CurrentFakeNVMap->DriverOptionOrder));
- break;
-
- case FORM_BOOT_DEL_ID:
- ASSERT (BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber <= (sizeof (CurrentFakeNVMap->BootOptionDel) / sizeof (CurrentFakeNVMap->BootOptionDel[0])));
- for (Index = 0; Index < BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- CurrentFakeNVMap->BootOptionDel[Index] = FALSE;
- CurrentFakeNVMap->BootOptionDelMark[Index] = FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case FORM_DRV_DEL_ID:
- ASSERT (DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber <= (sizeof (CurrentFakeNVMap->DriverOptionDel) / sizeof (CurrentFakeNVMap->DriverOptionDel[0])));
- for (Index = 0; Index < DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- CurrentFakeNVMap->DriverOptionDel[Index] = FALSE;
- CurrentFakeNVMap->DriverOptionDelMark[Index] = FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case FORM_BOOT_NEXT_ID:
- CurrentFakeNVMap->BootNext = Private->BmmOldFakeNVData.BootNext;
- break;
-
- case FORM_TIME_OUT_ID:
- CurrentFakeNVMap->BootTimeOut = Private->BmmOldFakeNVData.BootTimeOut;
- break;
-
- case FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_DESC_ID:
- case FORM_DRV_ADD_FILE_ID:
- case FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_ID:
- CurrentFakeNVMap->DriverAddHandleDesc[0] = 0x0000;
- CurrentFakeNVMap->DriverAddHandleOptionalData[0] = 0x0000;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize the Boot Maintenance Utitliy.
-
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS utility ended successfully
- @retval others contain some errors
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeBM (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *BmmCallbackInfo;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_PACKAGE_LIST_HEADER *PackageListHeader;
- UINT32 Length;
- UINT8 *Data;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- BmmCallbackInfo = mBmmCallbackInfo;
-
- BmmCallbackInfo->BmmPreviousPageId = FORM_MAIN_ID;
- BmmCallbackInfo->BmmCurrentPageId = FORM_MAIN_ID;
- BmmCallbackInfo->FeCurrentState = FileExplorerStateInActive;
- BmmCallbackInfo->FeDisplayContext = FileExplorerDisplayUnknown;
-
- //
- // Reinstall String packages to include more new strings.
- //
-
- //
- // String package size
- //
- Length = ReadUnaligned32 ((UINT32 *) BdsDxeStrings) - sizeof (UINT32);
-
- //
- // Add the length of the Package List Header and the terminating Package Header
- //
- Length += sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_LIST_HEADER) + sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
-
- //
- // Allocate the storage for the entire Package List
- //
- PackageListHeader = AllocateZeroPool (Length);
-
- //
- // If the Package List can not be allocated, then return a NULL HII Handle
- //
- if (PackageListHeader == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Fill in the GUID and Length of the Package List Header
- //
- PackageListHeader->PackageLength = Length;
-
- //
- // Copy String Data into Package list.
- //
- Data = (UINT8 *)(PackageListHeader + 1);
- Length = ReadUnaligned32 ((UINT32 *) BdsDxeStrings) - sizeof (UINT32);
- CopyMem (Data, (UINT8 *) BdsDxeStrings + sizeof (UINT32), Length);
-
- //
- // Add End type HII package.
- //
- Data += Length;
- ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *) Data)->Type = EFI_HII_PACKAGE_END;
- ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *) Data)->Length = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
-
- //
- // Update String package for BM
- //
- CopyGuid (&PackageListHeader->PackageListGuid, &gBootMaintFormSetGuid);
- Status = gHiiDatabase->UpdatePackageList (gHiiDatabase, BmmCallbackInfo->BmmHiiHandle, PackageListHeader);
-
- //
- // Update String package for FE.
- //
- CopyGuid (&PackageListHeader->PackageListGuid, &gFileExploreFormSetGuid);
- Status = gHiiDatabase->UpdatePackageList (gHiiDatabase, BmmCallbackInfo->FeHiiHandle, PackageListHeader);
-
- FreePool (PackageListHeader);
-
- //
- // Init OpCode Handle and Allocate space for creation of Buffer
- //
- mStartOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- if (mStartOpCodeHandle == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- mEndOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- if (mEndOpCodeHandle == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the start opcode
- //
- mStartLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (mStartOpCodeHandle, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- mStartLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
-
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the end opcode
- //
- mEndLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (mEndOpCodeHandle, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- mEndLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
- mEndLabel->Number = LABEL_END;
-
- InitializeStringDepository ();
-
- InitAllMenu (BmmCallbackInfo);
-
- CreateMenuStringToken (BmmCallbackInfo, BmmCallbackInfo->BmmHiiHandle, &ConsoleInpMenu);
- CreateMenuStringToken (BmmCallbackInfo, BmmCallbackInfo->BmmHiiHandle, &ConsoleOutMenu);
- CreateMenuStringToken (BmmCallbackInfo, BmmCallbackInfo->BmmHiiHandle, &ConsoleErrMenu);
- CreateMenuStringToken (BmmCallbackInfo, BmmCallbackInfo->BmmHiiHandle, &BootOptionMenu);
- CreateMenuStringToken (BmmCallbackInfo, BmmCallbackInfo->BmmHiiHandle, &DriverOptionMenu);
- CreateMenuStringToken (BmmCallbackInfo, BmmCallbackInfo->BmmHiiHandle, &TerminalMenu);
- CreateMenuStringToken (BmmCallbackInfo, BmmCallbackInfo->BmmHiiHandle, &DriverMenu);
-
- InitializeBmmConfig (BmmCallbackInfo);
-
- //
- // Dispatch BMM main formset and File Explorer formset.
- //
- FormSetDispatcher (BmmCallbackInfo);
-
- //
- // Clean up.
- //
- CleanUpStringDepository ();
-
- FreeAllMenu ();
-
-Exit:
- if (mStartOpCodeHandle != NULL) {
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (mStartOpCodeHandle);
- }
-
- if (mEndOpCodeHandle != NULL) {
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (mEndOpCodeHandle);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Initialized all Menu Option List.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitAllMenu (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- InitializeListHead (&BootOptionMenu.Head);
- InitializeListHead (&DriverOptionMenu.Head);
- BOpt_GetBootOptions (CallbackData);
- BOpt_GetDriverOptions (CallbackData);
- BOpt_GetLegacyOptions ();
- InitializeListHead (&FsOptionMenu.Head);
- BOpt_FindDrivers ();
- InitializeListHead (&DirectoryMenu.Head);
- InitializeListHead (&ConsoleInpMenu.Head);
- InitializeListHead (&ConsoleOutMenu.Head);
- InitializeListHead (&ConsoleErrMenu.Head);
- InitializeListHead (&TerminalMenu.Head);
- LocateSerialIo ();
- GetAllConsoles ();
-}
-
-/**
- Free up all Menu Option list.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FreeAllMenu (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&DirectoryMenu);
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&FsOptionMenu);
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&BootOptionMenu);
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&DriverOptionMenu);
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&DriverMenu);
- BOpt_FreeLegacyOptions ();
- FreeAllConsoles ();
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize all the string depositories.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeStringDepository (
- VOID
- )
-{
- STRING_DEPOSITORY *StringDepository;
- StringDepository = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (STRING_DEPOSITORY) * STRING_DEPOSITORY_NUMBER);
- FileOptionStrDepository = StringDepository++;
- ConsoleOptionStrDepository = StringDepository++;
- BootOptionStrDepository = StringDepository++;
- BootOptionHelpStrDepository = StringDepository++;
- DriverOptionStrDepository = StringDepository++;
- DriverOptionHelpStrDepository = StringDepository++;
- TerminalStrDepository = StringDepository;
-}
-
-/**
- Fetch a usable string node from the string depository and return the string token.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
- @param StringDepository The string repository.
-
- @retval EFI_STRING_ID String token.
-
-**/
-EFI_STRING_ID
-GetStringTokenFromDepository (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN STRING_DEPOSITORY *StringDepository
- )
-{
- STRING_LIST_NODE *CurrentListNode;
- STRING_LIST_NODE *NextListNode;
-
- CurrentListNode = StringDepository->CurrentNode;
-
- if ((NULL != CurrentListNode) && (NULL != CurrentListNode->Next)) {
- //
- // Fetch one reclaimed node from the list.
- //
- NextListNode = StringDepository->CurrentNode->Next;
- } else {
- //
- // If there is no usable node in the list, update the list.
- //
- NextListNode = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (STRING_LIST_NODE));
- ASSERT (NextListNode != NULL);
- NextListNode->StringToken = HiiSetString (CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, 0, L" ", NULL);
- ASSERT (NextListNode->StringToken != 0);
-
- StringDepository->TotalNodeNumber++;
-
- if (NULL == CurrentListNode) {
- StringDepository->ListHead = NextListNode;
- } else {
- CurrentListNode->Next = NextListNode;
- }
- }
-
- StringDepository->CurrentNode = NextListNode;
-
- return StringDepository->CurrentNode->StringToken;
-}
-
-/**
- Reclaim string depositories by moving the current node pointer to list head..
-
-**/
-VOID
-ReclaimStringDepository (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN DepositoryIndex;
- STRING_DEPOSITORY *StringDepository;
-
- StringDepository = FileOptionStrDepository;
- for (DepositoryIndex = 0; DepositoryIndex < STRING_DEPOSITORY_NUMBER; DepositoryIndex++) {
- StringDepository->CurrentNode = StringDepository->ListHead;
- StringDepository++;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Release resource for all the string depositories.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CleanUpStringDepository (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN NodeIndex;
- UINTN DepositoryIndex;
- STRING_LIST_NODE *CurrentListNode;
- STRING_LIST_NODE *NextListNode;
- STRING_DEPOSITORY *StringDepository;
-
- //
- // Release string list nodes.
- //
- StringDepository = FileOptionStrDepository;
- for (DepositoryIndex = 0; DepositoryIndex < STRING_DEPOSITORY_NUMBER; DepositoryIndex++) {
- CurrentListNode = StringDepository->ListHead;
- for (NodeIndex = 0; NodeIndex < StringDepository->TotalNodeNumber; NodeIndex++) {
- NextListNode = CurrentListNode->Next;
- FreePool (CurrentListNode);
- CurrentListNode = NextListNode;
- }
-
- StringDepository++;
- }
- //
- // Release string depository.
- //
- FreePool (FileOptionStrDepository);
-}
-
-/**
- Start boot maintenance manager
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If BMM is invoked successfully.
- @return Other value if BMM return unsuccessfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BdsStartBootMaint (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY BdsBootOptionList;
-
- InitializeListHead (&BdsBootOptionList);
-
- //
- // Connect all prior to entering the platform setup menu.
- //
- if (!gConnectAllHappened) {
- BdsLibConnectAllDriversToAllControllers ();
- gConnectAllHappened = TRUE;
- }
- //
- // Have chance to enumerate boot device
- //
- BdsLibEnumerateAllBootOption (&BdsBootOptionList);
-
- //
- // Group the legacy boot options for the same device type
- //
- GroupMultipleLegacyBootOption4SameType ();
-
- //
- // Init the BMM
- //
- Status = InitializeBM ();
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Dispatch BMM formset and FileExplorer formset.
-
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If function complete successfully.
- @return Other value if the Setup Browser process BMM's pages and
- return unsuccessfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FormSetDispatcher (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST ActionRequest;
-
- while (TRUE) {
- UpdatePageId (CallbackData, FORM_MAIN_ID);
-
- ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_NONE;
- Status = gFormBrowser2->SendForm (
- gFormBrowser2,
- &CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle,
- 1,
- &gBootMaintFormSetGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- &ActionRequest
- );
- if (ActionRequest == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_RESET) {
- EnableResetRequired ();
- }
-
- ReclaimStringDepository ();
-
- //
- // When this Formset returns, check if we are going to explore files.
- //
- if (FileExplorerStateInActive != CallbackData->FeCurrentState) {
- UpdateFileExplorer (CallbackData, 0);
-
- ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_NONE;
- Status = gFormBrowser2->SendForm (
- gFormBrowser2,
- &CallbackData->FeHiiHandle,
- 1,
- &gFileExploreFormSetGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- &ActionRequest
- );
- if (ActionRequest == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_RESET) {
- EnableResetRequired ();
- }
-
- CallbackData->FeCurrentState = FileExplorerStateInActive;
- CallbackData->FeDisplayContext = FileExplorerDisplayUnknown;
- ReclaimStringDepository ();
- } else {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Intall BootMaint and FileExplorer HiiPackages.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitBMPackage (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *BmmCallbackInfo;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 *Ptr;
-
- //
- // Create CallbackData structures for Driver Callback
- //
- BmmCallbackInfo = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (BMM_CALLBACK_DATA));
- if (BmmCallbackInfo == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Create LoadOption in BmmCallbackInfo for Driver Callback
- //
- Ptr = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT) + sizeof (BM_FILE_CONTEXT) + sizeof (BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT) + sizeof (BM_MENU_ENTRY));
- if (Ptr == NULL) {
- FreePool (BmmCallbackInfo);
- BmmCallbackInfo = NULL;
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Initialize Bmm callback data.
- //
- BmmCallbackInfo->LoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) Ptr;
- Ptr += sizeof (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT);
-
- BmmCallbackInfo->FileContext = (BM_FILE_CONTEXT *) Ptr;
- Ptr += sizeof (BM_FILE_CONTEXT);
-
- BmmCallbackInfo->HandleContext = (BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT *) Ptr;
- Ptr += sizeof (BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT);
-
- BmmCallbackInfo->MenuEntry = (BM_MENU_ENTRY *) Ptr;
-
- BmmCallbackInfo->Signature = BMM_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE;
- BmmCallbackInfo->BmmConfigAccess.ExtractConfig = BootMaintExtractConfig;
- BmmCallbackInfo->BmmConfigAccess.RouteConfig = BootMaintRouteConfig;
- BmmCallbackInfo->BmmConfigAccess.Callback = BootMaintCallback;
- BmmCallbackInfo->FeConfigAccess.ExtractConfig = FakeExtractConfig;
- BmmCallbackInfo->FeConfigAccess.RouteConfig = FileExplorerRouteConfig;
- BmmCallbackInfo->FeConfigAccess.Callback = FileExplorerCallback;
-
- //
- // Install Device Path Protocol and Config Access protocol to driver handle
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &BmmCallbackInfo->BmmDriverHandle,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- &mBmmHiiVendorDevicePath,
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- &BmmCallbackInfo->BmmConfigAccess,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Install Device Path Protocol and Config Access protocol to driver handle
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &BmmCallbackInfo->FeDriverHandle,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- &mFeHiiVendorDevicePath,
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- &BmmCallbackInfo->FeConfigAccess,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Post our Boot Maint VFR binary to the HII database.
- //
- BmmCallbackInfo->BmmHiiHandle = HiiAddPackages (
- &gBootMaintFormSetGuid,
- BmmCallbackInfo->BmmDriverHandle,
- BmBin,
- BdsDxeStrings,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT (BmmCallbackInfo->BmmHiiHandle != NULL);
-
- //
- // Post our File Explorer VFR binary to the HII database.
- //
- BmmCallbackInfo->FeHiiHandle = HiiAddPackages (
- &gFileExploreFormSetGuid,
- BmmCallbackInfo->FeDriverHandle,
- FEBin,
- BdsDxeStrings,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT (BmmCallbackInfo->FeHiiHandle != NULL);
-
- mBmmCallbackInfo = BmmCallbackInfo;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Remvoe the intalled BootMaint and FileExplorer HiiPackages.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FreeBMPackage (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *BmmCallbackInfo;
-
- BmmCallbackInfo = mBmmCallbackInfo;
-
- //
- // Remove our IFR data from HII database
- //
- HiiRemovePackages (BmmCallbackInfo->BmmHiiHandle);
- HiiRemovePackages (BmmCallbackInfo->FeHiiHandle);
-
- if (BmmCallbackInfo->FeDriverHandle != NULL) {
- gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- BmmCallbackInfo->FeDriverHandle,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- &mFeHiiVendorDevicePath,
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- &BmmCallbackInfo->FeConfigAccess,
- NULL
- );
- }
-
- if (BmmCallbackInfo->BmmDriverHandle != NULL) {
- gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- BmmCallbackInfo->BmmDriverHandle,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- &mBmmHiiVendorDevicePath,
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- &BmmCallbackInfo->BmmConfigAccess,
- NULL
- );
- }
-
- FreePool (BmmCallbackInfo->LoadContext);
- FreePool (BmmCallbackInfo);
-
- mBmmCallbackInfo = NULL;
-
- return;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BootMaint.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BootMaint.h deleted file mode 100644 index 098692fa53..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BootMaint.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1679 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Header file for boot maintenance module.
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _BOOT_MAINT_H_
-#define _BOOT_MAINT_H_
-
-#include "Bds.h"
-#include "BBSsupport.h"
-#include "FormGuid.h"
-#include "FrontPage.h"
-
-//
-// Constants which are variable names used to access variables
-//
-#define VAR_CON_OUT_MODE L"ConOutMode"
-
-//
-// String Contant
-//
-#define STR_FLOPPY L"Floppy Drive #%02x"
-#define STR_HARDDISK L"HardDisk Drive #%02x"
-#define STR_CDROM L"ATAPI CDROM Drive #%02x"
-#define STR_NET L"NET Drive #%02x"
-#define STR_BEV L"BEV Drive #%02x"
-#define STR_FLOPPY_HELP L"Select Floppy Drive #%02x"
-#define STR_HARDDISK_HELP L"Select HardDisk Drive #%02x"
-#define STR_CDROM_HELP L"Select ATAPI CDROM Drive #%02x"
-#define STR_NET_HELP L"NET Drive #%02x"
-#define STR_BEV_HELP L"BEV Drive #%02x"
-
-extern CHAR16 mFileExplorerStorageName[];
-extern CHAR16 mBootMaintStorageName[];
-//
-// These are the VFR compiler generated data representing our VFR data.
-//
-extern UINT8 BmBin[];
-extern UINT8 FEBin[];
-
-//
-// Below are the number of options in Baudrate, Databits,
-// Parity and Stopbits selection for serial ports.
-//
-#define BM_COM_ATTR_BUADRATE 19
-#define BM_COM_ATTR_DATABITS 4
-#define BM_COM_ATTR_PARITY 5
-#define BM_COM_ATTR_STOPBITS 3
-
-//
-// Callback function helper
-//
-#define BMM_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('C', 'b', 'c', 'k')
-#define BMM_CALLBACK_DATA_FROM_THIS(a) CR (a, BMM_CALLBACK_DATA, BmmConfigAccess, BMM_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE)
-
-#define FE_CALLBACK_DATA_FROM_THIS(a) CR (a, BMM_CALLBACK_DATA, FeConfigAccess, BMM_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE)
-
-//
-// Enumeration type definition
-//
-typedef enum _TYPE_OF_TERMINAL {
- TerminalTypePcAnsi = 0,
- TerminalTypeVt100,
- TerminalTypeVt100Plus,
- TerminalTypeVtUtf8
-} TYPE_OF_TERMINAL;
-
-typedef enum _FILE_EXPLORER_STATE {
- FileExplorerStateInActive = 0,
- FileExplorerStateBootFromFile,
- FileExplorerStateAddBootOption,
- FileExplorerStateAddDriverOptionState,
- FileExplorerStateUnknown
-} FILE_EXPLORER_STATE;
-
-typedef enum _FILE_EXPLORER_DISPLAY_CONTEXT {
- FileExplorerDisplayFileSystem,
- FileExplorerDisplayDirectory,
- FileExplorerDisplayUnknown
-} FILE_EXPLORER_DISPLAY_CONTEXT;
-
-//
-// All of the signatures that will be used in list structure
-//
-#define BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('m', 'e', 'n', 'u')
-#define BM_LOAD_OPTION_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('l', 'o', 'a', 'd')
-#define BM_CONSOLE_OPTION_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('c', 'n', 's', 'l')
-#define BM_FILE_OPTION_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('f', 'i', 'l', 'e')
-#define BM_HANDLE_OPTION_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('h', 'n', 'd', 'l')
-#define BM_TERMINAL_OPTION_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('t', 'r', 'm', 'l')
-#define BM_MENU_ENTRY_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('e', 'n', 't', 'r')
-
-#define BM_LOAD_CONTEXT_SELECT 0x0
-#define BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT_SELECT 0x1
-#define BM_FILE_CONTEXT_SELECT 0x2
-#define BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT_SELECT 0x3
-#define BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT_SELECT 0x5
-
-#define BM_CONSOLE_IN_CONTEXT_SELECT 0x6
-#define BM_CONSOLE_OUT_CONTEXT_SELECT 0x7
-#define BM_CONSOLE_ERR_CONTEXT_SELECT 0x8
-#define BM_LEGACY_DEV_CONTEXT_SELECT 0x9
-
-//
-// Buffer size for update data
-//
-#define UPDATE_DATA_SIZE 0x100000
-
-//
-// Namespace of callback keys used in display and file system navigation
-//
-#define MAX_BBS_OFFSET 0xE000
-#define NET_OPTION_OFFSET 0xD800
-#define BEV_OPTION_OFFSET 0xD000
-#define FD_OPTION_OFFSET 0xC000
-#define HD_OPTION_OFFSET 0xB000
-#define CD_OPTION_OFFSET 0xA000
-#define FILE_OPTION_GOTO_OFFSET 0xC000
-#define FILE_OPTION_OFFSET 0x8000
-#define FILE_OPTION_MASK 0x3FFF
-#define HANDLE_OPTION_OFFSET 0x7000
-#define CONSOLE_OPTION_OFFSET 0x6000
-#define TERMINAL_OPTION_OFFSET 0x5000
-#define CONFIG_OPTION_OFFSET 0x1200
-#define KEY_VALUE_OFFSET 0x1100
-#define FORM_ID_OFFSET 0x1000
-
-//
-// VarOffset that will be used to create question
-// all these values are computed from the structure
-// defined below
-//
-#define VAR_OFFSET(Field) ((UINT16) ((UINTN) &(((BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *) 0)->Field)))
-
-//
-// Question Id of Zero is invalid, so add an offset to it
-//
-#define QUESTION_ID(Field) (VAR_OFFSET (Field) + CONFIG_OPTION_OFFSET)
-
-#define BOOT_TIME_OUT_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (BootTimeOut)
-#define BOOT_NEXT_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (BootNext)
-#define COM1_BAUD_RATE_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COM1BaudRate)
-#define COM1_DATA_RATE_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COM1DataRate)
-#define COM1_STOP_BITS_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COM1StopBits)
-#define COM1_PARITY_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COM1Parity)
-#define COM1_TERMINAL_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COM2TerminalType)
-#define COM2_BAUD_RATE_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COM2BaudRate)
-#define COM2_DATA_RATE_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COM2DataRate)
-#define COM2_STOP_BITS_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COM2StopBits)
-#define COM2_PARITY_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COM2Parity)
-#define COM2_TERMINAL_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COM2TerminalType)
-#define DRV_ADD_HANDLE_DESC_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (DriverAddHandleDesc)
-#define DRV_ADD_ACTIVE_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (DriverAddActive)
-#define DRV_ADD_RECON_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (DriverAddForceReconnect)
-#define CON_IN_COM1_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (ConsoleInputCOM1)
-#define CON_IN_COM2_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (ConsoleInputCOM2)
-#define CON_OUT_COM1_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (ConsoleOutputCOM1)
-#define CON_OUT_COM2_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (ConsoleOutputCOM2)
-#define CON_ERR_COM1_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (ConsoleErrorCOM1)
-#define CON_ERR_COM2_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (ConsoleErrorCOM2)
-#define CON_MODE_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (ConsoleOutMode)
-#define CON_IN_DEVICE_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (ConsoleInCheck)
-#define CON_OUT_DEVICE_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (ConsoleOutCheck)
-#define CON_ERR_DEVICE_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (ConsoleErrCheck)
-#define BOOT_OPTION_ORDER_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (BootOptionOrder)
-#define DRIVER_OPTION_ORDER_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (DriverOptionOrder)
-#define BOOT_OPTION_DEL_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (BootOptionDel)
-#define DRIVER_OPTION_DEL_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (DriverOptionDel)
-#define DRIVER_ADD_OPTION_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (DriverAddHandleOptionalData)
-#define COM_BAUD_RATE_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COMBaudRate)
-#define COM_DATA_RATE_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COMDataRate)
-#define COM_STOP_BITS_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COMStopBits)
-#define COM_PARITY_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COMParity)
-#define COM_TERMINAL_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COMTerminalType)
-#define COM_FLOWCONTROL_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (COMFlowControl)
-#define LEGACY_FD_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (LegacyFD)
-#define LEGACY_HD_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (LegacyHD)
-#define LEGACY_CD_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (LegacyCD)
-#define LEGACY_NET_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (LegacyNET)
-#define LEGACY_BEV_VAR_OFFSET VAR_OFFSET (LegacyBEV)
-
-#define BOOT_TIME_OUT_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (BootTimeOut)
-#define BOOT_NEXT_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (BootNext)
-#define COM1_BAUD_RATE_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COM1BaudRate)
-#define COM1_DATA_RATE_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COM1DataRate)
-#define COM1_STOP_BITS_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COM1StopBits)
-#define COM1_PARITY_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COM1Parity)
-#define COM1_TERMINAL_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COM2TerminalType)
-#define COM2_BAUD_RATE_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COM2BaudRate)
-#define COM2_DATA_RATE_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COM2DataRate)
-#define COM2_STOP_BITS_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COM2StopBits)
-#define COM2_PARITY_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COM2Parity)
-#define COM2_TERMINAL_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COM2TerminalType)
-#define DRV_ADD_HANDLE_DESC_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (DriverAddHandleDesc)
-#define DRV_ADD_ACTIVE_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (DriverAddActive)
-#define DRV_ADD_RECON_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (DriverAddForceReconnect)
-#define CON_IN_COM1_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (ConsoleInputCOM1)
-#define CON_IN_COM2_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (ConsoleInputCOM2)
-#define CON_OUT_COM1_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (ConsoleOutputCOM1)
-#define CON_OUT_COM2_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (ConsoleOutputCOM2)
-#define CON_ERR_COM1_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (ConsoleErrorCOM1)
-#define CON_ERR_COM2_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (ConsoleErrorCOM2)
-#define CON_MODE_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (ConsoleOutMode)
-#define CON_IN_DEVICE_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (ConsoleInCheck)
-#define CON_OUT_DEVICE_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (ConsoleOutCheck)
-#define CON_ERR_DEVICE_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (ConsoleErrCheck)
-#define BOOT_OPTION_ORDER_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (BootOptionOrder)
-#define DRIVER_OPTION_ORDER_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (DriverOptionOrder)
-#define BOOT_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (BootOptionDel)
-#define DRIVER_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (DriverOptionDel)
-#define DRIVER_ADD_OPTION_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (DriverAddHandleOptionalData)
-#define COM_BAUD_RATE_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COMBaudRate)
-#define COM_DATA_RATE_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COMDataRate)
-#define COM_STOP_BITS_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COMStopBits)
-#define COM_PARITY_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COMParity)
-#define COM_TERMINAL_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COMTerminalType)
-#define COM_FLOWCONTROL_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (COMFlowControl)
-#define LEGACY_FD_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (LegacyFD)
-#define LEGACY_HD_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (LegacyHD)
-#define LEGACY_CD_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (LegacyCD)
-#define LEGACY_NET_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (LegacyNET)
-#define LEGACY_BEV_QUESTION_ID QUESTION_ID (LegacyBEV)
-
-#define STRING_DEPOSITORY_NUMBER 8
-
-///
-/// Serial Ports attributes, first one is the value for
-/// return from callback function, stringtoken is used to
-/// display the value properly
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Value;
- UINT16 StringToken;
-} COM_ATTR;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT64 BaudRate;
- UINT8 DataBits;
- UINT8 Parity;
- UINT8 StopBits;
-
- UINT8 BaudRateIndex;
- UINT8 DataBitsIndex;
- UINT8 ParityIndex;
- UINT8 StopBitsIndex;
-
- UINT8 FlowControl;
-
- UINT8 IsConIn;
- UINT8 IsConOut;
- UINT8 IsStdErr;
- UINT8 TerminalType;
-
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
-} BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT;
-
-typedef struct {
- BOOLEAN IsBootNext;
- BOOLEAN LoadOptionModified;
- BOOLEAN Deleted;
-
- BOOLEAN IsLegacy;
- BOOLEAN IsActive;
- BOOLEAN ForceReconnect;
- UINTN OptionalDataSize;
-
- UINTN LoadOptionSize;
- UINT8 *LoadOption;
-
- UINT32 Attributes;
- UINT16 FilePathListLength;
- UINT16 *Description;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePathList;
- UINT8 *OptionalData;
-
- UINT16 BbsIndex;
-} BM_LOAD_CONTEXT;
-
-typedef struct {
- BBS_TABLE *BbsEntry;
- UINT16 BbsIndex;
- UINT16 BbsCount;
- CHAR16 *Description;
-} BM_LEGACY_DEVICE_CONTEXT;
-
-typedef struct {
-
- BOOLEAN IsActive;
-
- BOOLEAN IsTerminal;
-
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
-} BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Column;
- UINTN Row;
-} CONSOLE_OUT_MODE;
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- EFI_FILE_HANDLE FHandle;
- UINT16 *FileName;
- EFI_FILE_SYSTEM_VOLUME_LABEL *Info;
-
- BOOLEAN IsRoot;
- BOOLEAN IsDir;
- BOOLEAN IsRemovableMedia;
- BOOLEAN IsLoadFile;
- BOOLEAN IsBootLegacy;
-} BM_FILE_CONTEXT;
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
-} BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Head;
- UINTN MenuNumber;
-} BM_MENU_OPTION;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- UINTN OptionNumber;
- UINT16 *DisplayString;
- UINT16 *HelpString;
- EFI_STRING_ID DisplayStringToken;
- EFI_STRING_ID HelpStringToken;
- UINTN ContextSelection;
- VOID *VariableContext;
-} BM_MENU_ENTRY;
-
-typedef struct {
- //
- // Shared callback data.
- //
- UINTN Signature;
-
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *MenuEntry;
- BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT *HandleContext;
- BM_FILE_CONTEXT *FileContext;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *LoadContext;
- BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *TerminalContext;
- UINTN CurrentTerminal;
- BBS_TYPE BbsType;
-
- //
- // BMM main formset callback data.
- //
- EFI_HII_HANDLE BmmHiiHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE BmmDriverHandle;
- EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL BmmConfigAccess;
- EFI_FORM_ID BmmCurrentPageId;
- EFI_FORM_ID BmmPreviousPageId;
- BOOLEAN BmmAskSaveOrNot;
- BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA BmmFakeNvData;
- BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA BmmOldFakeNVData;
-
- //
- // File explorer formset callback data.
- //
- EFI_HII_HANDLE FeHiiHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE FeDriverHandle;
- EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL FeConfigAccess;
- FILE_EXPLORER_STATE FeCurrentState;
- FILE_EXPLORER_DISPLAY_CONTEXT FeDisplayContext;
- FILE_EXPLORER_NV_DATA FeFakeNvData;
-} BMM_CALLBACK_DATA;
-
-typedef struct _STRING_LIST_NODE STRING_LIST_NODE;
-
-struct _STRING_LIST_NODE {
- EFI_STRING_ID StringToken;
- STRING_LIST_NODE *Next;
-};
-
-typedef struct _STRING_DEPOSITORY {
- UINTN TotalNodeNumber;
- STRING_LIST_NODE *CurrentNode;
- STRING_LIST_NODE *ListHead;
-} STRING_DEPOSITORY;
-
-//
-// #pragma pack()
-//
-// For initializing File System menu
-//
-
-/**
- This function build the FsOptionMenu list which records all
- available file system in the system. They includes all instances
- of EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL, all instances of EFI_LOAD_FILE_SYSTEM
- and all type of legacy boot device.
-
- @param CallbackData BMM context data
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success find the file system
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Can not create menu entry
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BOpt_FindFileSystem (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Find files under current directory
- All files and sub-directories in current directory
- will be stored in DirectoryMenu for future use.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
- @param MenuEntry The Menu Entry.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get files from current dir successfully.
- @return Other value if can't get files from current dir.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BOpt_FindFiles (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN BM_MENU_ENTRY *MenuEntry
- );
-
-/**
-
- Find drivers that will be added as Driver#### variables from handles
- in current system environment
- All valid handles in the system except those consume SimpleFs, LoadFile
- are stored in DriverMenu for future use.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complets successfully.
- @return Other value if failed to build the DriverMenu.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BOpt_FindDrivers (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
-
- Build the BootOptionMenu according to BootOrder Variable.
- This Routine will access the Boot#### to get EFI_LOAD_OPTION.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
- @return The number of the Var Boot####.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BOpt_GetBootOptions (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
-
- Build up all DriverOptionMenu
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
- @return EFI_SUCESS The functin completes successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to compete the operation.
-
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BOpt_GetDriverOptions (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-
-/**
- Build the LegacyFDMenu LegacyHDMenu LegacyCDMenu according to LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo().
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory to complete this function.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BOpt_GetLegacyOptions (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Free out resouce allocated from Legacy Boot Options.
-
-**/
-VOID
-BOpt_FreeLegacyOptions (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Free resources allocated in Allocate Rountine.
-
- @param FreeMenu Menu to be freed
-
-**/
-VOID
-BOpt_FreeMenu (
- BM_MENU_OPTION *FreeMenu
- );
-
-
-/**
-
- Append file name to existing file name.
-
- @param Str1 The existing file name
- @param Str2 The file name to be appended
-
- @return Allocate a new string to hold the appended result.
- Caller is responsible to free the returned string.
-
-**/
-CHAR16*
-BOpt_AppendFileName (
- IN CHAR16 *Str1,
- IN CHAR16 *Str2
- );
-
-/**
-
- Check whether current FileName point to a valid
- Efi Image File.
-
- @param FileName File need to be checked.
-
- @retval TRUE Is Efi Image
- @retval FALSE Not a valid Efi Image
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-BOpt_IsEfiImageName (
- IN UINT16 *FileName
- );
-
-/**
-
- Check whether current FileName point to a valid Efi Application
-
- @param Dir Pointer to current Directory
- @param FileName Pointer to current File name.
-
- @retval TRUE Is a valid Efi Application
- @retval FALSE not a valid Efi Application
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-BOpt_IsEfiApp (
- IN EFI_FILE_HANDLE Dir,
- IN UINT16 *FileName
- );
-
-/**
-
- Get the Option Number that has not been allocated for use.
-
- @param Type The type of Option.
-
- @return The available Option Number.
-
-**/
-UINT16
-BOpt_GetOptionNumber (
- CHAR16 *Type
- );
-
-/**
-
- Get the Option Number for Boot#### that does not used.
-
- @return The available Option Number.
-
-**/
-UINT16
-BOpt_GetBootOptionNumber (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
-
-Get the Option Number for Driver#### that does not used.
-
-@return The unused Option Number.
-
-**/
-UINT16
-BOpt_GetDriverOptionNumber (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Create a menu entry give a Menu type.
-
- @param MenuType The Menu type to be created.
-
-
- @retval NULL If failed to create the menu.
- @return The menu.
-
-**/
-BM_MENU_ENTRY *
-BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (
- UINTN MenuType
- );
-
-/**
- Free up all resource allocated for a BM_MENU_ENTRY.
-
- @param MenuEntry A pointer to BM_MENU_ENTRY.
-
-**/
-VOID
-BOpt_DestroyMenuEntry (
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *MenuEntry
- );
-
-/**
- Get the Menu Entry from the list in Menu Entry List.
-
- If MenuNumber is great or equal to the number of Menu
- Entry in the list, then ASSERT.
-
- @param MenuOption The Menu Entry List to read the menu entry.
- @param MenuNumber The index of Menu Entry.
-
- @return The Menu Entry.
-
-**/
-BM_MENU_ENTRY *
-BOpt_GetMenuEntry (
- BM_MENU_OPTION *MenuOption,
- UINTN MenuNumber
- );
-
-//
-// Locate all serial io devices for console
-//
-/**
- Build a list containing all serial devices.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED No serial ports present.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-LocateSerialIo (
- VOID
- );
-
-//
-// Initializing Console menu
-//
-/**
- Build up ConsoleOutMenu, ConsoleInpMenu and ConsoleErrMenu
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function always complete successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetAllConsoles(
- VOID
- );
-
-//
-// Get current mode information
-//
-/**
- Get mode number according to column and row
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-GetConsoleOutMode (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-//
-// Cleaning up console menu
-//
-/**
- Free ConsoleOutMenu, ConsoleInpMenu and ConsoleErrMenu
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function always complete successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FreeAllConsoles (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Update the device path that describing a terminal device
- based on the new BaudRate, Data Bits, parity and Stop Bits
- set.
-
- @param DevicePath The devicepath protocol instance wanted to be updated.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ChangeVariableDevicePath (
- IN OUT EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
- );
-
-/**
- Update the multi-instance device path of Terminal Device based on
- the global TerminalMenu. If ChangeTernimal is TRUE, the terminal
- device path in the Terminal Device in TerminalMenu is also updated.
-
- @param DevicePath The multi-instance device path.
- @param ChangeTerminal TRUE, then device path in the Terminal Device
- in TerminalMenu is also updated; FALSE, no update.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completes successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ChangeTerminalDevicePath (
- IN OUT EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL **DevicePath,
- IN BOOLEAN ChangeTerminal
- );
-
-//
-// Variable operation by menu selection
-//
-/**
- This function create a currently loaded Boot Option from
- the BMM. It then appends this Boot Option to the end of
- the "BootOrder" list. It also append this Boot Opotion to the end
- of BootOptionMenu.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
- @param NvRamMap The file explorer formset internal state.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES If not enought memory to complete the operation.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If function completes successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateBootOption (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN FILE_EXPLORER_NV_DATA *NvRamMap
- );
-
-/**
- Delete Boot Option that represent a Deleted state in BootOptionMenu.
- After deleting this boot option, call Var_ChangeBootOrder to
- make sure BootOrder is in valid state.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If all boot load option EFI Variables corresponding to
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT marked for deletion is deleted
- @return Others If failed to update the "BootOrder" variable after deletion.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_DelBootOption (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- After any operation on Boot####, there will be a discrepancy in BootOrder.
- Since some are missing but in BootOrder, while some are present but are
- not reflected by BootOrder. Then a function rebuild BootOrder from
- scratch by content from BootOptionMenu is needed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The boot order is updated successfully.
- @return other than EFI_SUCCESS if failed to change the "BootOrder" EFI Variable.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_ChangeBootOrder (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- This function create a currently loaded Drive Option from
- the BMM. It then appends this Driver Option to the end of
- the "DriverOrder" list. It append this Driver Opotion to the end
- of DriverOptionMenu.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
- @param HiiHandle The HII handle associated with the BMM formset.
- @param DescriptionData The description of this driver option.
- @param OptionalData The optional load option.
- @param ForceReconnect If to force reconnect.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES If not enought memory to complete the operation.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If function completes successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateDriverOption (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
- IN UINT16 *DescriptionData,
- IN UINT16 *OptionalData,
- IN UINT8 ForceReconnect
- );
-
-/**
- Delete Load Option that represent a Deleted state in BootOptionMenu.
- After deleting this Driver option, call Var_ChangeDriverOrder to
- make sure DriverOrder is in valid state.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Load Option is successfully updated.
- @return Other value than EFI_SUCCESS if failed to update "Driver Order" EFI
- Variable.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_DelDriverOption (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- After any operation on Driver####, there will be a discrepancy in
- DriverOrder. Since some are missing but in DriverOrder, while some
- are present but are not reflected by DriverOrder. Then a function
- rebuild DriverOrder from scratch by content from DriverOptionMenu is
- needed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The driver order is updated successfully.
- @return other than EFI_SUCCESS if failed to set the "DriverOrder" EFI Variable.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_ChangeDriverOrder (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- This function delete and build multi-instance device path ConIn
- console device.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateConsoleInpOption (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- This function delete and build multi-instance device path ConOut console device.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateConsoleOutOption (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- This function delete and build multi-instance device path ErrOut console device.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateErrorOutOption (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Update the device path of "ConOut", "ConIn" and "ErrOut" based on the new BaudRate, Data Bits,
- parity and stop Bits set.
-
-**/
-VOID
-Var_UpdateAllConsoleOption (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- This function update the "BootNext" EFI Variable. If there is no "BootNex" specified in BMM,
- this EFI Variable is deleted.
- It also update the BMM context data specified the "BootNext" value.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateBootNext (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- This function update the "BootOrder" EFI Variable based on BMM Formset's NV map. It then refresh
- BootOptionMenu with the new "BootOrder" list.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to complete the function.
- @return not The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateBootOrder (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- This function update the "DriverOrder" EFI Variable based on
- BMM Formset's NV map. It then refresh DriverOptionMenu
- with the new "DriverOrder" list.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to complete the function.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateDriverOrder (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Update the legacy BBS boot option. VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER and gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid EFI Variable
- is udpated with the new Legacy Boot order. The EFI Variable of "Boot####" and gEfiGlobalVariableGuid
- is also updated.
-
- @param CallbackData The context data for BMM.
- @param FormId The form id.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER and gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid EFI Variable can not be found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateBBSOption (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN EFI_FORM_ID FormId
- );
-
-/**
- Update the Text Mode of Console.
-
- @param CallbackData The context data for BMM.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCSS If the Text Mode of Console is updated.
- @return Other value if the Text Mode of Console is not updated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateConMode (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-//
-// Following are page create and refresh functions
-//
-/**
- Refresh the global UpdateData structure.
-
-**/
-VOID
-RefreshUpdateData (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Clean up the dynamic opcode at label and form specified by
- both LabelId.
-
- @param LabelId It is both the Form ID and Label ID for
- opcode deletion.
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CleanUpPage (
- IN UINT16 LabelId,
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Create a lit of boot option from global BootOptionMenu. It
- allow user to delete the boot option.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateBootDelPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Create a lit of driver option from global DriverMenu.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateDrvAddHandlePage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Create a lit of driver option from global DriverOptionMenu. It
- allow user to delete the driver option.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateDrvDelPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Prepare the page to allow user to add description for a Driver Option.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateDriverAddHandleDescPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Dispatch the correct update page function to call based on the UpdatePageId.
-
- @param UpdatePageId The form ID.
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-UpdatePageBody (
- IN UINT16 UpdatePageId,
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Create the dynamic page to allow user to set the "BootNext" vaule.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateBootNextPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Create the dynamic page to allow user to set the "TimeOut" vaule.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateTimeOutPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Create the dynamic page which allows user to set the property such as Baud Rate, Data Bits,
- Parity, Stop Bits, Terminal Type.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateTerminalPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Refresh the text mode page
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateConModePage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Create a list of Goto Opcode for all terminal devices logged
- by TerminaMenu. This list will be inserted to form FORM_CON_COM_SETUP_ID.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateConCOMPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Create a dynamic page so that Legacy Device boot order
- can be set for specified device type.
-
- @param UpdatePageId The form ID. It also spefies the legacy device type.
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateSetLegacyDeviceOrderPage (
- IN UINT16 UpdatePageId,
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-
-/**
- Function opens and returns a file handle to the root directory of a volume.
-
- @param DeviceHandle A handle for a device
- @return A valid file handle or NULL is returned
-**/
-EFI_FILE_HANDLE
-EfiLibOpenRoot (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle
- );
-
-/**
- Function gets the file system information from an open file descriptor,
- and stores it in a buffer allocated from pool.
-
- @param FHand The file handle.
-
- @return A pointer to a buffer with file information.
- NULL is returned if failed to get Vaolume Label Info.
-**/
-EFI_FILE_SYSTEM_VOLUME_LABEL *
-EfiLibFileSystemVolumeLabelInfo (
- IN EFI_FILE_HANDLE FHand
- );
-
-/**
-
- Function gets the file information from an open file descriptor, and stores it
- in a buffer allocated from pool.
-
- @param FHand File Handle.
-
- @return A pointer to a buffer with file information or NULL is returned
-
-**/
-EFI_FILE_INFO *
-EfiLibFileInfo (
- IN EFI_FILE_HANDLE FHand
- );
-
-/**
- Adjusts the size of a previously allocated buffer.
-
- @param OldPool A pointer to the buffer whose size is being adjusted.
- @param OldSize The size of the current buffer.
- @param NewSize The size of the new buffer.
-
- @return The newly allocated buffer. if NULL, allocation failed.
-
-**/
-VOID*
-EfiReallocatePool (
- IN VOID *OldPool,
- IN UINTN OldSize,
- IN UINTN NewSize
- );
-
-/**
- Function deletes the variable specified by VarName and VarGuid.
-
-
- @param VarName A Null-terminated Unicode string that is
- the name of the vendor's variable.
-
- @param VarGuid A unique identifier for the vendor.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The variable was found and removed
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The variable store was inaccessible
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The temporary buffer was not available
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The variable was not found
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiLibDeleteVariable (
- IN CHAR16 *VarName,
- IN EFI_GUID *VarGuid
- );
-
-/**
- Duplicate a string.
-
- @param Src The source.
-
- @return A new string which is duplicated copy of the source.
- @retval NULL If there is not enough memory.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-EfiStrDuplicate (
- IN CHAR16 *Src
- );
-
-/**
- Function is used to determine the number of device path instances
- that exist in a device path.
-
-
- @param DevicePath A pointer to a device path data structure.
-
- @return This function counts and returns the number of device path instances
- in DevicePath.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-EfiDevicePathInstanceCount (
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
- );
-
-/**
- Create string tokens for a menu from its help strings and display strings
-
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
- @param HiiHandle Hii Handle of the package to be updated.
- @param MenuOption The Menu whose string tokens need to be created
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS string tokens created successfully
- @retval others contain some errors
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CreateMenuStringToken (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
- IN BM_MENU_OPTION *MenuOption
- );
-
-/**
- Get a string from the Data Hub record based on
- a device path.
-
- @param DevPath The device Path.
-
- @return A string located from the Data Hub records based on
- the device path.
- @retval NULL If failed to get the String from Data Hub.
-
-**/
-UINT16 *
-EfiLibStrFromDatahub (
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevPath
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize the Boot Maintenance Utitliy.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS utility ended successfully.
- @retval others contain some errors.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeBM (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Start boot maintenance manager
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If BMM is invoked successfully.
- @return Other value if BMM return unsuccessfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BdsStartBootMaint (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Intialize all the string depositories.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeStringDepository (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Fetch a usable string node from the string depository and return the string token.
-
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
- @param StringDepository Pointer of the string depository.
-
- @retval EFI_STRING_ID String token.
-
-**/
-EFI_STRING_ID
-GetStringTokenFromDepository (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN STRING_DEPOSITORY *StringDepository
- );
-
-/**
- Reclaim string depositories by moving the current node pointer to list head..
-**/
-VOID
-ReclaimStringDepository (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Release resource for all the string depositories.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CleanUpStringDepository (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Function handling request to apply changes for BMM pages.
-
- @param Private Pointer to callback data buffer.
- @param CurrentFakeNVMap Pointer to buffer holding data of various values used by BMM
- @param FormId ID of the form which has sent the request to apply change.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Change successfully applied.
- @retval Other Error occurs while trying to apply changes.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ApplyChangeHandler (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *Private,
- IN BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *CurrentFakeNVMap,
- IN EFI_FORM_ID FormId
- );
-
-/**
- Discard all changes done to the BMM pages such as Boot Order change,
- Driver order change.
-
- @param Private The BMM context data.
- @param CurrentFakeNVMap The current Fack NV Map.
-
-**/
-VOID
-DiscardChangeHandler (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *Private,
- IN BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *CurrentFakeNVMap
- );
-
-/**
- Dispatch the display to the next page based on NewPageId.
-
- @param Private The BMM context data.
- @param NewPageId The original page ID.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdatePageId (
- BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *Private,
- UINT16 NewPageId
- );
-
-/**
- Boot a file selected by user at File Expoloer of BMM.
-
- @param FileContext The file context data, which contains the device path
- of the file to be boot from.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfull.
- @return Other value if the boot from the file fails.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BootThisFile (
- IN BM_FILE_CONTEXT *FileContext
- );
-
-/**
- Update the file explower page with the refershed file system.
-
-
- @param CallbackData BMM context data
- @param KeyValue Key value to identify the type of data to expect.
-
- @retval TRUE Inform the caller to create a callback packet to exit file explorer.
- @retval FALSE Indicate that there is no need to exit file explorer.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-UpdateFileExplorer (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN UINT16 KeyValue
- );
-
-/**
- This function processes the results of changes in configuration.
- When user select a interactive opcode, this callback will be triggered.
- Based on the Question(QuestionId) that triggers the callback, the corresponding
- actions is performed. It handles:
-
- 1) the addition of boot option.
- 2) the addition of driver option.
- 3) exit from file browser
- 4) update of file content if a dir is selected.
- 5) boot the file if a file is selected in "boot from file"
-
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Action Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
- @param QuestionId A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
- so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
- @param Type The type of value for the question.
- @param Value A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
- @param ActionRequest On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough storage is available to hold the variable and its data.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The variable could not be saved.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The specified Action is not supported by the callback.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FileExplorerCallback (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
- OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
- );
-
-/**
- This function applies changes in a driver's configuration.
- Input is a Configuration, which has the routing data for this
- driver followed by name / value configuration pairs. The driver
- must apply those pairs to its configurable storage. If the
- driver's configuration is stored in a linear block of data
- and the driver's name / value pairs are in <BlockConfig>
- format, it may use the ConfigToBlock helper function (above) to
- simplify the job. Currently not implemented.
-
- @param[in] This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param[in] Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigString> format.
- @param[out] Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the
- offset of the most recent '&' before the
- first failing name / value pair (or the
- beginn ing of the string if the failure
- is in the first name / value pair) or
- the terminating NULL if all was
- successful.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The results have been distributed or are
- awaiting distribution.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the
- parts of the results that must be
- stored awaiting possible future
- protocols.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETERS Passing in a NULL for the
- Results parameter would result
- in this type of error.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Target for the specified routing data
- was not found.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FileExplorerRouteConfig (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
- );
-
-/**
- Dispatch BMM formset and FileExplorer formset.
-
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If function complete successfully.
- @return Other value if the Setup Browser process BMM's pages and
- return unsuccessfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FormSetDispatcher (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Function returns the value of the specified variable.
-
- @param Name A Null-terminated Unicode string that is
- the name of the vendor's variable.
- @param VendorGuid A unique identifier for the vendor.
-
- @return The payload of the variable.
- @retval NULL If the variable can't be read.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EfiLibGetVariable (
- IN CHAR16 *Name,
- IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid
- );
-
-/**
- Get option number according to Boot#### and BootOrder variable.
- The value is saved as #### + 1.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-GetBootOrder (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Get driver option order from globalc DriverOptionMenu.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetDriverOrder (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
- Intall BootMaint and FileExplorer HiiPackages.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitBMPackage (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Remvoe the intalled BootMaint and FileExplorer HiiPackages.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FreeBMPackage (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- According to LegacyDevOrder variable to get legacy FD\HD\CD\NET\BEV
- devices list .
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-GetLegacyDeviceOrder (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
-
- Initialize console input device check box to ConsoleInCheck[MAX_MENU_NUMBER]
- in BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA structure.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetConsoleInCheck (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
-
- Initialize console output device check box to ConsoleOutCheck[MAX_MENU_NUMBER]
- in BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA structure.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetConsoleOutCheck (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
-
- Initialize standard error output device check box to ConsoleErrCheck[MAX_MENU_NUMBER]
- in BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA structure.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetConsoleErrCheck (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
-
- Initialize terminal attributes (baudrate, data rate, stop bits, parity and terminal type)
- to BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA structure.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetTerminalAttribute (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- );
-
-/**
-
- Find the first instance of this Protocol
- in the system and return it's interface.
-
-
- @param ProtocolGuid Provides the protocol to search for
- @param Interface On return, a pointer to the first interface
- that matches ProtocolGuid
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS A protocol instance matching ProtocolGuid was found
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No protocol instances were found that match ProtocolGuid
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiLibLocateProtocol (
- IN EFI_GUID *ProtocolGuid,
- OUT VOID **Interface
- );
-
-//
-// Global variable in this program (defined in data.c)
-//
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION BootOptionMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION DriverOptionMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION FsOptionMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION ConsoleInpMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION ConsoleOutMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION ConsoleErrMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION DirectoryMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION DriverMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION TerminalMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION LegacyFDMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION LegacyHDMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION LegacyCDMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION LegacyNETMenu;
-extern BM_MENU_OPTION LegacyBEVMenu;
-extern UINT16 TerminalType[];
-extern COM_ATTR BaudRateList[19];
-extern COM_ATTR DataBitsList[4];
-extern COM_ATTR ParityList[5];
-extern COM_ATTR StopBitsList[3];
-extern EFI_GUID TerminalTypeGuid[4];
-extern STRING_DEPOSITORY *FileOptionStrDepository;
-extern STRING_DEPOSITORY *ConsoleOptionStrDepository;
-extern STRING_DEPOSITORY *BootOptionStrDepository;
-extern STRING_DEPOSITORY *BootOptionHelpStrDepository;
-extern STRING_DEPOSITORY *DriverOptionStrDepository;
-extern STRING_DEPOSITORY *DriverOptionHelpStrDepository;
-extern STRING_DEPOSITORY *TerminalStrDepository;
-extern EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL EndDevicePath[];
-extern UINT16 mFlowControlType[2];
-extern UINT32 mFlowControlValue[2];
-//
-// Shared IFR form update data
-//
-extern VOID *mStartOpCodeHandle;
-extern VOID *mEndOpCodeHandle;
-extern EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *mStartLabel;
-extern EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *mEndLabel;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BootOption.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BootOption.c deleted file mode 100644 index 56bcfab23f..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/BootOption.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1823 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Provide boot option support for Application "BootMaint"
-
- Include file system navigation, system handle selection
-
- Boot option manipulation
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "BootMaint.h"
-#include "BBSsupport.h"
-
-/**
- Create a menu entry by given menu type.
-
- @param MenuType The Menu type to be created.
-
- @retval NULL If failed to create the menu.
- @return the new menu entry.
-
-**/
-BM_MENU_ENTRY *
-BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (
- UINTN MenuType
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *MenuEntry;
- UINTN ContextSize;
-
- //
- // Get context size according to menu type
- //
- switch (MenuType) {
- case BM_LOAD_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- ContextSize = sizeof (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT);
- break;
-
- case BM_FILE_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- ContextSize = sizeof (BM_FILE_CONTEXT);
- break;
-
- case BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- ContextSize = sizeof (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT);
- break;
-
- case BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- ContextSize = sizeof (BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT);
- break;
-
- case BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- ContextSize = sizeof (BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT);
- break;
-
- case BM_LEGACY_DEV_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- ContextSize = sizeof (BM_LEGACY_DEVICE_CONTEXT);
- break;
-
- default:
- ContextSize = 0;
- break;
- }
-
- if (ContextSize == 0) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Create new menu entry
- //
- MenuEntry = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (BM_MENU_ENTRY));
- if (MenuEntry == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- MenuEntry->VariableContext = AllocateZeroPool (ContextSize);
- if (MenuEntry->VariableContext == NULL) {
- FreePool (MenuEntry);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- MenuEntry->Signature = BM_MENU_ENTRY_SIGNATURE;
- MenuEntry->ContextSelection = MenuType;
- return MenuEntry;
-}
-
-/**
- Free up all resource allocated for a BM_MENU_ENTRY.
-
- @param MenuEntry A pointer to BM_MENU_ENTRY.
-
-**/
-VOID
-BOpt_DestroyMenuEntry (
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *MenuEntry
- )
-{
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *LoadContext;
- BM_FILE_CONTEXT *FileContext;
- BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *ConsoleContext;
- BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *TerminalContext;
- BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT *HandleContext;
- BM_LEGACY_DEVICE_CONTEXT *LegacyDevContext;
-
- //
- // Select by the type in Menu entry for current context type
- //
- switch (MenuEntry->ContextSelection) {
- case BM_LOAD_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- LoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) MenuEntry->VariableContext;
- FreePool (LoadContext->FilePathList);
- FreePool (LoadContext->LoadOption);
- if (LoadContext->OptionalData != NULL) {
- FreePool (LoadContext->OptionalData);
- }
- FreePool (LoadContext);
- break;
-
- case BM_FILE_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- FileContext = (BM_FILE_CONTEXT *) MenuEntry->VariableContext;
-
- if (!FileContext->IsRoot) {
- FreePool (FileContext->DevicePath);
- } else {
- if (FileContext->FHandle != NULL) {
- FileContext->FHandle->Close (FileContext->FHandle);
- }
- }
-
- if (FileContext->FileName != NULL) {
- FreePool (FileContext->FileName);
- }
- if (FileContext->Info != NULL) {
- FreePool (FileContext->Info);
- }
- FreePool (FileContext);
- break;
-
- case BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- ConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) MenuEntry->VariableContext;
- FreePool (ConsoleContext->DevicePath);
- FreePool (ConsoleContext);
- break;
-
- case BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- TerminalContext = (BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *) MenuEntry->VariableContext;
- FreePool (TerminalContext->DevicePath);
- FreePool (TerminalContext);
- break;
-
- case BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- HandleContext = (BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT *) MenuEntry->VariableContext;
- FreePool (HandleContext);
- break;
-
- case BM_LEGACY_DEV_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- LegacyDevContext = (BM_LEGACY_DEVICE_CONTEXT *) MenuEntry->VariableContext;
- FreePool (LegacyDevContext);
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- FreePool (MenuEntry->DisplayString);
- if (MenuEntry->HelpString != NULL) {
- FreePool (MenuEntry->HelpString);
- }
-
- FreePool (MenuEntry);
-}
-
-/**
- Get the Menu Entry from the list in Menu Entry List.
-
- If MenuNumber is great or equal to the number of Menu
- Entry in the list, then ASSERT.
-
- @param MenuOption The Menu Entry List to read the menu entry.
- @param MenuNumber The index of Menu Entry.
-
- @return The Menu Entry.
-
-**/
-BM_MENU_ENTRY *
-BOpt_GetMenuEntry (
- BM_MENU_OPTION *MenuOption,
- UINTN MenuNumber
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- UINTN Index;
- LIST_ENTRY *List;
-
- ASSERT (MenuNumber < MenuOption->MenuNumber);
-
- List = MenuOption->Head.ForwardLink;
- for (Index = 0; Index < MenuNumber; Index++) {
- List = List->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- NewMenuEntry = CR (List, BM_MENU_ENTRY, Link, BM_MENU_ENTRY_SIGNATURE);
-
- return NewMenuEntry;
-}
-
-/**
- This function build the FsOptionMenu list which records all
- available file system in the system. They includes all instances
- of EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL, all instances of EFI_LOAD_FILE_SYSTEM
- and all type of legacy boot device.
-
- @param CallbackData BMM context data
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Success find the file system
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Can not create menu entry
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BOpt_FindFileSystem (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- UINTN NoBlkIoHandles;
- UINTN NoSimpleFsHandles;
- UINTN NoLoadFileHandles;
- EFI_HANDLE *BlkIoHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE *SimpleFsHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE *LoadFileHandle;
- UINT16 *VolumeLabel;
- EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL *BlkIo;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *MenuEntry;
- BM_FILE_CONTEXT *FileContext;
- UINT16 *TempStr;
- UINTN OptionNumber;
- VOID *Buffer;
- EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
- UINT16 DeviceType;
- BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH BbsDevicePathNode;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- BOOLEAN RemovableMedia;
-
-
- NoSimpleFsHandles = 0;
- NoLoadFileHandles = 0;
- OptionNumber = 0;
- InitializeListHead (&FsOptionMenu.Head);
-
- //
- // Locate Handles that support BlockIo protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NoBlkIoHandles,
- &BlkIoHandle
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NoBlkIoHandles; Index++) {
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- BlkIoHandle[Index],
- &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &BlkIo
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Issue a dummy read to trigger reinstall of BlockIo protocol for removable media
- //
- if (BlkIo->Media->RemovableMedia) {
- Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (BlkIo->Media->BlockSize);
- if (NULL == Buffer) {
- FreePool (BlkIoHandle);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- BlkIo->ReadBlocks (
- BlkIo,
- BlkIo->Media->MediaId,
- 0,
- BlkIo->Media->BlockSize,
- Buffer
- );
- FreePool (Buffer);
- }
- }
- FreePool (BlkIoHandle);
- }
-
- //
- // Locate Handles that support Simple File System protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NoSimpleFsHandles,
- &SimpleFsHandle
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Find all the instances of the File System prototocol
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < NoSimpleFsHandles; Index++) {
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- SimpleFsHandle[Index],
- &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &BlkIo
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If no block IO exists assume it's NOT a removable media
- //
- RemovableMedia = FALSE;
- } else {
- //
- // If block IO exists check to see if it's remobable media
- //
- RemovableMedia = BlkIo->Media->RemovableMedia;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate pool for this load option
- //
- MenuEntry = BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (BM_FILE_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- if (NULL == MenuEntry) {
- FreePool (SimpleFsHandle);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- FileContext = (BM_FILE_CONTEXT *) MenuEntry->VariableContext;
-
- FileContext->Handle = SimpleFsHandle[Index];
- MenuEntry->OptionNumber = Index;
- FileContext->FHandle = EfiLibOpenRoot (FileContext->Handle);
- if (FileContext->FHandle == NULL) {
- BOpt_DestroyMenuEntry (MenuEntry);
- continue;
- }
-
- MenuEntry->HelpString = DevicePathToStr (DevicePathFromHandle (FileContext->Handle));
- FileContext->Info = EfiLibFileSystemVolumeLabelInfo (FileContext->FHandle);
- FileContext->FileName = EfiStrDuplicate (L"\\");
- FileContext->DevicePath = FileDevicePath (
- FileContext->Handle,
- FileContext->FileName
- );
- FileContext->IsDir = TRUE;
- FileContext->IsRoot = TRUE;
- FileContext->IsRemovableMedia = RemovableMedia;
- FileContext->IsLoadFile = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Get current file system's Volume Label
- //
- if (FileContext->Info == NULL) {
- VolumeLabel = L"NO FILE SYSTEM INFO";
- } else {
- VolumeLabel = FileContext->Info->VolumeLabel;
- if (*VolumeLabel == 0x0000) {
- VolumeLabel = L"NO VOLUME LABEL";
- }
- }
-
- TempStr = MenuEntry->HelpString;
- MenuEntry->DisplayString = AllocateZeroPool (MAX_CHAR);
- ASSERT (MenuEntry->DisplayString != NULL);
- UnicodeSPrint (
- MenuEntry->DisplayString,
- MAX_CHAR,
- L"%s, [%s]",
- VolumeLabel,
- TempStr
- );
- OptionNumber++;
- InsertTailList (&FsOptionMenu.Head, &MenuEntry->Link);
- }
- }
-
- if (NoSimpleFsHandles != 0) {
- FreePool (SimpleFsHandle);
- }
- //
- // Searching for handles that support Load File protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NoLoadFileHandles,
- &LoadFileHandle
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < NoLoadFileHandles; Index++) {
- MenuEntry = BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (BM_FILE_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- if (NULL == MenuEntry) {
- FreePool (LoadFileHandle);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- FileContext = (BM_FILE_CONTEXT *) MenuEntry->VariableContext;
- FileContext->IsRemovableMedia = FALSE;
- FileContext->IsLoadFile = TRUE;
- FileContext->Handle = LoadFileHandle[Index];
- FileContext->IsRoot = TRUE;
-
- FileContext->DevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (FileContext->Handle);
- FileContext->FileName = DevicePathToStr (FileContext->DevicePath);
-
- MenuEntry->HelpString = DevicePathToStr (FileContext->DevicePath);
-
- TempStr = MenuEntry->HelpString;
- MenuEntry->DisplayString = AllocateZeroPool (MAX_CHAR);
- ASSERT (MenuEntry->DisplayString != NULL);
- UnicodeSPrint (
- MenuEntry->DisplayString,
- MAX_CHAR,
- L"Load File [%s]",
- TempStr
- );
-
- MenuEntry->OptionNumber = OptionNumber;
- OptionNumber++;
- InsertTailList (&FsOptionMenu.Head, &MenuEntry->Link);
- }
- }
-
- if (NoLoadFileHandles != 0) {
- FreePool (LoadFileHandle);
- }
-
- //
- // Add Legacy Boot Option Support Here
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &LegacyBios
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
-
- for (Index = BBS_TYPE_FLOPPY; Index <= BBS_TYPE_EMBEDDED_NETWORK; Index++) {
- MenuEntry = BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (BM_FILE_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- if (NULL == MenuEntry) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- FileContext = (BM_FILE_CONTEXT *) MenuEntry->VariableContext;
-
- FileContext->IsRemovableMedia = FALSE;
- FileContext->IsLoadFile = TRUE;
- FileContext->IsBootLegacy = TRUE;
- DeviceType = (UINT16) Index;
- BbsDevicePathNode.Header.Type = BBS_DEVICE_PATH;
- BbsDevicePathNode.Header.SubType = BBS_BBS_DP;
- SetDevicePathNodeLength (
- &BbsDevicePathNode.Header,
- sizeof (BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH)
- );
- BbsDevicePathNode.DeviceType = DeviceType;
- BbsDevicePathNode.StatusFlag = 0;
- BbsDevicePathNode.String[0] = 0;
- DevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (
- EndDevicePath,
- (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) &BbsDevicePathNode
- );
-
- FileContext->DevicePath = DevicePath;
- MenuEntry->HelpString = DevicePathToStr (FileContext->DevicePath);
-
- TempStr = MenuEntry->HelpString;
- MenuEntry->DisplayString = AllocateZeroPool (MAX_CHAR);
- ASSERT (MenuEntry->DisplayString != NULL);
- UnicodeSPrint (
- MenuEntry->DisplayString,
- MAX_CHAR,
- L"Boot Legacy [%s]",
- TempStr
- );
- MenuEntry->OptionNumber = OptionNumber;
- OptionNumber++;
- InsertTailList (&FsOptionMenu.Head, &MenuEntry->Link);
- }
- }
- //
- // Remember how many file system options are here
- //
- FsOptionMenu.MenuNumber = OptionNumber;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Free resources allocated in Allocate Rountine.
-
- @param FreeMenu Menu to be freed
-**/
-VOID
-BOpt_FreeMenu (
- BM_MENU_OPTION *FreeMenu
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *MenuEntry;
- while (!IsListEmpty (&FreeMenu->Head)) {
- MenuEntry = CR (
- FreeMenu->Head.ForwardLink,
- BM_MENU_ENTRY,
- Link,
- BM_MENU_ENTRY_SIGNATURE
- );
- RemoveEntryList (&MenuEntry->Link);
- BOpt_DestroyMenuEntry (MenuEntry);
- }
- FreeMenu->MenuNumber = 0;
-}
-
-/**
- Find files under current directory
- All files and sub-directories in current directory
- will be stored in DirectoryMenu for future use.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
- @param MenuEntry The Menu Entry.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get files from current dir successfully.
- @return Other value if can't get files from current dir.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BOpt_FindFiles (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN BM_MENU_ENTRY *MenuEntry
- )
-{
- EFI_FILE_HANDLE NewDir;
- EFI_FILE_HANDLE Dir;
- EFI_FILE_INFO *DirInfo;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- UINTN DirBufferSize;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_FILE_CONTEXT *FileContext;
- BM_FILE_CONTEXT *NewFileContext;
- UINTN Pass;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN OptionNumber;
-
- FileContext = (BM_FILE_CONTEXT *) MenuEntry->VariableContext;
- Dir = FileContext->FHandle;
- OptionNumber = 0;
- //
- // Open current directory to get files from it
- //
- Status = Dir->Open (
- Dir,
- &NewDir,
- FileContext->FileName,
- EFI_FILE_READ_ONLY,
- 0
- );
- if (!FileContext->IsRoot) {
- Dir->Close (Dir);
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- DirInfo = EfiLibFileInfo (NewDir);
- if (DirInfo == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if ((DirInfo->Attribute & EFI_FILE_DIRECTORY) == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FileContext->DevicePath = FileDevicePath (
- FileContext->Handle,
- FileContext->FileName
- );
-
- DirBufferSize = sizeof (EFI_FILE_INFO) + 1024;
- DirInfo = AllocateZeroPool (DirBufferSize);
- if (DirInfo == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Get all files in current directory
- // Pass 1 to get Directories
- // Pass 2 to get files that are EFI images
- //
- for (Pass = 1; Pass <= 2; Pass++) {
- NewDir->SetPosition (NewDir, 0);
- for (;;) {
- BufferSize = DirBufferSize;
- Status = NewDir->Read (NewDir, &BufferSize, DirInfo);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || BufferSize == 0) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (((DirInfo->Attribute & EFI_FILE_DIRECTORY) != 0 && Pass == 2) ||
- ((DirInfo->Attribute & EFI_FILE_DIRECTORY) == 0 && Pass == 1)
- ) {
- //
- // Pass 1 is for Directories
- // Pass 2 is for file names
- //
- continue;
- }
-
- if (!(BOpt_IsEfiImageName (DirInfo->FileName) || (DirInfo->Attribute & EFI_FILE_DIRECTORY) != 0)) {
- //
- // Slip file unless it is a directory entry or a .EFI file
- //
- continue;
- }
-
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (BM_FILE_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewFileContext = (BM_FILE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- NewFileContext->Handle = FileContext->Handle;
- NewFileContext->FileName = BOpt_AppendFileName (
- FileContext->FileName,
- DirInfo->FileName
- );
- NewFileContext->FHandle = NewDir;
- NewFileContext->DevicePath = FileDevicePath (
- NewFileContext->Handle,
- NewFileContext->FileName
- );
- NewMenuEntry->HelpString = NULL;
-
- MenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = GetStringTokenFromDepository (
- CallbackData,
- FileOptionStrDepository
- );
-
- NewFileContext->IsDir = (BOOLEAN) ((DirInfo->Attribute & EFI_FILE_DIRECTORY) == EFI_FILE_DIRECTORY);
-
- if (NewFileContext->IsDir) {
- BufferSize = StrLen (DirInfo->FileName) * 2 + 6;
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize);
-
- UnicodeSPrint (
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString,
- BufferSize,
- L"<%s>",
- DirInfo->FileName
- );
-
- } else {
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = EfiStrDuplicate (DirInfo->FileName);
- }
-
- NewFileContext->IsRoot = FALSE;
- NewFileContext->IsLoadFile = FALSE;
- NewFileContext->IsRemovableMedia = FALSE;
-
- NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber = OptionNumber;
- OptionNumber++;
- InsertTailList (&DirectoryMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
- }
- }
-
- DirectoryMenu.MenuNumber = OptionNumber;
- FreePool (DirInfo);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Build the LegacyFDMenu LegacyHDMenu LegacyCDMenu according to LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo().
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory to complete this function.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BOpt_GetLegacyOptions (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LEGACY_DEVICE_CONTEXT *NewLegacyDevContext;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_LEGACY_BIOS_PROTOCOL *LegacyBios;
- UINT16 HddCount;
- HDD_INFO *HddInfo;
- UINT16 BbsCount;
- BBS_TABLE *BbsTable;
- UINT16 Index;
- CHAR16 DescString[100];
- UINTN FDNum;
- UINTN HDNum;
- UINTN CDNum;
- UINTN NETNum;
- UINTN BEVNum;
-
- NewMenuEntry = NULL;
- HddInfo = NULL;
- BbsTable = NULL;
- BbsCount = 0;
-
- //
- // Initialize Bbs Table Context from BBS info data
- //
- InitializeListHead (&LegacyFDMenu.Head);
- InitializeListHead (&LegacyHDMenu.Head);
- InitializeListHead (&LegacyCDMenu.Head);
- InitializeListHead (&LegacyNETMenu.Head);
- InitializeListHead (&LegacyBEVMenu.Head);
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiLegacyBiosProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &LegacyBios
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = LegacyBios->GetBbsInfo (
- LegacyBios,
- &HddCount,
- &HddInfo,
- &BbsCount,
- &BbsTable
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- FDNum = 0;
- HDNum = 0;
- CDNum = 0;
- NETNum = 0;
- BEVNum = 0;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < BbsCount; Index++) {
- if ((BBS_IGNORE_ENTRY == BbsTable[Index].BootPriority) ||
- (BBS_DO_NOT_BOOT_FROM == BbsTable[Index].BootPriority)
- ) {
- continue;
- }
-
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (BM_LEGACY_DEV_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry) {
- break;
- }
-
- NewLegacyDevContext = (BM_LEGACY_DEVICE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- NewLegacyDevContext->BbsEntry = &BbsTable[Index];
- NewLegacyDevContext->BbsIndex = Index;
- NewLegacyDevContext->BbsCount = BbsCount;
- BdsBuildLegacyDevNameString (
- &BbsTable[Index],
- Index,
- sizeof (DescString),
- DescString
- );
- NewLegacyDevContext->Description = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (DescString), DescString);
- if (NULL == NewLegacyDevContext->Description) {
- break;
- }
-
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = NewLegacyDevContext->Description;
- NewMenuEntry->HelpString = NULL;
-
- switch (BbsTable[Index].DeviceType) {
- case BBS_FLOPPY:
- InsertTailList (&LegacyFDMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
- FDNum++;
- break;
-
- case BBS_HARDDISK:
- InsertTailList (&LegacyHDMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
- HDNum++;
- break;
-
- case BBS_CDROM:
- InsertTailList (&LegacyCDMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
- CDNum++;
- break;
-
- case BBS_EMBED_NETWORK:
- InsertTailList (&LegacyNETMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
- NETNum++;
- break;
-
- case BBS_BEV_DEVICE:
- InsertTailList (&LegacyBEVMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
- BEVNum++;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (Index != BbsCount) {
- BOpt_FreeLegacyOptions ();
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- LegacyFDMenu.MenuNumber = FDNum;
- LegacyHDMenu.MenuNumber = HDNum;
- LegacyCDMenu.MenuNumber = CDNum;
- LegacyNETMenu.MenuNumber = NETNum;
- LegacyBEVMenu.MenuNumber = BEVNum;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Free out resouce allocated from Legacy Boot Options.
-
-**/
-VOID
-BOpt_FreeLegacyOptions (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&LegacyFDMenu);
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&LegacyHDMenu);
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&LegacyCDMenu);
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&LegacyNETMenu);
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&LegacyBEVMenu);
-}
-
-/**
-
- Build the BootOptionMenu according to BootOrder Variable.
- This Routine will access the Boot#### to get EFI_LOAD_OPTION.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND Fail to find "BootOrder" variable.
- @return EFI_SUCESS Success build boot option menu.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BOpt_GetBootOptions (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINT16 BootString[10];
- UINT8 *LoadOptionFromVar;
- UINT8 *LoadOption;
- UINTN BootOptionSize;
- BOOLEAN BootNextFlag;
- UINT16 *BootOrderList;
- UINTN BootOrderListSize;
- UINT16 *BootNext;
- UINTN BootNextSize;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
- UINT8 *LoadOptionPtr;
- UINTN StringSize;
- UINTN OptionalDataSize;
- UINT8 *LoadOptionEnd;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- UINTN MenuCount;
- UINT8 *Ptr;
-
- MenuCount = 0;
- BootOrderListSize = 0;
- BootNextSize = 0;
- BootOrderList = NULL;
- BootNext = NULL;
- LoadOptionFromVar = NULL;
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&BootOptionMenu);
- InitializeListHead (&BootOptionMenu.Head);
-
- //
- // Get the BootOrder from the Var
- //
- BootOrderList = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- L"BootOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &BootOrderListSize
- );
- if (BootOrderList == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the BootNext from the Var
- //
- BootNext = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- L"BootNext",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &BootNextSize
- );
-
- if (BootNext != NULL) {
- if (BootNextSize != sizeof (UINT16)) {
- FreePool (BootNext);
- BootNext = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < BootOrderListSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
- UnicodeSPrint (BootString, sizeof (BootString), L"Boot%04x", BootOrderList[Index]);
- //
- // Get all loadoptions from the VAR
- //
- LoadOptionFromVar = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- BootString,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &BootOptionSize
- );
- if (LoadOptionFromVar == NULL) {
- continue;
- }
-
- LoadOption = AllocateZeroPool (BootOptionSize);
- if (LoadOption == NULL) {
- continue;
- }
-
- CopyMem (LoadOption, LoadOptionFromVar, BootOptionSize);
- FreePool (LoadOptionFromVar);
-
- if (BootNext != NULL) {
- BootNextFlag = (BOOLEAN) (*BootNext == BootOrderList[Index]);
- } else {
- BootNextFlag = FALSE;
- }
-
- if (0 == (*((UINT32 *) LoadOption) & LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE)) {
- FreePool (LoadOption);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // BUGBUG: could not return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES here directly.
- // the buffer allocated already should be freed before returning.
- //
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
-
- LoadOptionPtr = LoadOption;
- LoadOptionEnd = LoadOption + BootOptionSize;
-
- NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber = BootOrderList[Index];
- NewLoadContext->LoadOptionModified = FALSE;
- NewLoadContext->Deleted = FALSE;
- NewLoadContext->IsBootNext = BootNextFlag;
-
- //
- // Is a Legacy Device?
- //
- Ptr = (UINT8 *) LoadOption;
-
- //
- // Attribute = *(UINT32 *)Ptr;
- //
- Ptr += sizeof (UINT32);
-
- //
- // FilePathSize = *(UINT16 *)Ptr;
- //
- Ptr += sizeof (UINT16);
-
- //
- // Description = (CHAR16 *)Ptr;
- //
- Ptr += StrSize ((CHAR16 *) Ptr);
-
- //
- // Now Ptr point to Device Path
- //
- DevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) Ptr;
- if ((BBS_DEVICE_PATH == DevicePath->Type) && (BBS_BBS_DP == DevicePath->SubType)) {
- NewLoadContext->IsLegacy = TRUE;
- } else {
- NewLoadContext->IsLegacy = FALSE;
- }
- //
- // LoadOption is a pointer type of UINT8
- // for easy use with following LOAD_OPTION
- // embedded in this struct
- //
- NewLoadContext->LoadOption = LoadOption;
- NewLoadContext->LoadOptionSize = BootOptionSize;
-
- NewLoadContext->Attributes = *(UINT32 *) LoadOptionPtr;
- NewLoadContext->IsActive = (BOOLEAN) (NewLoadContext->Attributes & LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE);
-
- NewLoadContext->ForceReconnect = (BOOLEAN) (NewLoadContext->Attributes & LOAD_OPTION_FORCE_RECONNECT);
-
- LoadOptionPtr += sizeof (UINT32);
-
- NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength = *(UINT16 *) LoadOptionPtr;
- LoadOptionPtr += sizeof (UINT16);
-
- StringSize = StrSize((UINT16*)LoadOptionPtr);
-
- NewLoadContext->Description = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize((UINT16*)LoadOptionPtr), LoadOptionPtr);
- ASSERT (NewLoadContext->Description != NULL);
-
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = NewLoadContext->Description;
-
- LoadOptionPtr += StringSize;
-
- NewLoadContext->FilePathList = AllocateZeroPool (NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength);
- ASSERT (NewLoadContext->FilePathList != NULL);
- CopyMem (
- NewLoadContext->FilePathList,
- (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) LoadOptionPtr,
- NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength
- );
-
- NewMenuEntry->HelpString = DevicePathToStr (NewLoadContext->FilePathList);
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = GetStringTokenFromDepository (
- CallbackData,
- BootOptionStrDepository
- );
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = GetStringTokenFromDepository (
- CallbackData,
- BootOptionHelpStrDepository
- );
- LoadOptionPtr += NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength;
-
- if (LoadOptionPtr < LoadOptionEnd) {
- OptionalDataSize = BootOptionSize -
- sizeof (UINT32) -
- sizeof (UINT16) -
- StringSize -
- NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength;
-
- NewLoadContext->OptionalData = AllocateZeroPool (OptionalDataSize);
- ASSERT (NewLoadContext->OptionalData != NULL);
- CopyMem (
- NewLoadContext->OptionalData,
- LoadOptionPtr,
- OptionalDataSize
- );
-
- NewLoadContext->OptionalDataSize = OptionalDataSize;
- }
-
- InsertTailList (&BootOptionMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
- MenuCount++;
- }
-
- if (BootNext != NULL) {
- FreePool (BootNext);
- }
- if (BootOrderList != NULL) {
- FreePool (BootOrderList);
- }
- BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber = MenuCount;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Append file name to existing file name.
-
- @param Str1 The existing file name
- @param Str2 The file name to be appended
-
- @return Allocate a new string to hold the appended result.
- Caller is responsible to free the returned string.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-BOpt_AppendFileName (
- IN CHAR16 *Str1,
- IN CHAR16 *Str2
- )
-{
- UINTN Size1;
- UINTN Size2;
- UINTN MaxLen;
- CHAR16 *Str;
- CHAR16 *TmpStr;
- CHAR16 *Ptr;
- CHAR16 *LastSlash;
-
- Size1 = StrSize (Str1);
- Size2 = StrSize (Str2);
- MaxLen = (Size1 + Size2 + sizeof (CHAR16)) / sizeof (CHAR16);
- Str = AllocateZeroPool (MaxLen * sizeof (CHAR16));
- ASSERT (Str != NULL);
-
- TmpStr = AllocateZeroPool (MaxLen * sizeof (CHAR16));
- ASSERT (TmpStr != NULL);
-
- StrCatS (Str, MaxLen, Str1);
- if (!((*Str == '\\') && (*(Str + 1) == 0))) {
- StrCatS (Str, MaxLen, L"\\");
- }
-
- StrCatS (Str, MaxLen, Str2);
-
- Ptr = Str;
- LastSlash = Str;
- while (*Ptr != 0) {
- if (*Ptr == '\\' && *(Ptr + 1) == '.' && *(Ptr + 2) == '.' && *(Ptr + 3) == L'\\') {
- //
- // Convert "\Name\..\" to "\"
- // DO NOT convert the .. if it is at the end of the string. This will
- // break the .. behavior in changing directories.
- //
-
- //
- // Use TmpStr as a backup, as StrCpyS in BaseLib does not handle copy of two strings
- // that overlap.
- //
- StrCpyS (TmpStr, MaxLen, Ptr + 3);
- StrCpyS (LastSlash, MaxLen - (UINTN) (LastSlash - Str), TmpStr);
- Ptr = LastSlash;
- } else if (*Ptr == '\\' && *(Ptr + 1) == '.' && *(Ptr + 2) == '\\') {
- //
- // Convert a "\.\" to a "\"
- //
-
- //
- // Use TmpStr as a backup, as StrCpyS in BaseLib does not handle copy of two strings
- // that overlap.
- //
- StrCpyS (TmpStr, MaxLen, Ptr + 2);
- StrCpyS (Ptr, MaxLen - (UINTN) (Ptr - Str), TmpStr);
- Ptr = LastSlash;
- } else if (*Ptr == '\\') {
- LastSlash = Ptr;
- }
-
- Ptr++;
- }
-
- FreePool (TmpStr);
-
- return Str;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Check whether current FileName point to a valid
- Efi Image File.
-
- @param FileName File need to be checked.
-
- @retval TRUE Is Efi Image
- @retval FALSE Not a valid Efi Image
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-BOpt_IsEfiImageName (
- IN UINT16 *FileName
- )
-{
- //
- // Search for ".efi" extension
- //
- while (*FileName != L'\0') {
- if (FileName[0] == '.') {
- if (FileName[1] == 'e' || FileName[1] == 'E') {
- if (FileName[2] == 'f' || FileName[2] == 'F') {
- if (FileName[3] == 'i' || FileName[3] == 'I') {
- return TRUE;
- } else if (FileName[3] == 0x0000) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- } else if (FileName[2] == 0x0000) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- } else if (FileName[1] == 0x0000) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- FileName += 1;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Check whether current FileName point to a valid Efi Application
-
- @param Dir Pointer to current Directory
- @param FileName Pointer to current File name.
-
- @retval TRUE Is a valid Efi Application
- @retval FALSE not a valid Efi Application
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-BOpt_IsEfiApp (
- IN EFI_FILE_HANDLE Dir,
- IN UINT16 *FileName
- )
-{
- UINTN BufferSize;
- EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER DosHdr;
- UINT16 Subsystem;
- EFI_FILE_HANDLE File;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION PeHdr;
-
- Status = Dir->Open (Dir, &File, FileName, EFI_FILE_MODE_READ, 0);
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- BufferSize = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER);
- File->Read (File, &BufferSize, &DosHdr);
- if (DosHdr.e_magic != EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
- File->Close (File);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- File->SetPosition (File, DosHdr.e_lfanew);
- BufferSize = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION);
- File->Read (File, &BufferSize, &PeHdr);
- if (PeHdr.Pe32.Signature != EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
- File->Close (File);
- return FALSE;
- }
- //
- // Determine PE type and read subsytem
- //
- if (PeHdr.Pe32.OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- Subsystem = PeHdr.Pe32.OptionalHeader.Subsystem;
- } else if (PeHdr.Pe32.OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC) {
- Subsystem = PeHdr.Pe32Plus.OptionalHeader.Subsystem;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (Subsystem == EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_APPLICATION) {
- File->Close (File);
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- File->Close (File);
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
- Find drivers that will be added as Driver#### variables from handles
- in current system environment
- All valid handles in the system except those consume SimpleFs, LoadFile
- are stored in DriverMenu for future use.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complets successfully.
- @return Other value if failed to build the DriverMenu.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BOpt_FindDrivers (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN NoDevicePathHandles;
- EFI_HANDLE *DevicePathHandle;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT *NewHandleContext;
- EFI_HANDLE CurHandle;
- UINTN OptionNumber;
- EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL *SimpleFs;
- EFI_LOAD_FILE_PROTOCOL *LoadFile;
-
- SimpleFs = NULL;
- LoadFile = NULL;
-
- InitializeListHead (&DriverMenu.Head);
-
- //
- // At first, get all handles that support Device Path
- // protocol which is the basic requirement for
- // Driver####
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NoDevicePathHandles,
- &DevicePathHandle
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- OptionNumber = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < NoDevicePathHandles; Index++) {
- CurHandle = DevicePathHandle[Index];
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- CurHandle,
- &gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &SimpleFs
- );
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- continue;
- }
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- CurHandle,
- &gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &LoadFile
- );
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- continue;
- }
-
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry) {
- FreePool (DevicePathHandle);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewHandleContext = (BM_HANDLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- NewHandleContext->Handle = CurHandle;
- NewHandleContext->DevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (CurHandle);
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = DevicePathToStr (NewHandleContext->DevicePath);
- NewMenuEntry->HelpString = NULL;
- NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber = OptionNumber;
- OptionNumber++;
- InsertTailList (&DriverMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
-
- }
-
- if (DevicePathHandle != NULL) {
- FreePool (DevicePathHandle);
- }
-
- DriverMenu.MenuNumber = OptionNumber;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Get the Option Number that has not been allocated for use.
-
- @param Type The type of Option.
-
- @return The available Option Number.
-
-**/
-UINT16
-BOpt_GetOptionNumber (
- CHAR16 *Type
- )
-{
- UINT16 *OrderList;
- UINTN OrderListSize;
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR16 StrTemp[20];
- UINT16 *OptionBuffer;
- UINT16 OptionNumber;
- UINTN OptionSize;
-
- OrderListSize = 0;
- OrderList = NULL;
- OptionNumber = 0;
- Index = 0;
-
- UnicodeSPrint (StrTemp, sizeof (StrTemp), L"%sOrder", Type);
-
- OrderList = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- StrTemp,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &OrderListSize
- );
-
- for (OptionNumber = 0; ; OptionNumber++) {
- if (OrderList != NULL) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < OrderListSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
- if (OptionNumber == OrderList[Index]) {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (Index < OrderListSize / sizeof (UINT16)) {
- //
- // The OptionNumber occurs in the OrderList, continue to use next one
- //
- continue;
- }
- UnicodeSPrint (StrTemp, sizeof (StrTemp), L"%s%04x", Type, (UINTN) OptionNumber);
- DEBUG((EFI_D_ERROR,"Option = %s\n", StrTemp));
- OptionBuffer = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- StrTemp,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &OptionSize
- );
- if (NULL == OptionBuffer) {
- //
- // The Boot[OptionNumber] / Driver[OptionNumber] NOT occurs, we found it
- //
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return OptionNumber;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Get the Option Number for Boot#### that does not used.
-
- @return The available Option Number.
-
-**/
-UINT16
-BOpt_GetBootOptionNumber (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return BOpt_GetOptionNumber (L"Boot");
-}
-
-/**
-
- Get the Option Number for Driver#### that does not used.
-
- @return The unused Option Number.
-
-**/
-UINT16
-BOpt_GetDriverOptionNumber (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return BOpt_GetOptionNumber (L"Driver");
-}
-
-/**
-
- Build up all DriverOptionMenu
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCESS The functin completes successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to compete the operation.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Fail to get "DriverOrder" variable.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BOpt_GetDriverOptions (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINT16 DriverString[12];
- UINT8 *LoadOptionFromVar;
- UINT8 *LoadOption;
- UINTN DriverOptionSize;
-
- UINT16 *DriverOrderList;
- UINTN DriverOrderListSize;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
- UINT8 *LoadOptionPtr;
- UINTN StringSize;
- UINTN OptionalDataSize;
- UINT8 *LoadOptionEnd;
-
- DriverOrderListSize = 0;
- DriverOrderList = NULL;
- DriverOptionSize = 0;
- LoadOptionFromVar = NULL;
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&DriverOptionMenu);
- InitializeListHead (&DriverOptionMenu.Head);
- //
- // Get the DriverOrder from the Var
- //
- DriverOrderList = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- L"DriverOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &DriverOrderListSize
- );
- if (DriverOrderList == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < DriverOrderListSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
- UnicodeSPrint (
- DriverString,
- sizeof (DriverString),
- L"Driver%04x",
- DriverOrderList[Index]
- );
- //
- // Get all loadoptions from the VAR
- //
- LoadOptionFromVar = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- DriverString,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &DriverOptionSize
- );
- if (LoadOptionFromVar == NULL) {
- continue;
- }
-
- LoadOption = AllocateZeroPool (DriverOptionSize);
- if (LoadOption == NULL) {
- continue;
- }
-
- CopyMem (LoadOption, LoadOptionFromVar, DriverOptionSize);
- FreePool (LoadOptionFromVar);
-
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- LoadOptionPtr = LoadOption;
- LoadOptionEnd = LoadOption + DriverOptionSize;
- NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber = DriverOrderList[Index];
- NewLoadContext->LoadOptionModified = FALSE;
- NewLoadContext->Deleted = FALSE;
- NewLoadContext->IsLegacy = FALSE;
-
- //
- // LoadOption is a pointer type of UINT8
- // for easy use with following LOAD_OPTION
- // embedded in this struct
- //
- NewLoadContext->LoadOption = LoadOption;
- NewLoadContext->LoadOptionSize = DriverOptionSize;
-
- NewLoadContext->Attributes = *(UINT32 *) LoadOptionPtr;
- NewLoadContext->IsActive = (BOOLEAN) (NewLoadContext->Attributes & LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE);
-
- NewLoadContext->ForceReconnect = (BOOLEAN) (NewLoadContext->Attributes & LOAD_OPTION_FORCE_RECONNECT);
-
- LoadOptionPtr += sizeof (UINT32);
-
- NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength = *(UINT16 *) LoadOptionPtr;
- LoadOptionPtr += sizeof (UINT16);
-
- StringSize = StrSize ((UINT16 *) LoadOptionPtr);
- NewLoadContext->Description = AllocateZeroPool (StringSize);
- ASSERT (NewLoadContext->Description != NULL);
- CopyMem (
- NewLoadContext->Description,
- (UINT16 *) LoadOptionPtr,
- StringSize
- );
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = NewLoadContext->Description;
-
- LoadOptionPtr += StringSize;
-
- NewLoadContext->FilePathList = AllocateZeroPool (NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength);
- ASSERT (NewLoadContext->FilePathList != NULL);
- CopyMem (
- NewLoadContext->FilePathList,
- (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) LoadOptionPtr,
- NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength
- );
-
- NewMenuEntry->HelpString = DevicePathToStr (NewLoadContext->FilePathList);
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = GetStringTokenFromDepository (
- CallbackData,
- DriverOptionStrDepository
- );
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = GetStringTokenFromDepository (
- CallbackData,
- DriverOptionHelpStrDepository
- );
- LoadOptionPtr += NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength;
-
- if (LoadOptionPtr < LoadOptionEnd) {
- OptionalDataSize = DriverOptionSize -
- sizeof (UINT32) -
- sizeof (UINT16) -
- StringSize -
- NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength;
-
- NewLoadContext->OptionalData = AllocateZeroPool (OptionalDataSize);
- ASSERT (NewLoadContext->OptionalData != NULL);
- CopyMem (
- NewLoadContext->OptionalData,
- LoadOptionPtr,
- OptionalDataSize
- );
-
- NewLoadContext->OptionalDataSize = OptionalDataSize;
- }
-
- InsertTailList (&DriverOptionMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
-
- }
-
- if (DriverOrderList != NULL) {
- FreePool (DriverOrderList);
- }
- DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber = Index;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-}
-
-/**
- Get option number according to Boot#### and BootOrder variable.
- The value is saved as #### + 1.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-GetBootOrder (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *BmmConfig;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT16 OptionOrderIndex;
- UINTN DeviceType;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
-
- ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
-
- DeviceType = (UINTN) -1;
- BmmConfig = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData;
- ZeroMem (BmmConfig->BootOptionOrder, sizeof (BmmConfig->BootOptionOrder));
-
- for (Index = 0, OptionOrderIndex = 0; ((Index < BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber) &&
- (OptionOrderIndex < (sizeof (BmmConfig->BootOptionOrder) / sizeof (BmmConfig->BootOptionOrder[0]))));
- Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&BootOptionMenu, Index);
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
-
- if (NewLoadContext->IsLegacy) {
- if (((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) NewLoadContext->FilePathList)->DeviceType != DeviceType) {
- DeviceType = ((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) NewLoadContext->FilePathList)->DeviceType;
- } else {
- //
- // Only show one legacy boot option for the same device type
- // assuming the boot options are grouped by the device type
- //
- continue;
- }
- }
- BmmConfig->BootOptionOrder[OptionOrderIndex++] = (UINT32) (NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber + 1);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- According to LegacyDevOrder variable to get legacy FD\HD\CD\NET\BEV
- devices list .
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-GetLegacyDeviceOrder (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN OptionIndex;
- UINT16 PageIdList[5];
- UINTN PageNum;
- UINTN VarSize;
- UINT8 *VarData;
- UINT8 *WorkingVarData;
- LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrder;
- UINT16 VarDevOrder;
- UINT8 *DisMap;
- BM_MENU_OPTION *OptionMenu;
- BBS_TYPE BbsType;
- UINT8 *LegacyOrder;
- UINT8 *OldData;
- UINTN Pos;
- UINTN Bit;
-
- ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
-
- PageIdList[0] = FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_ID;
- PageIdList[1] = FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_ID;
- PageIdList[2] = FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_ID;
- PageIdList[3] = FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_ID;
- PageIdList[4] = FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_ID;
- OptionMenu = NULL;
- BbsType = 0;
- LegacyOrder = NULL;
- OldData = NULL;
- DisMap = ZeroMem (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DisableMap, sizeof (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DisableMap));
- PageNum = sizeof (PageIdList) / sizeof (PageIdList[0]);
- VarData = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
- &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
- &VarSize
- );
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < PageNum; Index++) {
- switch (PageIdList[Index]) {
-
- case FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyFDMenu;
- BbsType = BBS_FLOPPY;
- LegacyOrder = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyFD;
- OldData = CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyFD;
- break;
-
- case FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyHDMenu;
- BbsType = BBS_HARDDISK;
- LegacyOrder = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyHD;
- OldData = CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyHD;
- break;
-
- case FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyCDMenu;
- BbsType = BBS_CDROM;
- LegacyOrder = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyCD;
- OldData = CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyCD;
- break;
-
- case FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyNETMenu;
- BbsType = BBS_EMBED_NETWORK;
- LegacyOrder = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyNET;
- OldData = CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyNET;
- break;
-
- default:
- ASSERT (PageIdList[Index] == FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_ID);
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyBEVMenu;
- BbsType = BBS_BEV_DEVICE;
- LegacyOrder = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyBEV;
- OldData = CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyBEV;
- break;
- }
-
- if (NULL != VarData) {
- WorkingVarData = VarData;
- DevOrder = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) WorkingVarData;
- while (WorkingVarData < VarData + VarSize) {
- if (DevOrder->BbsType == BbsType) {
- break;
- }
-
- WorkingVarData = (UINT8 *)((UINTN)WorkingVarData + sizeof (BBS_TYPE));
- WorkingVarData += *(UINT16 *) WorkingVarData;
- DevOrder = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) WorkingVarData;
- }
- for (OptionIndex = 0; OptionIndex < OptionMenu->MenuNumber; OptionIndex++) {
- VarDevOrder = *(UINT16 *) ((UINTN) DevOrder + sizeof (BBS_TYPE) + sizeof (UINT16) + OptionIndex * sizeof (UINT16));
- if (0xFF00 == (VarDevOrder & 0xFF00)) {
- LegacyOrder[OptionIndex] = 0xFF;
- Pos = (VarDevOrder & 0xFF) / 8;
- Bit = 7 - ((VarDevOrder & 0xFF) % 8);
- DisMap[Pos] = (UINT8) (DisMap[Pos] | (UINT8) (1 << Bit));
- } else {
- LegacyOrder[OptionIndex] = (UINT8) (VarDevOrder & 0xFF);
- }
- }
- CopyMem (OldData, LegacyOrder, 100);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Get driver option order from globalc DriverOptionMenu.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetDriverOrder (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *BmmConfig;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT16 OptionOrderIndex;
- UINTN DeviceType;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
-
- ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
-
- DeviceType = (UINTN) -1;
- BmmConfig = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData;
- ZeroMem (BmmConfig->DriverOptionOrder, sizeof (BmmConfig->DriverOptionOrder));
-
- for (Index = 0, OptionOrderIndex = 0; ((Index < DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber) &&
- (OptionOrderIndex < (sizeof (BmmConfig->DriverOptionOrder) / sizeof (BmmConfig->DriverOptionOrder[0]))));
- Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&DriverOptionMenu, Index);
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
-
- if (NewLoadContext->IsLegacy) {
- if (((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) NewLoadContext->FilePathList)->DeviceType != DeviceType) {
- DeviceType = ((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) NewLoadContext->FilePathList)->DeviceType;
- } else {
- //
- // Only show one legacy boot option for the same device type
- // assuming the boot options are grouped by the device type
- //
- continue;
- }
- }
- BmmConfig->DriverOptionOrder[OptionOrderIndex++] = (UINT32) (NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber + 1);
- }
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/ConsoleOption.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/ConsoleOption.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1854b98c36..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/ConsoleOption.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1198 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- handles console redirection from boot manager
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "BootMaint.h"
-
-UART_FLOW_CONTROL_DEVICE_PATH mFlowControlDevicePath =
-{
- {
- MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH,
- MSG_VENDOR_DP,
- {
- (UINT8)(sizeof(UART_FLOW_CONTROL_DEVICE_PATH)),
- (UINT8)((sizeof(UART_FLOW_CONTROL_DEVICE_PATH)) >> 8)
- }
- },
- DEVICE_PATH_MESSAGING_UART_FLOW_CONTROL,
- UART_FLOW_CONTROL_HARDWARE
-};
-
-/**
- Check the device path node whether it's the Flow Control node or not.
-
- @param[in] FlowControl The device path node to be checked.
-
- @retval TRUE It's the Flow Control node.
- @retval FALSE It's not.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsUartFlowControlNode (
- IN UART_FLOW_CONTROL_DEVICE_PATH *FlowControl
- )
-{
- return (BOOLEAN) (
- (DevicePathType (FlowControl) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) &&
- (DevicePathSubType (FlowControl) == MSG_VENDOR_DP) &&
- (CompareGuid (&FlowControl->Guid, &gEfiUartDevicePathGuid))
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether the device path node is ISA Serial Node.
-
- @param Acpi Device path node to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE It's ISA Serial Node.
- @retval FALSE It's NOT ISA Serial Node.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsIsaSerialNode (
- IN ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *Acpi
- )
-{
- return (BOOLEAN) (
- (DevicePathType (Acpi) == ACPI_DEVICE_PATH) &&
- (DevicePathSubType (Acpi) == ACPI_DP) &&
- (ReadUnaligned32 (&Acpi->HID) == EISA_PNP_ID (0x0501))
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Update Com Ports attributes from DevicePath
-
- @param DevicePath DevicePath that contains Com ports
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The update is successful.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UpdateComAttributeFromVariable (
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
- );
-
-/**
- Update the multi-instance device path of Terminal Device based on
- the global TerminalMenu. If ChangeTernimal is TRUE, the terminal
- device path in the Terminal Device in TerminalMenu is also updated.
-
- @param DevicePath The multi-instance device path.
- @param ChangeTerminal TRUE, then device path in the Terminal Device
- in TerminalMenu is also updated; FALSE, no update.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completes successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ChangeTerminalDevicePath (
- IN OUT EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL **DevicePath,
- IN BOOLEAN ChangeTerminal
- )
-{
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Node;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Node1;
- ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *Acpi;
- UART_DEVICE_PATH *Uart;
- UART_DEVICE_PATH *Uart1;
- UINTN Com;
- BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *NewTerminalContext;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- UART_FLOW_CONTROL_DEVICE_PATH *FlowControlNode;
-
- Node = *DevicePath;
- Node = NextDevicePathNode (Node);
- Com = 0;
- while (!IsDevicePathEnd (Node)) {
- Acpi = (ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *) Node;
- if (IsIsaSerialNode (Acpi)) {
- CopyMem (&Com, &Acpi->UID, sizeof (UINT32));
- }
-
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&TerminalMenu, Com);
-
- NewTerminalContext = (BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- if ((DevicePathType (Node) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) && (DevicePathSubType (Node) == MSG_UART_DP)) {
- Uart = (UART_DEVICE_PATH *) Node;
- CopyMem (
- &Uart->BaudRate,
- &NewTerminalContext->BaudRate,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &Uart->DataBits,
- &NewTerminalContext->DataBits,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &Uart->Parity,
- &NewTerminalContext->Parity,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &Uart->StopBits,
- &NewTerminalContext->StopBits,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- FlowControlNode = (UART_FLOW_CONTROL_DEVICE_PATH *) NextDevicePathNode (Node);
- if (IsUartFlowControlNode (FlowControlNode)) {
- FlowControlNode->FlowControlMap = NewTerminalContext->FlowControl;
- } else {
- //
- // Append the Flow control device node when user enable flow control.
- //
- if (NewTerminalContext->FlowControl != 0) {
- mFlowControlDevicePath.FlowControlMap = NewTerminalContext->FlowControl;
- *DevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (
- *DevicePath,
- (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) (&mFlowControlDevicePath)
- );
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Change the device path in the ComPort
- //
- if (ChangeTerminal) {
- Node1 = NewTerminalContext->DevicePath;
- Node1 = NextDevicePathNode (Node1);
- while (!IsDevicePathEnd (Node1)) {
- if ((DevicePathType (Node1) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) && (DevicePathSubType (Node1) == MSG_UART_DP)) {
- Uart1 = (UART_DEVICE_PATH *) Node1;
- CopyMem (
- &Uart1->BaudRate,
- &NewTerminalContext->BaudRate,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &Uart1->DataBits,
- &NewTerminalContext->DataBits,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &Uart1->Parity,
- &NewTerminalContext->Parity,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &Uart1->StopBits,
- &NewTerminalContext->StopBits,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
- break;
- }
- //
- // end if
- //
- Node1 = NextDevicePathNode (Node1);
- }
- //
- // end while
- //
- break;
- }
- }
-
- Node = NextDevicePathNode (Node);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-}
-
-/**
- Update the device path that describing a terminal device
- based on the new BaudRate, Data Bits, parity and Stop Bits
- set.
-
- @param DevicePath terminal device's path
-
-**/
-VOID
-ChangeVariableDevicePath (
- IN OUT EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
- )
-{
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Node;
- ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *Acpi;
- UART_DEVICE_PATH *Uart;
- UINTN Com;
- BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *NewTerminalContext;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
-
- Node = DevicePath;
- Node = NextDevicePathNode (Node);
- Com = 0;
- while (!IsDevicePathEnd (Node)) {
- Acpi = (ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *) Node;
- if (IsIsaSerialNode (Acpi)) {
- CopyMem (&Com, &Acpi->UID, sizeof (UINT32));
- }
-
- if ((DevicePathType (Node) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) && (DevicePathSubType (Node) == MSG_UART_DP)) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (
- &TerminalMenu,
- Com
- );
- ASSERT (NewMenuEntry != NULL);
- NewTerminalContext = (BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- Uart = (UART_DEVICE_PATH *) Node;
- CopyMem (
- &Uart->BaudRate,
- &NewTerminalContext->BaudRate,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &Uart->DataBits,
- &NewTerminalContext->DataBits,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &Uart->Parity,
- &NewTerminalContext->Parity,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &Uart->StopBits,
- &NewTerminalContext->StopBits,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
- }
-
- Node = NextDevicePathNode (Node);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieve ACPI UID of UART from device path
-
- @param Handle The handle for the UART device.
- @param AcpiUid The ACPI UID on output.
-
- @retval TRUE Find valid UID from device path
- @retval FALSE Can't find
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-RetrieveUartUid (
- IN EFI_HANDLE Handle,
- IN OUT UINT32 *AcpiUid
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *Acpi;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- Handle,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &DevicePath
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Acpi = NULL;
- for (; !IsDevicePathEnd (DevicePath); DevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (DevicePath)) {
- if ((DevicePathType (DevicePath) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) && (DevicePathSubType (DevicePath) == MSG_UART_DP)) {
- break;
- }
- //
- // Acpi points to the node before the Uart node
- //
- Acpi = (ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *) DevicePath;
- }
-
- if ((Acpi != NULL) && IsIsaSerialNode (Acpi)) {
- if (AcpiUid != NULL) {
- CopyMem (AcpiUid, &Acpi->UID, sizeof (UINT32));
- }
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Sort Uart handles array with Acpi->UID from low to high.
-
- @param Handles EFI_SERIAL_IO_PROTOCOL handle buffer
- @param NoHandles EFI_SERIAL_IO_PROTOCOL handle count
-**/
-VOID
-SortedUartHandle (
- IN EFI_HANDLE *Handles,
- IN UINTN NoHandles
- )
-{
- UINTN Index1;
- UINTN Index2;
- UINTN Position;
- UINT32 AcpiUid1;
- UINT32 AcpiUid2;
- UINT32 TempAcpiUid;
- EFI_HANDLE TempHandle;
-
- for (Index1 = 0; Index1 < NoHandles-1; Index1++) {
- if (!RetrieveUartUid (Handles[Index1], &AcpiUid1)) {
- continue;
- }
- TempHandle = Handles[Index1];
- Position = Index1;
- TempAcpiUid = AcpiUid1;
-
- for (Index2 = Index1+1; Index2 < NoHandles; Index2++) {
- if (!RetrieveUartUid (Handles[Index2], &AcpiUid2)) {
- continue;
- }
- if (AcpiUid2 < TempAcpiUid) {
- TempAcpiUid = AcpiUid2;
- TempHandle = Handles[Index2];
- Position = Index2;
- }
- }
- Handles[Position] = Handles[Index1];
- Handles[Index1] = TempHandle;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Test whether DevicePath is a valid Terminal
-
-
- @param DevicePath DevicePath to be checked
- @param Termi If DevicePath is valid Terminal, terminal type is returned.
- @param Com If DevicePath is valid Terminal, Com Port type is returned.
-
- @retval TRUE If DevicePath point to a Terminal.
- @retval FALSE If DevicePath does not point to a Terminal.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsTerminalDevicePath (
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath,
- OUT TYPE_OF_TERMINAL *Termi,
- OUT UINTN *Com
- );
-
-/**
- Build a list containing all serial devices.
-
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED No serial ports present.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-LocateSerialIo (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN Index2;
- UINTN NoHandles;
- EFI_HANDLE *Handles;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *Acpi;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- EFI_SERIAL_IO_PROTOCOL *SerialIo;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Node;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *OutDevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *InpDevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *ErrDevicePath;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *NewTerminalContext;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *NewDevicePath;
- VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH Vendor;
- UINT32 FlowControl;
- //
- // Get all handles that have SerialIo protocol installed
- //
- InitializeListHead (&TerminalMenu.Head);
- TerminalMenu.MenuNumber = 0;
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NoHandles,
- &Handles
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // No serial ports present
- //
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Sort Uart handles array with Acpi->UID from low to high
- // then Terminal menu can be built from low Acpi->UID to high Acpi->UID
- //
- SortedUartHandle (Handles, NoHandles);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NoHandles; Index++) {
- //
- // Check to see whether the handle has DevicePath Protocol installed
- //
- gBS->HandleProtocol (
- Handles[Index],
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &DevicePath
- );
-
- Acpi = NULL;
- for (Node = DevicePath; !IsDevicePathEnd (Node); Node = NextDevicePathNode (Node)) {
- if ((DevicePathType (Node) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) && (DevicePathSubType (Node) == MSG_UART_DP)) {
- break;
- }
- //
- // Acpi points to the node before Uart node
- //
- Acpi = (ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *) Node;
- }
-
- if ((Acpi != NULL) && IsIsaSerialNode (Acpi)) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- if (NewMenuEntry == NULL) {
- FreePool (Handles);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewTerminalContext = (BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- CopyMem (&NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber, &Acpi->UID, sizeof (UINT32));
- NewTerminalContext->DevicePath = DuplicateDevicePath (DevicePath);
- //
- // BugBug: I have no choice, calling EfiLibStrFromDatahub will hang the system!
- // coz' the misc data for each platform is not correct, actually it's the device path stored in
- // datahub which is not completed, so a searching for end of device path will enter a
- // dead-loop.
- //
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = EfiLibStrFromDatahub (DevicePath);
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry->DisplayString) {
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = DevicePathToStr (DevicePath);
- }
-
- NewMenuEntry->HelpString = NULL;
-
- gBS->HandleProtocol (
- Handles[Index],
- &gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &SerialIo
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &NewTerminalContext->BaudRate,
- &SerialIo->Mode->BaudRate,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &NewTerminalContext->DataBits,
- &SerialIo->Mode->DataBits,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &NewTerminalContext->Parity,
- &SerialIo->Mode->Parity,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &NewTerminalContext->StopBits,
- &SerialIo->Mode->StopBits,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- NewTerminalContext->FlowControl = 0;
- SerialIo->GetControl(SerialIo, &FlowControl);
- if ((FlowControl & EFI_SERIAL_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL_ENABLE) != 0) {
- NewTerminalContext->FlowControl = UART_FLOW_CONTROL_HARDWARE;
- }
-
- InsertTailList (&TerminalMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
- TerminalMenu.MenuNumber++;
- }
- }
- if (Handles != NULL) {
- FreePool (Handles);
- }
-
- //
- // Get L"ConOut", L"ConIn" and L"ErrOut" from the Var
- //
- OutDevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (L"ConOut", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- InpDevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (L"ConIn", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- ErrDevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (L"ErrOut", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- if (OutDevicePath != NULL) {
- UpdateComAttributeFromVariable (OutDevicePath);
- }
-
- if (InpDevicePath != NULL) {
- UpdateComAttributeFromVariable (InpDevicePath);
- }
-
- if (ErrDevicePath != NULL) {
- UpdateComAttributeFromVariable (ErrDevicePath);
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < TerminalMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&TerminalMenu, Index);
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- NewTerminalContext = (BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
-
- NewTerminalContext->TerminalType = 0;
- NewTerminalContext->IsConIn = FALSE;
- NewTerminalContext->IsConOut = FALSE;
- NewTerminalContext->IsStdErr = FALSE;
-
- Vendor.Header.Type = MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH;
- Vendor.Header.SubType = MSG_VENDOR_DP;
-
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < 4; Index2++) {
- CopyMem (&Vendor.Guid, &TerminalTypeGuid[Index2], sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- SetDevicePathNodeLength (&Vendor.Header, sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH));
- NewDevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (
- NewTerminalContext->DevicePath,
- (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) &Vendor
- );
- if (NewMenuEntry->HelpString != NULL) {
- FreePool (NewMenuEntry->HelpString);
- }
- //
- // NewMenuEntry->HelpString = DevicePathToStr (NewDevicePath);
- // NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = NewMenuEntry->HelpString;
- //
- NewMenuEntry->HelpString = NULL;
-
- if (BdsLibMatchDevicePaths (OutDevicePath, NewDevicePath)) {
- NewTerminalContext->IsConOut = TRUE;
- NewTerminalContext->TerminalType = (UINT8) Index2;
- }
-
- if (BdsLibMatchDevicePaths (InpDevicePath, NewDevicePath)) {
- NewTerminalContext->IsConIn = TRUE;
- NewTerminalContext->TerminalType = (UINT8) Index2;
- }
-
- if (BdsLibMatchDevicePaths (ErrDevicePath, NewDevicePath)) {
- NewTerminalContext->IsStdErr = TRUE;
- NewTerminalContext->TerminalType = (UINT8) Index2;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Update Com Ports attributes from DevicePath
-
- @param DevicePath DevicePath that contains Com ports
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The update is successful.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Can not find specific menu entry
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UpdateComAttributeFromVariable (
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath
- )
-{
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Node;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *SerialNode;
- ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *Acpi;
- UART_DEVICE_PATH *Uart;
- UART_DEVICE_PATH *Uart1;
- UINTN TerminalNumber;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *NewTerminalContext;
- UINTN Index;
- UART_FLOW_CONTROL_DEVICE_PATH *FlowControlNode;
- BOOLEAN HasFlowControlNode;
-
- HasFlowControlNode = FALSE;
- Node = DevicePath;
- Node = NextDevicePathNode (Node);
- TerminalNumber = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < TerminalMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- while (!IsDevicePathEnd (Node)) {
- Acpi = (ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *) Node;
- if (IsIsaSerialNode (Acpi)) {
- CopyMem (&TerminalNumber, &Acpi->UID, sizeof (UINT32));
- }
-
- if ((DevicePathType (Node) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) && (DevicePathSubType (Node) == MSG_UART_DP)) {
- Uart = (UART_DEVICE_PATH *) Node;
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&TerminalMenu, TerminalNumber);
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- NewTerminalContext = (BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- CopyMem (
- &NewTerminalContext->BaudRate,
- &Uart->BaudRate,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &NewTerminalContext->DataBits,
- &Uart->DataBits,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &NewTerminalContext->Parity,
- &Uart->Parity,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &NewTerminalContext->StopBits,
- &Uart->StopBits,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- FlowControlNode = (UART_FLOW_CONTROL_DEVICE_PATH *) NextDevicePathNode (Node);
- if (IsUartFlowControlNode (FlowControlNode)) {
- HasFlowControlNode = TRUE;
- NewTerminalContext->FlowControl = (UINT8) ReadUnaligned32 (&FlowControlNode->FlowControlMap);
- } else if (NewTerminalContext->FlowControl != 0) {
- //
- // No Flow Control device path node, assumption no Flow control
- //
- NewTerminalContext->FlowControl = 0;
- }
-
- SerialNode = NewTerminalContext->DevicePath;
- SerialNode = NextDevicePathNode (SerialNode);
- while (!IsDevicePathEnd (SerialNode)) {
- if ((DevicePathType (SerialNode) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) && (DevicePathSubType (SerialNode) == MSG_UART_DP)) {
- //
- // Update following device paths according to
- // previous acquired uart attributes
- //
- Uart1 = (UART_DEVICE_PATH *) SerialNode;
- CopyMem (
- &Uart1->BaudRate,
- &NewTerminalContext->BaudRate,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
-
- CopyMem (
- &Uart1->DataBits,
- &NewTerminalContext->DataBits,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
- CopyMem (
- &Uart1->Parity,
- &NewTerminalContext->Parity,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
- CopyMem (
- &Uart1->StopBits,
- &NewTerminalContext->StopBits,
- sizeof (UINT8)
- );
-
- FlowControlNode = (UART_FLOW_CONTROL_DEVICE_PATH *) NextDevicePathNode (SerialNode);
- if (IsUartFlowControlNode (FlowControlNode)) {
- FlowControlNode->FlowControlMap = NewTerminalContext->FlowControl;
- } else {
- if (HasFlowControlNode) {
- mFlowControlDevicePath.FlowControlMap = NewTerminalContext->FlowControl;
- NewTerminalContext->DevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (
- NewTerminalContext->DevicePath,
- (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) (&mFlowControlDevicePath)
- );
- }
- }
- break;
- }
-
- SerialNode = NextDevicePathNode (SerialNode);
- }
- //
- // end while
- //
- }
-
- Node = NextDevicePathNode (Node);
- }
- //
- // end while
- //
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Build up Console Menu based on types passed in. The type can
- be BM_CONSOLE_IN_CONTEXT_SELECT, BM_CONSOLE_OUT_CONTEXT_SELECT
- and BM_CONSOLE_ERR_CONTEXT_SELECT.
-
- @param ConsoleMenuType Can be BM_CONSOLE_IN_CONTEXT_SELECT, BM_CONSOLE_OUT_CONTEXT_SELECT
- and BM_CONSOLE_ERR_CONTEXT_SELECT.
-
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The type passed in is not in the 3 types defined.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If the EFI Variable defined in UEFI spec with name "ConOutDev",
- "ConInDev" or "ConErrDev" doesn't exists.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough resource to complete the operations.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Function completes successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetConsoleMenu (
- IN UINTN ConsoleMenuType
- )
-{
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *AllDevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *MultiDevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePathInst;
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN AllCount;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN Index2;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *NewConsoleContext;
- TYPE_OF_TERMINAL Terminal;
- UINTN Com;
- BM_MENU_OPTION *ConsoleMenu;
-
- DevicePath = NULL;
- AllDevicePath = NULL;
- AllCount = 0;
- switch (ConsoleMenuType) {
- case BM_CONSOLE_IN_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- ConsoleMenu = &ConsoleInpMenu;
- DevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (
- L"ConIn",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid
- );
-
- AllDevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (
- L"ConInDev",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid
- );
- break;
-
- case BM_CONSOLE_OUT_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- ConsoleMenu = &ConsoleOutMenu;
- DevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (
- L"ConOut",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid
- );
-
- AllDevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (
- L"ConOutDev",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid
- );
- break;
-
- case BM_CONSOLE_ERR_CONTEXT_SELECT:
- ConsoleMenu = &ConsoleErrMenu;
- DevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (
- L"ErrOut",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid
- );
-
- AllDevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (
- L"ErrOutDev",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid
- );
- break;
-
- default:
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (NULL == AllDevicePath) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- InitializeListHead (&ConsoleMenu->Head);
-
- AllCount = EfiDevicePathInstanceCount (AllDevicePath);
- ConsoleMenu->MenuNumber = 0;
- //
- // Following is menu building up for Console Devices selected.
- //
- MultiDevicePath = AllDevicePath;
- Index2 = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < AllCount; Index++) {
- DevicePathInst = GetNextDevicePathInstance (&MultiDevicePath, &Size);
-
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber = Index2;
-
- NewConsoleContext->DevicePath = DuplicateDevicePath (DevicePathInst);
- ASSERT (NewConsoleContext->DevicePath != NULL);
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = EfiLibStrFromDatahub (NewConsoleContext->DevicePath);
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry->DisplayString) {
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = DevicePathToStr (NewConsoleContext->DevicePath);
- }
-
- NewConsoleContext->IsTerminal = IsTerminalDevicePath (
- NewConsoleContext->DevicePath,
- &Terminal,
- &Com
- );
-
- NewConsoleContext->IsActive = BdsLibMatchDevicePaths (
- DevicePath,
- NewConsoleContext->DevicePath
- );
-
- if (NewConsoleContext->IsTerminal) {
- BOpt_DestroyMenuEntry (NewMenuEntry);
- } else {
- Index2++;
- ConsoleMenu->MenuNumber++;
- InsertTailList (&ConsoleMenu->Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Build up ConsoleOutMenu, ConsoleInpMenu and ConsoleErrMenu
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function always complete successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetAllConsoles (
- VOID
- )
-{
- GetConsoleMenu (BM_CONSOLE_IN_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- GetConsoleMenu (BM_CONSOLE_OUT_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- GetConsoleMenu (BM_CONSOLE_ERR_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Free ConsoleOutMenu, ConsoleInpMenu and ConsoleErrMenu
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function always complete successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FreeAllConsoles (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&ConsoleOutMenu);
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&ConsoleInpMenu);
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&ConsoleErrMenu);
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&TerminalMenu);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Test whether DevicePath is a valid Terminal
-
-
- @param DevicePath DevicePath to be checked
- @param Termi If DevicePath is valid Terminal, terminal type is returned.
- @param Com If DevicePath is valid Terminal, Com Port type is returned.
-
- @retval TRUE If DevicePath point to a Terminal.
- @retval FALSE If DevicePath does not point to a Terminal.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsTerminalDevicePath (
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath,
- OUT TYPE_OF_TERMINAL *Termi,
- OUT UINTN *Com
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN IsTerminal;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Node;
- VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH *Vendor;
- UART_DEVICE_PATH *Uart;
- ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *Acpi;
-
- IsTerminal = FALSE;
-
- Uart = NULL;
- Vendor = NULL;
- Acpi = NULL;
- for (Node = DevicePath; !IsDevicePathEnd (Node); Node = NextDevicePathNode (Node)) {
- //
- // Vendor points to the node before the End node
- //
- Vendor = (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH *) Node;
-
- if ((DevicePathType (Node) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) && (DevicePathSubType (Node) == MSG_UART_DP)) {
- Uart = (UART_DEVICE_PATH *) Node;
- }
-
- if (Uart == NULL) {
- //
- // Acpi points to the node before the UART node
- //
- Acpi = (ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH *) Node;
- }
- }
-
- if (Vendor == NULL ||
- DevicePathType (Vendor) != MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH ||
- DevicePathSubType (Vendor) != MSG_VENDOR_DP ||
- Uart == NULL) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // There are four kinds of Terminal types
- // check to see whether this devicepath
- // is one of that type
- //
- if (CompareGuid (&Vendor->Guid, &TerminalTypeGuid[0])) {
- *Termi = TerminalTypePcAnsi;
- IsTerminal = TRUE;
- } else {
- if (CompareGuid (&Vendor->Guid, &TerminalTypeGuid[1])) {
- *Termi = TerminalTypeVt100;
- IsTerminal = TRUE;
- } else {
- if (CompareGuid (&Vendor->Guid, &TerminalTypeGuid[2])) {
- *Termi = TerminalTypeVt100Plus;
- IsTerminal = TRUE;
- } else {
- if (CompareGuid (&Vendor->Guid, &TerminalTypeGuid[3])) {
- *Termi = TerminalTypeVtUtf8;
- IsTerminal = TRUE;
- } else {
- IsTerminal = FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (!IsTerminal) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if ((Acpi != NULL) && IsIsaSerialNode (Acpi)) {
- CopyMem (Com, &Acpi->UID, sizeof (UINT32));
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Get mode number according to column and row
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-GetConsoleOutMode (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- UINTN Col;
- UINTN Row;
- UINTN CurrentCol;
- UINTN CurrentRow;
- UINTN Mode;
- UINTN MaxMode;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *ConOut;
-
- ConOut = gST->ConOut;
- MaxMode = (UINTN) (ConOut->Mode->MaxMode);
-
- CurrentCol = PcdGet32 (PcdSetupConOutColumn);
- CurrentRow = PcdGet32 (PcdSetupConOutRow);
- for (Mode = 0; Mode < MaxMode; Mode++) {
- Status = ConOut->QueryMode (ConOut, Mode, &Col, &Row);
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- if (CurrentCol == Col && CurrentRow == Row) {
- CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.ConsoleOutMode = (UINT16) Mode;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
- Initialize console input device check box to ConsoleInCheck[MAX_MENU_NUMBER]
- in BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA structure.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetConsoleInCheck (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- UINT16 Index;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- UINT8 *ConInCheck;
- BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *NewConsoleContext;
-
- ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
-
- ConInCheck = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.ConsoleInCheck[0];
- for (Index = 0; ((Index < ConsoleInpMenu.MenuNumber) && \
- (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) ; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&ConsoleInpMenu, Index);
- NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- ConInCheck[Index] = NewConsoleContext->IsActive;
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
- Initialize console output device check box to ConsoleOutCheck[MAX_MENU_NUMBER]
- in BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA structure.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetConsoleOutCheck (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- UINT16 Index;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- UINT8 *ConOutCheck;
- BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *NewConsoleContext;
-
- ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
- ConOutCheck = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.ConsoleOutCheck[0];
- for (Index = 0; ((Index < ConsoleOutMenu.MenuNumber) && \
- (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) ; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&ConsoleOutMenu, Index);
- NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- ConOutCheck[Index] = NewConsoleContext->IsActive;
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
- Initialize standard error output device check box to ConsoleErrCheck[MAX_MENU_NUMBER]
- in BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA structure.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetConsoleErrCheck (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- UINT16 Index;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- UINT8 *ConErrCheck;
- BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *NewConsoleContext;
-
- ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
- ConErrCheck = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.ConsoleErrCheck[0];
- for (Index = 0; ((Index < ConsoleErrMenu.MenuNumber) && \
- (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) ; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&ConsoleErrMenu, Index);
- NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- ConErrCheck[Index] = NewConsoleContext->IsActive;
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
- Initialize terminal attributes (baudrate, data rate, stop bits, parity and terminal type)
- to BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA structure.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetTerminalAttribute (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *CurrentFakeNVMap;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *NewTerminalContext;
- UINT16 TerminalIndex;
- UINT8 AttributeIndex;
-
- ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
-
- CurrentFakeNVMap = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData;
- for (TerminalIndex = 0; ((TerminalIndex < TerminalMenu.MenuNumber) && \
- (TerminalIndex < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)); TerminalIndex++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&TerminalMenu, TerminalIndex);
- NewTerminalContext = (BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- for (AttributeIndex = 0; AttributeIndex < sizeof (BaudRateList) / sizeof (BaudRateList [0]); AttributeIndex++) {
- if (NewTerminalContext->BaudRate == (UINT64) (BaudRateList[AttributeIndex].Value)) {
- NewTerminalContext->BaudRateIndex = AttributeIndex;
- break;
- }
- }
- for (AttributeIndex = 0; AttributeIndex < sizeof (DataBitsList) / sizeof (DataBitsList[0]); AttributeIndex++) {
- if (NewTerminalContext->DataBits == (UINT64) (DataBitsList[AttributeIndex].Value)) {
- NewTerminalContext->DataBitsIndex = AttributeIndex;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- for (AttributeIndex = 0; AttributeIndex < sizeof (ParityList) / sizeof (ParityList[0]); AttributeIndex++) {
- if (NewTerminalContext->Parity == (UINT64) (ParityList[AttributeIndex].Value)) {
- NewTerminalContext->ParityIndex = AttributeIndex;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- for (AttributeIndex = 0; AttributeIndex < sizeof (StopBitsList) / sizeof (StopBitsList[0]); AttributeIndex++) {
- if (NewTerminalContext->StopBits == (UINT64) (StopBitsList[AttributeIndex].Value)) {
- NewTerminalContext->StopBitsIndex = AttributeIndex;
- break;
- }
- }
- CurrentFakeNVMap->COMBaudRate[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->BaudRateIndex;
- CurrentFakeNVMap->COMDataRate[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->DataBitsIndex;
- CurrentFakeNVMap->COMStopBits[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->StopBitsIndex;
- CurrentFakeNVMap->COMParity[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->ParityIndex;
- CurrentFakeNVMap->COMTerminalType[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->TerminalType;
- CurrentFakeNVMap->COMFlowControl[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->FlowControl;
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/Data.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/Data.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0a3ffbcc30..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/Data.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,332 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Define some data used for Boot Maint
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "BootMaint.h"
-
-VOID *mStartOpCodeHandle = NULL;
-VOID *mEndOpCodeHandle = NULL;
-EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *mStartLabel = NULL;
-EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *mEndLabel = NULL;
-
-STRING_DEPOSITORY *FileOptionStrDepository;
-STRING_DEPOSITORY *ConsoleOptionStrDepository;
-STRING_DEPOSITORY *BootOptionStrDepository;
-STRING_DEPOSITORY *BootOptionHelpStrDepository;
-STRING_DEPOSITORY *DriverOptionStrDepository;
-STRING_DEPOSITORY *DriverOptionHelpStrDepository;
-STRING_DEPOSITORY *TerminalStrDepository;
-
-///
-/// Terminal type string token storage
-///
-UINT16 TerminalType[] = {
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_TYPE_0),
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_TYPE_1),
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_TYPE_2),
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_TYPE_3),
-};
-
-///
-/// Flow Control type string token storage
-///
-UINT16 mFlowControlType[2] = {
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_NONE_FLOW_CONTROL),
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL)
-};
-
-UINT32 mFlowControlValue[2] = {
- 0,
- UART_FLOW_CONTROL_HARDWARE
-};
-
-///
-/// File system selection menu
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION FsOptionMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Console Input Device Selection Menu
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION ConsoleInpMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Console Output Device Selection Menu
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION ConsoleOutMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Error Output Device Selection Menu
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION ConsoleErrMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Boot Option from variable Menu
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION BootOptionMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Driver Option from variable menu
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION DriverOptionMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Legacy FD Info from LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo()
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION LegacyFDMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Legacy HD Info from LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo()
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION LegacyHDMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Legacy CD Info from LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo()
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION LegacyCDMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Legacy NET Info from LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo()
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION LegacyNETMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Legacy NET Info from LegacyBios.GetBbsInfo()
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION LegacyBEVMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Files and sub-directories in current directory menu
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION DirectoryMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Handles in current system selection menu
-///
-BM_MENU_OPTION DriverMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-BM_MENU_OPTION TerminalMenu = {
- BM_MENU_OPTION_SIGNATURE,
- {NULL},
- 0
-};
-
-///
-/// Value and string token correspondency for BaudRate
-///
-COM_ATTR BaudRateList[19] = {
- {
- 115200,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_0)
- },
- {
- 57600,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_1)
- },
- {
- 38400,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_2)
- },
- {
- 19200,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_3)
- },
- {
- 9600,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_4)
- },
- {
- 7200,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_5)
- },
- {
- 4800,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_6)
- },
- {
- 3600,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_7)
- },
- {
- 2400,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_8)
- },
- {
- 2000,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_9)
- },
- {
- 1800,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_10)
- },
- {
- 1200,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_11)
- },
- {
- 600,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_12)
- },
- {
- 300,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_13)
- },
- {
- 150,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_14)
- },
- {
- 134,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_15)
- },
- {
- 110,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_16)
- },
- {
- 75,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_17)
- },
- {
- 50,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_BAUD_RATE_18)
- }
-};
-
-///
-/// Value and string token correspondency for DataBits
-///
-COM_ATTR DataBitsList[4] = {
- {
- 5,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_DATA_BITS_0)
- },
- {
- 6,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_DATA_BITS_1)
- },
- {
- 7,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_DATA_BITS_2)
- },
- {
- 8,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_DATA_BITS_3)
- }
-};
-
-///
-/// Value and string token correspondency for Parity
-///
-COM_ATTR ParityList[5] = {
- {
- NoParity,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_PAR_0)
- },
- {
- EvenParity,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_PAR_1)
- },
- {
- OddParity,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_PAR_2)
- },
- {
- MarkParity,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_PAR_3)
- },
- {
- SpaceParity,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_PAR_4)
- }
-};
-
-///
-/// Value and string token correspondency for Baudreate
-///
-COM_ATTR StopBitsList[3] = {
- {
- OneStopBit,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_STOP_BITS_0)
- },
- {
- OneFiveStopBits,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_STOP_BITS_1)
- },
- {
- TwoStopBits,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_COM_STOP_BITS_2)
- }
-};
-
-///
-/// Guid for messaging path, used in Serial port setting.
-///
-EFI_GUID TerminalTypeGuid[4] = {
- DEVICE_PATH_MESSAGING_PC_ANSI,
- DEVICE_PATH_MESSAGING_VT_100,
- DEVICE_PATH_MESSAGING_VT_100_PLUS,
- DEVICE_PATH_MESSAGING_VT_UTF8
-};
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/FE.vfr b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/FE.vfr deleted file mode 100644 index 056694ebef..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/FE.vfr +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -///** @file
-//
-// File Explorer Formset
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-//**/
-
-#include "FormGuid.h"
-
-formset
- guid = FILE_EXPLORE_FORMSET_GUID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FILE_EXPLORER_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING),
- classguid = FILE_EXPLORE_FORMSET_GUID,
-
- varstore FILE_EXPLORER_NV_DATA,
- varid = VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- name = FeData,
- guid = FILE_EXPLORE_FORMSET_GUID;
-
- form formid = FORM_FILE_EXPLORER_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FILE_EXPLORER_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_FILE_EXPLORER_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_BOOT_ADD_DESCRIPTION_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_BOOT_ADD_DESC_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_BOOT_ADD_DESCRIPTION_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING);
-
- string varid = FeData.BootDescriptionData,
- questionid = KEY_VALUE_BOOT_DESCRIPTION,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LOAD_OPTION_DESC),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- minsize = 6,
- maxsize = 75,
- endstring;
-
- string varid = FeData.BootOptionalData,
- questionid = KEY_VALUE_BOOT_OPTION,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_OPTIONAL_DATA),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- minsize = 0,
- maxsize = 120,
- endstring;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING);
-
- text
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_SAVE_AND_EXIT),
- text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_SAVE_AND_EXIT),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = KEY_VALUE_SAVE_AND_EXIT_BOOT;
-
- text
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT),
- text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = KEY_VALUE_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT_BOOT;
-
- endform;
-
- form formid = FORM_DRIVER_ADD_FILE_DESCRIPTION_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_ADD_DESC_TITLE);
-
- label FORM_DRIVER_ADD_FILE_DESCRIPTION_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING);
-
- string varid = FeData.DriverDescriptionData,
- questionid = KEY_VALUE_DRIVER_DESCRIPTION,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LOAD_OPTION_DESC),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- minsize = 6,
- maxsize = 75,
- endstring;
-
- string varid = FeData.DriverOptionalData,
- questionid = KEY_VALUE_DRIVER_OPTION,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_OPTIONAL_DATA),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- minsize = 0,
- maxsize = 120,
- endstring;
-
- checkbox varid = FeData.ForceReconnect,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LOAD_OPTION_FORCE_RECON),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LOAD_OPTION_FORCE_RECON),
- flags = CHECKBOX_DEFAULT,
- key = 0,
- endcheckbox;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING);
-
- text
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_SAVE_AND_EXIT),
- text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_SAVE_AND_EXIT),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = KEY_VALUE_SAVE_AND_EXIT_DRIVER; //BUGBUB: allow duplicate key in one formset???
-
- text
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT),
- text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = KEY_VALUE_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT_DRIVER;
-
- endform;
-
-endformset;
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/FileExplorer.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/FileExplorer.c deleted file mode 100644 index f804984fa9..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/FileExplorer.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,469 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- File explorer related functions.
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "BootMaint.h"
-
-/**
- Update the File Explore page.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
- @param MenuOption Pointer to menu options to display.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateFileExplorePage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- BM_MENU_OPTION *MenuOption
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_FILE_CONTEXT *NewFileContext;
- EFI_FORM_ID FormId;
-
- NewMenuEntry = NULL;
- NewFileContext = NULL;
- FormId = 0;
-
- RefreshUpdateData ();
- mStartLabel->Number = FORM_FILE_EXPLORER_ID;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < MenuOption->MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (MenuOption, Index);
- NewFileContext = (BM_FILE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
-
- if (NewFileContext->IsBootLegacy) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if ((NewFileContext->IsDir) || (FileExplorerStateBootFromFile == CallbackData->FeCurrentState)) {
- //
- // Create Text opcode for directory, also create Text opcode for file in FileExplorerStateBootFromFile.
- //
- HiiCreateActionOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (UINT16) (FILE_OPTION_OFFSET + Index),
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NULL_STRING),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- 0
- );
- } else {
- //
- // Create Goto opcode for file in FileExplorerStateAddBootOption or FileExplorerStateAddDriverOptionState.
- //
- if (FileExplorerStateAddBootOption == CallbackData->FeCurrentState) {
- FormId = FORM_BOOT_ADD_DESCRIPTION_ID;
- } else if (FileExplorerStateAddDriverOptionState == CallbackData->FeCurrentState) {
- FormId = FORM_DRIVER_ADD_FILE_DESCRIPTION_ID;
- }
-
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- FormId,
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NULL_STRING),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- (UINT16) (FILE_OPTION_GOTO_OFFSET + Index)
- );
- }
- }
-
- HiiUpdateForm (
- CallbackData->FeHiiHandle,
- &gFileExploreFormSetGuid,
- FORM_FILE_EXPLORER_ID,
- mStartOpCodeHandle, // Label FORM_FILE_EXPLORER_ID
- mEndOpCodeHandle // LABEL_END
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Update the file explower page with the refershed file system.
-
-
- @param CallbackData BMM context data
- @param KeyValue Key value to identify the type of data to expect.
-
- @retval TRUE Inform the caller to create a callback packet to exit file explorer.
- @retval FALSE Indicate that there is no need to exit file explorer.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-UpdateFileExplorer (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN UINT16 KeyValue
- )
-{
- UINT16 FileOptionMask;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_FILE_CONTEXT *NewFileContext;
- EFI_FORM_ID FormId;
- BOOLEAN ExitFileExplorer;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- NewMenuEntry = NULL;
- NewFileContext = NULL;
- ExitFileExplorer = FALSE;
-
- FileOptionMask = (UINT16) (FILE_OPTION_MASK & KeyValue);
-
- if (FileExplorerDisplayUnknown == CallbackData->FeDisplayContext) {
- //
- // First in, display file system.
- //
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&FsOptionMenu);
- BOpt_FindFileSystem (CallbackData);
- CreateMenuStringToken (CallbackData, CallbackData->FeHiiHandle, &FsOptionMenu);
-
- UpdateFileExplorePage (CallbackData, &FsOptionMenu);
-
- CallbackData->FeDisplayContext = FileExplorerDisplayFileSystem;
- } else {
- if (FileExplorerDisplayFileSystem == CallbackData->FeDisplayContext) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&FsOptionMenu, FileOptionMask);
- } else if (FileExplorerDisplayDirectory == CallbackData->FeDisplayContext) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&DirectoryMenu, FileOptionMask);
- }
-
- NewFileContext = (BM_FILE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
-
- if (NewFileContext->IsDir ) {
- CallbackData->FeDisplayContext = FileExplorerDisplayDirectory;
-
- RemoveEntryList (&NewMenuEntry->Link);
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&DirectoryMenu);
- Status = BOpt_FindFiles (CallbackData, NewMenuEntry);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- ExitFileExplorer = TRUE;
- goto exit;
- }
- CreateMenuStringToken (CallbackData, CallbackData->FeHiiHandle, &DirectoryMenu);
- BOpt_DestroyMenuEntry (NewMenuEntry);
-
- UpdateFileExplorePage (CallbackData, &DirectoryMenu);
-
- } else {
- switch (CallbackData->FeCurrentState) {
- case FileExplorerStateBootFromFile:
- //
- // Restore to original mode before launching boot option.
- //
- BdsSetConsoleMode (FALSE);
-
- //
- // Here boot from file
- //
- BootThisFile (NewFileContext);
- //
- // Set proper video resolution and text mode for setup.
- //
- BdsSetConsoleMode (TRUE);
- ExitFileExplorer = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case FileExplorerStateAddBootOption:
- case FileExplorerStateAddDriverOptionState:
- if (FileExplorerStateAddBootOption == CallbackData->FeCurrentState) {
- FormId = FORM_BOOT_ADD_DESCRIPTION_ID;
- if (!CallbackData->FeFakeNvData.BootOptionChanged) {
- ZeroMem (CallbackData->FeFakeNvData.BootOptionalData, sizeof (CallbackData->FeFakeNvData.BootOptionalData));
- ZeroMem (CallbackData->FeFakeNvData.BootDescriptionData, sizeof (CallbackData->FeFakeNvData.BootDescriptionData));
- }
- } else {
- FormId = FORM_DRIVER_ADD_FILE_DESCRIPTION_ID;
- if (!CallbackData->FeFakeNvData.DriverOptionChanged) {
- ZeroMem (CallbackData->FeFakeNvData.DriverOptionalData, sizeof (CallbackData->FeFakeNvData.DriverOptionalData));
- ZeroMem (CallbackData->FeFakeNvData.DriverDescriptionData, sizeof (CallbackData->FeFakeNvData.DriverDescriptionData));
- }
- }
-
- CallbackData->MenuEntry = NewMenuEntry;
- CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList = ((BM_FILE_CONTEXT *) (CallbackData->MenuEntry->VariableContext))->DevicePath;
-
- //
- // Create Subtitle op-code for the display string of the option.
- //
- RefreshUpdateData ();
- mStartLabel->Number = FormId;
-
- HiiCreateSubTitleOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0
- );
-
- HiiUpdateForm (
- CallbackData->FeHiiHandle,
- &gFileExploreFormSetGuid,
- FormId,
- mStartOpCodeHandle, // Label FormId
- mEndOpCodeHandle // LABEL_END
- );
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- exit:
- return ExitFileExplorer;
-}
-
-/**
- This function applies changes in a driver's configuration.
- Input is a Configuration, which has the routing data for this
- driver followed by name / value configuration pairs. The driver
- must apply those pairs to its configurable storage. If the
- driver's configuration is stored in a linear block of data
- and the driver's name / value pairs are in <BlockConfig>
- format, it may use the ConfigToBlock helper function (above) to
- simplify the job. Currently not implemented.
-
- @param[in] This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param[in] Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigString> format.
- @param[out] Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the
- offset of the most recent '&' before the
- first failing name / value pair (or the
- beginn ing of the string if the failure
- is in the first name / value pair) or
- the terminating NULL if all was
- successful.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The results have been distributed or are
- awaiting distribution.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the
- parts of the results that must be
- stored awaiting possible future
- protocols.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETERS Passing in a NULL for the
- Results parameter would result
- in this type of error.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Target for the specified routing data
- was not found.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FileExplorerRouteConfig (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *ConfigRouting;
- FILE_EXPLORER_NV_DATA *FeData;
- BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *Private;
-
- if (Progress == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- *Progress = Configuration;
-
- if (Configuration == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Check routing data in <ConfigHdr>.
- // Note: there is no name for Name/Value storage, only GUID will be checked
- //
- if (!HiiIsConfigHdrMatch (Configuration, &gFileExploreFormSetGuid, mFileExplorerStorageName)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiHiiConfigRoutingProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID**) &ConfigRouting
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Private = FE_CALLBACK_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
- //
- // Get Buffer Storage data from EFI variable
- //
- BufferSize = sizeof (FILE_EXPLORER_NV_DATA );
- FeData = &Private->FeFakeNvData;
-
- //
- // Convert <ConfigResp> to buffer data by helper function ConfigToBlock()
- //
- Status = ConfigRouting->ConfigToBlock (
- ConfigRouting,
- Configuration,
- (UINT8 *) FeData,
- &BufferSize,
- Progress
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- if (FeData->BootDescriptionData[0] != 0x00 || FeData->BootOptionalData[0] != 0x00) {
- Status = Var_UpdateBootOption (Private, FeData);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- BOpt_GetBootOptions (Private);
- CreateMenuStringToken (Private, Private->FeHiiHandle, &BootOptionMenu);
- }
-
- if (FeData->DriverDescriptionData[0] != 0x00 || FeData->DriverOptionalData[0] != 0x00) {
- Status = Var_UpdateDriverOption (
- Private,
- Private->FeHiiHandle,
- FeData->DriverDescriptionData,
- FeData->DriverOptionalData,
- FeData->ForceReconnect
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- BOpt_GetDriverOptions (Private);
- CreateMenuStringToken (Private, Private->FeHiiHandle, &DriverOptionMenu);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function processes the results of changes in configuration.
- When user select a interactive opcode, this callback will be triggered.
- Based on the Question(QuestionId) that triggers the callback, the corresponding
- actions is performed. It handles:
-
- 1) the addition of boot option.
- 2) the addition of driver option.
- 3) exit from file browser
- 4) update of file content if a dir is selected.
- 5) boot the file if a file is selected in "boot from file"
-
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Action Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
- @param QuestionId A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
- so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
- @param Type The type of value for the question.
- @param Value A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
- @param ActionRequest On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough storage is available to hold the variable and its data.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The variable could not be saved.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The specified Action is not supported by the callback.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If paramter Value or ActionRequest is NULL.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FileExplorerCallback (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
- OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
- )
-{
- BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *Private;
- FILE_EXPLORER_NV_DATA *NvRamMap;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- if (Action != EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING && Action != EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED) {
- //
- // All other action return unsupported.
- //
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- Private = FE_CALLBACK_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // Retrieve uncommitted data from Form Browser
- //
- NvRamMap = &Private->FeFakeNvData;
- HiiGetBrowserData (&gFileExploreFormSetGuid, mFileExplorerStorageName, sizeof (FILE_EXPLORER_NV_DATA), (UINT8 *) NvRamMap);
-
- if (Action == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED) {
- if ((Value == NULL) || (ActionRequest == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (QuestionId == KEY_VALUE_SAVE_AND_EXIT_BOOT) {
- NvRamMap->BootOptionChanged = FALSE;
- *ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_SUBMIT;
- } else if (QuestionId == KEY_VALUE_SAVE_AND_EXIT_DRIVER) {
- NvRamMap->DriverOptionChanged = FALSE;
- *ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_SUBMIT;
- } else if (QuestionId == KEY_VALUE_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT_DRIVER) {
- //
- // Discard changes and exit formset
- //
- NvRamMap->DriverOptionalData[0] = 0x0000;
- NvRamMap->DriverDescriptionData[0] = 0x0000;
- NvRamMap->DriverOptionChanged = FALSE;
- *ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_EXIT;
- } else if (QuestionId == KEY_VALUE_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT_BOOT) {
- //
- // Discard changes and exit formset
- //
- NvRamMap->BootOptionalData[0] = 0x0000;
- NvRamMap->BootDescriptionData[0] = 0x0000;
- NvRamMap->BootOptionChanged = FALSE;
- *ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_EXIT;
- } else if (QuestionId == KEY_VALUE_BOOT_DESCRIPTION || QuestionId == KEY_VALUE_BOOT_OPTION) {
- NvRamMap->BootOptionChanged = TRUE;
- } else if (QuestionId == KEY_VALUE_DRIVER_DESCRIPTION || QuestionId == KEY_VALUE_DRIVER_OPTION) {
- NvRamMap->DriverOptionChanged = TRUE;
- } else if (QuestionId < FILE_OPTION_OFFSET) {
- //
- // Exit File Explorer formset
- //
- *ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_EXIT;
- } else if (QuestionId >= FILE_OPTION_OFFSET && QuestionId < FILE_OPTION_GOTO_OFFSET) {
- //
- // Update forms may return TRUE or FALSE, need to check here.
- //
- if (UpdateFileExplorer (Private, QuestionId)) {
- *ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_EXIT;
- }
- }
- } else if (Action == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING) {
- if (Value == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (QuestionId >= FILE_OPTION_GOTO_OFFSET) {
- //
- // function will always return FALSE, no need to check here.
- //
- UpdateFileExplorer (Private, QuestionId);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Pass changed uncommitted data back to Form Browser
- //
- HiiSetBrowserData (&gFileExploreFormSetGuid, mFileExplorerStorageName, sizeof (FILE_EXPLORER_NV_DATA), (UINT8 *) NvRamMap, NULL);
-
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/FormGuid.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/FormGuid.h deleted file mode 100644 index bf99999760..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/FormGuid.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,243 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Formset guids, form id and VarStore data structure for Boot Maintenance Manager.
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-#ifndef _FORM_GUID_H_
-#define _FORM_GUID_H_
-
-#include <Guid/BdsHii.h>
-
-#define FORM_MAIN_ID 0x1001
-#define FORM_BOOT_ADD_ID 0x1002
-#define FORM_BOOT_DEL_ID 0x1003
-#define FORM_BOOT_CHG_ID 0x1004
-#define FORM_DRV_ADD_ID 0x1005
-#define FORM_DRV_DEL_ID 0x1006
-#define FORM_DRV_CHG_ID 0x1007
-#define FORM_CON_MAIN_ID 0x1008
-#define FORM_CON_IN_ID 0x1009
-#define FORM_CON_OUT_ID 0x100A
-#define FORM_CON_ERR_ID 0x100B
-#define FORM_FILE_SEEK_ID 0x100C
-#define FORM_FILE_NEW_SEEK_ID 0x100D
-#define FORM_DRV_ADD_FILE_ID 0x100E
-#define FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_ID 0x100F
-#define FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_DESC_ID 0x1010
-#define FORM_BOOT_NEXT_ID 0x1011
-#define FORM_TIME_OUT_ID 0x1012
-#define FORM_RESET 0x1013
-#define FORM_BOOT_SETUP_ID 0x1014
-#define FORM_DRIVER_SETUP_ID 0x1015
-#define FORM_BOOT_LEGACY_DEVICE_ID 0x1016
-#define FORM_CON_COM_ID 0x1017
-#define FORM_CON_COM_SETUP_ID 0x1018
-#define FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_ID 0x1019
-#define FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_ID 0x101A
-#define FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_ID 0x101B
-#define FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_ID 0x101C
-#define FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_ID 0x101D
-#define FORM_FILE_EXPLORER_ID 0x101E
-#define FORM_BOOT_ADD_DESCRIPTION_ID 0x101F
-#define FORM_DRIVER_ADD_FILE_DESCRIPTION_ID 0x1020
-#define FORM_CON_MODE_ID 0x1021
-#define FORM_BOOT_FROM_FILE_ID 0x1022
-
-#define MAXIMUM_FORM_ID 0x10FF
-
-#define KEY_VALUE_COM_SET_BAUD_RATE 0x1101
-#define KEY_VALUE_COM_SET_DATA_BITS 0x1102
-#define KEY_VALUE_COM_SET_STOP_BITS 0x1103
-#define KEY_VALUE_COM_SET_PARITY 0x1104
-#define KEY_VALUE_COM_SET_TERMI_TYPE 0x1105
-#define KEY_VALUE_MAIN_BOOT_NEXT 0x1106
-#define KEY_VALUE_BOOT_ADD_DESC_DATA 0x1107
-#define KEY_VALUE_BOOT_ADD_OPT_DATA 0x1108
-#define KEY_VALUE_DRIVER_ADD_DESC_DATA 0x1109
-#define KEY_VALUE_DRIVER_ADD_OPT_DATA 0x110A
-#define KEY_VALUE_SAVE_AND_EXIT 0x110B
-#define KEY_VALUE_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT 0x110C
-#define KEY_VALUE_BOOT_FROM_FILE 0x110D
-#define KEY_VALUE_BOOT_DESCRIPTION 0x110E
-#define KEY_VALUE_BOOT_OPTION 0x110F
-#define KEY_VALUE_DRIVER_DESCRIPTION 0x1110
-#define KEY_VALUE_DRIVER_OPTION 0x1111
-
-#define MAXIMUM_NORMAL_KEY_VALUE 0x11FF
-
-//
-// Varstore ID defined for Buffer Storage
-//
-#define VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT 0x1000
-#define VARSTORE_ID_FILE_EXPLORER 0x1001
-
-//
-// End Label
-//
-#define LABEL_END 0xffff
-#define MAX_MENU_NUMBER 100
-
-///
-/// This is the structure that will be used to store the
-/// question's current value. Use it at initialize time to
-/// set default value for each question. When using at run
-/// time, this map is returned by the callback function,
-/// so dynamically changing the question's value will be
-/// possible through this mechanism
-///
-typedef struct {
- //
- // Three questions displayed at the main page
- // for Timeout, BootNext Variables respectively
- //
- UINT16 BootTimeOut;
- UINT16 BootNext;
-
- //
- // This is the COM1 Attributes value storage
- //
- UINT8 COM1BaudRate;
- UINT8 COM1DataRate;
- UINT8 COM1StopBits;
- UINT8 COM1Parity;
- UINT8 COM1TerminalType;
-
- //
- // This is the COM2 Attributes value storage
- //
- UINT8 COM2BaudRate;
- UINT8 COM2DataRate;
- UINT8 COM2StopBits;
- UINT8 COM2Parity;
- UINT8 COM2TerminalType;
-
- //
- // Driver Option Add Handle page storage
- //
- UINT16 DriverAddHandleDesc[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT16 DriverAddHandleOptionalData[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT8 DriverAddActive;
- UINT8 DriverAddForceReconnect;
-
- //
- // Console Input/Output/Errorout using COM port check storage
- //
- UINT8 ConsoleInputCOM1;
- UINT8 ConsoleInputCOM2;
- UINT8 ConsoleOutputCOM1;
- UINT8 ConsoleOutputCOM2;
- UINT8 ConsoleErrorCOM1;
- UINT8 ConsoleErrorCOM2;
-
- //
- // At most 100 input/output/errorout device for console storage
- //
- UINT8 ConsoleCheck[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- //
- // At most 100 input/output/errorout device for console storage
- //
- UINT8 ConsoleInCheck[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT8 ConsoleOutCheck[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT8 ConsoleErrCheck[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
-
- //
- // Boot Option Order storage
- // The value is the OptionNumber+1 because the order list value cannot be 0
- // Use UINT32 to hold the potential value 0xFFFF+1=0x10000
- //
- UINT32 BootOptionOrder[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
-
- //
- // Driver Option Order storage
- // The value is the OptionNumber+1 because the order list value cannot be 0
- // Use UINT32 to hold the potential value 0xFFFF+1=0x10000
- //
- UINT32 DriverOptionOrder[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
-
- //
- // Boot Option Delete storage
- //
- BOOLEAN BootOptionDel[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- BOOLEAN BootOptionDelMark[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
-
- //
- // Driver Option Delete storage
- //
- BOOLEAN DriverOptionDel[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- BOOLEAN DriverOptionDelMark[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
-
- //
- // This is the Terminal Attributes value storage
- //
- UINT8 COMBaudRate[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT8 COMDataRate[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT8 COMStopBits[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT8 COMParity[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT8 COMTerminalType[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT8 COMFlowControl[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
-
- //
- // Legacy Device Order Selection Storage
- //
- UINT8 LegacyFD[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT8 LegacyHD[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT8 LegacyCD[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT8 LegacyNET[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
- UINT8 LegacyBEV[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
-
- //
- // We use DisableMap array to record the enable/disable state of each boot device
- // It should be taken as a bit array, from left to right there are totally 256 bits
- // the most left one stands for BBS table item 0, and the most right one stands for item 256
- // If the bit is 1, it means the boot device has been disabled.
- //
- UINT8 DisableMap[32];
-
- //
- // Console Output Text Mode
- //
- UINT16 ConsoleOutMode;
-
- //
- // UINT16 PadArea[10];
- //
-} BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA;
-
-//
-// Key used by File Explorer forms
-//
-#define KEY_VALUE_SAVE_AND_EXIT_BOOT 0x1000
-#define KEY_VALUE_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT_BOOT 0x1001
-#define KEY_VALUE_SAVE_AND_EXIT_DRIVER 0x1002
-#define KEY_VALUE_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT_DRIVER 0x1003
-
-//
-// Description data and optional data size
-//
-#define DESCRIPTION_DATA_SIZE 75
-#define OPTIONAL_DATA_SIZE 127
-
-///
-/// This is the data structure used by File Explorer formset
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINT16 BootDescriptionData[DESCRIPTION_DATA_SIZE];
- UINT16 BootOptionalData[OPTIONAL_DATA_SIZE];
- UINT16 DriverDescriptionData[DESCRIPTION_DATA_SIZE];
- UINT16 DriverOptionalData[OPTIONAL_DATA_SIZE];
- BOOLEAN BootOptionChanged;
- BOOLEAN DriverOptionChanged;
- UINT8 Active;
- UINT8 ForceReconnect;
-} FILE_EXPLORER_NV_DATA;
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/UpdatePage.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/UpdatePage.c deleted file mode 100644 index b13ed11630..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/UpdatePage.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1391 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-Dynamically update the pages.
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "BootMaint.h"
-
-/**
- Refresh the global UpdateData structure.
-
-**/
-VOID
-RefreshUpdateData (
- VOID
- )
-{
- //
- // Free current updated date
- //
- if (mStartOpCodeHandle != NULL) {
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (mStartOpCodeHandle);
- }
-
- //
- // Create new OpCode Handle
- //
- mStartOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
-
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the start opcode
- //
- mStartLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (mStartOpCodeHandle, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- mStartLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
-
-}
-
-/**
- Add a "Go back to main page" tag in front of the form when there are no
- "Apply changes" and "Discard changes" tags in the end of the form.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdatePageStart (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- RefreshUpdateData ();
- mStartLabel->Number = CallbackData->BmmCurrentPageId;
-
- if (!(CallbackData->BmmAskSaveOrNot)) {
- //
- // Add a "Go back to main page" tag in front of the form when there are no
- // "Apply changes" and "Discard changes" tags in the end of the form.
- //
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- FORM_MAIN_ID,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_GOTO_MAIN),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_GOTO_MAIN),
- 0,
- FORM_MAIN_ID
- );
- }
-
-}
-
-/**
- Create the "Apply changes" and "Discard changes" tags. And
- ensure user can return to the main page.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdatePageEnd (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- //
- // Create the "Apply changes" and "Discard changes" tags.
- //
- if (CallbackData->BmmAskSaveOrNot) {
- HiiCreateSubTitleOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NULL_STRING),
- 0,
- 0,
- 0
- );
-
- HiiCreateActionOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- KEY_VALUE_SAVE_AND_EXIT,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_SAVE_AND_EXIT),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NULL_STRING),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- 0
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Ensure user can return to the main page.
- //
- HiiCreateActionOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- KEY_VALUE_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NULL_STRING),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- 0
- );
-
- HiiUpdateForm (
- CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle,
- &gBootMaintFormSetGuid,
- CallbackData->BmmCurrentPageId,
- mStartOpCodeHandle, // Label CallbackData->BmmCurrentPageId
- mEndOpCodeHandle // LABEL_END
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Clean up the dynamic opcode at label and form specified by both LabelId.
-
- @param LabelId It is both the Form ID and Label ID for opcode deletion.
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CleanUpPage (
- IN UINT16 LabelId,
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- RefreshUpdateData ();
-
- //
- // Remove all op-codes from dynamic page
- //
- mStartLabel->Number = LabelId;
- HiiUpdateForm (
- CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle,
- &gBootMaintFormSetGuid,
- LabelId,
- mStartOpCodeHandle, // Label LabelId
- mEndOpCodeHandle // LABEL_END
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Boot a file selected by user at File Expoloer of BMM.
-
- @param FileContext The file context data, which contains the device path
- of the file to be boot from.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfull.
- @return Other value if the boot from the file fails.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BootThisFile (
- IN BM_FILE_CONTEXT *FileContext
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN ExitDataSize;
- CHAR16 *ExitData;
- BDS_COMMON_OPTION *Option;
-
- Option = (BDS_COMMON_OPTION *) AllocatePool (sizeof (BDS_COMMON_OPTION));
- ASSERT (Option != NULL);
- Option->Description = (CHAR16 *) AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (FileContext->FileName), FileContext->FileName);
- Option->DevicePath = FileContext->DevicePath;
- Option->LoadOptionsSize = 0;
- Option->LoadOptions = NULL;
-
- //
- // Since current no boot from removable media directly is allowed */
- //
- gST->ConOut->ClearScreen (gST->ConOut);
-
- ExitDataSize = 0;
-
- Status = BdsLibBootViaBootOption (Option, Option->DevicePath, &ExitDataSize, &ExitData);
-
- return Status;
-
-}
-
-/**
- Create a list of Goto Opcode for all terminal devices logged
- by TerminaMenu. This list will be inserted to form FORM_CON_COM_SETUP_ID.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateConCOMPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- UINT16 Index;
-
- CallbackData->BmmAskSaveOrNot = FALSE;
-
- UpdatePageStart (CallbackData);
-
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < TerminalMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&TerminalMenu, Index);
-
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- FORM_CON_COM_SETUP_ID,
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NULL_STRING),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- (UINT16) (TERMINAL_OPTION_OFFSET + Index)
- );
- }
-
- UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
-}
-
-/**
- Create a lit of boot option from global BootOptionMenu. It
- allow user to delete the boot option.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateBootDelPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
- UINT16 Index;
-
- CallbackData->BmmAskSaveOrNot = TRUE;
-
- UpdatePageStart (CallbackData);
- CreateMenuStringToken (CallbackData, CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, &BootOptionMenu);
-
- ASSERT (BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber <= (sizeof (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionDel) / sizeof (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionDel[0])));
- for (Index = 0; Index < BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&BootOptionMenu, Index);
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- if (NewLoadContext->IsLegacy) {
- continue;
- }
-
- NewLoadContext->Deleted = FALSE;
-
- if (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionDel[Index] && !CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionDelMark[Index]) {
- //
- // CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionDel[Index] == TRUE means browser knows this boot option is selected
- // CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionDelMark[Index] = FALSE means BDS knows the selected boot option has
- // deleted, browser maintains old useless info. So clear this info here, and later update this info to browser
- // through HiiSetBrowserData function.
- //
- CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionDel[Index] = FALSE;
- }
-
- HiiCreateCheckBoxOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (BOOT_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID + Index),
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- (UINT16) (BOOT_OPTION_DEL_VAR_OFFSET + Index),
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken,
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- 0,
- NULL
- );
- }
-
- UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
-}
-
-/**
- Create a lit of driver option from global DriverMenu.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateDrvAddHandlePage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- UINT16 Index;
-
- CallbackData->BmmAskSaveOrNot = FALSE;
-
- UpdatePageStart (CallbackData);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < DriverMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&DriverMenu, Index);
-
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_DESC_ID,
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NULL_STRING),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- (UINT16) (HANDLE_OPTION_OFFSET + Index)
- );
- }
-
- UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
-}
-
-/**
- Create a lit of driver option from global DriverOptionMenu. It
- allow user to delete the driver option.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateDrvDelPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
- UINT16 Index;
-
- CallbackData->BmmAskSaveOrNot = TRUE;
-
- UpdatePageStart (CallbackData);
-
- CreateMenuStringToken (CallbackData, CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, &DriverOptionMenu);
-
- ASSERT (DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber <= (sizeof (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverOptionDel) / sizeof (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverOptionDel[0])));
- for (Index = 0; Index < DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&DriverOptionMenu, Index);
-
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- NewLoadContext->Deleted = FALSE;
-
- if (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverOptionDel[Index] && !CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverOptionDelMark[Index]) {
- //
- // CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionDel[Index] == TRUE means browser knows this boot option is selected
- // CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionDelMark[Index] = FALSE means BDS knows the selected boot option has
- // deleted, browser maintains old useless info. So clear this info here, and later update this info to browser
- // through HiiSetBrowserData function.
- //
- CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverOptionDel[Index] = FALSE;
- }
-
- HiiCreateCheckBoxOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (DRIVER_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID + Index),
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- (UINT16) (DRIVER_OPTION_DEL_VAR_OFFSET + Index),
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken,
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- 0,
- NULL
- );
- }
-
- UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
-}
-
-/**
- Prepare the page to allow user to add description for
- a Driver Option.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateDriverAddHandleDescPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
-
- CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverAddActive = 0x01;
- CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverAddForceReconnect = 0x00;
- CallbackData->BmmAskSaveOrNot = TRUE;
- NewMenuEntry = CallbackData->MenuEntry;
-
- UpdatePageStart (CallbackData);
-
- HiiCreateSubTitleOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0
- );
-
- HiiCreateStringOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) DRV_ADD_HANDLE_DESC_QUESTION_ID,
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- DRV_ADD_HANDLE_DESC_VAR_OFFSET,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_LOAD_OPTION_DESC),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NULL_STRING),
- 0,
- 0,
- 6,
- 75,
- NULL
- );
-
- HiiCreateCheckBoxOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) DRV_ADD_RECON_QUESTION_ID,
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- DRV_ADD_RECON_VAR_OFFSET,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_LOAD_OPTION_FORCE_RECON),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_LOAD_OPTION_FORCE_RECON),
- 0,
- 0,
- NULL
- );
-
- HiiCreateStringOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) DRIVER_ADD_OPTION_QUESTION_ID,
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- DRIVER_ADD_OPTION_VAR_OFFSET,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_OPTIONAL_DATA),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NULL_STRING),
- 0,
- 0,
- 6,
- 75,
- NULL
- );
-
- UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
-}
-
-/**
- Update console page.
-
- @param UpdatePageId The form ID to be updated.
- @param ConsoleMenu The console menu list.
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateConsolePage (
- IN UINT16 UpdatePageId,
- IN BM_MENU_OPTION *ConsoleMenu,
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT8 CheckFlags;
- UINT8 *ConsoleCheck;
- EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionIdBase;
- UINT16 VariableOffsetBase;
-
- UpdatePageStart (CallbackData);
-
- ConsoleCheck = NULL;
- QuestionIdBase = 0;
- VariableOffsetBase = 0;
-
- switch (UpdatePageId) {
- case FORM_CON_IN_ID:
- ConsoleCheck = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.ConsoleInCheck[0];
- QuestionIdBase = CON_IN_DEVICE_QUESTION_ID;
- VariableOffsetBase = CON_IN_DEVICE_VAR_OFFSET;
- break;
-
- case FORM_CON_OUT_ID:
- ConsoleCheck = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.ConsoleOutCheck[0];
- QuestionIdBase = CON_OUT_DEVICE_QUESTION_ID;
- VariableOffsetBase = CON_OUT_DEVICE_VAR_OFFSET;
- break;
-
- case FORM_CON_ERR_ID:
- ConsoleCheck = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.ConsoleErrCheck[0];
- QuestionIdBase = CON_ERR_DEVICE_QUESTION_ID;
- VariableOffsetBase = CON_ERR_DEVICE_VAR_OFFSET;
- break;
- }
- ASSERT (ConsoleCheck != NULL);
-
- for (Index = 0; ((Index < ConsoleMenu->MenuNumber) && \
- (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) ; Index++) {
- CheckFlags = 0;
- if (UpdatePageId != FORM_CON_ERR_ID) {
- CheckFlags |= EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT;
- }
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (ConsoleMenu, Index);
- HiiCreateCheckBoxOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (QuestionIdBase + Index),
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- (UINT16) (VariableOffsetBase + Index),
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken,
- 0,
- CheckFlags,
- NULL
- );
- }
-
- UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
-}
-
-/**
- Update the page's NV Map if user has changed the order
- a list. This list can be Boot Order or Driver Order.
-
- @param UpdatePageId The form ID to be updated.
- @param OptionMenu The new list.
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateOrderPage (
- IN UINT16 UpdatePageId,
- IN BM_MENU_OPTION *OptionMenu,
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT16 OptionIndex;
- VOID *OptionsOpCodeHandle;
- BOOLEAN BootOptionFound;
- UINT32 *OptionOrder;
- EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId;
- UINT16 VarOffset;
-
-
- UpdatePageStart (CallbackData);
-
- CreateMenuStringToken (CallbackData, CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, OptionMenu);
-
- OptionOrder = NULL;
- QuestionId = 0;
- VarOffset = 0;
- switch (UpdatePageId) {
-
- case FORM_BOOT_CHG_ID:
- //GetBootOrder (CallbackData);
- OptionOrder = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionOrder;
- QuestionId = BOOT_OPTION_ORDER_QUESTION_ID;
- VarOffset = BOOT_OPTION_ORDER_VAR_OFFSET;
- break;
-
- case FORM_DRV_CHG_ID:
- //GetDriverOrder (CallbackData);
- OptionOrder = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverOptionOrder;
- QuestionId = DRIVER_OPTION_ORDER_QUESTION_ID;
- VarOffset = DRIVER_OPTION_ORDER_VAR_OFFSET;
- break;
- }
- ASSERT (OptionOrder != NULL);
-
- OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- NewMenuEntry = NULL;
- for (OptionIndex = 0; (OptionIndex < MAX_MENU_NUMBER && OptionOrder[OptionIndex] != 0); OptionIndex++) {
- BootOptionFound = FALSE;
- for (Index = 0; Index < OptionMenu->MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (OptionMenu, Index);
- if ((UINT32) (NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber + 1) == OptionOrder[OptionIndex]) {
- BootOptionFound = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (BootOptionFound) {
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32,
- OptionOrder[OptionIndex]
- );
- }
- }
-
- if (OptionMenu->MenuNumber > 0) {
- HiiCreateOrderedListOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle, // Container for dynamic created opcodes
- QuestionId, // Question ID
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT, // VarStore ID
- VarOffset, // Offset in Buffer Storage
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_CHANGE_ORDER), // Question prompt text
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_CHANGE_ORDER), // Question help text
- 0, // Question flag
- 0, // Ordered list flag, e.g. EFI_IFR_UNIQUE_SET
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32, // Data type of Question value
- 100, // Maximum container
- OptionsOpCodeHandle, // Option Opcode list
- NULL // Default Opcode is NULL
- );
- }
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
-
- UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
-}
-
-/**
- Create the dynamic page to allow user to set
- the "BootNext" value.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateBootNextPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
- UINTN NumberOfOptions;
- UINT16 Index;
- VOID *OptionsOpCodeHandle;
-
- NumberOfOptions = BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber;
- CallbackData->BmmAskSaveOrNot = TRUE;
-
- UpdatePageStart (CallbackData);
- CreateMenuStringToken (CallbackData, CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, &BootOptionMenu);
-
- if (NumberOfOptions > 0) {
- OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- //CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootNext = (UINT16) (BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&BootOptionMenu, Index);
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
-
- if (NewLoadContext->IsBootNext) {
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16,
- Index
- );
- //CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootNext = Index;
- } else {
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16,
- Index
- );
- }
- }
-
- if (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootNext == Index) {
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NONE),
- EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16,
- Index
- );
- } else {
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NONE),
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16,
- Index
- );
- }
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) BOOT_NEXT_QUESTION_ID,
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- BOOT_NEXT_VAR_OFFSET,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_BOOT_NEXT),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_BOOT_NEXT_HELP),
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_2,
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NULL
- );
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
- }
-
- UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
-}
-
-/**
- Create the dynamic page to allow user to set the "TimeOut" value.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateTimeOutPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- UINT16 BootTimeOut;
- VOID *DefaultOpCodeHandle;
-
- CallbackData->BmmAskSaveOrNot = TRUE;
-
- UpdatePageStart (CallbackData);
-
- BootTimeOut = PcdGet16 (PcdPlatformBootTimeOut);
-
- DefaultOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (DefaultOpCodeHandle != NULL);
- HiiCreateDefaultOpCode (DefaultOpCodeHandle, EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD, EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16, BootTimeOut);
-
- HiiCreateNumericOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) BOOT_TIME_OUT_QUESTION_ID,
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- BOOT_TIME_OUT_VAR_OFFSET,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NUM_AUTO_BOOT),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_HLP_AUTO_BOOT),
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_2 | EFI_IFR_DISPLAY_UINT_DEC,
- 0,
- 65535,
- 0,
- DefaultOpCodeHandle
- );
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (DefaultOpCodeHandle);
-
- //CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootTimeOut = BootTimeOut;
-
- UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
-}
-
-/**
- Refresh the text mode page.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateConModePage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- UINTN Mode;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN Col;
- UINTN Row;
- CHAR16 ModeString[50];
- CHAR16 *PStr;
- UINTN MaxMode;
- UINTN ValidMode;
- EFI_STRING_ID *ModeToken;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *OptionsOpCodeHandle;
- EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *ConOut;
-
- ConOut = gST->ConOut;
- Index = 0;
- ValidMode = 0;
- MaxMode = (UINTN) (ConOut->Mode->MaxMode);
-
- CallbackData->BmmAskSaveOrNot = TRUE;
-
- UpdatePageStart (CallbackData);
-
- //
- // Check valid mode
- //
- for (Mode = 0; Mode < MaxMode; Mode++) {
- Status = ConOut->QueryMode (ConOut, Mode, &Col, &Row);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
- ValidMode++;
- }
-
- if (ValidMode == 0) {
- return;
- }
-
- OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- ModeToken = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID) * ValidMode);
- ASSERT(ModeToken != NULL);
-
- //
- // Determin which mode should be the first entry in menu
- //
- // GetConsoleOutMode (CallbackData);
-
- //
- // Build text mode options
- //
- for (Mode = 0; Mode < MaxMode; Mode++) {
- Status = ConOut->QueryMode (ConOut, Mode, &Col, &Row);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Build mode string Column x Row
- //
- UnicodeValueToString (ModeString, 0, Col, 0);
- PStr = &ModeString[0];
- StrCatS (PStr, sizeof (ModeString) / sizeof (ModeString[0]), L" x ");
- PStr = PStr + StrLen (PStr);
- UnicodeValueToString (PStr , 0, Row, 0);
-
- ModeToken[Index] = HiiSetString (CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, 0, ModeString, NULL);
-
- if (Mode == CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.ConsoleOutMode) {
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- ModeToken[Index],
- EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16,
- (UINT16) Mode
- );
- } else {
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- ModeToken[Index],
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16,
- (UINT16) Mode
- );
- }
- Index++;
- }
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) CON_MODE_QUESTION_ID,
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- CON_MODE_VAR_OFFSET,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_CON_MODE_SETUP),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_CON_MODE_SETUP),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_RESET_REQUIRED,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_2,
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NULL
- );
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
- FreePool (ModeToken);
-
- UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
-}
-
-/**
- Create the dynamic page which allows user to set the property such as Baud Rate, Data Bits,
- Parity, Stop Bits, Terminal Type.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateTerminalPage (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- UINT8 Index;
- UINT8 CheckFlags;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- VOID *OptionsOpCodeHandle;
- UINTN CurrentTerminal;
-
- UpdatePageStart (CallbackData);
-
- CurrentTerminal = CallbackData->CurrentTerminal;
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (
- &TerminalMenu,
- CurrentTerminal
- );
-
- if (NewMenuEntry == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof (BaudRateList) / sizeof (BaudRateList [0]); Index++) {
- CheckFlags = 0;
- if (BaudRateList[Index].Value == 115200) {
- CheckFlags |= EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT;
- }
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- BaudRateList[Index].StringToken,
- CheckFlags,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8,
- Index
- );
- }
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (COM_BAUD_RATE_QUESTION_ID + CurrentTerminal),
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- (UINT16) (COM_BAUD_RATE_VAR_OFFSET + CurrentTerminal),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_COM_BAUD_RATE),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_COM_BAUD_RATE),
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1,
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NULL
- );
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
- OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof (DataBitsList) / sizeof (DataBitsList[0]); Index++) {
- CheckFlags = 0;
-
- if (DataBitsList[Index].Value == 8) {
- CheckFlags |= EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT;
- }
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- DataBitsList[Index].StringToken,
- CheckFlags,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8,
- Index
- );
- }
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (COM_DATA_RATE_QUESTION_ID + CurrentTerminal),
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- (UINT16) (COM_DATA_RATE_VAR_OFFSET + CurrentTerminal),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_COM_DATA_BITS),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_COM_DATA_BITS),
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1,
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NULL
- );
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
- OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof (ParityList) / sizeof (ParityList[0]); Index++) {
- CheckFlags = 0;
- if (ParityList[Index].Value == NoParity) {
- CheckFlags |= EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT;
- }
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- ParityList[Index].StringToken,
- CheckFlags,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8,
- Index
- );
- }
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (COM_PARITY_QUESTION_ID + CurrentTerminal),
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- (UINT16) (COM_PARITY_VAR_OFFSET + CurrentTerminal),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_COM_PARITY),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_COM_PARITY),
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1,
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NULL
- );
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
- OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof (StopBitsList) / sizeof (StopBitsList[0]); Index++) {
- CheckFlags = 0;
- if (StopBitsList[Index].Value == OneStopBit) {
- CheckFlags |= EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT;
- }
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- StopBitsList[Index].StringToken,
- CheckFlags,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8,
- Index
- );
- }
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (COM_STOP_BITS_QUESTION_ID + CurrentTerminal),
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- (UINT16) (COM_STOP_BITS_VAR_OFFSET + CurrentTerminal),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_COM_STOP_BITS),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_COM_STOP_BITS),
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1,
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NULL
- );
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
- OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < 4; Index++) {
- CheckFlags = 0;
- if (Index == 0) {
- CheckFlags |= EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT;
- }
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_STRING_ID) TerminalType[Index],
- CheckFlags,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8,
- Index
- );
- }
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (COM_TERMINAL_QUESTION_ID + CurrentTerminal),
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- (UINT16) (COM_TERMINAL_VAR_OFFSET + CurrentTerminal),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_COM_TERMI_TYPE),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_COM_TERMI_TYPE),
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1,
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NULL
- );
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
- OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof (mFlowControlType) / sizeof (mFlowControlType[0]); Index++) {
- CheckFlags = 0;
- if (Index == 0) {
- CheckFlags |= EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT;
- }
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_STRING_ID) mFlowControlType[Index],
- CheckFlags,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8,
- mFlowControlValue[Index]
- );
- }
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (COM_FLOWCONTROL_QUESTION_ID + CurrentTerminal),
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- (UINT16) (COM_FLOWCONTROL_VAR_OFFSET + CurrentTerminal),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_COM_FLOW_CONTROL),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_COM_FLOW_CONTROL),
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1,
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NULL
- );
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
-
- UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
-}
-
-/**
- Dispatch the correct update page function to call based on
- the UpdatePageId.
-
- @param UpdatePageId The form ID.
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdatePageBody (
- IN UINT16 UpdatePageId,
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- CleanUpPage (UpdatePageId, CallbackData);
- switch (UpdatePageId) {
- case FORM_CON_IN_ID:
- UpdateConsolePage (UpdatePageId, &ConsoleInpMenu, CallbackData);
- break;
-
- case FORM_CON_OUT_ID:
- UpdateConsolePage (UpdatePageId, &ConsoleOutMenu, CallbackData);
- break;
-
- case FORM_CON_ERR_ID:
- UpdateConsolePage (UpdatePageId, &ConsoleErrMenu, CallbackData);
- break;
-
- case FORM_BOOT_CHG_ID:
- UpdateOrderPage (UpdatePageId, &BootOptionMenu, CallbackData);
- break;
-
- case FORM_DRV_CHG_ID:
- UpdateOrderPage (UpdatePageId, &DriverOptionMenu, CallbackData);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Create a dynamic page so that Legacy Device boot order
- can be set for specified device type.
-
- @param UpdatePageId The form ID. It also spefies the legacy device type.
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateSetLegacyDeviceOrderPage (
- IN UINT16 UpdatePageId,
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrder;
- BM_MENU_OPTION *OptionMenu;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- EFI_STRING_ID StrRef;
- EFI_STRING_ID StrRefHelp;
- BBS_TYPE BbsType;
- UINTN VarSize;
- UINTN Pos;
- UINTN Bit;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT16 Key;
- CHAR16 String[100];
- CHAR16 *TypeStr;
- CHAR16 *TypeStrHelp;
- UINT16 VarDevOrder;
- UINT8 *VarData;
- UINT8 *LegacyOrder;
- UINT8 *OldData;
- UINT8 *DisMap;
- VOID *OptionsOpCodeHandle;
-
- OptionMenu = NULL;
- Key = 0;
- StrRef = 0;
- StrRefHelp = 0;
- TypeStr = NULL;
- TypeStrHelp = NULL;
- BbsType = BBS_FLOPPY;
- LegacyOrder = NULL;
- OldData = NULL;
- DisMap = NULL;
-
- CallbackData->BmmAskSaveOrNot = TRUE;
- UpdatePageStart (CallbackData);
-
- DisMap = ZeroMem (CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.DisableMap, sizeof (CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.DisableMap));
-
- //
- // Create oneof option list
- //
- switch (UpdatePageId) {
- case FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyFDMenu;
- Key = (UINT16) LEGACY_FD_QUESTION_ID;
- TypeStr = STR_FLOPPY;
- TypeStrHelp = STR_FLOPPY_HELP;
- BbsType = BBS_FLOPPY;
- LegacyOrder = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyFD;
- OldData = CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyFD;
- break;
-
- case FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyHDMenu;
- Key = (UINT16) LEGACY_HD_QUESTION_ID;
- TypeStr = STR_HARDDISK;
- TypeStrHelp = STR_HARDDISK_HELP;
- BbsType = BBS_HARDDISK;
- LegacyOrder = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyHD;
- OldData = CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyHD;
- break;
-
- case FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyCDMenu;
- Key = (UINT16) LEGACY_CD_QUESTION_ID;
- TypeStr = STR_CDROM;
- TypeStrHelp = STR_CDROM_HELP;
- BbsType = BBS_CDROM;
- LegacyOrder = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyCD;
- OldData = CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyCD;
- break;
-
- case FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyNETMenu;
- Key = (UINT16) LEGACY_NET_QUESTION_ID;
- TypeStr = STR_NET;
- TypeStrHelp = STR_NET_HELP;
- BbsType = BBS_EMBED_NETWORK;
- LegacyOrder = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyNET;
- OldData = CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyNET;
- break;
-
- case FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyBEVMenu;
- Key = (UINT16) LEGACY_BEV_QUESTION_ID;
- TypeStr = STR_BEV;
- TypeStrHelp = STR_BEV_HELP;
- BbsType = BBS_BEV_DEVICE;
- LegacyOrder = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyBEV;
- OldData = CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.LegacyBEV;
- break;
-
- default:
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Invalid command ID for updating page!\n"));
- return;
- }
-
- CreateMenuStringToken (CallbackData, CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, OptionMenu);
-
- OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < OptionMenu->MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (OptionMenu, Index);
- //
- // Create OneOf for each legacy device
- //
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken,
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8,
- (UINT8) ((BM_LEGACY_DEVICE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext)->BbsIndex
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Create OneOf for item "Disabled"
- //
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_DISABLE_LEGACY_DEVICE),
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8,
- 0xFF
- );
-
- //
- // Get Device Order from variable
- //
- VarData = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
- &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
- &VarSize
- );
-
- if (NULL != VarData) {
- DevOrder = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) VarData;
- while (VarData < VarData + VarSize) {
- if (DevOrder->BbsType == BbsType) {
- break;
- }
-
- VarData = (UINT8 *)((UINTN)VarData + sizeof (BBS_TYPE));
- VarData += *(UINT16 *) VarData;
- DevOrder = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) VarData;
- }
- //
- // Create oneof tag here for FD/HD/CD #1 #2
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < OptionMenu->MenuNumber; Index++) {
- //
- // Create the string for oneof tag
- //
- UnicodeSPrint (String, sizeof (String), TypeStr, Index);
- StrRef = HiiSetString (CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, 0, String, NULL);
-
- UnicodeSPrint (String, sizeof (String), TypeStrHelp, Index);
- StrRefHelp = HiiSetString (CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, 0, String, NULL);
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (Key + Index),
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT,
- (UINT16) (Key + Index - CONFIG_OPTION_OFFSET),
- StrRef,
- StrRefHelp,
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1,
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NULL
- );
-
- VarDevOrder = *(UINT16 *) ((UINTN) DevOrder + sizeof (BBS_TYPE) + sizeof (UINT16) + Index * sizeof (UINT16));
-
- if (0xFF00 == (VarDevOrder & 0xFF00)) {
- LegacyOrder[Index] = 0xFF;
- Pos = (VarDevOrder & 0xFF) / 8;
- Bit = 7 - ((VarDevOrder & 0xFF) % 8);
- DisMap[Pos] = (UINT8) (DisMap[Pos] | (UINT8) (1 << Bit));
- } else {
- LegacyOrder[Index] = (UINT8) (VarDevOrder & 0xFF);
- }
- }
- }
-
- CopyMem (OldData, LegacyOrder, 100);
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
-
- UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Dispatch the display to the next page based on NewPageId.
-
- @param Private The BMM context data.
- @param NewPageId The original page ID.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdatePageId (
- BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *Private,
- UINT16 NewPageId
- )
-{
- //
- // For the question don't impact the page update, just ignore it.
- //
- if (((NewPageId >= BOOT_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID) && (NewPageId < BOOT_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) ||
- ((NewPageId >= DRIVER_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID) && (NewPageId < DRIVER_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER))) {
- return;
- }
-
- if ((NewPageId < FILE_OPTION_OFFSET) && (NewPageId >= HANDLE_OPTION_OFFSET)) {
- //
- // If we select a handle to add driver option, advance to the add handle description page.
- //
- NewPageId = FORM_DRV_ADD_HANDLE_DESC_ID;
- } else if ((NewPageId == KEY_VALUE_SAVE_AND_EXIT) || (NewPageId == KEY_VALUE_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT)) {
- //
- // Return to main page after "Save Changes" or "Discard Changes".
- //
- NewPageId = FORM_MAIN_ID;
- } else if ((NewPageId >= TERMINAL_OPTION_OFFSET) && (NewPageId < CONSOLE_OPTION_OFFSET)) {
- NewPageId = FORM_CON_COM_SETUP_ID;
- }
-
- if ((NewPageId > 0) && (NewPageId < MAXIMUM_FORM_ID)) {
- Private->BmmPreviousPageId = Private->BmmCurrentPageId;
- Private->BmmCurrentPageId = NewPageId;
- }
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/Variable.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/Variable.c deleted file mode 100644 index 616549e64a..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMaint/Variable.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1378 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Variable operation that will be used by bootmaint
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "BootMaint.h"
-
-/**
- Delete Boot Option that represent a Deleted state in BootOptionMenu.
- After deleting this boot option, call Var_ChangeBootOrder to
- make sure BootOrder is in valid state.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If all boot load option EFI Variables corresponding to
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT marked for deletion is deleted.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If can not find the boot option want to be deleted.
- @return Others If failed to update the "BootOrder" variable after deletion.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_DelBootOption (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
- UINT16 BootString[10];
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN Index2;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- Index2 = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&BootOptionMenu, (Index - Index2));
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- if (!NewLoadContext->Deleted) {
- continue;
- }
-
- UnicodeSPrint (
- BootString,
- sizeof (BootString),
- L"Boot%04x",
- NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber
- );
-
- EfiLibDeleteVariable (BootString, &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- Index2++;
- //
- // If current Load Option is the same as BootNext,
- // must delete BootNext in order to make sure
- // there will be no panic on next boot
- //
- if (NewLoadContext->IsBootNext) {
- EfiLibDeleteVariable (L"BootNext", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- }
-
- RemoveEntryList (&NewMenuEntry->Link);
- BOpt_DestroyMenuEntry (NewMenuEntry);
- NewMenuEntry = NULL;
- }
-
- BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber -= Index2;
-
- Status = Var_ChangeBootOrder ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- After any operation on Boot####, there will be a discrepancy in BootOrder.
- Since some are missing but in BootOrder, while some are present but are
- not reflected by BootOrder. Then a function rebuild BootOrder from
- scratch by content from BootOptionMenu is needed.
-
-
-
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The boot order is updated successfully.
- @return EFI_STATUS other than EFI_SUCCESS if failed to
- Set the "BootOrder" EFI Variable.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_ChangeBootOrder (
- VOID
- )
-{
-
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- UINT16 *BootOrderList;
- UINT16 *BootOrderListPtr;
- UINTN BootOrderListSize;
- UINTN Index;
-
- BootOrderList = NULL;
- BootOrderListSize = 0;
-
- //
- // First check whether BootOrder is present in current configuration
- //
- BootOrderList = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- L"BootOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &BootOrderListSize
- );
-
- //
- // If exists, delete it to hold new BootOrder
- //
- if (BootOrderList != NULL) {
- EfiLibDeleteVariable (L"BootOrder", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- FreePool (BootOrderList);
- BootOrderList = NULL;
- }
- //
- // Maybe here should be some check method to ensure that
- // no new added boot options will be added
- // but the setup engine now will give only one callback
- // that is to say, user are granted only one chance to
- // decide whether the boot option will be added or not
- // there should be no indictor to show whether this
- // is a "new" boot option
- //
- BootOrderListSize = BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber;
-
- if (BootOrderListSize > 0) {
- BootOrderList = AllocateZeroPool (BootOrderListSize * sizeof (UINT16));
- ASSERT (BootOrderList != NULL);
- BootOrderListPtr = BootOrderList;
-
- //
- // Get all current used Boot#### from BootOptionMenu.
- // OptionNumber in each BM_LOAD_OPTION is really its
- // #### value.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < BootOrderListSize; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&BootOptionMenu, Index);
- *BootOrderList = (UINT16) NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber;
- BootOrderList++;
- }
-
- BootOrderList = BootOrderListPtr;
-
- //
- // After building the BootOrderList, write it back
- //
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"BootOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- BootOrderListSize * sizeof (UINT16),
- BootOrderList
- );
- //
- // Changing variable without increasing its size with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Delete Load Option that represent a Deleted state in BootOptionMenu.
- After deleting this Driver option, call Var_ChangeDriverOrder to
- make sure DriverOrder is in valid state.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Load Option is successfully updated.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Fail to find the driver option want to be deleted.
- @return Other value than EFI_SUCCESS if failed to update "Driver Order" EFI
- Variable.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_DelDriverOption (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
- UINT16 DriverString[12];
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN Index2;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- Index2 = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&DriverOptionMenu, (Index - Index2));
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- if (!NewLoadContext->Deleted) {
- continue;
- }
-
- UnicodeSPrint (
- DriverString,
- sizeof (DriverString),
- L"Driver%04x",
- NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber
- );
-
- EfiLibDeleteVariable (DriverString, &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- Index2++;
-
- RemoveEntryList (&NewMenuEntry->Link);
- BOpt_DestroyMenuEntry (NewMenuEntry);
- NewMenuEntry = NULL;
- }
-
- DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber -= Index2;
-
- Status = Var_ChangeDriverOrder ();
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- After any operation on Driver####, there will be a discrepancy in
- DriverOrder. Since some are missing but in DriverOrder, while some
- are present but are not reflected by DriverOrder. Then a function
- rebuild DriverOrder from scratch by content from DriverOptionMenu is
- needed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The driver order is updated successfully.
- @return Other status than EFI_SUCCESS if failed to set the "DriverOrder" EFI Variable.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_ChangeDriverOrder (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- UINT16 *DriverOrderList;
- UINT16 *DriverOrderListPtr;
- UINTN DriverOrderListSize;
- UINTN Index;
-
- DriverOrderList = NULL;
- DriverOrderListSize = 0;
-
- //
- // First check whether DriverOrder is present in current configuration
- //
- DriverOrderList = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- L"DriverOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &DriverOrderListSize
- );
-
- //
- // If exists, delete it to hold new DriverOrder
- //
- if (DriverOrderList != NULL) {
- EfiLibDeleteVariable (L"DriverOrder", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- FreePool (DriverOrderList);
- DriverOrderList = NULL;
- }
-
- DriverOrderListSize = DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber;
-
- if (DriverOrderListSize > 0) {
- DriverOrderList = AllocateZeroPool (DriverOrderListSize * sizeof (UINT16));
- ASSERT (DriverOrderList != NULL);
- DriverOrderListPtr = DriverOrderList;
-
- //
- // Get all current used Driver#### from DriverOptionMenu.
- // OptionNumber in each BM_LOAD_OPTION is really its
- // #### value.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < DriverOrderListSize; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&DriverOptionMenu, Index);
- *DriverOrderList = (UINT16) NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber;
- DriverOrderList++;
- }
-
- DriverOrderList = DriverOrderListPtr;
-
- //
- // After building the DriverOrderList, write it back
- //
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"DriverOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- DriverOrderListSize * sizeof (UINT16),
- DriverOrderList
- );
- //
- // Changing variable without increasing its size with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Update the device path of "ConOut", "ConIn" and "ErrOut"
- based on the new BaudRate, Data Bits, parity and Stop Bits
- set.
-
-**/
-VOID
-Var_UpdateAllConsoleOption (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *OutDevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *InpDevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *ErrDevicePath;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- OutDevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (L"ConOut", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- InpDevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (L"ConIn", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- ErrDevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (L"ErrOut", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- if (OutDevicePath != NULL) {
- ChangeVariableDevicePath (OutDevicePath);
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"ConOut",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- GetDevicePathSize (OutDevicePath),
- OutDevicePath
- );
- //
- // Changing variable without increasing its size with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- if (InpDevicePath != NULL) {
- ChangeVariableDevicePath (InpDevicePath);
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"ConIn",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- GetDevicePathSize (InpDevicePath),
- InpDevicePath
- );
- //
- // Changing variable without increasing its size with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- if (ErrDevicePath != NULL) {
- ChangeVariableDevicePath (ErrDevicePath);
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"ErrOut",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- GetDevicePathSize (ErrDevicePath),
- ErrDevicePath
- );
- //
- // Changing variable without increasing its size with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- This function delete and build multi-instance device path for
- specified type of console device.
-
- This function clear the EFI variable defined by ConsoleName and
- gEfiGlobalVariableGuid. It then build the multi-instance device
- path by appending the device path of the Console (In/Out/Err) instance
- in ConsoleMenu. Then it scan all corresponding console device by
- scanning Terminal (built from device supporting Serial I/O instances)
- devices in TerminalMenu. At last, it save a EFI variable specifed
- by ConsoleName and gEfiGlobalVariableGuid.
-
- @param ConsoleName The name for the console device type. They are
- usually "ConIn", "ConOut" and "ErrOut".
- @param ConsoleMenu The console memu which is a list of console devices.
- @param UpdatePageId The flag specifying which type of console device
- to be processed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateConsoleOption (
- IN UINT16 *ConsoleName,
- IN BM_MENU_OPTION *ConsoleMenu,
- IN UINT16 UpdatePageId
- )
-{
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *ConDevicePath;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *NewConsoleContext;
- BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *NewTerminalContext;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH Vendor;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TerminalDevicePath;
- UINTN Index;
-
- ConDevicePath = EfiLibGetVariable (ConsoleName, &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- if (ConDevicePath != NULL) {
- EfiLibDeleteVariable (ConsoleName, &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- FreePool (ConDevicePath);
- ConDevicePath = NULL;
- };
-
- //
- // First add all console input device from console input menu
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < ConsoleMenu->MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (ConsoleMenu, Index);
-
- NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- if (NewConsoleContext->IsActive) {
- ConDevicePath = AppendDevicePathInstance (
- ConDevicePath,
- NewConsoleContext->DevicePath
- );
- }
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < TerminalMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&TerminalMenu, Index);
-
- NewTerminalContext = (BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- if (((NewTerminalContext->IsConIn != 0) && (UpdatePageId == FORM_CON_IN_ID)) ||
- ((NewTerminalContext->IsConOut != 0) && (UpdatePageId == FORM_CON_OUT_ID)) ||
- ((NewTerminalContext->IsStdErr != 0) && (UpdatePageId == FORM_CON_ERR_ID))
- ) {
- Vendor.Header.Type = MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH;
- Vendor.Header.SubType = MSG_VENDOR_DP;
-
- ASSERT (NewTerminalContext->TerminalType < (sizeof (TerminalTypeGuid) / sizeof (TerminalTypeGuid[0])));
- CopyMem (
- &Vendor.Guid,
- &TerminalTypeGuid[NewTerminalContext->TerminalType],
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
- SetDevicePathNodeLength (&Vendor.Header, sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH));
- TerminalDevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (
- NewTerminalContext->DevicePath,
- (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) &Vendor
- );
- ASSERT (TerminalDevicePath != NULL);
- ChangeTerminalDevicePath (&TerminalDevicePath, TRUE);
- ConDevicePath = AppendDevicePathInstance (
- ConDevicePath,
- TerminalDevicePath
- );
- }
- }
-
- if (ConDevicePath != NULL) {
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- ConsoleName,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- GetDevicePathSize (ConDevicePath),
- ConDevicePath
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-}
-
-/**
- This function delete and build multi-instance device path ConIn
- console device.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateConsoleInpOption (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return Var_UpdateConsoleOption (L"ConIn", &ConsoleInpMenu, FORM_CON_IN_ID);
-}
-
-/**
- This function delete and build multi-instance device path ConOut
- console device.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateConsoleOutOption (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return Var_UpdateConsoleOption (L"ConOut", &ConsoleOutMenu, FORM_CON_OUT_ID);
-}
-
-/**
- This function delete and build multi-instance device path ErrOut
- console device.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateErrorOutOption (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return Var_UpdateConsoleOption (L"ErrOut", &ConsoleErrMenu, FORM_CON_ERR_ID);
-}
-
-/**
- This function create a currently loaded Drive Option from
- the BMM. It then appends this Driver Option to the end of
- the "DriverOrder" list. It append this Driver Opotion to the end
- of DriverOptionMenu.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
- @param HiiHandle The HII handle associated with the BMM formset.
- @param DescriptionData The description of this driver option.
- @param OptionalData The optional load option.
- @param ForceReconnect If to force reconnect.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES If not enought memory to complete the operation.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If function completes successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateDriverOption (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
- IN UINT16 *DescriptionData,
- IN UINT16 *OptionalData,
- IN UINT8 ForceReconnect
- )
-{
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT16 *DriverOrderList;
- UINT16 *NewDriverOrderList;
- UINT16 DriverString[12];
- UINTN DriverOrderListSize;
- VOID *Buffer;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- UINT8 *Ptr;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
- BOOLEAN OptionalDataExist;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- OptionalDataExist = FALSE;
-
- Index = BOpt_GetDriverOptionNumber ();
- UnicodeSPrint (
- DriverString,
- sizeof (DriverString),
- L"Driver%04x",
- Index
- );
-
- if (*DescriptionData == 0x0000) {
- StrCpyS (DescriptionData, DESCRIPTION_DATA_SIZE, DriverString);
- }
-
- BufferSize = sizeof (UINT32) + sizeof (UINT16) + StrSize (DescriptionData);
- BufferSize += GetDevicePathSize (CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList);
-
- if (*OptionalData != 0x0000) {
- OptionalDataExist = TRUE;
- BufferSize += StrSize (OptionalData);
- }
-
- Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize);
- if (NULL == Buffer) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry) {
- FreePool (Buffer);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- NewLoadContext->Deleted = FALSE;
- NewLoadContext->LoadOptionSize = BufferSize;
- Ptr = (UINT8 *) Buffer;
- NewLoadContext->LoadOption = Ptr;
- *((UINT32 *) Ptr) = LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE | (ForceReconnect << 1);
- NewLoadContext->Attributes = *((UINT32 *) Ptr);
- NewLoadContext->IsActive = TRUE;
- NewLoadContext->ForceReconnect = (BOOLEAN) (NewLoadContext->Attributes & LOAD_OPTION_FORCE_RECONNECT);
-
- Ptr += sizeof (UINT32);
- *((UINT16 *) Ptr) = (UINT16) GetDevicePathSize (CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList);
- NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength = *((UINT16 *) Ptr);
-
- Ptr += sizeof (UINT16);
- CopyMem (
- Ptr,
- DescriptionData,
- StrSize (DescriptionData)
- );
-
- NewLoadContext->Description = AllocateZeroPool (StrSize (DescriptionData));
- ASSERT (NewLoadContext->Description != NULL);
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = NewLoadContext->Description;
- CopyMem (
- NewLoadContext->Description,
- (VOID *) Ptr,
- StrSize (DescriptionData)
- );
-
- Ptr += StrSize (DescriptionData);
- CopyMem (
- Ptr,
- CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList,
- GetDevicePathSize (CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList)
- );
-
- NewLoadContext->FilePathList = AllocateZeroPool (GetDevicePathSize (CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList));
- ASSERT (NewLoadContext->FilePathList != NULL);
-
- CopyMem (
- NewLoadContext->FilePathList,
- (VOID *) Ptr,
- GetDevicePathSize (CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList)
- );
-
- NewMenuEntry->HelpString = DevicePathToStr (NewLoadContext->FilePathList);
- NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber = Index;
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = GetStringTokenFromDepository (
- CallbackData,
- DriverOptionStrDepository
- );
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = HiiSetString (HiiHandle, 0, NewMenuEntry->DisplayString, NULL);
-
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = GetStringTokenFromDepository (
- CallbackData,
- DriverOptionHelpStrDepository
- );
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = HiiSetString (HiiHandle, 0, NewMenuEntry->HelpString, NULL);
-
- if (OptionalDataExist) {
- Ptr += (UINT8) GetDevicePathSize (CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList);
-
- CopyMem (
- Ptr,
- OptionalData,
- StrSize (OptionalData)
- );
- }
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- DriverString,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- BufferSize,
- Buffer
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DriverOrderList = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- L"DriverOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &DriverOrderListSize
- );
- NewDriverOrderList = AllocateZeroPool (DriverOrderListSize + sizeof (UINT16));
- ASSERT (NewDriverOrderList != NULL);
- if (DriverOrderList != NULL) {
- CopyMem (NewDriverOrderList, DriverOrderList, DriverOrderListSize);
- EfiLibDeleteVariable (L"DriverOrder", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- }
- NewDriverOrderList[DriverOrderListSize / sizeof (UINT16)] = Index;
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"DriverOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- DriverOrderListSize + sizeof (UINT16),
- NewDriverOrderList
- );
- if (DriverOrderList != NULL) {
- FreePool (DriverOrderList);
- }
- DriverOrderList = NULL;
- FreePool (NewDriverOrderList);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- InsertTailList (&DriverOptionMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
- DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber++;
-
- //
- // Update "change boot order" page used data, append the new add boot
- // option at the end.
- //
- Index = 0;
- while (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverOptionOrder[Index] != 0) {
- Index++;
- }
- CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverOptionOrder[Index] = (UINT32) (NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber + 1);
-
- *DescriptionData = 0x0000;
- *OptionalData = 0x0000;
- }
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function create a currently loaded Boot Option from
- the BMM. It then appends this Boot Option to the end of
- the "BootOrder" list. It also append this Boot Opotion to the end
- of BootOptionMenu.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
- @param NvRamMap The file explorer formset internal state.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES If not enought memory to complete the operation.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If function completes successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateBootOption (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN FILE_EXPLORER_NV_DATA *NvRamMap
- )
-{
- UINT16 *BootOrderList;
- UINT16 *NewBootOrderList;
- UINTN BootOrderListSize;
- UINT16 BootString[10];
- VOID *Buffer;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- UINT8 *Ptr;
- UINT16 Index;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
- BOOLEAN OptionalDataExist;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- OptionalDataExist = FALSE;
-
- Index = BOpt_GetBootOptionNumber () ;
- UnicodeSPrint (BootString, sizeof (BootString), L"Boot%04x", Index);
-
- if (NvRamMap->BootDescriptionData[0] == 0x0000) {
- StrCpyS (
- NvRamMap->BootDescriptionData,
- sizeof (NvRamMap->BootDescriptionData) / sizeof (NvRamMap->BootDescriptionData[0]),
- BootString
- );
- }
-
- BufferSize = sizeof (UINT32) + sizeof (UINT16) + StrSize (NvRamMap->BootDescriptionData);
- BufferSize += GetDevicePathSize (CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList);
-
- if (NvRamMap->BootOptionalData[0] != 0x0000) {
- OptionalDataExist = TRUE;
- BufferSize += StrSize (NvRamMap->BootOptionalData);
- }
-
- Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize);
- if (NULL == Buffer) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_CreateMenuEntry (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT_SELECT);
- if (NULL == NewMenuEntry) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- NewLoadContext->Deleted = FALSE;
- NewLoadContext->LoadOptionSize = BufferSize;
- Ptr = (UINT8 *) Buffer;
- NewLoadContext->LoadOption = Ptr;
- *((UINT32 *) Ptr) = LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE;
- NewLoadContext->Attributes = *((UINT32 *) Ptr);
- NewLoadContext->IsActive = TRUE;
- NewLoadContext->ForceReconnect = (BOOLEAN) (NewLoadContext->Attributes & LOAD_OPTION_FORCE_RECONNECT);
-
- Ptr += sizeof (UINT32);
- *((UINT16 *) Ptr) = (UINT16) GetDevicePathSize (CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList);
- NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength = *((UINT16 *) Ptr);
- Ptr += sizeof (UINT16);
-
- CopyMem (
- Ptr,
- NvRamMap->BootDescriptionData,
- StrSize (NvRamMap->BootDescriptionData)
- );
-
- NewLoadContext->Description = AllocateZeroPool (StrSize (NvRamMap->BootDescriptionData));
- ASSERT (NewLoadContext->Description != NULL);
-
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = NewLoadContext->Description;
- CopyMem (
- NewLoadContext->Description,
- (VOID *) Ptr,
- StrSize (NvRamMap->BootDescriptionData)
- );
-
- Ptr += StrSize (NvRamMap->BootDescriptionData);
- CopyMem (
- Ptr,
- CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList,
- GetDevicePathSize (CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList)
- );
-
- NewLoadContext->FilePathList = AllocateZeroPool (GetDevicePathSize (CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList));
- ASSERT (NewLoadContext->FilePathList != NULL);
-
- CopyMem (
- NewLoadContext->FilePathList,
- (VOID *) Ptr,
- GetDevicePathSize (CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList)
- );
-
- NewMenuEntry->HelpString = DevicePathToStr (NewLoadContext->FilePathList);
- NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber = Index;
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = GetStringTokenFromDepository (
- CallbackData,
- BootOptionStrDepository
- );
- NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = HiiSetString (CallbackData->FeHiiHandle, 0, NewMenuEntry->DisplayString, NULL);
-
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = GetStringTokenFromDepository (
- CallbackData,
- BootOptionHelpStrDepository
- );
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = HiiSetString (CallbackData->FeHiiHandle, 0, NewMenuEntry->HelpString, NULL);
-
- if (OptionalDataExist) {
- Ptr += (UINT8) GetDevicePathSize (CallbackData->LoadContext->FilePathList);
-
- CopyMem (Ptr, NvRamMap->BootOptionalData, StrSize (NvRamMap->BootOptionalData));
- }
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- BootString,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- BufferSize,
- Buffer
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
-
- BootOrderList = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- L"BootOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &BootOrderListSize
- );
- ASSERT (BootOrderList != NULL);
- NewBootOrderList = AllocateZeroPool (BootOrderListSize + sizeof (UINT16));
- ASSERT (NewBootOrderList != NULL);
- CopyMem (NewBootOrderList, BootOrderList, BootOrderListSize);
- NewBootOrderList[BootOrderListSize / sizeof (UINT16)] = Index;
-
- if (BootOrderList != NULL) {
- FreePool (BootOrderList);
- }
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"BootOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- BootOrderListSize + sizeof (UINT16),
- NewBootOrderList
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
-
- FreePool (NewBootOrderList);
- NewBootOrderList = NULL;
- InsertTailList (&BootOptionMenu.Head, &NewMenuEntry->Link);
- BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber++;
-
- //
- // Update "change driver order" page used data, append the new add driver
- // option at the end.
- //
- Index = 0;
- while (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionOrder[Index] != 0) {
- Index++;
- }
- CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionOrder[Index] = (UINT32) (NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber + 1);
-
- NvRamMap->BootDescriptionData[0] = 0x0000;
- NvRamMap->BootOptionalData[0] = 0x0000;
- }
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function update the "BootNext" EFI Variable. If there is
- no "BootNext" specified in BMM, this EFI Variable is deleted.
- It also update the BMM context data specified the "BootNext"
- vaule.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @return The EFI variable can be saved. See gRT->SetVariable
- for detail return information.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateBootNext (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
- BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *CurrentFakeNVMap;
- UINT16 Index;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- CurrentFakeNVMap = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData;
- for (Index = 0; Index < BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&BootOptionMenu, Index);
- ASSERT (NULL != NewMenuEntry);
-
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- NewLoadContext->IsBootNext = FALSE;
- }
-
- if (CurrentFakeNVMap->BootNext == BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber) {
- EfiLibDeleteVariable (L"BootNext", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (
- &BootOptionMenu,
- CurrentFakeNVMap->BootNext
- );
- ASSERT (NewMenuEntry != NULL);
-
- NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"BootNext",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- sizeof (UINT16),
- &NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber
- );
- NewLoadContext->IsBootNext = TRUE;
- CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.BootNext = CurrentFakeNVMap->BootNext;
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This function update the "BootOrder" EFI Variable based on
- BMM Formset's NV map. It then refresh BootOptionMenu
- with the new "BootOrder" list.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to complete the function.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateBootOrder (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT16 OrderIndex;
- UINT16 *BootOrderList;
- UINTN BootOrderListSize;
- UINT16 OptionNumber;
-
- BootOrderList = NULL;
- BootOrderListSize = 0;
-
- //
- // First check whether BootOrder is present in current configuration
- //
- BootOrderList = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- L"BootOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &BootOrderListSize
- );
- if (BootOrderList == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- ASSERT (BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber <= (sizeof (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionOrder) / sizeof (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionOrder[0])));
-
- for (OrderIndex = 0; (OrderIndex < BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber) && (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionOrder[OrderIndex] != 0); OrderIndex++) {
- for (Index = OrderIndex; Index < BootOrderListSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
- if ((BootOrderList[Index] == (UINT16) (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionOrder[OrderIndex] - 1)) && (OrderIndex != Index)) {
- OptionNumber = BootOrderList[Index];
- CopyMem (&BootOrderList[OrderIndex + 1], &BootOrderList[OrderIndex], (Index - OrderIndex) * sizeof (UINT16));
- BootOrderList[OrderIndex] = OptionNumber;
- }
- }
- }
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"BootOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- BootOrderListSize,
- BootOrderList
- );
- //
- // Changing the content without increasing its size with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- FreePool (BootOrderList);
-
- GroupMultipleLegacyBootOption4SameType ();
-
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&BootOptionMenu);
- BOpt_GetBootOptions (CallbackData);
-
- return Status;
-
-}
-
-/**
- This function update the "DriverOrder" EFI Variable based on
- BMM Formset's NV map. It then refresh DriverOptionMenu
- with the new "DriverOrder" list.
-
- @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to complete the function.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateDriverOrder (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT16 *DriverOrderList;
- UINT16 *NewDriverOrderList;
- UINTN DriverOrderListSize;
-
- DriverOrderList = NULL;
- DriverOrderListSize = 0;
-
- //
- // First check whether DriverOrder is present in current configuration
- //
- DriverOrderList = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- L"DriverOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &DriverOrderListSize
- );
-
- NewDriverOrderList = AllocateZeroPool (DriverOrderListSize);
-
- if (NewDriverOrderList == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // If exists, delete it to hold new DriverOrder
- //
- if (DriverOrderList != NULL) {
- EfiLibDeleteVariable (L"DriverOrder", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid);
- FreePool (DriverOrderList);
- }
-
- ASSERT (DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber <= (sizeof (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverOptionOrder) / sizeof (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverOptionOrder[0])));
- for (Index = 0; Index < DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber; Index++) {
- NewDriverOrderList[Index] = (UINT16) (CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.DriverOptionOrder[Index] - 1);
- }
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"DriverOrder",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- DriverOrderListSize,
- NewDriverOrderList
- );
- //
- // Changing the content without increasing its size with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- BOpt_FreeMenu (&DriverOptionMenu);
- BOpt_GetDriverOptions (CallbackData);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Update the legacy BBS boot option. VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER and gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid EFI Variable
- is udpated with the new Legacy Boot order. The EFI Variable of "Boot####" and gEfiGlobalVariableGuid
- is also updated.
-
- @param CallbackData The context data for BMM.
- @param FormId The form id.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER and gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid EFI Variable can be found.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Fail to allocate memory resource
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateBBSOption (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData,
- IN EFI_FORM_ID FormId
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN Index2;
- VOID *BootOptionVar;
- CHAR16 VarName[100];
- UINTN OptionSize;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 *Attribute;
- BM_MENU_OPTION *OptionMenu;
- UINT8 *LegacyDev;
- UINT8 *VarData;
- UINTN VarSize;
- LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *DevOrder;
- UINT8 *OriginalPtr;
- UINT8 *DisMap;
- UINTN Pos;
- UINTN Bit;
- UINT16 *NewOrder;
- UINT16 Tmp;
- UINT16 *EnBootOption;
- UINTN EnBootOptionCount;
- UINT16 *DisBootOption;
- UINTN DisBootOptionCount;
-
- DisMap = NULL;
- NewOrder = NULL;
-
- switch (FormId) {
- case FORM_SET_FD_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyFDMenu;
- LegacyDev = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyFD;
- CallbackData->BbsType = BBS_FLOPPY;
- break;
-
- case FORM_SET_HD_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyHDMenu;
- LegacyDev = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyHD;
- CallbackData->BbsType = BBS_HARDDISK;
- break;
-
- case FORM_SET_CD_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyCDMenu;
- LegacyDev = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyCD;
- CallbackData->BbsType = BBS_CDROM;
- break;
-
- case FORM_SET_NET_ORDER_ID:
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyNETMenu;
- LegacyDev = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyNET;
- CallbackData->BbsType = BBS_EMBED_NETWORK;
- break;
-
- default:
- ASSERT (FORM_SET_BEV_ORDER_ID == CallbackData->BmmPreviousPageId);
- OptionMenu = (BM_MENU_OPTION *) &LegacyBEVMenu;
- LegacyDev = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.LegacyBEV;
- CallbackData->BbsType = BBS_BEV_DEVICE;
- break;
- }
-
- DisMap = CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.DisableMap;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-
- //
- // Update the Variable "LegacyDevOrder"
- //
- VarData = (UINT8 *) BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
- &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
- &VarSize
- );
-
- if (VarData == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- OriginalPtr = VarData;
- DevOrder = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) VarData;
-
- while (VarData < OriginalPtr + VarSize) {
- if (DevOrder->BbsType == CallbackData->BbsType) {
- break;
- }
-
- VarData += sizeof (BBS_TYPE) + DevOrder->Length;
- DevOrder = (LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_ENTRY *) VarData;
- }
-
- if (VarData >= OriginalPtr + VarSize) {
- FreePool (OriginalPtr);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- NewOrder = AllocateZeroPool (DevOrder->Length - sizeof (DevOrder->Length));
- if (NewOrder == NULL) {
- FreePool (OriginalPtr);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < OptionMenu->MenuNumber; Index++) {
- if (0xFF == LegacyDev[Index]) {
- break;
- }
-
- NewOrder[Index] = LegacyDev[Index];
- }
- //
- // Only the enable/disable state of each boot device with same device type can be changed,
- // so we can count on the index information in DevOrder.
- // DisMap bit array is the only reliable source to check a device's en/dis state,
- // so we use DisMap to set en/dis state of each item in NewOrder array
- //
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < OptionMenu->MenuNumber; Index2++) {
- Tmp = (UINT16) (DevOrder->Data[Index2] & 0xFF);
- Pos = Tmp / 8;
- Bit = 7 - (Tmp % 8);
- if ((DisMap[Pos] & (1 << Bit)) != 0) {
- NewOrder[Index] = (UINT16) (0xFF00 | Tmp);
- Index++;
- }
- }
-
- CopyMem (
- DevOrder->Data,
- NewOrder,
- DevOrder->Length - sizeof (DevOrder->Length)
- );
- FreePool (NewOrder);
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- VAR_LEGACY_DEV_ORDER,
- &gEfiLegacyDevOrderVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- VarSize,
- OriginalPtr
- );
-
-
- //
- // Update BootOrder and Boot####.Attribute
- //
- // 1. Re-order the Option Number in BootOrder according to Legacy Dev Order
- //
- ASSERT (OptionMenu->MenuNumber == DevOrder->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1);
-
- OrderLegacyBootOption4SameType (
- DevOrder->Data,
- DevOrder->Length / sizeof (UINT16) - 1,
- &EnBootOption,
- &EnBootOptionCount,
- &DisBootOption,
- &DisBootOptionCount
- );
-
- //
- // 2. Deactivate the DisBootOption and activate the EnBootOption
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < DisBootOptionCount; Index++) {
- UnicodeSPrint (VarName, sizeof (VarName), L"Boot%04x", DisBootOption[Index]);
- BootOptionVar = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- VarName,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &OptionSize
- );
- if (BootOptionVar != NULL) {
- Attribute = (UINT32 *) BootOptionVar;
- *Attribute &= ~LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE;
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- VarName,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- OptionSize,
- BootOptionVar
- );
- //
- // Changing the content without increasing its size with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- FreePool (BootOptionVar);
- }
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < EnBootOptionCount; Index++) {
- UnicodeSPrint (VarName, sizeof (VarName), L"Boot%04x", EnBootOption[Index]);
- BootOptionVar = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- VarName,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &OptionSize
- );
- if (BootOptionVar != NULL) {
- Attribute = (UINT32 *) BootOptionVar;
- *Attribute |= LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE;
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- VarName,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- OptionSize,
- BootOptionVar
- );
- //
- // Changing the content without increasing its size with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- FreePool (BootOptionVar);
- }
- }
-
- BOpt_GetBootOptions (CallbackData);
-
- FreePool (OriginalPtr);
- FreePool (EnBootOption);
- FreePool (DisBootOption);
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Update the Text Mode of Console.
-
- @param CallbackData The context data for BMM.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCSS If the Text Mode of Console is updated.
- @return Other value if the Text Mode of Console is not updated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Var_UpdateConMode (
- IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Mode;
- CONSOLE_OUT_MODE ModeInfo;
-
- Mode = CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.ConsoleOutMode;
-
- Status = gST->ConOut->QueryMode (gST->ConOut, Mode, &(ModeInfo.Column), &(ModeInfo.Row));
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- PcdSet32 (PcdSetupConOutColumn, (UINT32) ModeInfo.Column);
- PcdSet32 (PcdSetupConOutRow, (UINT32) ModeInfo.Row);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMngr/BootManager.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMngr/BootManager.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6efd783ab2..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMngr/BootManager.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,399 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The platform boot manager reference implementation
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "BootManager.h"
-
-UINT16 mKeyInput;
-LIST_ENTRY mBootOptionsList;
-BDS_COMMON_OPTION *gOption;
-CHAR16 *mDeviceTypeStr[] = {
- L"Legacy BEV",
- L"Legacy Floppy",
- L"Legacy Hard Drive",
- L"Legacy CD ROM",
- L"Legacy PCMCIA",
- L"Legacy USB",
- L"Legacy Embedded Network",
- L"Legacy Unknown Device"
-};
-
-
-HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH mBootManagerHiiVendorDevicePath = {
- {
- {
- HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH,
- HW_VENDOR_DP,
- {
- (UINT8) (sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)),
- (UINT8) ((sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)) >> 8)
- }
- },
- BOOT_MANAGER_FORMSET_GUID
- },
- {
- END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
- END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
- (UINT8) (END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH),
- (UINT8) ((END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) >> 8)
- }
- }
-};
-
-BOOT_MANAGER_CALLBACK_DATA gBootManagerPrivate = {
- BOOT_MANAGER_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- {
- FakeExtractConfig,
- FakeRouteConfig,
- BootManagerCallback
- }
-};
-
-/**
- This call back function is registered with Boot Manager formset.
- When user selects a boot option, this call back function will
- be triggered. The boot option is saved for later processing.
-
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Action Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
- @param QuestionId A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
- so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
- @param Type The type of value for the question.
- @param Value A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
- @param ActionRequest On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The setup browser call this function with invalid parameters.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BootManagerCallback (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
- OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
- )
-{
- BDS_COMMON_OPTION *Option;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- UINT16 KeyCount;
-
- if (Action == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED) {
- if ((Value == NULL) || (ActionRequest == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Initialize the key count
- //
- KeyCount = 0;
-
- for (Link = GetFirstNode (&mBootOptionsList); !IsNull (&mBootOptionsList, Link); Link = GetNextNode (&mBootOptionsList, Link)) {
- Option = CR (Link, BDS_COMMON_OPTION, Link, BDS_LOAD_OPTION_SIGNATURE);
-
- KeyCount++;
-
- gOption = Option;
-
- //
- // Is this device the one chosen?
- //
- if (KeyCount == QuestionId) {
- //
- // Assigning the returned Key to a global allows the original routine to know what was chosen
- //
- mKeyInput = QuestionId;
-
- //
- // Request to exit SendForm(), so that we could boot the selected option
- //
- *ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_EXIT;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // All other action return unsupported.
- //
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Registers HII packages for the Boot Manger to HII Database.
- It also registers the browser call back function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS HII packages for the Boot Manager were registered successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES HII packages for the Boot Manager failed to be registered.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeBootManager (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Install Device Path Protocol and Config Access protocol to driver handle
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &gBootManagerPrivate.DriverHandle,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- &mBootManagerHiiVendorDevicePath,
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- &gBootManagerPrivate.ConfigAccess,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Publish our HII data
- //
- gBootManagerPrivate.HiiHandle = HiiAddPackages (
- &gBootManagerFormSetGuid,
- gBootManagerPrivate.DriverHandle,
- BootManagerVfrBin,
- BdsDxeStrings,
- NULL
- );
- if (gBootManagerPrivate.HiiHandle == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- } else {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This function invokes Boot Manager. If all devices have not a chance to be connected,
- the connect all will be triggered. It then enumerate all boot options. If
- a boot option from the Boot Manager page is selected, Boot Manager will boot
- from this boot option.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CallBootManager (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- BDS_COMMON_OPTION *Option;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- CHAR16 *ExitData;
- UINTN ExitDataSize;
- EFI_STRING_ID Token;
- EFI_INPUT_KEY Key;
- CHAR16 *HelpString;
- UINTN HelpSize;
- EFI_STRING_ID HelpToken;
- UINT16 *TempStr;
- EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
- EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST ActionRequest;
- VOID *StartOpCodeHandle;
- VOID *EndOpCodeHandle;
- EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *StartLabel;
- EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *EndLabel;
- UINT16 DeviceType;
- BOOLEAN IsLegacyOption;
- BOOLEAN NeedEndOp;
-
- DeviceType = (UINT16) -1;
- gOption = NULL;
- InitializeListHead (&mBootOptionsList);
-
- //
- // Connect all prior to entering the platform setup menu.
- //
- if (!gConnectAllHappened) {
- BdsLibConnectAllDriversToAllControllers ();
- gConnectAllHappened = TRUE;
- }
-
- BdsLibEnumerateAllBootOption (&mBootOptionsList);
-
- //
- // Group the legacy boot options for the same device type
- //
- GroupMultipleLegacyBootOption4SameType ();
-
- InitializeListHead (&mBootOptionsList);
- BdsLibBuildOptionFromVar (&mBootOptionsList, L"BootOrder");
-
- HiiHandle = gBootManagerPrivate.HiiHandle;
-
- //
- // Allocate space for creation of UpdateData Buffer
- //
- StartOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (StartOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- EndOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (EndOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the start opcode
- //
- StartLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- StartLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
- StartLabel->Number = LABEL_BOOT_OPTION;
-
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the end opcode
- //
- EndLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (EndOpCodeHandle, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- EndLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
- EndLabel->Number = LABEL_BOOT_OPTION_END;
-
- mKeyInput = 0;
- NeedEndOp = FALSE;
- for (Link = GetFirstNode (&mBootOptionsList); !IsNull (&mBootOptionsList, Link); Link = GetNextNode (&mBootOptionsList, Link)) {
- Option = CR (Link, BDS_COMMON_OPTION, Link, BDS_LOAD_OPTION_SIGNATURE);
-
- //
- // At this stage we are creating a menu entry, thus the Keys are reproduceable
- //
- mKeyInput++;
-
- //
- // Don't display the hidden/inactive boot option
- //
- if (((Option->Attribute & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN) != 0) || ((Option->Attribute & LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE) == 0)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Group the legacy boot option in the sub title created dynamically
- //
- IsLegacyOption = (BOOLEAN) (
- (DevicePathType (Option->DevicePath) == BBS_DEVICE_PATH) &&
- (DevicePathSubType (Option->DevicePath) == BBS_BBS_DP)
- );
-
- if (!IsLegacyOption && NeedEndOp) {
- NeedEndOp = FALSE;
- HiiCreateEndOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle);
- }
-
- if (IsLegacyOption && DeviceType != ((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) Option->DevicePath)->DeviceType) {
- if (NeedEndOp) {
- HiiCreateEndOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle);
- }
-
- DeviceType = ((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) Option->DevicePath)->DeviceType;
- Token = HiiSetString (
- HiiHandle,
- 0,
- mDeviceTypeStr[
- MIN (DeviceType & 0xF, sizeof (mDeviceTypeStr) / sizeof (mDeviceTypeStr[0]) - 1)
- ],
- NULL
- );
- HiiCreateSubTitleOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle, Token, 0, 0, 1);
- NeedEndOp = TRUE;
- }
-
- ASSERT (Option->Description != NULL);
-
- Token = HiiSetString (HiiHandle, 0, Option->Description, NULL);
-
- TempStr = DevicePathToStr (Option->DevicePath);
- HelpSize = StrSize (TempStr) + StrSize (L"Device Path : ");
- HelpString = AllocateZeroPool (HelpSize);
- ASSERT (HelpString != NULL);
- StrCatS (HelpString, HelpSize / sizeof (CHAR16), L"Device Path : ");
- StrCatS (HelpString, HelpSize / sizeof (CHAR16), TempStr);
-
- HelpToken = HiiSetString (HiiHandle, 0, HelpString, NULL);
-
- HiiCreateActionOpCode (
- StartOpCodeHandle,
- mKeyInput,
- Token,
- HelpToken,
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- 0
- );
- }
-
- if (NeedEndOp) {
- HiiCreateEndOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle);
- }
-
- HiiUpdateForm (
- HiiHandle,
- &gBootManagerFormSetGuid,
- BOOT_MANAGER_FORM_ID,
- StartOpCodeHandle,
- EndOpCodeHandle
- );
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (StartOpCodeHandle);
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (EndOpCodeHandle);
-
- ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_NONE;
- Status = gFormBrowser2->SendForm (
- gFormBrowser2,
- &HiiHandle,
- 1,
- &gBootManagerFormSetGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- &ActionRequest
- );
- if (ActionRequest == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_RESET) {
- EnableResetRequired ();
- }
-
- if (gOption == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- //
- // Will leave browser, check any reset required change is applied? if yes, reset system
- //
- SetupResetReminder ();
-
- //
- // Restore to original mode before launching boot option.
- //
- BdsSetConsoleMode (FALSE);
-
- //
- // parse the selected option
- //
- Status = BdsLibBootViaBootOption (gOption, gOption->DevicePath, &ExitDataSize, &ExitData);
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- gOption->StatusString = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_BOOT_SUCCEEDED));
- PlatformBdsBootSuccess (gOption);
- } else {
- gOption->StatusString = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_BOOT_FAILED));
- PlatformBdsBootFail (gOption, Status, ExitData, ExitDataSize);
- gST->ConOut->OutputString (
- gST->ConOut,
- GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_ANY_KEY_CONTINUE))
- );
- gST->ConIn->ReadKeyStroke (gST->ConIn, &Key);
- }
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMngr/BootManager.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMngr/BootManager.h deleted file mode 100644 index e26147183a..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMngr/BootManager.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The platform boot manager reference implement
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_H_
-#define _EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_H_
-
-#include "Bds.h"
-#include "FrontPage.h"
-
-#define BOOT_MANAGER_FORM_ID 0x1000
-
-#define LABEL_BOOT_OPTION 0x00
-#define LABEL_BOOT_OPTION_END 0x01
-
-//
-// These are the VFR compiler generated data representing our VFR data.
-//
-extern UINT8 BootManagerVfrBin[];
-
-#define BOOT_MANAGER_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('B', 'M', 'C', 'B')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
-
- //
- // HII relative handles
- //
- EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle;
-
- //
- // Produced protocols
- //
- EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL ConfigAccess;
-} BOOT_MANAGER_CALLBACK_DATA;
-
-/**
- This call back function is registered with Boot Manager formset.
- When user selects a boot option, this call back function will
- be triggered. The boot option is saved for later processing.
-
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Action Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
- @param QuestionId A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
- so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
- @param Type The type of value for the question.
- @param Value A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
- @param ActionRequest On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The setup browser call this function with invalid parameters.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BootManagerCallback (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
- OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
- );
-
-/**
-
- Registers HII packages for the Boot Manger to HII Database.
- It also registers the browser call back function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS HII packages for the Boot Manager were registered successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES HII packages for the Boot Manager failed to be registered.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeBootManager (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- This function invokes Boot Manager. If all devices have not a chance to be connected,
- the connect all will be triggered. It then enumerate all boot options. If
- a boot option from the Boot Manager page is selected, Boot Manager will boot
- from this boot option.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CallBootManager (
- VOID
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMngr/BootManagerStrings.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMngr/BootManagerStrings.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e62c264da3..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMngr/BootManagerStrings.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMngr/BootManagerVfr.Vfr b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMngr/BootManagerVfr.Vfr deleted file mode 100644 index 0d8142c17d..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/BootMngr/BootManagerVfr.Vfr +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -///** @file
-//
-// Browser formset.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-//**/
-
-#include <Guid/BdsHii.h>
-
-#define BOOT_MANAGER_FORM_ID 0x1000
-
-#define LABEL_BOOT_OPTION 0x00
-#define LABEL_BOOT_OPTION_END 0x01
-
-#define BOOT_MANAGER_CLASS 0x00
-#define BOOT_MANAGER_SUBCLASS 0x00
-
-formset
- guid = BOOT_MANAGER_FORMSET_GUID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_BM_BANNER),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LAST_STRING),
- classguid = BOOT_MANAGER_FORMSET_GUID,
-
- form formid = BOOT_MANAGER_FORM_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_BM_BANNER);
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LAST_STRING);
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_BOOT_OPTION_BANNER);
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LAST_STRING);
-
- //
- // This is where we will dynamically add choices for the Boot Manager
- //
- label LABEL_BOOT_OPTION;
- label LABEL_BOOT_OPTION_END;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LAST_STRING);
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_HELP_FOOTER);
-
- endform;
-
-endformset;
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Capsules.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Capsules.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6c7fc7ced4..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Capsules.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,233 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- BDS routines to handle capsules.
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-#include "Bds.h"
-
-/**
-
- This routine is called to see if there are any capsules we need to process.
- If the boot mode is not UPDATE, then we do nothing. Otherwise find the
- capsule HOBS and produce firmware volumes for them via the DXE service.
- Then call the dispatcher to dispatch drivers from them. Finally, check
- the status of the updates.
-
- This function should be called by BDS in case we need to do some
- sort of processing even if there is no capsule to process. We
- need to do this if an earlier update went away and we need to
- clear the capsule variable so on the next reset PEI does not see it and
- think there is a capsule available.
-
- @param BootMode the current boot mode
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER boot mode is not correct for an update
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS There is no error when processing capsule
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BdsProcessCapsules (
- EFI_BOOT_MODE BootMode
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobPointer;
- EFI_CAPSULE_HEADER *CapsuleHeader;
- UINT32 Size;
- UINT32 CapsuleNumber;
- UINT32 CapsuleTotalNumber;
- EFI_CAPSULE_TABLE *CapsuleTable;
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT32 CacheIndex;
- UINT32 CacheNumber;
- VOID **CapsulePtr;
- VOID **CapsulePtrCache;
- EFI_GUID *CapsuleGuidCache;
- BOOLEAN NeedReset;
-
- CapsuleNumber = 0;
- CapsuleTotalNumber = 0;
- CacheIndex = 0;
- CacheNumber = 0;
- CapsulePtr = NULL;
- CapsulePtrCache = NULL;
- CapsuleGuidCache = NULL;
- NeedReset = FALSE;
-
- //
- // We don't do anything else if the boot mode is not flash-update
- //
- if (BootMode != BOOT_ON_FLASH_UPDATE) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Boot mode is not correct for capsule update.\n"));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- //
- // Find all capsule images from hob
- //
- HobPointer.Raw = GetHobList ();
- while ((HobPointer.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_UEFI_CAPSULE, HobPointer.Raw)) != NULL) {
- CapsuleTotalNumber ++;
- HobPointer.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (HobPointer);
- }
-
- if (CapsuleTotalNumber == 0) {
- //
- // We didn't find a hob, so had no errors.
- //
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "We can not find capsule data in capsule update boot mode.\n"));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Please check the followings are correct if unexpected capsule update error happens.\n"));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "1. CapsuleX64 is built as X64 module when PEI is IA32 and DXE is X64\n"));
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "2. Capsule data should persist in memory across a system reset.\n"));
- PlatformBdsLockNonUpdatableFlash ();
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // Init temp Capsule Data table.
- //
- CapsulePtr = (VOID **) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (VOID *) * CapsuleTotalNumber);
- ASSERT (CapsulePtr != NULL);
- CapsulePtrCache = (VOID **) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (VOID *) * CapsuleTotalNumber);
- ASSERT (CapsulePtrCache != NULL);
- CapsuleGuidCache = (EFI_GUID *) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EFI_GUID) * CapsuleTotalNumber);
- ASSERT (CapsuleGuidCache != NULL);
-
- //
- // Find all capsule images from hob
- //
- HobPointer.Raw = GetHobList ();
- while ((HobPointer.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_UEFI_CAPSULE, HobPointer.Raw)) != NULL) {
- CapsulePtr [CapsuleNumber++] = (VOID *) (UINTN) HobPointer.Capsule->BaseAddress;
- HobPointer.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (HobPointer);
- }
-
- //
- //Check the capsule flags,if contains CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE, install
- //capsuleTable to configure table with EFI_CAPSULE_GUID
- //
-
- //
- // Capsules who have CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE always are used for operating
- // System to have information persist across a system reset. EFI System Table must
- // point to an array of capsules that contains the same CapsuleGuid value. And agents
- // searching for this type capsule will look in EFI System Table and search for the
- // capsule's Guid and associated pointer to retrieve the data. Two steps below describes
- // how to sorting the capsules by the unique guid and install the array to EFI System Table.
- // Firstly, Loop for all coalesced capsules, record unique CapsuleGuids and cache them in an
- // array for later sorting capsules by CapsuleGuid.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < CapsuleTotalNumber; Index++) {
- CapsuleHeader = (EFI_CAPSULE_HEADER*) CapsulePtr [Index];
- if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE) != 0) {
- //
- // For each capsule, we compare it with known CapsuleGuid in the CacheArray.
- // If already has the Guid, skip it. Whereas, record it in the CacheArray as
- // an additional one.
- //
- CacheIndex = 0;
- while (CacheIndex < CacheNumber) {
- if (CompareGuid(&CapsuleGuidCache[CacheIndex],&CapsuleHeader->CapsuleGuid)) {
- break;
- }
- CacheIndex++;
- }
- if (CacheIndex == CacheNumber) {
- CopyMem(&CapsuleGuidCache[CacheNumber++],&CapsuleHeader->CapsuleGuid,sizeof(EFI_GUID));
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Secondly, for each unique CapsuleGuid in CacheArray, gather all coalesced capsules
- // whose guid is the same as it, and malloc memory for an array which preceding
- // with UINT32. The array fills with entry point of capsules that have the same
- // CapsuleGuid, and UINT32 represents the size of the array of capsules. Then install
- // this array into EFI System Table, so that agents searching for this type capsule
- // will look in EFI System Table and search for the capsule's Guid and associated
- // pointer to retrieve the data.
- //
- CacheIndex = 0;
- while (CacheIndex < CacheNumber) {
- CapsuleNumber = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < CapsuleTotalNumber; Index++) {
- CapsuleHeader = (EFI_CAPSULE_HEADER*) CapsulePtr [Index];
- if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE) != 0) {
- if (CompareGuid (&CapsuleGuidCache[CacheIndex], &CapsuleHeader->CapsuleGuid)) {
- //
- // Cache Caspuleheader to the array, this array is uniqued with certain CapsuleGuid.
- //
- CapsulePtrCache[CapsuleNumber++] = (VOID*)CapsuleHeader;
- }
- }
- }
- if (CapsuleNumber != 0) {
- Size = sizeof(EFI_CAPSULE_TABLE) + (CapsuleNumber - 1) * sizeof(VOID*);
- CapsuleTable = AllocateRuntimePool (Size);
- ASSERT (CapsuleTable != NULL);
- CapsuleTable->CapsuleArrayNumber = CapsuleNumber;
- CopyMem(&CapsuleTable->CapsulePtr[0], CapsulePtrCache, CapsuleNumber * sizeof(VOID*));
- Status = gBS->InstallConfigurationTable (&CapsuleGuidCache[CacheIndex], (VOID*)CapsuleTable);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- CacheIndex++;
- }
-
- //
- // Besides ones with CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE flag, all capsules left are
- // recognized by platform with CapsuleGuid. For general platform driver, UpdateFlash
- // type is commonly supported, so here only deal with encapsuled FVs capsule. Additional
- // type capsule transaction could be extended. It depends on platform policy.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < CapsuleTotalNumber; Index++) {
- CapsuleHeader = (EFI_CAPSULE_HEADER*) CapsulePtr [Index];
- if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE) == 0) {
- //
- // Always reset system after all capsule processed if FMP capsule exist
- //
- if (CompareGuid (&gEfiFmpCapsuleGuid, &CapsuleHeader->CapsuleGuid)){
- NeedReset = TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Call capsule library to process capsule image.
- //
- ProcessCapsuleImage (CapsuleHeader);
- }
- }
-
- if (NeedReset) {
- Print(L"Capsule Request Cold Reboot.\n");
-
- for (Index = 5; Index > 0; Index--) {
- Print(L"\rResetting system in %d seconds ...", Index);
- gBS->Stall (1000000);
- }
-
- gRT->ResetSystem (EfiResetCold, EFI_SUCCESS, 0, NULL);
-
- CpuDeadLoop ();
- }
-
- PlatformBdsLockNonUpdatableFlash ();
-
- //
- // Free the allocated temp memory space.
- //
- FreePool (CapsuleGuidCache);
- FreePool (CapsulePtrCache);
- FreePool (CapsulePtr);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManager.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManager.c deleted file mode 100644 index af2b18a047..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManager.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2591 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The platform device manager reference implementation
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DeviceManager.h"
-
-DEVICE_MANAGER_CALLBACK_DATA gDeviceManagerPrivate = {
- DEVICE_MANAGER_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- {
- FakeExtractConfig,
- FakeRouteConfig,
- DeviceManagerCallback
- },
- {
- FakeExtractConfig,
- FakeRouteConfig,
- DriverHealthCallback
- }
-};
-
-#define MAX_MAC_ADDRESS_NODE_LIST_LEN 10
-
-//
-// Which Mac Address string is select
-// it will decide what menu need to show in the NETWORK_DEVICE_FORM_ID form.
-//
-EFI_STRING mSelectedMacAddrString;
-
-//
-// Which form Id need to be show.
-//
-EFI_FORM_ID mNextShowFormId = DEVICE_MANAGER_FORM_ID;
-
-//
-// The Mac Address show in the NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_FORM_ID
-//
-MAC_ADDRESS_NODE_LIST mMacDeviceList;
-
-DEVICE_MANAGER_MENU_ITEM mDeviceManagerMenuItemTable[] = {
- { STRING_TOKEN (STR_DISK_DEVICE), EFI_DISK_DEVICE_CLASS },
- { STRING_TOKEN (STR_VIDEO_DEVICE), EFI_VIDEO_DEVICE_CLASS },
- { STRING_TOKEN (STR_NETWORK_DEVICE), EFI_NETWORK_DEVICE_CLASS },
- { STRING_TOKEN (STR_INPUT_DEVICE), EFI_INPUT_DEVICE_CLASS },
- { STRING_TOKEN (STR_ON_BOARD_DEVICE), EFI_ON_BOARD_DEVICE_CLASS },
- { STRING_TOKEN (STR_OTHER_DEVICE), EFI_OTHER_DEVICE_CLASS }
-};
-
-HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH mDeviceManagerHiiVendorDevicePath = {
- {
- {
- HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH,
- HW_VENDOR_DP,
- {
- (UINT8) (sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)),
- (UINT8) ((sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)) >> 8)
- }
- },
- DEVICE_MANAGER_FORMSET_GUID
- },
- {
- END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
- END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
- (UINT8) (END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH),
- (UINT8) ((END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) >> 8)
- }
- }
-};
-
-HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH mDriverHealthHiiVendorDevicePath = {
- {
- {
- HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH,
- HW_VENDOR_DP,
- {
- (UINT8) (sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)),
- (UINT8) ((sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)) >> 8)
- }
- },
- DRIVER_HEALTH_FORMSET_GUID
- },
- {
- END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
- END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
- (UINT8) (END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH),
- (UINT8) ((END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) >> 8)
- }
- }
-};
-
-/**
- This function is invoked if user selected a interactive opcode from Device Manager's
- Formset. The decision by user is saved to gCallbackKey for later processing. If
- user set VBIOS, the new value is saved to EFI variable.
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Action Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
- @param QuestionId A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
- so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
- @param Type The type of value for the question.
- @param Value A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
- @param ActionRequest On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The setup browser call this function with invalid parameters.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DeviceManagerCallback (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
- OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
- )
-{
- UINTN CurIndex;
-
- if (Action != EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING) {
- //
- // All other action return unsupported.
- //
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (Value == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- gCallbackKey = QuestionId;
- if ((QuestionId < MAX_KEY_SECTION_LEN + NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_KEY_OFFSET) && (QuestionId >= NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_KEY_OFFSET)) {
- //
- // If user select the mac address, need to record mac address string to support next form show.
- //
- for (CurIndex = 0; CurIndex < mMacDeviceList.CurListLen; CurIndex ++) {
- if (mMacDeviceList.NodeList[CurIndex].QuestionId == QuestionId) {
- mSelectedMacAddrString = HiiGetString (gDeviceManagerPrivate.HiiHandle, mMacDeviceList.NodeList[CurIndex].PromptId, NULL);
- }
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This function registers HII packages to HII database.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS HII packages for the Device Manager were registered successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES HII packages for the Device Manager failed to be registered.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeDeviceManager (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Install Device Path Protocol and Config Access protocol to driver handle
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &gDeviceManagerPrivate.DriverHandle,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- &mDeviceManagerHiiVendorDevicePath,
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- &gDeviceManagerPrivate.ConfigAccess,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &gDeviceManagerPrivate.DriverHealthHandle,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- &mDriverHealthHiiVendorDevicePath,
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- &gDeviceManagerPrivate.DriverHealthConfigAccess,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- mMacDeviceList.CurListLen = 0;
- mMacDeviceList.MaxListLen = 0;
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Extract the displayed formset for given HII handle and class guid.
-
- @param Handle The HII handle.
- @param SetupClassGuid The class guid specifies which form set will be displayed.
- @param SkipCount Skip some formsets which has processed before.
- @param FormSetTitle Formset title string.
- @param FormSetHelp Formset help string.
- @param FormSetGuid Return the formset guid for this formset.
-
- @retval TRUE The formset for given HII handle will be displayed.
- @return FALSE The formset for given HII handle will not be displayed.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-ExtractDisplayedHiiFormFromHiiHandle (
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE Handle,
- IN EFI_GUID *SetupClassGuid,
- IN UINTN SkipCount,
- OUT EFI_STRING_ID *FormSetTitle,
- OUT EFI_STRING_ID *FormSetHelp,
- OUT EFI_GUID **FormSetGuid
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- EFI_HII_PACKAGE_LIST_HEADER *HiiPackageList;
- UINT8 *Package;
- UINT8 *OpCodeData;
- UINT32 Offset;
- UINT32 Offset2;
- UINT32 PackageListLength;
- EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER PackageHeader;
- EFI_GUID *ClassGuid;
- UINT8 ClassGuidNum;
-
- ASSERT (Handle != NULL);
- ASSERT (SetupClassGuid != NULL);
- ASSERT (FormSetTitle != NULL);
- ASSERT (FormSetHelp != NULL);
-
- *FormSetTitle = 0;
- *FormSetHelp = 0;
- ClassGuidNum = 0;
- ClassGuid = NULL;
-
- //
- // Get HII PackageList
- //
- BufferSize = 0;
- HiiPackageList = NULL;
- Status = gHiiDatabase->ExportPackageLists (gHiiDatabase, Handle, &BufferSize, HiiPackageList);
- //
- // Handle is a invalid handle. Check if Handle is corrupted.
- //
- ASSERT (Status != EFI_NOT_FOUND);
- //
- // The return status should always be EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL as input buffer's size is 0.
- //
- ASSERT (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
-
- HiiPackageList = AllocatePool (BufferSize);
- ASSERT (HiiPackageList != NULL);
-
- Status = gHiiDatabase->ExportPackageLists (gHiiDatabase, Handle, &BufferSize, HiiPackageList);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Get Form package from this HII package List
- //
- Offset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_LIST_HEADER);
- Offset2 = 0;
- PackageListLength = ReadUnaligned32 (&HiiPackageList->PackageLength);
-
- while (Offset < PackageListLength) {
- Package = ((UINT8 *) HiiPackageList) + Offset;
- CopyMem (&PackageHeader, Package, sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER));
-
- if (PackageHeader.Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_FORMS) {
- //
- // Search FormSet Opcode in this Form Package
- //
- Offset2 = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
- while (Offset2 < PackageHeader.Length) {
- OpCodeData = Package + Offset2;
- Offset2 += ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->Length;
-
- if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->OpCode == EFI_IFR_FORM_SET_OP) {
- if (SkipCount != 0) {
- SkipCount --;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->Length > OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_FORM_SET, Flags)) {
- //
- // Find FormSet OpCode
- //
- ClassGuidNum = (UINT8) (((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->Flags & 0x3);
- ClassGuid = (EFI_GUID *) (VOID *)(OpCodeData + sizeof (EFI_IFR_FORM_SET));
- while (ClassGuidNum-- > 0) {
- if (CompareGuid (SetupClassGuid, ClassGuid)) {
- CopyMem (FormSetTitle, &((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->FormSetTitle, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- CopyMem (FormSetHelp, &((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->Help, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- *FormSetGuid = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (EFI_GUID), &((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->Guid);
- ASSERT (*FormSetGuid != NULL);
- FreePool (HiiPackageList);
- return TRUE;
- }
- ClassGuid ++;
- }
- } else {
- CopyMem (FormSetTitle, &((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->FormSetTitle, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- CopyMem (FormSetHelp, &((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->Help, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- *FormSetGuid = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (EFI_GUID), &((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->Guid);
- ASSERT (*FormSetGuid != NULL);
- FreePool (HiiPackageList);
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Go to next package
- //
- Offset += PackageHeader.Length;
- }
-
- FreePool (HiiPackageList);
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Get the mac address string from the device path.
- if the device path has the vlan, get the vanid also.
-
- @param MacAddressNode Device path begin with mac address
- @param PBuffer Output string buffer contain mac address.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-GetMacAddressString(
- IN MAC_ADDR_DEVICE_PATH *MacAddressNode,
- OUT CHAR16 **PBuffer
- )
-{
- UINTN HwAddressSize;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT8 *HwAddress;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Node;
- UINT16 VlanId;
- CHAR16 *String;
- UINTN BufferLen;
-
- VlanId = 0;
- String = NULL;
- ASSERT(MacAddressNode != NULL);
-
- HwAddressSize = sizeof (EFI_MAC_ADDRESS);
- if (MacAddressNode->IfType == 0x01 || MacAddressNode->IfType == 0x00) {
- HwAddressSize = 6;
- }
-
- //
- // The output format is MAC:XX:XX:XX:...\XXXX
- // The size is the Number size + ":" size + Vlan size(\XXXX) + End
- //
- BufferLen = (4 + 2 * HwAddressSize + (HwAddressSize - 1) + 5 + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16);
- String = AllocateZeroPool (BufferLen);
- if (String == NULL) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- *PBuffer = String;
- StrCpyS (String, BufferLen / sizeof (CHAR16), L"MAC:");
- String += 4;
-
- //
- // Convert the MAC address into a unicode string.
- //
- HwAddress = &MacAddressNode->MacAddress.Addr[0];
- for (Index = 0; Index < HwAddressSize; Index++) {
- String += UnicodeValueToString (String, PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX, *(HwAddress++), 2);
- if (Index < HwAddressSize - 1) {
- *String++ = L':';
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If VLAN is configured, it will need extra 5 characters like "\0005".
- // Plus one unicode character for the null-terminator.
- //
- Node = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)MacAddressNode;
- while (!IsDevicePathEnd (Node)) {
- if (Node->Type == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH && Node->SubType == MSG_VLAN_DP) {
- VlanId = ((VLAN_DEVICE_PATH *) Node)->VlanId;
- }
- Node = NextDevicePathNode (Node);
- }
-
- if (VlanId != 0) {
- *String++ = L'\\';
- String += UnicodeValueToString (String, PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX, VlanId, 4);
- }
-
- //
- // Null terminate the Unicode string
- //
- *String = L'\0';
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Save question id and prompt id to the mac device list.
- If the same mac address has saved yet, no need to add more.
-
- @param MacAddrString Mac address string.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Add the item is successful.
- @return Other values if failed to Add the item.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-AddIdToMacDeviceList (
- IN EFI_STRING MacAddrString
- )
-{
- MENU_INFO_ITEM *TempDeviceList;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STRING StoredString;
- EFI_STRING_ID PromptId;
- EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
-
- HiiHandle = gDeviceManagerPrivate.HiiHandle;
- TempDeviceList = NULL;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < mMacDeviceList.CurListLen; Index ++) {
- StoredString = HiiGetString (HiiHandle, mMacDeviceList.NodeList[Index].PromptId, NULL);
- if (StoredString == NULL) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Already has save the same mac address to the list.
- //
- if (StrCmp (MacAddrString, StoredString) == 0) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- PromptId = HiiSetString(HiiHandle, 0, MacAddrString, NULL);
- //
- // If not in the list, save it.
- //
- if (mMacDeviceList.MaxListLen > mMacDeviceList.CurListLen + 1) {
- mMacDeviceList.NodeList[mMacDeviceList.CurListLen].PromptId = PromptId;
- mMacDeviceList.NodeList[mMacDeviceList.CurListLen].QuestionId = (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (mMacDeviceList.CurListLen + NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_KEY_OFFSET);
- } else {
- mMacDeviceList.MaxListLen += MAX_MAC_ADDRESS_NODE_LIST_LEN;
- if (mMacDeviceList.CurListLen != 0) {
- TempDeviceList = (MENU_INFO_ITEM *)AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (MENU_INFO_ITEM) * mMacDeviceList.MaxListLen, (VOID *)mMacDeviceList.NodeList);
- } else {
- TempDeviceList = (MENU_INFO_ITEM *)AllocatePool (sizeof (MENU_INFO_ITEM) * mMacDeviceList.MaxListLen);
- }
-
- if (TempDeviceList == NULL) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- TempDeviceList[mMacDeviceList.CurListLen].PromptId = PromptId;
- TempDeviceList[mMacDeviceList.CurListLen].QuestionId = (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (mMacDeviceList.CurListLen + NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_KEY_OFFSET);
-
- if (mMacDeviceList.CurListLen > 0) {
- FreePool(mMacDeviceList.NodeList);
- }
-
- mMacDeviceList.NodeList = TempDeviceList;
- }
- mMacDeviceList.CurListLen ++;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Check the devcie path, try to find whether it has mac address path.
-
- In this function, first need to check whether this path has mac address path.
- second, when the mac address device path has find, also need to deicide whether
- need to add this mac address relate info to the menu.
-
- @param *Node Input device which need to be check.
- @param *NeedAddItem Whether need to add the menu in the network device list.
-
- @retval TRUE Has mac address device path.
- @retval FALSE NOT Has mac address device path.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsMacAddressDevicePath (
- IN VOID *Node,
- OUT BOOLEAN *NeedAddItem
- )
-{
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- CHAR16 *Buffer;
- BOOLEAN ReturnVal;
-
- ASSERT (Node != NULL);
- *NeedAddItem = FALSE;
- ReturnVal = FALSE;
- Buffer = NULL;
-
- DevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) Node;
-
- //
- // find the partition device path node
- //
- while (!IsDevicePathEnd (DevicePath)) {
- if ((DevicePathType (DevicePath) == MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH) &&
- (DevicePathSubType (DevicePath) == MSG_MAC_ADDR_DP)) {
- ReturnVal = TRUE;
-
- if (DEVICE_MANAGER_FORM_ID == mNextShowFormId) {
- *NeedAddItem = TRUE;
- break;
- }
-
- if (!GetMacAddressString((MAC_ADDR_DEVICE_PATH*)DevicePath, &Buffer)) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (NETWORK_DEVICE_FORM_ID == mNextShowFormId) {
- if (StrCmp (Buffer, mSelectedMacAddrString) == 0) {
- *NeedAddItem = TRUE;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- if (NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_FORM_ID == mNextShowFormId) {
- //
- // Same handle may has two network child handle, so the questionid
- // has the offset of SAME_HANDLE_KEY_OFFSET.
- //
- if (AddIdToMacDeviceList (Buffer)) {
- *NeedAddItem = TRUE;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- DevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (DevicePath);
- }
-
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (Buffer);
- }
-
- return ReturnVal;
-}
-
-/**
- Check to see if the device path is for the network device.
-
- @param Handle The HII handle which include the mac address device path.
- @param ItemCount The new add Mac address item count.
-
- @retval TRUE Need to add new item in the menu.
- @return FALSE Do not need to add the menu about the network.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsNeedAddNetworkMenu (
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE Handle,
- OUT UINTN *ItemCount
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN EntryCount;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TmpDevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *ChildDevicePath;
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION_ENTRY *OpenInfoBuffer;
- BOOLEAN IsNeedAdd;
-
- IsNeedAdd = FALSE;
- OpenInfoBuffer = NULL;
- if ((Handle == NULL) || (ItemCount == NULL)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- *ItemCount = 0;
-
- Status = gHiiDatabase->GetPackageListHandle (gHiiDatabase, Handle, &DriverHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- //
- // Get the device path by the got Driver handle .
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (DriverHandle, &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, (VOID **) &DevicePath);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- TmpDevicePath = DevicePath;
-
- //
- // Check whether this device path include mac address device path.
- // If this path has mac address path, get the value whether need
- // add this info to the menu and return.
- // Else check more about the child handle devcie path.
- //
- if (IsMacAddressDevicePath(TmpDevicePath, &IsNeedAdd)) {
- if ((NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_FORM_ID == mNextShowFormId) && IsNeedAdd) {
- (*ItemCount) = 1;
- }
- return IsNeedAdd;
- }
-
- //
- // Search whether this path is the controller path, not he child handle path.
- // And the child handle has the network devcie connected.
- //
- TmpDevicePath = DevicePath;
- Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath(&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &TmpDevicePath, &ControllerHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (!IsDevicePathEnd (TmpDevicePath)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Retrieve the list of agents that are consuming the specific protocol
- // on ControllerHandle.
- // The buffer point by OpenInfoBuffer need be free at this function.
- //
- Status = gBS->OpenProtocolInformation (
- ControllerHandle,
- &gEfiPciIoProtocolGuid,
- &OpenInfoBuffer,
- &EntryCount
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Inspect if ChildHandle is one of the agents.
- //
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- for (Index = 0; Index < EntryCount; Index++) {
- //
- // Query all the children created by the controller handle's driver
- //
- if ((OpenInfoBuffer[Index].Attributes & EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER) != 0) {
- Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
- OpenInfoBuffer[Index].ControllerHandle,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &ChildDevicePath,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether this device path include mac address device path.
- //
- if (!IsMacAddressDevicePath(ChildDevicePath, &IsNeedAdd)) {
- //
- // If this path not has mac address path, check the other.
- //
- continue;
- } else {
- //
- // If need to update the NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_FORM, try to get more.
- //
- if ((NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_FORM_ID == mNextShowFormId)) {
- if (IsNeedAdd) {
- (*ItemCount) += 1;
- }
- continue;
- } else {
- //
- // If need to update other form, return whether need to add to the menu.
- //
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
-Done:
- if (OpenInfoBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (OpenInfoBuffer);
- }
- return IsNeedAdd;
-}
-
-/**
- Get HiiHandle total number.
-
- @param HiiHandles The input HiiHandle array.
-
- @retval the Hiihandle count.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-GetHiiHandleCount (
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE *HiiHandles
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
-
- for (Index = 0; HiiHandles[Index] != NULL; Index++) {
- }
-
- return Index;
-}
-
-/**
- Insert the new HiiHandle + FormsetGuid at the NewPair[InsertOffset].
-
- @param HiiHandles The input HiiHandle array.
- @param GuidLists The input form set guid lists.
- @param ArrayCount The input array count, new array will be arraycount + 1 size.
- @param Offset The current used HiiHandle's Offset.
- @param FormSetGuid The new found formset guid.
-
-**/
-VOID
-AdjustArrayData (
- IN OUT EFI_HII_HANDLE **HiiHandles,
- IN OUT EFI_GUID ***GuidLists,
- IN UINTN ArrayCount,
- IN UINTN Offset,
- IN EFI_GUID *FormSetGuid
- )
-{
- EFI_HII_HANDLE *NewHiiHandles;
- EFI_GUID **NewGuidLists;
-
- //
- // +2 means include the new HiiHandle and the last empty NULL pointer.
- //
- NewHiiHandles = AllocateZeroPool ((ArrayCount + 2) * sizeof (EFI_HII_HANDLE));
- ASSERT (NewHiiHandles != NULL);
-
- CopyMem (NewHiiHandles, *HiiHandles, Offset * sizeof (EFI_HII_HANDLE));
- NewHiiHandles[Offset] = NewHiiHandles[Offset - 1];
- CopyMem (NewHiiHandles + Offset + 1, *HiiHandles + Offset, (ArrayCount - Offset) * sizeof (EFI_HII_HANDLE));
-
- NewGuidLists = AllocateZeroPool ((ArrayCount + 2) * sizeof (EFI_GUID *));
- ASSERT (NewGuidLists != NULL);
-
- CopyMem (NewGuidLists, *GuidLists, Offset * sizeof (EFI_GUID *));
- NewGuidLists[Offset] = FormSetGuid;
-
- FreePool (*HiiHandles);
- *HiiHandles = NewHiiHandles;
- FreePool (*GuidLists);
- *GuidLists = NewGuidLists;
-}
-
-/**
- Call the browser and display the device manager to allow user
- to configure the platform.
-
- This function create the dynamic content for device manager. It includes
- section header for all class of devices, one-of opcode to set VBIOS.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Operation is successful.
- @return Other values if failed to clean up the dynamic content from HII
- database.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CallDeviceManager (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STRING String;
- EFI_STRING_ID Token;
- EFI_STRING_ID TokenHelp;
- EFI_HII_HANDLE *HiiHandles;
- EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
- EFI_STRING_ID FormSetTitle;
- EFI_STRING_ID FormSetHelp;
- EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST ActionRequest;
- VOID *StartOpCodeHandle;
- VOID *EndOpCodeHandle;
- EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *StartLabel;
- EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *EndLabel;
- UINTN NumHandles;
- EFI_HANDLE *DriverHealthHandles;
- BOOLEAN AddNetworkMenu;
- UINTN AddItemCount;
- UINTN NewStringLen;
- EFI_STRING NewStringTitle;
- EFI_GUID **GuidLists;
- UINTN HandleNum;
- UINTN SkipCount;
- EFI_GUID *FormSetGuid;
-
- GuidLists = NULL;
- HiiHandles = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- gCallbackKey = 0;
- NumHandles = 0;
- DriverHealthHandles = NULL;
- AddNetworkMenu = FALSE;
- AddItemCount = 0;
- SkipCount = 0;
- FormSetGuid = NULL;
-
- //
- // Connect all prior to entering the platform setup menu.
- //
- if (!gConnectAllHappened) {
- BdsLibConnectAllDriversToAllControllers ();
- gConnectAllHappened = TRUE;
- }
-
- HiiHandle = gDeviceManagerPrivate.HiiHandle;
- if (HiiHandle == NULL) {
- //
- // Publish our HII data.
- //
- HiiHandle = HiiAddPackages (
- &gDeviceManagerFormSetGuid,
- gDeviceManagerPrivate.DriverHandle,
- DeviceManagerVfrBin,
- BdsDxeStrings,
- NULL
- );
- if (HiiHandle == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- gDeviceManagerPrivate.HiiHandle = HiiHandle;
- }
-
- //
- // If need show the Network device list form, clear the old save list first.
- //
- if ((mNextShowFormId == NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_FORM_ID) && (mMacDeviceList.CurListLen > 0)) {
- mMacDeviceList.CurListLen = 0;
- }
-
- //
- // Update the network device form titile.
- //
- if (mNextShowFormId == NETWORK_DEVICE_FORM_ID) {
- String = HiiGetString (HiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_NETWORK_DEVICE_TITLE), NULL);
- NewStringLen = StrLen(mSelectedMacAddrString) * 2;
- NewStringLen += (StrLen(String) + 2) * 2;
- NewStringTitle = AllocatePool (NewStringLen);
- UnicodeSPrint (NewStringTitle, NewStringLen, L"%s %s", String, mSelectedMacAddrString);
- HiiSetString (HiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_NETWORK_DEVICE_TITLE), NewStringTitle, NULL);
- FreePool (String);
- FreePool (NewStringTitle);
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate space for creation of UpdateData Buffer
- //
- StartOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (StartOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- EndOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (EndOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the start opcode
- //
- StartLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- StartLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
- //
- // According to the next show Form id(mNextShowFormId) to decide which form need to update.
- //
- StartLabel->Number = (UINT16) (LABEL_FORM_ID_OFFSET + mNextShowFormId);
-
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the end opcode
- //
- EndLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (EndOpCodeHandle, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- EndLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
- EndLabel->Number = LABEL_END;
-
- //
- // Get all the Hii handles
- //
- HiiHandles = HiiGetHiiHandles (NULL);
- ASSERT (HiiHandles != NULL);
-
- HandleNum = GetHiiHandleCount (HiiHandles);
- GuidLists = AllocateZeroPool ((HandleNum + 1) * sizeof (EFI_GUID *));
- ASSERT (GuidLists != NULL);
-
- //
- // Search for formset of each class type
- //
- for (Index = 0; HiiHandles[Index] != NULL; Index++) {
- //
- // The QuestionId in the form which will call the driver form has this asssumption.
- // QuestionId = Handle Index + NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_KEY_OFFSET;
- // Different QuestionId at least has the section of NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_KEY_OFFSET.
- //
- ASSERT(Index < MAX_KEY_SECTION_LEN);
-
- if (!ExtractDisplayedHiiFormFromHiiHandle (HiiHandles[Index], &gEfiHiiPlatformSetupFormsetGuid, SkipCount, &FormSetTitle, &FormSetHelp, &FormSetGuid)) {
- SkipCount = 0;
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // One HiiHandle has more than one formset can be shown,
- // Insert a new pair of HiiHandle + Guid to the HiiHandles and GuidLists list.
- //
- if (SkipCount > 0) {
- AdjustArrayData (&HiiHandles, &GuidLists, HandleNum, Index + 1, FormSetGuid);
- HandleNum ++;
- Index ++;
- }
-
- String = HiiGetString (HiiHandles[Index], FormSetTitle, NULL);
- if (String == NULL) {
- String = HiiGetString (HiiHandle, STR_MISSING_STRING, NULL);
- ASSERT (String != NULL);
- }
- Token = HiiSetString (HiiHandle, 0, String, NULL);
- FreePool (String);
-
- String = HiiGetString (HiiHandles[Index], FormSetHelp, NULL);
- if (String == NULL) {
- String = HiiGetString (HiiHandle, STR_MISSING_STRING, NULL);
- ASSERT (String != NULL);
- }
- TokenHelp = HiiSetString (HiiHandle, 0, String, NULL);
- FreePool (String);
-
- //
- // Network device process
- //
- if (IsNeedAddNetworkMenu (HiiHandles[Index], &AddItemCount)) {
- if (mNextShowFormId == DEVICE_MANAGER_FORM_ID) {
- //
- // Only show one menu item "Network Config" in the device manger form.
- //
- if (!AddNetworkMenu) {
- AddNetworkMenu = TRUE;
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- StartOpCodeHandle,
- INVALID_FORM_ID,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_TITLE),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_FORM_NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_HELP),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) QUESTION_NETWORK_DEVICE_ID
- );
- }
- } else if (mNextShowFormId == NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_FORM_ID) {
- //
- // In network device list form, same mac address device only show one menu.
- //
- while (AddItemCount > 0) {
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- StartOpCodeHandle,
- INVALID_FORM_ID,
- mMacDeviceList.NodeList[mMacDeviceList.CurListLen - AddItemCount].PromptId,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_NETWORK_DEVICE_HELP),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- mMacDeviceList.NodeList[mMacDeviceList.CurListLen - AddItemCount].QuestionId
- );
- AddItemCount -= 1;
- }
- } else if (mNextShowFormId == NETWORK_DEVICE_FORM_ID) {
- //
- // In network device form, only the selected mac address device need to be show.
- //
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- StartOpCodeHandle,
- INVALID_FORM_ID,
- Token,
- TokenHelp,
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (Index + DEVICE_KEY_OFFSET)
- );
- }
- } else {
- //
- //
- // Not network device process, only need to show at device manger form.
- //
- if (mNextShowFormId == DEVICE_MANAGER_FORM_ID) {
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- StartOpCodeHandle,
- INVALID_FORM_ID,
- Token,
- TokenHelp,
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (Index + DEVICE_KEY_OFFSET)
- );
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Try to find more formset in this HiiHandle.
- //
- SkipCount++;
- Index--;
- }
-
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiDriverHealthProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NumHandles,
- &DriverHealthHandles
- );
-
- //
- // If there are no drivers installed driver health protocol, do not create driver health entry in UI
- //
- if (NumHandles != 0) {
- //
- // If driver health protocol is installed, create Driver Health subtitle and entry
- //
- HiiCreateSubTitleOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle, STRING_TOKEN (STR_DM_DRIVER_HEALTH_TITLE), 0, 0, 0);
- HiiCreateGotoOpCode (
- StartOpCodeHandle,
- DRIVER_HEALTH_FORM_ID,
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_DRIVER_HEALTH_ALL_HEALTHY), // Prompt text
- STRING_TOKEN(STR_DRIVER_HEALTH_STATUS_HELP), // Help text
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- DEVICE_MANAGER_KEY_DRIVER_HEALTH // Question ID
- );
-
- //
- // Check All Driver health status
- //
- if (!PlaformHealthStatusCheck ()) {
- //
- // At least one driver in the platform are not in healthy status
- //
- HiiSetString (HiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN (STR_DRIVER_HEALTH_ALL_HEALTHY), GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DRIVER_NOT_HEALTH)), NULL);
- } else {
- //
- // For the string of STR_DRIVER_HEALTH_ALL_HEALTHY previously has been updated and we need to update it while re-entry.
- //
- HiiSetString (HiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN (STR_DRIVER_HEALTH_ALL_HEALTHY), GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DRIVER_HEALTH_ALL_HEALTHY)), NULL);
- }
- }
-
- HiiUpdateForm (
- HiiHandle,
- &gDeviceManagerFormSetGuid,
- mNextShowFormId,
- StartOpCodeHandle,
- EndOpCodeHandle
- );
-
- ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_NONE;
- Status = gFormBrowser2->SendForm (
- gFormBrowser2,
- &HiiHandle,
- 1,
- &gDeviceManagerFormSetGuid,
- mNextShowFormId,
- NULL,
- &ActionRequest
- );
- if (ActionRequest == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_RESET) {
- EnableResetRequired ();
- }
-
- //
- // We will have returned from processing a callback, selected
- // a target to display
- //
- if ((gCallbackKey >= DEVICE_KEY_OFFSET)) {
- ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_NONE;
- Status = gFormBrowser2->SendForm (
- gFormBrowser2,
- &HiiHandles[gCallbackKey - DEVICE_KEY_OFFSET],
- 1,
- GuidLists[gCallbackKey - DEVICE_KEY_OFFSET],
- 0,
- NULL,
- &ActionRequest
- );
-
- if (ActionRequest == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_RESET) {
- EnableResetRequired ();
- }
-
- //
- // Force return to Device Manager
- //
- gCallbackKey = FRONT_PAGE_KEY_DEVICE_MANAGER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Driver Health item chose.
- //
- if (gCallbackKey == DEVICE_MANAGER_KEY_DRIVER_HEALTH) {
- CallDriverHealth ();
- //
- // Force return to Device Manager
- //
- gCallbackKey = FRONT_PAGE_KEY_DEVICE_MANAGER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Enter from device manager and into the network device list.
- //
- if (gCallbackKey == QUESTION_NETWORK_DEVICE_ID) {
- mNextShowFormId = NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_FORM_ID;
- gCallbackKey = FRONT_PAGE_KEY_DEVICE_MANAGER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // In this case, go from the network device list to the specify device.
- //
- if ((gCallbackKey < MAX_KEY_SECTION_LEN + NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_KEY_OFFSET ) && (gCallbackKey >= NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_KEY_OFFSET)) {
- mNextShowFormId = NETWORK_DEVICE_FORM_ID;
- gCallbackKey = FRONT_PAGE_KEY_DEVICE_MANAGER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Select the ESC, the gCallbackKey == 0.
- //
- if(mNextShowFormId - 1 < DEVICE_MANAGER_FORM_ID) {
- mNextShowFormId = DEVICE_MANAGER_FORM_ID;
- } else {
- mNextShowFormId = (UINT16) (mNextShowFormId - 1);
- gCallbackKey = FRONT_PAGE_KEY_DEVICE_MANAGER;
- }
-
-Done:
- //
- // Remove our packagelist from HII database.
- //
- HiiRemovePackages (HiiHandle);
- gDeviceManagerPrivate.HiiHandle = NULL;
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (StartOpCodeHandle);
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (EndOpCodeHandle);
- FreePool (HiiHandles);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < HandleNum; Index++) {
- if (GuidLists[Index] != NULL) {
- FreePool (GuidLists[Index]);
- }
- }
- FreePool (GuidLists);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This function is invoked if user selected a interactive opcode from Driver Health's
- Formset. The decision by user is saved to gCallbackKey for later processing.
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Action Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
- @param QuestionId A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
- so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
- @param Type The type of value for the question.
- @param Value A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
- @param ActionRequest On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The setup browser call this function with invalid parameters.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DriverHealthCallback (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
- OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
- )
-{
- if (Action == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED) {
- if ((Value == NULL) || (ActionRequest == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- gCallbackKey = QuestionId;
-
- //
- // Request to exit SendForm(), so as to switch to selected form
- //
- *ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_EXIT;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // All other action return unsupported.
- //
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-/**
- Collect and display the platform's driver health relative information, allow user to do interactive
- operation while the platform is unhealthy.
-
- This function display a form which divided into two parts. The one list all modules which has installed
- driver health protocol. The list usually contain driver name, controller name, and it's health info.
- While the driver name can't be retrieved, will use device path as backup. The other part of the form provide
- a choice to the user to repair all platform.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CallDriverHealth (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
- EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST ActionRequest;
- EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *StartLabel;
- EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *StartLabelRepair;
- EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *EndLabel;
- EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *EndLabelRepair;
- VOID *StartOpCodeHandle;
- VOID *EndOpCodeHandle;
- VOID *StartOpCodeHandleRepair;
- VOID *EndOpCodeHandleRepair;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STRING_ID Token;
- EFI_STRING_ID TokenHelp;
- EFI_STRING String;
- EFI_STRING TmpString;
- EFI_STRING DriverName;
- EFI_STRING ControllerName;
- LIST_ENTRY DriverHealthList;
- DRIVER_HEALTH_INFO *DriverHealthInfo;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DriverDevicePath;
- BOOLEAN RebootRequired;
- BOOLEAN IsControllerNameEmpty;
- UINTN StringSize;
-
- Index = 0;
- DriverHealthInfo = NULL;
- DriverDevicePath = NULL;
- IsControllerNameEmpty = FALSE;
- InitializeListHead (&DriverHealthList);
-
- HiiHandle = gDeviceManagerPrivate.DriverHealthHiiHandle;
- if (HiiHandle == NULL) {
- //
- // Publish Driver Health HII data.
- //
- HiiHandle = HiiAddPackages (
- &gDeviceManagerFormSetGuid,
- gDeviceManagerPrivate.DriverHealthHandle,
- DriverHealthVfrBin,
- BdsDxeStrings,
- NULL
- );
- if (HiiHandle == NULL) {
- return;
- }
-
- gDeviceManagerPrivate.DriverHealthHiiHandle = HiiHandle;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate space for creation of UpdateData Buffer
- //
- StartOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (StartOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- EndOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (EndOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- StartOpCodeHandleRepair = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (StartOpCodeHandleRepair != NULL);
-
- EndOpCodeHandleRepair = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (EndOpCodeHandleRepair != NULL);
-
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the start opcode
- //
- StartLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- StartLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
- StartLabel->Number = LABEL_DRIVER_HEALTH;
-
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the start opcode
- //
- StartLabelRepair = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (StartOpCodeHandleRepair, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- StartLabelRepair->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
- StartLabelRepair->Number = LABEL_DRIVER_HEALTH_REAPIR_ALL;
-
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the end opcode
- //
- EndLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (EndOpCodeHandle, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- EndLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
- EndLabel->Number = LABEL_DRIVER_HEALTH_END;
-
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the end opcode
- //
- EndLabelRepair = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (EndOpCodeHandleRepair, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- EndLabelRepair->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
- EndLabelRepair->Number = LABEL_DRIVER_HEALTH_REAPIR_ALL_END;
-
- HiiCreateSubTitleOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle, STRING_TOKEN (STR_DH_STATUS_LIST), 0, 0, 1);
-
- Status = GetAllControllersHealthStatus (&DriverHealthList);
- ASSERT (Status != EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES);
-
- Link = GetFirstNode (&DriverHealthList);
-
- while (!IsNull (&DriverHealthList, Link)) {
- DriverHealthInfo = DEVICE_MANAGER_HEALTH_INFO_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- Status = DriverHealthGetDriverName (DriverHealthInfo->DriverHandle, &DriverName);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Can not get the Driver name, so use the Device path
- //
- DriverDevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (DriverHealthInfo->DriverHandle);
- DriverName = DevicePathToStr (DriverDevicePath);
- }
- StringSize = StrSize (DriverName);
-
- Status = DriverHealthGetControllerName (
- DriverHealthInfo->DriverHandle,
- DriverHealthInfo->ControllerHandle,
- DriverHealthInfo->ChildHandle,
- &ControllerName
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- IsControllerNameEmpty = FALSE;
- StringSize += StrLen (L" ") * sizeof(CHAR16);
- StringSize += StrLen (ControllerName) * sizeof(CHAR16);
- } else {
- IsControllerNameEmpty = TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Add the message of the Module itself provided after the string item.
- //
- if ((DriverHealthInfo->MessageList != NULL) && (DriverHealthInfo->MessageList->StringId != 0)) {
- TmpString = HiiGetString (
- DriverHealthInfo->MessageList->HiiHandle,
- DriverHealthInfo->MessageList->StringId,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT (TmpString != NULL);
-
- StringSize += StrLen (L" ") * sizeof(CHAR16);
- StringSize += StrLen (TmpString) * sizeof(CHAR16);
-
- String = (EFI_STRING) AllocateZeroPool (StringSize);
- ASSERT (String != NULL);
-
- StrCpyS (String, StringSize / sizeof(CHAR16), DriverName);
- if (!IsControllerNameEmpty) {
- StrCatS (String, StringSize / sizeof(CHAR16), L" ");
- StrCatS (String, StringSize / sizeof(CHAR16), ControllerName);
- }
-
- StrCatS (String, StringSize / sizeof(CHAR16), L" ");
- StrCatS (String, StringSize / sizeof(CHAR16), TmpString);
-
- } else {
- //
- // Update the string will be displayed base on the driver's health status
- //
- switch(DriverHealthInfo->HealthStatus) {
- case EfiDriverHealthStatusRepairRequired:
- TmpString = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_REPAIR_REQUIRED));
- break;
- case EfiDriverHealthStatusConfigurationRequired:
- TmpString = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_CONFIGURATION_REQUIRED));
- break;
- case EfiDriverHealthStatusFailed:
- TmpString = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_OPERATION_FAILED));
- break;
- case EfiDriverHealthStatusReconnectRequired:
- TmpString = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_RECONNECT_REQUIRED));
- break;
- case EfiDriverHealthStatusRebootRequired:
- TmpString = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_REBOOT_REQUIRED));
- break;
- default:
- TmpString = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_DRIVER_HEALTH_HEALTHY));
- break;
- }
- ASSERT (TmpString != NULL);
-
- StringSize += StrLen (TmpString) * sizeof(CHAR16);
-
- String = (EFI_STRING) AllocateZeroPool (StringSize);
- ASSERT (String != NULL);
-
- StrCpyS (String, StringSize / sizeof (CHAR16), DriverName);
- if (!IsControllerNameEmpty) {
- StrCatS (String, StringSize / sizeof (CHAR16), L" ");
- StrCatS (String, StringSize / sizeof (CHAR16), ControllerName);
- }
-
- StrCatS (String, StringSize / sizeof (CHAR16), TmpString);
- }
-
- FreePool (TmpString);
-
- Token = HiiSetString (HiiHandle, 0, String, NULL);
- FreePool (String);
-
- TokenHelp = HiiSetString (HiiHandle, 0, GetStringById( STRING_TOKEN (STR_DH_REPAIR_SINGLE_HELP)), NULL);
-
- HiiCreateActionOpCode (
- StartOpCodeHandle,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (Index + DRIVER_HEALTH_KEY_OFFSET),
- Token,
- TokenHelp,
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- 0
- );
- Index++;
- Link = GetNextNode (&DriverHealthList, Link);
- }
-
- //
- // Add End Opcode for Subtitle
- //
- HiiCreateEndOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle);
-
- HiiCreateSubTitleOpCode (StartOpCodeHandleRepair, STRING_TOKEN (STR_DRIVER_HEALTH_REPAIR_ALL), 0, 0, 1);
- TokenHelp = HiiSetString (HiiHandle, 0, GetStringById( STRING_TOKEN (STR_DH_REPAIR_ALL_HELP)), NULL);
-
- if (PlaformHealthStatusCheck ()) {
- //
- // No action need to do for the platform
- //
- Token = HiiSetString (HiiHandle, 0, GetStringById( STRING_TOKEN (STR_DRIVER_HEALTH_ALL_HEALTHY)), NULL);
- HiiCreateActionOpCode (
- StartOpCodeHandleRepair,
- 0,
- Token,
- TokenHelp,
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_READ_ONLY,
- 0
- );
- } else {
- //
- // Create ActionOpCode only while the platform need to do health related operation.
- //
- Token = HiiSetString (HiiHandle, 0, GetStringById( STRING_TOKEN (STR_DH_REPAIR_ALL_TITLE)), NULL);
- HiiCreateActionOpCode (
- StartOpCodeHandleRepair,
- (EFI_QUESTION_ID) DRIVER_HEALTH_REPAIR_ALL_KEY,
- Token,
- TokenHelp,
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- 0
- );
- }
-
- HiiCreateEndOpCode (StartOpCodeHandleRepair);
-
- Status = HiiUpdateForm (
- HiiHandle,
- &gDriverHealthFormSetGuid,
- DRIVER_HEALTH_FORM_ID,
- StartOpCodeHandle,
- EndOpCodeHandle
- );
- ASSERT (Status != EFI_NOT_FOUND);
- ASSERT (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
-
- Status = HiiUpdateForm (
- HiiHandle,
- &gDriverHealthFormSetGuid,
- DRIVER_HEALTH_FORM_ID,
- StartOpCodeHandleRepair,
- EndOpCodeHandleRepair
- );
- ASSERT (Status != EFI_NOT_FOUND);
- ASSERT (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
-
- ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_NONE;
- Status = gFormBrowser2->SendForm (
- gFormBrowser2,
- &HiiHandle,
- 1,
- &gDriverHealthFormSetGuid,
- DRIVER_HEALTH_FORM_ID,
- NULL,
- &ActionRequest
- );
- if (ActionRequest == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_RESET) {
- EnableResetRequired ();
- }
-
- //
- // We will have returned from processing a callback - user either hit ESC to exit, or selected
- // a target to display.
- // Process the diver health status states here.
- //
- if (gCallbackKey >= DRIVER_HEALTH_KEY_OFFSET && gCallbackKey != DRIVER_HEALTH_REPAIR_ALL_KEY) {
- ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_NONE;
-
- Link = GetFirstNode (&DriverHealthList);
- Index = 0;
-
- while (!IsNull (&DriverHealthList, Link)) {
- //
- // Got the item relative node in the List
- //
- if (Index == (gCallbackKey - DRIVER_HEALTH_KEY_OFFSET)) {
- DriverHealthInfo = DEVICE_MANAGER_HEALTH_INFO_FROM_LINK (Link);
- //
- // Process the driver's healthy status for the specify module
- //
- RebootRequired = FALSE;
- ProcessSingleControllerHealth (
- DriverHealthInfo->DriverHealth,
- DriverHealthInfo->ControllerHandle,
- DriverHealthInfo->ChildHandle,
- DriverHealthInfo->HealthStatus,
- &(DriverHealthInfo->MessageList),
- DriverHealthInfo->HiiHandle,
- &RebootRequired
- );
- if (RebootRequired) {
- gRT->ResetSystem (EfiResetWarm, EFI_SUCCESS, 0, NULL);
- }
- break;
- }
- Index++;
- Link = GetNextNode (&DriverHealthList, Link);
- }
-
- if (ActionRequest == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_RESET) {
- EnableResetRequired ();
- }
-
- //
- // Force return to the form of Driver Health in Device Manager
- //
- gCallbackKey = DRIVER_HEALTH_RETURN_KEY;
- }
-
- //
- // Repair the whole platform
- //
- if (gCallbackKey == DRIVER_HEALTH_REPAIR_ALL_KEY) {
- ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_NONE;
-
- PlatformRepairAll (&DriverHealthList);
-
- gCallbackKey = DRIVER_HEALTH_RETURN_KEY;
- }
-
- //
- // Remove driver health packagelist from HII database.
- //
- HiiRemovePackages (HiiHandle);
- gDeviceManagerPrivate.DriverHealthHiiHandle = NULL;
-
- //
- // Free driver health info list
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&DriverHealthList)) {
-
- Link = GetFirstNode(&DriverHealthList);
- DriverHealthInfo = DEVICE_MANAGER_HEALTH_INFO_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (Link);
-
- if (DriverHealthInfo->MessageList != NULL) {
- FreePool(DriverHealthInfo->MessageList);
- FreePool (DriverHealthInfo);
- }
- }
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (StartOpCodeHandle);
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (EndOpCodeHandle);
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (StartOpCodeHandleRepair);
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (EndOpCodeHandleRepair);
-
- if (gCallbackKey == DRIVER_HEALTH_RETURN_KEY) {
- //
- // Force return to Driver Health Form
- //
- gCallbackKey = DEVICE_MANAGER_KEY_DRIVER_HEALTH;
- CallDriverHealth ();
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check the Driver Health status of a single controller and try to process it if not healthy.
-
- This function called by CheckAllControllersHealthStatus () function in order to process a specify
- contoller's health state.
-
- @param DriverHealthList A Pointer to the list contain all of the platform driver health information.
- @param DriverHandle The handle of driver.
- @param ControllerHandle The class guid specifies which form set will be displayed.
- @param ChildHandle The handle of the child controller to retrieve the health
- status on. This is an optional parameter that may be NULL.
- @param DriverHealth A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param HealthStatus The health status of the controller.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER HealthStatus or DriverHealth is NULL.
- @retval HealthStatus The Health status of specify controller.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The list of Driver Health Protocol handles can not be retrieved.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No controller in the platform install Driver Health Protocol.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Health related operation has been taken successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-GetSingleControllerHealthStatus (
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *DriverHealthList,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_PROTOCOL *DriverHealth,
- IN EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_STATUS *HealthStatus
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_HII_MESSAGE *MessageList;
- EFI_HII_HANDLE FormHiiHandle;
- DRIVER_HEALTH_INFO *DriverHealthInfo;
-
- if (HealthStatus == NULL) {
- //
- // If HealthStatus is NULL, then return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Assume the HealthStatus is healthy
- //
- *HealthStatus = EfiDriverHealthStatusHealthy;
-
- if (DriverHealth == NULL) {
- //
- // If DriverHealth is NULL, then return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (ControllerHandle == NULL) {
- //
- // If ControllerHandle is NULL, the return the cumulative health status of the driver
- //
- Status = DriverHealth->GetHealthStatus (DriverHealth, NULL, NULL, HealthStatus, NULL, NULL);
- if (*HealthStatus == EfiDriverHealthStatusHealthy) {
- //
- // Add the driver health related information into the list
- //
- DriverHealthInfo = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (DRIVER_HEALTH_INFO));
- if (DriverHealthInfo == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- DriverHealthInfo->Signature = DEVICE_MANAGER_DRIVER_HEALTH_INFO_SIGNATURE;
- DriverHealthInfo->DriverHandle = DriverHandle;
- DriverHealthInfo->ControllerHandle = NULL;
- DriverHealthInfo->ChildHandle = NULL;
- DriverHealthInfo->HiiHandle = NULL;
- DriverHealthInfo->DriverHealth = DriverHealth;
- DriverHealthInfo->MessageList = NULL;
- DriverHealthInfo->HealthStatus = *HealthStatus;
-
- InsertTailList (DriverHealthList, &DriverHealthInfo->Link);
- }
- return Status;
- }
-
- MessageList = NULL;
- FormHiiHandle = NULL;
-
- //
- // Collect the health status with the optional HII message list
- //
- Status = DriverHealth->GetHealthStatus (DriverHealth, ControllerHandle, ChildHandle, HealthStatus, &MessageList, &FormHiiHandle);
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If the health status could not be retrieved, then return immediately
- //
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Add the driver health related information into the list
- //
- DriverHealthInfo = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (DRIVER_HEALTH_INFO));
- if (DriverHealthInfo == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- DriverHealthInfo->Signature = DEVICE_MANAGER_DRIVER_HEALTH_INFO_SIGNATURE;
- DriverHealthInfo->DriverHandle = DriverHandle;
- DriverHealthInfo->ControllerHandle = ControllerHandle;
- DriverHealthInfo->ChildHandle = ChildHandle;
- DriverHealthInfo->HiiHandle = FormHiiHandle;
- DriverHealthInfo->DriverHealth = DriverHealth;
- DriverHealthInfo->MessageList = MessageList;
- DriverHealthInfo->HealthStatus = *HealthStatus;
-
- InsertTailList (DriverHealthList, &DriverHealthInfo->Link);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Collects all the EFI Driver Health Protocols currently present in the EFI Handle Database,
- and queries each EFI Driver Health Protocol to determine if one or more of the controllers
- managed by each EFI Driver Health Protocol instance are not healthy.
-
- @param DriverHealthList A Pointer to the list contain all of the platform driver health
- information.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No controller in the platform install Driver Health Protocol.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS All the controllers in the platform are healthy.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The list of Driver Health Protocol handles can not be retrieved.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetAllControllersHealthStatus (
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *DriverHealthList
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN NumHandles;
- EFI_HANDLE *DriverHealthHandles;
- EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_PROTOCOL *DriverHealth;
- EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_STATUS HealthStatus;
- UINTN DriverHealthIndex;
- EFI_HANDLE *Handles;
- UINTN HandleCount;
- UINTN ControllerIndex;
- UINTN ChildIndex;
-
- //
- // Initialize local variables
- //
- Handles = NULL;
- DriverHealthHandles = NULL;
- NumHandles = 0;
- HandleCount = 0;
-
- HealthStatus = EfiDriverHealthStatusHealthy;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiDriverHealthProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NumHandles,
- &DriverHealthHandles
- );
-
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND || NumHandles == 0) {
- //
- // If there are no Driver Health Protocols handles, then return EFI_NOT_FOUND
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || DriverHealthHandles == NULL) {
- //
- // If the list of Driver Health Protocol handles can not be retrieved, then
- // return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES
- //
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Check the health status of all controllers in the platform
- // Start by looping through all the Driver Health Protocol handles in the handle database
- //
- for (DriverHealthIndex = 0; DriverHealthIndex < NumHandles; DriverHealthIndex++) {
- //
- // Skip NULL Driver Health Protocol handles
- //
- if (DriverHealthHandles[DriverHealthIndex] == NULL) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Retrieve the Driver Health Protocol from DriverHandle
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- DriverHealthHandles[DriverHealthIndex],
- &gEfiDriverHealthProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **)&DriverHealth
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If the Driver Health Protocol can not be retrieved, then skip to the next
- // Driver Health Protocol handle
- //
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Check the health of all the controllers managed by a Driver Health Protocol handle
- //
- Status = GetSingleControllerHealthStatus (DriverHealthList, DriverHealthHandles[DriverHealthIndex], NULL, NULL, DriverHealth, &HealthStatus);
-
- //
- // If Status is an error code, then the health information could not be retrieved, so assume healthy
- // and skip to the next Driver Health Protocol handle
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // If all the controllers managed by this Driver Health Protocol are healthy, then skip to the next
- // Driver Health Protocol handle
- //
- if (HealthStatus == EfiDriverHealthStatusHealthy) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // See if the list of all handles in the handle database has been retrieved
- //
- //
- if (Handles == NULL) {
- //
- // Retrieve the list of all handles from the handle database
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- AllHandles,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- &HandleCount,
- &Handles
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || Handles == NULL) {
- //
- // If all the handles in the handle database can not be retrieved, then
- // return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES
- //
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- //
- // Loop through all the controller handles in the handle database
- //
- for (ControllerIndex = 0; ControllerIndex < HandleCount; ControllerIndex++) {
- //
- // Skip NULL controller handles
- //
- if (Handles[ControllerIndex] == NULL) {
- continue;
- }
-
- Status = GetSingleControllerHealthStatus (DriverHealthList, DriverHealthHandles[DriverHealthIndex], Handles[ControllerIndex], NULL, DriverHealth, &HealthStatus);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If Status is an error code, then the health information could not be retrieved, so assume healthy
- //
- HealthStatus = EfiDriverHealthStatusHealthy;
- }
-
- //
- // If CheckHealthSingleController() returned an error on a terminal state, then do not check the health of child controllers
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Loop through all the child handles in the handle database
- //
- for (ChildIndex = 0; ChildIndex < HandleCount; ChildIndex++) {
- //
- // Skip NULL child handles
- //
- if (Handles[ChildIndex] == NULL) {
- continue;
- }
-
- Status = GetSingleControllerHealthStatus (DriverHealthList, DriverHealthHandles[DriverHealthIndex], Handles[ControllerIndex], Handles[ChildIndex], DriverHealth, &HealthStatus);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If Status is an error code, then the health information could not be retrieved, so assume healthy
- //
- HealthStatus = EfiDriverHealthStatusHealthy;
- }
-
- //
- // If CheckHealthSingleController() returned an error on a terminal state, then skip to the next child
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Done:
- if (Handles != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (Handles);
- }
- if (DriverHealthHandles != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (DriverHealthHandles);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check the healthy status of the platform, this function will return immediately while found one driver
- in the platform are not healthy.
-
- @retval FALSE at least one driver in the platform are not healthy.
- @retval TRUE No controller install Driver Health Protocol,
- or all controllers in the platform are in healthy status.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-PlaformHealthStatusCheck (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_STATUS HealthStatus;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN NoHandles;
- EFI_HANDLE *DriverHealthHandles;
- EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_PROTOCOL *DriverHealth;
- BOOLEAN AllHealthy;
-
- //
- // Initialize local variables
- //
- DriverHealthHandles = NULL;
- DriverHealth = NULL;
-
- HealthStatus = EfiDriverHealthStatusHealthy;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiDriverHealthProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NoHandles,
- &DriverHealthHandles
- );
- //
- // There are no handles match the search for Driver Health Protocol has been installed.
- //
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- //
- // Assume all modules are healthy.
- //
- AllHealthy = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Found one or more Handles.
- //
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < NoHandles; Index++) {
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- DriverHealthHandles[Index],
- &gEfiDriverHealthProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &DriverHealth
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = DriverHealth->GetHealthStatus (
- DriverHealth,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- &HealthStatus,
- NULL,
- NULL
- );
- }
- //
- // Get the healthy status of the module
- //
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (HealthStatus != EfiDriverHealthStatusHealthy) {
- //
- // Return immediately one driver's status not in healthy.
- //
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- return AllHealthy;
-}
-
-/**
- Processes a single controller using the EFI Driver Health Protocol associated with
- that controller. This algorithm continues to query the GetHealthStatus() service until
- one of the legal terminal states of the EFI Driver Health Protocol is reached. This may
- require the processing of HII Messages, HII Form, and invocation of repair operations.
-
- @param DriverHealth A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ControllerHandle The class guid specifies which form set will be displayed.
- @param ChildHandle The handle of the child controller to retrieve the health
- status on. This is an optional parameter that may be NULL.
- @param HealthStatus The health status of the controller.
- @param MessageList An array of warning or error messages associated
- with the controller specified by ControllerHandle and
- ChildHandle. This is an optional parameter that may be NULL.
- @param FormHiiHandle The HII handle for an HII form associated with the
- controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.
- @param RebootRequired Indicate whether a reboot is required to repair the controller.
-**/
-VOID
-ProcessSingleControllerHealth (
- IN EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_PROTOCOL *DriverHealth,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_STATUS HealthStatus,
- IN EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_HII_MESSAGE **MessageList, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE FormHiiHandle,
- IN OUT BOOLEAN *RebootRequired
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_STATUS LocalHealthStatus;
-
- LocalHealthStatus = HealthStatus;
- //
- // If the module need to be repaired or reconfiguration, will process it until
- // reach a terminal status. The status from EfiDriverHealthStatusRepairRequired after repair
- // will be in (Health, Failed, Configuration Required).
- //
- while(LocalHealthStatus == EfiDriverHealthStatusConfigurationRequired ||
- LocalHealthStatus == EfiDriverHealthStatusRepairRequired) {
-
- if (LocalHealthStatus == EfiDriverHealthStatusRepairRequired) {
- Status = DriverHealth->Repair (
- DriverHealth,
- ControllerHandle,
- ChildHandle,
- RepairNotify
- );
- }
- //
- // Via a form of the driver need to do configuration provided to process of status in
- // EfiDriverHealthStatusConfigurationRequired. The status after configuration should be in
- // (Healthy, Reboot Required, Failed, Reconnect Required, Repair Required).
- //
- if (LocalHealthStatus == EfiDriverHealthStatusConfigurationRequired) {
- if (FormHiiHandle != NULL) {
- Status = gFormBrowser2->SendForm (
- gFormBrowser2,
- &FormHiiHandle,
- 1,
- &gEfiHiiDriverHealthFormsetGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT( !EFI_ERROR (Status));
- } else {
- //
- // Exit the loop in case no FormHiiHandle is supplied to prevent dead-loop
- //
- break;
- }
- }
-
- Status = DriverHealth->GetHealthStatus (
- DriverHealth,
- ControllerHandle,
- ChildHandle,
- &LocalHealthStatus,
- NULL,
- &FormHiiHandle
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- if (*MessageList != NULL) {
- ProcessMessages (*MessageList);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Health status in {Healthy, Failed} may also have Messages need to process
- //
- if (LocalHealthStatus == EfiDriverHealthStatusHealthy || LocalHealthStatus == EfiDriverHealthStatusFailed) {
- if (*MessageList != NULL) {
- ProcessMessages (*MessageList);
- }
- }
- //
- // Check for RebootRequired or ReconnectRequired
- //
- if (LocalHealthStatus == EfiDriverHealthStatusRebootRequired) {
- *RebootRequired = TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Do reconnect if need.
- //
- if (LocalHealthStatus == EfiDriverHealthStatusReconnectRequired) {
- Status = gBS->DisconnectController (ControllerHandle, NULL, NULL);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Disconnect failed. Need to promote reconnect to a reboot.
- //
- *RebootRequired = TRUE;
- } else {
- gBS->ConnectController (ControllerHandle, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Reports the progress of a repair operation.
-
- @param[in] Value A value between 0 and Limit that identifies the current
- progress of the repair operation.
-
- @param[in] Limit The maximum value of Value for the current repair operation.
- For example, a driver that wants to specify progress in
- percent would use a Limit value of 100.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The progress of a repair operation is reported successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-RepairNotify (
- IN UINTN Value,
- IN UINTN Limit
- )
-{
- UINTN Percent;
-
- if (Limit == 0) {
- Print(L"Repair Progress Undefined\n\r");
- } else {
- Percent = Value * 100 / Limit;
- Print(L"Repair Progress = %3d%%\n\r", Percent);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Processes a set of messages returned by the GetHealthStatus ()
- service of the EFI Driver Health Protocol
-
- @param MessageList The MessageList point to messages need to processed.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ProcessMessages (
- IN EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_HII_MESSAGE *MessageList
- )
-{
- UINTN MessageIndex;
- EFI_STRING MessageString;
-
- for (MessageIndex = 0;
- MessageList[MessageIndex].HiiHandle != NULL;
- MessageIndex++) {
-
- MessageString = HiiGetString (
- MessageList[MessageIndex].HiiHandle,
- MessageList[MessageIndex].StringId,
- NULL
- );
- if (MessageString != NULL) {
- //
- // User can customize the output. Just simply print out the MessageString like below.
- // Also can use the HiiHandle to display message on the front page.
- //
- // Print(L"%s\n",MessageString);
- // gBS->Stall (100000);
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-/**
- Repair the whole platform.
-
- This function is the main entry for user choose "Repair All" in the front page.
- It will try to do recovery job till all the driver health protocol installed modules
- reach a terminal state.
-
- @param DriverHealthList A Pointer to the list contain all of the platform driver health
- information.
-
-**/
-VOID
-PlatformRepairAll (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *DriverHealthList
- )
-{
- DRIVER_HEALTH_INFO *DriverHealthInfo;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- BOOLEAN RebootRequired;
-
- ASSERT (DriverHealthList != NULL);
-
- RebootRequired = FALSE;
-
- for ( Link = GetFirstNode (DriverHealthList)
- ; !IsNull (DriverHealthList, Link)
- ; Link = GetNextNode (DriverHealthList, Link)
- ) {
- DriverHealthInfo = DEVICE_MANAGER_HEALTH_INFO_FROM_LINK (Link);
- //
- // Do driver health status operation by each link node
- //
- ASSERT (DriverHealthInfo != NULL);
-
- ProcessSingleControllerHealth (
- DriverHealthInfo->DriverHealth,
- DriverHealthInfo->ControllerHandle,
- DriverHealthInfo->ChildHandle,
- DriverHealthInfo->HealthStatus,
- &(DriverHealthInfo->MessageList),
- DriverHealthInfo->HiiHandle,
- &RebootRequired
- );
- }
-
- if (RebootRequired) {
- gRT->ResetSystem (EfiResetWarm, EFI_SUCCESS, 0, NULL);
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
- Select the best matching language according to front page policy for best user experience.
-
- This function supports both ISO 639-2 and RFC 4646 language codes, but language
- code types may not be mixed in a single call to this function.
-
- @param SupportedLanguages A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string that
- contains a set of language codes in the format
- specified by Iso639Language.
- @param Iso639Language If TRUE, then all language codes are assumed to be
- in ISO 639-2 format. If FALSE, then all language
- codes are assumed to be in RFC 4646 language format.
-
- @retval NULL The best matching language could not be found in SupportedLanguages.
- @retval NULL There are not enough resources available to return the best matching
- language.
- @retval Other A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string that is the best matching
- language in SupportedLanguages.
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-DriverHealthSelectBestLanguage (
- IN CHAR8 *SupportedLanguages,
- IN BOOLEAN Iso639Language
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *LanguageVariable;
- CHAR8 *BestLanguage;
-
- GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (Iso639Language ? L"Lang" : L"PlatformLang", (VOID**)&LanguageVariable, NULL);
-
- BestLanguage = GetBestLanguage(
- SupportedLanguages,
- Iso639Language,
- (LanguageVariable != NULL) ? LanguageVariable : "",
- Iso639Language ? "eng" : "en-US",
- NULL
- );
- if (LanguageVariable != NULL) {
- FreePool (LanguageVariable);
- }
-
- return BestLanguage;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
-
- This is an internal worker function to get the Component Name (2) protocol interface
- and the language it supports.
-
- @param ProtocolGuid A pointer to an EFI_GUID. It points to Component Name (2) protocol GUID.
- @param DriverBindingHandle The handle on which the Component Name (2) protocol instance is retrieved.
- @param ComponentName A pointer to the Component Name (2) protocol interface.
- @param SupportedLanguage The best suitable language that matches the SupportedLangues interface for the
- located Component Name (2) instance.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Component Name (2) protocol instance is successfully located and we find
- the best matching language it support.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The input Language is not supported by the Component Name (2) protocol.
- @retval Other Some error occurs when locating Component Name (2) protocol instance or finding
- the supported language.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetComponentNameWorker (
- IN EFI_GUID *ProtocolGuid,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverBindingHandle,
- OUT EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL **ComponentName,
- OUT CHAR8 **SupportedLanguage
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Locate Component Name (2) protocol on the driver binging handle.
- //
- Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
- DriverBindingHandle,
- ProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) ComponentName,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Apply shell policy to select the best language.
- //
- *SupportedLanguage = DriverHealthSelectBestLanguage (
- (*ComponentName)->SupportedLanguages,
- (BOOLEAN) (ProtocolGuid == &gEfiComponentNameProtocolGuid)
- );
- if (*SupportedLanguage == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This is an internal worker function to get driver name from Component Name (2) protocol interface.
-
-
- @param ProtocolGuid A pointer to an EFI_GUID. It points to Component Name (2) protocol GUID.
- @param DriverBindingHandle The handle on which the Component Name (2) protocol instance is retrieved.
- @param DriverName A pointer to the Unicode string to return. This Unicode string is the name
- of the driver specified by This.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The driver name is successfully retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol
- interface.
- @retval Other The driver name cannot be retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol
- interface.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetDriverNameWorker (
- IN EFI_GUID *ProtocolGuid,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverBindingHandle,
- OUT CHAR16 **DriverName
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *BestLanguage;
- EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL *ComponentName;
-
- //
- // Retrieve Component Name (2) protocol instance on the driver binding handle and
- // find the best language this instance supports.
- //
- Status = GetComponentNameWorker (
- ProtocolGuid,
- DriverBindingHandle,
- &ComponentName,
- &BestLanguage
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the driver name from Component Name (2) protocol instance on the driver binging handle.
- //
- Status = ComponentName->GetDriverName (
- ComponentName,
- BestLanguage,
- DriverName
- );
- FreePool (BestLanguage);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This function gets driver name from Component Name 2 protocol interface and Component Name protocol interface
- in turn. It first tries UEFI 2.0 Component Name 2 protocol interface and try to get the driver name.
- If the attempt fails, it then gets the driver name from EFI 1.1 Component Name protocol for backward
- compatibility support.
-
- @param DriverBindingHandle The handle on which the Component Name (2) protocol instance is retrieved.
- @param DriverName A pointer to the Unicode string to return. This Unicode string is the name
- of the driver specified by This.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The driver name is successfully retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol
- interface.
- @retval Other The driver name cannot be retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol
- interface.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DriverHealthGetDriverName (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverBindingHandle,
- OUT CHAR16 **DriverName
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Get driver name from UEFI 2.0 Component Name 2 protocol interface.
- //
- Status = GetDriverNameWorker (&gEfiComponentName2ProtocolGuid, DriverBindingHandle, DriverName);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If it fails to get the driver name from Component Name protocol interface, we should fall back on
- // EFI 1.1 Component Name protocol interface.
- //
- Status = GetDriverNameWorker (&gEfiComponentNameProtocolGuid, DriverBindingHandle, DriverName);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- This function gets controller name from Component Name 2 protocol interface and Component Name protocol interface
- in turn. It first tries UEFI 2.0 Component Name 2 protocol interface and try to get the controller name.
- If the attempt fails, it then gets the controller name from EFI 1.1 Component Name protocol for backward
- compatibility support.
-
- @param ProtocolGuid A pointer to an EFI_GUID. It points to Component Name (2) protocol GUID.
- @param DriverBindingHandle The handle on which the Component Name (2) protocol instance is retrieved.
- @param ControllerHandle The handle of a controller that the driver specified by This is managing.
- This handle specifies the controller whose name is to be returned.
- @param ChildHandle The handle of the child controller to retrieve the name of. This is an
- optional parameter that may be NULL. It will be NULL for device drivers.
- It will also be NULL for bus drivers that attempt to retrieve the name
- of the bus controller. It will not be NULL for a bus driver that attempts
- to retrieve the name of a child controller.
- @param ControllerName A pointer to the Unicode string to return. This Unicode string
- is the name of the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The controller name is successfully retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol
- interface.
- @retval Other The controller name cannot be retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetControllerNameWorker (
- IN EFI_GUID *ProtocolGuid,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverBindingHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle,
- OUT CHAR16 **ControllerName
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *BestLanguage;
- EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL *ComponentName;
-
- //
- // Retrieve Component Name (2) protocol instance on the driver binding handle and
- // find the best language this instance supports.
- //
- Status = GetComponentNameWorker (
- ProtocolGuid,
- DriverBindingHandle,
- &ComponentName,
- &BestLanguage
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the controller name from Component Name (2) protocol instance on the driver binging handle.
- //
- Status = ComponentName->GetControllerName (
- ComponentName,
- ControllerHandle,
- ChildHandle,
- BestLanguage,
- ControllerName
- );
- FreePool (BestLanguage);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This function gets controller name from Component Name 2 protocol interface and Component Name protocol interface
- in turn. It first tries UEFI 2.0 Component Name 2 protocol interface and try to get the controller name.
- If the attempt fails, it then gets the controller name from EFI 1.1 Component Name protocol for backward
- compatibility support.
-
- @param DriverBindingHandle The handle on which the Component Name (2) protocol instance is retrieved.
- @param ControllerHandle The handle of a controller that the driver specified by This is managing.
- This handle specifies the controller whose name is to be returned.
- @param ChildHandle The handle of the child controller to retrieve the name of. This is an
- optional parameter that may be NULL. It will be NULL for device drivers.
- It will also be NULL for bus drivers that attempt to retrieve the name
- of the bus controller. It will not be NULL for a bus driver that attempts
- to retrieve the name of a child controller.
- @param ControllerName A pointer to the Unicode string to return. This Unicode string
- is the name of the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The controller name is successfully retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol
- interface.
- @retval Other The controller name cannot be retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DriverHealthGetControllerName (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverBindingHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle,
- OUT CHAR16 **ControllerName
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Get controller name from UEFI 2.0 Component Name 2 protocol interface.
- //
- Status = GetControllerNameWorker (
- &gEfiComponentName2ProtocolGuid,
- DriverBindingHandle,
- ControllerHandle,
- ChildHandle,
- ControllerName
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If it fails to get the controller name from Component Name protocol interface, we should fall back on
- // EFI 1.1 Component Name protocol interface.
- //
- Status = GetControllerNameWorker (
- &gEfiComponentNameProtocolGuid,
- DriverBindingHandle,
- ControllerHandle,
- ChildHandle,
- ControllerName
- );
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManager.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManager.h deleted file mode 100644 index 95bde8de5a..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManager.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,523 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The platform device manager reference implement
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _DEVICE_MANAGER_H_
-#define _DEVICE_MANAGER_H_
-
-#include "Bds.h"
-#include "FrontPage.h"
-#include "DeviceManagerVfr.h"
-#include <Protocol/PciIo.h>
-
-#define DEVICE_MANAGER_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('D', 'M', 'C', 'B')
-#define DEVICE_MANAGER_DRIVER_HEALTH_INFO_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('D', 'M', 'D', 'H')
-
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
-
- ///
- /// Device Manager HII relative handles
- ///
- EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
-
- ///
- /// Driver Health HII relative handles
- ///
- EFI_HII_HANDLE DriverHealthHiiHandle;
-
- EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE DriverHealthHandle;
-
- ///
- /// Device Manager Produced protocols
- ///
- EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL ConfigAccess;
-
- ///
- /// Driver Health Produced protocols
- ///
- EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL DriverHealthConfigAccess;
-
- ///
- /// Configuration data
- ///
- UINT8 VideoBios;
-} DEVICE_MANAGER_CALLBACK_DATA;
-
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- ///
- /// HII relative handles
- ///
- EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
-
- ///
- /// Driver relative handles
- ///
- EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle;
-
- EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_PROTOCOL *DriverHealth;
- ///
- /// Driver health messages of the specify Driver
- ///
- EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_HII_MESSAGE *MessageList;
-
- ///
- /// Driver Health status
- ///
- EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_STATUS HealthStatus;
-} DRIVER_HEALTH_INFO;
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_STRING_ID PromptId;
- EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId;
-}MENU_INFO_ITEM;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN CurListLen;
- UINTN MaxListLen;
- MENU_INFO_ITEM *NodeList;
-} MAC_ADDRESS_NODE_LIST;
-
-#define DEVICE_MANAGER_HEALTH_INFO_FROM_LINK(a) \
- CR (a, \
- DRIVER_HEALTH_INFO, \
- Link, \
- DEVICE_MANAGER_DRIVER_HEALTH_INFO_SIGNATURE \
- )
-
-#define DEVICE_MANAGER_CALLBACK_DATA_FROM_THIS(a) \
- CR (a, \
- DEVICE_MANAGER_CALLBACK_DATA, \
- ConfigAccess, \
- DEVICE_MANAGER_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE \
- )
-typedef struct {
- EFI_STRING_ID StringId;
- UINT16 Class;
-} DEVICE_MANAGER_MENU_ITEM;
-
-/**
- This function is invoked if user selected a interactive opcode from Device Manager's
- Formset. The decision by user is saved to gCallbackKey for later processing. If
- user set VBIOS, the new value is saved to EFI variable.
-
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Action Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
- @param QuestionId A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
- so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
- @param Type The type of value for the question.
- @param Value A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
- @param ActionRequest On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The setup browser call this function with invalid parameters.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DeviceManagerCallback (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
- OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
- );
-
-/**
- This function is invoked if user selected a interactive opcode from Driver Health's
- Formset. The decision by user is saved to gCallbackKey for later processing.
-
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Action Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
- @param QuestionId A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
- so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
- @param Type The type of value for the question.
- @param Value A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
- @param ActionRequest On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The setup browser call this function with invalid parameters.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DriverHealthCallback (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
- OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
- );
-
-
-/**
-
- This function registers HII packages to HII database.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS HII packages for the Device Manager were registered successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES HII packages for the Device Manager failed to be registered.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeDeviceManager (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
-
- Call the browser and display the device manager to allow user
- to configure the platform.
-
- This function create the dynamic content for device manager. It includes
- section header for all class of devices, one-of opcode to set VBIOS.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Operation is successful.
- @retval Other values if failed to clean up the dynamic content from HII
- database.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CallDeviceManager (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Check the Driver Health status of a single controller and try to process it if not healthy.
-
- This function called by CheckAllControllersHealthStatus () function in order to process a specify
- contoller's health state.
-
- @param DriverHealthList A Pointer to the list contain all of the platform driver health information.
- @param DriverHandle The handle of driver.
- @param ControllerHandle The class guid specifies which form set will be displayed.
- @param ChildHandle The handle of the child controller to retrieve the health
- status on. This is an optional parameter that may be NULL.
- @param DriverHealth A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param HealthStatus The health status of the controller.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER HealthStatus or DriverHealth is NULL.
- @retval HealthStatus The Health status of specify controller.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The list of Driver Health Protocol handles can not be retrieved.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No controller in the platform install Driver Health Protocol.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Health related operation has been taken successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-GetSingleControllerHealthStatus (
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *DriverHealthList,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_PROTOCOL *DriverHealth,
- IN EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_STATUS *HealthStatus
- );
-
-/**
- Collects all the EFI Driver Health Protocols currently present in the EFI Handle Database,
- and queries each EFI Driver Health Protocol to determine if one or more of the controllers
- managed by each EFI Driver Health Protocol instance are not healthy.
-
- @param DriverHealthList A Pointer to the list contain all of the platform driver health
- information.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No controller in the platform install Driver Health Protocol.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS All the controllers in the platform are healthy.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The list of Driver Health Protocol handles can not be retrieved.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetAllControllersHealthStatus (
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *DriverHealthList
- );
-
-/**
- Check the healthy status of the platform, this function will return immediately while found one driver
- in the platform are not healthy.
-
- @retval FALSE at least one driver in the platform are not healthy.
- @retval TRUE No controller install Driver Health Protocol,
- or all controllers in the platform are in healthy status.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-PlaformHealthStatusCheck (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Repair the whole platform.
-
- This function is the main entry for user choose "Repair All" in the front page.
- It will try to do recovery job till all the driver health protocol installed modules
- reach a terminal state.
-
- @param DriverHealthList A Pointer to the list contain all of the platform driver health
- information.
-
-**/
-VOID
-PlatformRepairAll (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *DriverHealthList
- );
-
-/**
- Processes a single controller using the EFI Driver Health Protocol associated with
- that controller. This algorithm continues to query the GetHealthStatus() service until
- one of the legal terminal states of the EFI Driver Health Protocol is reached. This may
- require the processing of HII Messages, HII Form, and invocation of repair operations.
-
- @param DriverHealth A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ControllerHandle The class guid specifies which form set will be displayed.
- @param ChildHandle The handle of the child controller to retrieve the health
- status on. This is an optional parameter that may be NULL.
- @param HealthStatus The health status of the controller.
- @param MessageList An array of warning or error messages associated
- with the controller specified by ControllerHandle and
- ChildHandle. This is an optional parameter that may be NULL.
- @param FormHiiHandle The HII handle for an HII form associated with the
- controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.
- @param RebootRequired Indicate whether a reboot is required to repair the controller.
-**/
-VOID
-ProcessSingleControllerHealth (
- IN EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_PROTOCOL *DriverHealth,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_STATUS HealthStatus,
- IN EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_HII_MESSAGE **MessageList, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE FormHiiHandle,
- IN OUT BOOLEAN *RebootRequired
- );
-
-/**
- Reports the progress of a repair operation.
-
- @param[in] Value A value between 0 and Limit that identifies the current
- progress of the repair operation.
-
- @param[in] Limit The maximum value of Value for the current repair operation.
- For example, a driver that wants to specify progress in
- percent would use a Limit value of 100.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The progress of a repair operation is reported successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-RepairNotify (
- IN UINTN Value,
- IN UINTN Limit
- );
-
-/**
- Processes a set of messages returned by the GetHealthStatus ()
- service of the EFI Driver Health Protocol
-
- @param MessageList The MessageList point to messages need to processed.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ProcessMessages (
- IN EFI_DRIVER_HEALTH_HII_MESSAGE *MessageList
- );
-
-
-/**
- Collect and display the platform's driver health relative information, allow user to do interactive
- operation while the platform is unhealthy.
-
- This function display a form which divided into two parts. The one list all modules which has installed
- driver health protocol. The list usually contain driver name, controller name, and it's health info.
- While the driver name can't be retrieved, will use device path as backup. The other part of the form provide
- a choice to the user to repair all platform.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CallDriverHealth (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
-
- Select the best matching language according to front page policy for best user experience.
-
- This function supports both ISO 639-2 and RFC 4646 language codes, but language
- code types may not be mixed in a single call to this function.
-
- @param SupportedLanguages A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string that
- contains a set of language codes in the format
- specified by Iso639Language.
- @param Iso639Language If TRUE, then all language codes are assumed to be
- in ISO 639-2 format. If FALSE, then all language
- codes are assumed to be in RFC 4646 language format.
-
- @retval NULL The best matching language could not be found in SupportedLanguages.
- @retval NULL There are not enough resources available to return the best matching
- language.
- @retval Other A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string that is the best matching
- language in SupportedLanguages.
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-DriverHealthSelectBestLanguage (
- IN CHAR8 *SupportedLanguages,
- IN BOOLEAN Iso639Language
- );
-
-/**
-
- This is an internal worker function to get the Component Name (2) protocol interface
- and the language it supports.
-
- @param ProtocolGuid A pointer to an EFI_GUID. It points to Component Name (2) protocol GUID.
- @param DriverBindingHandle The handle on which the Component Name (2) protocol instance is retrieved.
- @param ComponentName A pointer to the Component Name (2) protocol interface.
- @param SupportedLanguage The best suitable language that matches the SupportedLangues interface for the
- located Component Name (2) instance.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Component Name (2) protocol instance is successfully located and we find
- the best matching language it support.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The input Language is not supported by the Component Name (2) protocol.
- @retval Other Some error occurs when locating Component Name (2) protocol instance or finding
- the supported language.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetComponentNameWorker (
- IN EFI_GUID *ProtocolGuid,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverBindingHandle,
- OUT EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL **ComponentName,
- OUT CHAR8 **SupportedLanguage
- );
-
-/**
-
- This is an internal worker function to get driver name from Component Name (2) protocol interface.
-
-
- @param ProtocolGuid A pointer to an EFI_GUID. It points to Component Name (2) protocol GUID.
- @param DriverBindingHandle The handle on which the Component Name (2) protocol instance is retrieved.
- @param DriverName A pointer to the Unicode string to return. This Unicode string is the name
- of the driver specified by This.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The driver name is successfully retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol
- interface.
- @retval Other The driver name cannot be retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol
- interface.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetDriverNameWorker (
- IN EFI_GUID *ProtocolGuid,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverBindingHandle,
- OUT CHAR16 **DriverName
- );
-
-/**
-
- This function gets driver name from Component Name 2 protocol interface and Component Name protocol interface
- in turn. It first tries UEFI 2.0 Component Name 2 protocol interface and try to get the driver name.
- If the attempt fails, it then gets the driver name from EFI 1.1 Component Name protocol for backward
- compatibility support.
-
- @param DriverBindingHandle The handle on which the Component Name (2) protocol instance is retrieved.
- @param DriverName A pointer to the Unicode string to return. This Unicode string is the name
- of the driver specified by This.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The driver name is successfully retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol
- interface.
- @retval Other The driver name cannot be retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol
- interface.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DriverHealthGetDriverName (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverBindingHandle,
- OUT CHAR16 **DriverName
- );
-
-/**
- This function gets controller name from Component Name 2 protocol interface and Component Name protocol interface
- in turn. It first tries UEFI 2.0 Component Name 2 protocol interface and try to get the controller name.
- If the attempt fails, it then gets the controller name from EFI 1.1 Component Name protocol for backward
- compatibility support.
-
- @param ProtocolGuid A pointer to an EFI_GUID. It points to Component Name (2) protocol GUID.
- @param DriverBindingHandle The handle on which the Component Name (2) protocol instance is retrieved.
- @param ControllerHandle The handle of a controller that the driver specified by This is managing.
- This handle specifies the controller whose name is to be returned.
- @param ChildHandle The handle of the child controller to retrieve the name of. This is an
- optional parameter that may be NULL. It will be NULL for device drivers.
- It will also be NULL for bus drivers that attempt to retrieve the name
- of the bus controller. It will not be NULL for a bus driver that attempts
- to retrieve the name of a child controller.
- @param ControllerName A pointer to the Unicode string to return. This Unicode string
- is the name of the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The controller name is successfully retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol
- interface.
- @retval Other The controller name cannot be retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetControllerNameWorker (
- IN EFI_GUID *ProtocolGuid,
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverBindingHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle,
- OUT CHAR16 **ControllerName
- );
-
-/**
- This function gets controller name from Component Name 2 protocol interface and Component Name protocol interface
- in turn. It first tries UEFI 2.0 Component Name 2 protocol interface and try to get the controller name.
- If the attempt fails, it then gets the controller name from EFI 1.1 Component Name protocol for backward
- compatibility support.
-
- @param DriverBindingHandle The handle on which the Component Name (2) protocol instance is retrieved.
- @param ControllerHandle The handle of a controller that the driver specified by This is managing.
- This handle specifies the controller whose name is to be returned.
- @param ChildHandle The handle of the child controller to retrieve the name of. This is an
- optional parameter that may be NULL. It will be NULL for device drivers.
- It will also be NULL for bus drivers that attempt to retrieve the name
- of the bus controller. It will not be NULL for a bus driver that attempts
- to retrieve the name of a child controller.
- @param ControllerName A pointer to the Unicode string to return. This Unicode string
- is the name of the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The controller name is successfully retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol
- interface.
- @retval Other The controller name cannot be retrieved from Component Name (2) protocol.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DriverHealthGetControllerName (
- IN EFI_HANDLE DriverBindingHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle,
- OUT CHAR16 **ControllerName
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManagerStrings.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManagerStrings.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1553f10bf9..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManagerStrings.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManagerVfr.Vfr b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManagerVfr.Vfr deleted file mode 100644 index 0ad671bdca..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManagerVfr.Vfr +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -///** @file
-//
-// Device Manager formset.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-//**/
-
-#include "DeviceManagerVfr.h"
-
-#define EFI_DISK_DEVICE_CLASS 0x0001
-#define EFI_VIDEO_DEVICE_CLASS 0x0002
-#define EFI_NETWORK_DEVICE_CLASS 0x0004
-#define EFI_INPUT_DEVICE_CLASS 0x0008
-#define EFI_ON_BOARD_DEVICE_CLASS 0x0010
-#define EFI_OTHER_DEVICE_CLASS 0x0020
-
-#define DEVICE_MANAGER_CLASS 0x0000
-#define FRONT_PAGE_SUBCLASS 0x0003
-
-formset
- guid = DEVICE_MANAGER_FORMSET_GUID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_DEVICE_MANAGER_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_EMPTY_STRING),
- classguid = DEVICE_MANAGER_FORMSET_GUID,
-
- form formid = DEVICE_MANAGER_FORM_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_DEVICE_MANAGER_TITLE);
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_DEVICES_LIST);
- //
- // This is where devices get added to the device manager hierarchy
- //
- label EFI_DISK_DEVICE_CLASS;
-// label LABEL_END; // Since next opcode is a label, so this one could be omitted to save code size
-
- label EFI_VIDEO_DEVICE_CLASS;
-// label LABEL_END;
-
- label EFI_NETWORK_DEVICE_CLASS;
-// label LABEL_END;
-
- label EFI_INPUT_DEVICE_CLASS;
-// label LABEL_END;
-
- label EFI_ON_BOARD_DEVICE_CLASS;
-// label LABEL_END;
-
-// label EFI_OTHER_DEVICE_CLASS;
-
- label LABEL_DEVICES_LIST;
- label LABEL_END;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_EMPTY_STRING);
-
- label LABEL_VBIOS;
- label LABEL_END;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_EMPTY_STRING);
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_EXIT_STRING);
-
- endform;
-
- form formid = NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_FORM_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_TITLE);
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_STRING);
-
- label LABEL_NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_EMPTY_STRING);
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_EXIT_STRING);
- endform;
-
- form formid = NETWORK_DEVICE_FORM_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_NETWORK_DEVICE_TITLE);
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NETWORK_DEVICE_STRING);
-
- label LABEL_NETWORK_DEVICE_ID;
- label LABEL_END;
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_EMPTY_STRING);
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_EXIT_STRING);
- endform;
-endformset;
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManagerVfr.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManagerVfr.h deleted file mode 100644 index b6b086600f..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DeviceManagerVfr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- The platform device manager reference implement
-
-Copyright (c) 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _DEVICE_MANAGER_VFR_H_
-#define _DEVICE_MANAGER_VFR_H_
-
-#include <Guid/BdsHii.h>
-
-#define LABEL_DEVICES_LIST 0x1100
-#define LABEL_NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_ID 0x1101
-#define LABEL_NETWORK_DEVICE_ID 0x1102
-#define LABEL_END 0xffff
-#define LABEL_FORM_ID_OFFSET 0x0100
-
-#define LABEL_DRIVER_HEALTH 0x2000
-#define LABEL_DRIVER_HEALTH_END 0x2001
-
-#define LABEL_DRIVER_HEALTH_REAPIR_ALL 0x3000
-#define LABEL_DRIVER_HEALTH_REAPIR_ALL_END 0x3001
-
-#define LABEL_VBIOS 0x0040
-
-#define INVALID_FORM_ID 0x0FFF
-#define DEVICE_MANAGER_FORM_ID 0x1000
-#define NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_FORM_ID 0x1001
-#define NETWORK_DEVICE_FORM_ID 0x1002
-#define DRIVER_HEALTH_FORM_ID 0x1003
-#define DEVICE_KEY_OFFSET 0x4000
-#define NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_KEY_OFFSET 0x2000
-#define DEVICE_MANAGER_KEY_VBIOS 0x3000
-#define MAX_KEY_SECTION_LEN 0x1000
-
-#define DEVICE_MANAGER_KEY_DRIVER_HEALTH 0x1111
-#define DRIVER_HEALTH_KEY_OFFSET 0x2000
-#define DRIVER_HEALTH_REPAIR_ALL_KEY 0x3000
-#define DRIVER_HEALTH_RETURN_KEY 0x4000
-
-#define QUESTION_NETWORK_DEVICE_ID 0x3FFF
-//
-// These are the VFR compiler generated data representing our VFR data.
-//
-extern UINT8 DeviceManagerVfrBin[];
-extern UINT8 DriverHealthVfrBin[];
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DriverHealthVfr.Vfr b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DriverHealthVfr.Vfr deleted file mode 100644 index cb1a8f887b..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/DeviceMngr/DriverHealthVfr.Vfr +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -///** @file
-//
-// Driver Health formset.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-//**/
-
-#include "DeviceManagerVfr.h"
-
-formset
- guid = DRIVER_HEALTH_FORMSET_GUID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_DH_BANNER),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_EMPTY_STRING),
- classguid = DRIVER_HEALTH_FORMSET_GUID,
-
- form formid = DRIVER_HEALTH_FORM_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_DH_BANNER);
-
- label LABEL_DRIVER_HEALTH;
- label LABEL_DRIVER_HEALTH_END;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LAST_STRING);
- label LABEL_DRIVER_HEALTH_REAPIR_ALL;
- label LABEL_DRIVER_HEALTH_REAPIR_ALL_END;
-
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LAST_STRING);
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_HELP_FOOTER);
- subtitle text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_LAST_STRING);
- endform;
-endformset;
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/FrontPage.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/FrontPage.c deleted file mode 100644 index 14a7ae29f4..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/FrontPage.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1472 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- FrontPage routines to handle the callbacks and browser calls
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "Bds.h"
-#include "FrontPage.h"
-#include "Language.h"
-#include "Hotkey.h"
-
-BOOLEAN mModeInitialized = FALSE;
-
-BOOLEAN gConnectAllHappened = FALSE;
-UINTN gCallbackKey;
-CHAR8 *mLanguageString;
-
-//
-// Boot video resolution and text mode.
-//
-UINT32 mBootHorizontalResolution = 0;
-UINT32 mBootVerticalResolution = 0;
-UINT32 mBootTextModeColumn = 0;
-UINT32 mBootTextModeRow = 0;
-//
-// BIOS setup video resolution and text mode.
-//
-UINT32 mSetupTextModeColumn = 0;
-UINT32 mSetupTextModeRow = 0;
-UINT32 mSetupHorizontalResolution = 0;
-UINT32 mSetupVerticalResolution = 0;
-
-EFI_FORM_BROWSER2_PROTOCOL *gFormBrowser2;
-
-FRONT_PAGE_CALLBACK_DATA gFrontPagePrivate = {
- FRONT_PAGE_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- {
- FakeExtractConfig,
- FakeRouteConfig,
- FrontPageCallback
- }
-};
-
-HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH mFrontPageHiiVendorDevicePath = {
- {
- {
- HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH,
- HW_VENDOR_DP,
- {
- (UINT8) (sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)),
- (UINT8) ((sizeof (VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH)) >> 8)
- }
- },
- FRONT_PAGE_FORMSET_GUID
- },
- {
- END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
- END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
- (UINT8) (END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH),
- (UINT8) ((END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) >> 8)
- }
- }
-};
-
-/**
- This function allows a caller to extract the current configuration for one
- or more named elements from the target driver.
-
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Request A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format.
- @param Progress On return, points to a character in the Request string.
- Points to the string's null terminator if request was successful.
- Points to the most recent '&' before the first failing name/value
- pair (or the beginning of the string if the failure is in the
- first name/value pair) if the request was not successful.
- @param Results A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigAltResp> format which
- has all values filled in for the names in the Request string.
- String to be allocated by the called function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results is filled with the requested values.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the results.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request is illegal syntax, or unknown name.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Routing data doesn't match any storage in this driver.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FakeExtractConfig (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING Request,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Results
- )
-{
- if (Progress == NULL || Results == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- *Progress = Request;
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
- This function processes the results of changes in configuration.
-
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigResp> format.
- @param Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the offset of the most
- recent '&' before the first failing name/value pair (or the
- beginning of the string if the failure is in the first
- name/value pair) or the terminating NULL if all was successful.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results is processed successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Configuration is NULL.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Routing data doesn't match any storage in this driver.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FakeRouteConfig (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
- )
-{
- if (Configuration == NULL || Progress == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- *Progress = Configuration;
- if (!HiiIsConfigHdrMatch (Configuration, &gBootMaintFormSetGuid, mBootMaintStorageName)
- && !HiiIsConfigHdrMatch (Configuration, &gFileExploreFormSetGuid, mFileExplorerStorageName)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- *Progress = Configuration + StrLen (Configuration);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function processes the results of changes in configuration.
-
-
- @param This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Action Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
- @param QuestionId A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
- so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
- @param Type The type of value for the question.
- @param Value A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
- @param ActionRequest On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough storage is available to hold the variable and its data.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The variable could not be saved.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The specified Action is not supported by the callback.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FrontPageCallback (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
- OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *LangCode;
- CHAR8 *Lang;
- UINTN Index;
-
- if (Action != EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING && Action != EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED) {
- //
- // All other action return unsupported.
- //
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- gCallbackKey = QuestionId;
-
- if (Action == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED) {
- if ((Value == NULL) || (ActionRequest == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- switch (QuestionId) {
- case FRONT_PAGE_KEY_CONTINUE:
- //
- // This is the continue - clear the screen and return an error to get out of FrontPage loop
- //
- *ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_EXIT;
- break;
-
- case FRONT_PAGE_KEY_LANGUAGE:
- //
- // Allocate working buffer for RFC 4646 language in supported LanguageString.
- //
- Lang = AllocatePool (AsciiStrSize (mLanguageString));
- ASSERT (Lang != NULL);
-
- Index = 0;
- LangCode = mLanguageString;
- while (*LangCode != 0) {
- GetNextLanguage (&LangCode, Lang);
-
- if (Index == Value->u8) {
- break;
- }
-
- Index++;
- }
-
- if (Index == Value->u8) {
- BdsDxeSetVariableAndReportStatusCodeOnError (
- L"PlatformLang",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE | EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS,
- AsciiStrSize (Lang),
- Lang
- );
- } else {
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- }
-
- *ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_EXIT;
-
- FreePool (Lang);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- } else if (Action == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING) {
- if (Value == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // The first 4 entries in the Front Page are to be GUARANTEED to remain constant so IHV's can
- // describe to their customers in documentation how to find their setup information (namely
- // under the device manager and specific buckets)
- //
- switch (QuestionId) {
- case FRONT_PAGE_KEY_BOOT_MANAGER:
- //
- // Boot Manager
- //
- break;
-
- case FRONT_PAGE_KEY_DEVICE_MANAGER:
- //
- // Device Manager
- //
- break;
-
- case FRONT_PAGE_KEY_BOOT_MAINTAIN:
- //
- // Boot Maintenance Manager
- //
- break;
-
- default:
- gCallbackKey = 0;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize HII information for the FrontPage
-
-
- @param InitializeHiiData TRUE if HII elements need to be initialized.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The operation is successful.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR If the dynamic opcode creation failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeFrontPage (
- IN BOOLEAN InitializeHiiData
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *LangCode;
- CHAR8 *Lang;
- CHAR8 *CurrentLang;
- UINTN OptionCount;
- CHAR16 *StringBuffer;
- EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
- VOID *OptionsOpCodeHandle;
- VOID *StartOpCodeHandle;
- VOID *EndOpCodeHandle;
- EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *StartLabel;
- EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *EndLabel;
- EFI_HII_STRING_PROTOCOL *HiiString;
- UINTN StringSize;
-
- Lang = NULL;
- StringBuffer = NULL;
-
- if (InitializeHiiData) {
- //
- // Initialize the Device Manager
- //
- InitializeDeviceManager ();
-
- //
- // Initialize the Device Manager
- //
- InitializeBootManager ();
-
- gCallbackKey = 0;
-
- //
- // Locate Hii relative protocols
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiFormBrowser2ProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &gFormBrowser2);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Install Device Path Protocol and Config Access protocol to driver handle
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &gFrontPagePrivate.DriverHandle,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- &mFrontPageHiiVendorDevicePath,
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- &gFrontPagePrivate.ConfigAccess,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Publish our HII data
- //
- gFrontPagePrivate.HiiHandle = HiiAddPackages (
- &gFrontPageFormSetGuid,
- gFrontPagePrivate.DriverHandle,
- FrontPageVfrBin,
- BdsDxeStrings,
- NULL
- );
- if (gFrontPagePrivate.HiiHandle == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
-
-
- //
- // Init OpCode Handle and Allocate space for creation of UpdateData Buffer
- //
- StartOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (StartOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- EndOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (EndOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
- OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
- ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the start opcode
- //
- StartLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- StartLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
- StartLabel->Number = LABEL_SELECT_LANGUAGE;
-
- //
- // Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the end opcode
- //
- EndLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (EndOpCodeHandle, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
- EndLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
- EndLabel->Number = LABEL_END;
-
- //
- // Collect the languages from what our current Language support is based on our VFR
- //
- HiiHandle = gFrontPagePrivate.HiiHandle;
-
- GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (L"PlatformLang", (VOID**)&CurrentLang, NULL);
-
- //
- // Get Support language list from variable.
- //
- if (mLanguageString == NULL){
- GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (L"PlatformLangCodes", (VOID**)&mLanguageString, NULL);
- if (mLanguageString == NULL) {
- mLanguageString = AllocateCopyPool (
- AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *) PcdGetPtr (PcdUefiVariableDefaultPlatformLangCodes)),
- (CHAR8 *) PcdGetPtr (PcdUefiVariableDefaultPlatformLangCodes)
- );
- ASSERT (mLanguageString != NULL);
- }
- }
-
- if (gFrontPagePrivate.LanguageToken == NULL) {
- //
- // Count the language list number.
- //
- LangCode = mLanguageString;
- Lang = AllocatePool (AsciiStrSize (mLanguageString));
- ASSERT (Lang != NULL);
- OptionCount = 0;
- while (*LangCode != 0) {
- GetNextLanguage (&LangCode, Lang);
- OptionCount ++;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate extra 1 as the end tag.
- //
- gFrontPagePrivate.LanguageToken = AllocateZeroPool ((OptionCount + 1) * sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- ASSERT (gFrontPagePrivate.LanguageToken != NULL);
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiHiiStringProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &HiiString);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- LangCode = mLanguageString;
- OptionCount = 0;
- while (*LangCode != 0) {
- GetNextLanguage (&LangCode, Lang);
-
- StringSize = 0;
- Status = HiiString->GetString (HiiString, Lang, HiiHandle, PRINTABLE_LANGUAGE_NAME_STRING_ID, StringBuffer, &StringSize, NULL);
- if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- StringBuffer = AllocateZeroPool (StringSize);
- ASSERT (StringBuffer != NULL);
- Status = HiiString->GetString (HiiString, Lang, HiiHandle, PRINTABLE_LANGUAGE_NAME_STRING_ID, StringBuffer, &StringSize, NULL);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- StringBuffer = AllocatePool (AsciiStrSize (Lang) * sizeof (CHAR16));
- ASSERT (StringBuffer != NULL);
- AsciiStrToUnicodeStr (Lang, StringBuffer);
- }
-
- ASSERT (StringBuffer != NULL);
- gFrontPagePrivate.LanguageToken[OptionCount] = HiiSetString (HiiHandle, 0, StringBuffer, NULL);
- FreePool (StringBuffer);
-
- OptionCount++;
- }
- }
-
- ASSERT (gFrontPagePrivate.LanguageToken != NULL);
- LangCode = mLanguageString;
- OptionCount = 0;
- if (Lang == NULL) {
- Lang = AllocatePool (AsciiStrSize (mLanguageString));
- ASSERT (Lang != NULL);
- }
- while (*LangCode != 0) {
- GetNextLanguage (&LangCode, Lang);
-
- if (CurrentLang != NULL && AsciiStrCmp (Lang, CurrentLang) == 0) {
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- gFrontPagePrivate.LanguageToken[OptionCount],
- EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1,
- (UINT8) OptionCount
- );
- } else {
- HiiCreateOneOfOptionOpCode (
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- gFrontPagePrivate.LanguageToken[OptionCount],
- 0,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1,
- (UINT8) OptionCount
- );
- }
-
- OptionCount++;
- }
-
- if (CurrentLang != NULL) {
- FreePool (CurrentLang);
- }
- FreePool (Lang);
-
- HiiCreateOneOfOpCode (
- StartOpCodeHandle,
- FRONT_PAGE_KEY_LANGUAGE,
- 0,
- 0,
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_LANGUAGE_SELECT),
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_LANGUAGE_SELECT_HELP),
- EFI_IFR_FLAG_CALLBACK,
- EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1,
- OptionsOpCodeHandle,
- NULL
- );
-
- Status = HiiUpdateForm (
- HiiHandle,
- &gFrontPageFormSetGuid,
- FRONT_PAGE_FORM_ID,
- StartOpCodeHandle, // LABEL_SELECT_LANGUAGE
- EndOpCodeHandle // LABEL_END
- );
-
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (StartOpCodeHandle);
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (EndOpCodeHandle);
- HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Call the browser and display the front page
-
- @return Status code that will be returned by
- EFI_FORM_BROWSER2_PROTOCOL.SendForm ().
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CallFrontPage (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST ActionRequest;
-
- //
- // Begin waiting for USER INPUT
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_BS_DRIVER | EFI_SW_PC_INPUT_WAIT)
- );
-
- ActionRequest = EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_NONE;
- Status = gFormBrowser2->SendForm (
- gFormBrowser2,
- &gFrontPagePrivate.HiiHandle,
- 1,
- &gFrontPageFormSetGuid,
- 0,
- NULL,
- &ActionRequest
- );
- //
- // Check whether user change any option setting which needs a reset to be effective
- //
- if (ActionRequest == EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST_RESET) {
- EnableResetRequired ();
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Acquire the string associated with the ProducerGuid and return it.
-
-
- @param ProducerGuid The Guid to search the HII database for
- @param Token The token value of the string to extract
- @param String The string that is extracted
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function returns EFI_SUCCESS always.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetProducerString (
- IN EFI_GUID *ProducerGuid,
- IN EFI_STRING_ID Token,
- OUT CHAR16 **String
- )
-{
- EFI_STRING TmpString;
-
- TmpString = HiiGetPackageString (ProducerGuid, Token, NULL);
- if (TmpString == NULL) {
- *String = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_MISSING_STRING));
- } else {
- *String = TmpString;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Convert Processor Frequency Data to a string.
-
- @param ProcessorFrequency The frequency data to process
- @param Base10Exponent The exponent based on 10
- @param String The string that is created
-
-**/
-VOID
-ConvertProcessorToString (
- IN UINT16 ProcessorFrequency,
- IN UINT16 Base10Exponent,
- OUT CHAR16 **String
- )
-{
- CHAR16 *StringBuffer;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT32 FreqMhz;
-
- if (Base10Exponent >= 6) {
- FreqMhz = ProcessorFrequency;
- for (Index = 0; Index < (UINTN) (Base10Exponent - 6); Index++) {
- FreqMhz *= 10;
- }
- } else {
- FreqMhz = 0;
- }
-
- StringBuffer = AllocateZeroPool (0x20);
- ASSERT (StringBuffer != NULL);
- Index = UnicodeValueToString (StringBuffer, LEFT_JUSTIFY, FreqMhz / 1000, 3);
- StrCatS (StringBuffer, 0x20 / sizeof (CHAR16), L".");
- UnicodeValueToString (StringBuffer + Index + 1, PREFIX_ZERO, (FreqMhz % 1000) / 10, 2);
- StrCatS (StringBuffer, 0x20 / sizeof (CHAR16), L" GHz");
- *String = (CHAR16 *) StringBuffer;
- return ;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Convert Memory Size to a string.
-
- @param MemorySize The size of the memory to process
- @param String The string that is created
-
-**/
-VOID
-ConvertMemorySizeToString (
- IN UINT32 MemorySize,
- OUT CHAR16 **String
- )
-{
- CHAR16 *StringBuffer;
-
- StringBuffer = AllocateZeroPool (0x20);
- ASSERT (StringBuffer != NULL);
- UnicodeValueToString (StringBuffer, LEFT_JUSTIFY, MemorySize, 6);
- StrCatS (StringBuffer, 0x20 / sizeof (CHAR16), L" MB RAM");
-
- *String = (CHAR16 *) StringBuffer;
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Acquire the string associated with the Index from smbios structure and return it.
- The caller is responsible for free the string buffer.
-
- @param OptionalStrStart The start position to search the string
- @param Index The index of the string to extract
- @param String The string that is extracted
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function returns EFI_SUCCESS always.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetOptionalStringByIndex (
- IN CHAR8 *OptionalStrStart,
- IN UINT8 Index,
- OUT CHAR16 **String
- )
-{
- UINTN StrSize;
-
- if (Index == 0) {
- *String = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (CHAR16));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- StrSize = 0;
- do {
- Index--;
- OptionalStrStart += StrSize;
- StrSize = AsciiStrSize (OptionalStrStart);
- } while (OptionalStrStart[StrSize] != 0 && Index != 0);
-
- if ((Index != 0) || (StrSize == 1)) {
- //
- // Meet the end of strings set but Index is non-zero, or
- // Find an empty string
- //
- *String = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_MISSING_STRING));
- } else {
- *String = AllocatePool (StrSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
- AsciiStrToUnicodeStr (OptionalStrStart, *String);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Update the banner information for the Front Page based on DataHub information.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateFrontPageStrings (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINT8 StrIndex;
- CHAR16 *NewString;
- BOOLEAN Find[5];
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STRING_ID TokenToUpdate;
- EFI_SMBIOS_HANDLE SmbiosHandle;
- EFI_SMBIOS_PROTOCOL *Smbios;
- SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE0 *Type0Record;
- SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE1 *Type1Record;
- SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE4 *Type4Record;
- SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE19 *Type19Record;
- EFI_SMBIOS_TABLE_HEADER *Record;
-
- ZeroMem (Find, sizeof (Find));
-
- //
- // Update Front Page strings
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiSmbiosProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &Smbios
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SmbiosHandle = SMBIOS_HANDLE_PI_RESERVED;
- do {
- Status = Smbios->GetNext (Smbios, &SmbiosHandle, NULL, &Record, NULL);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (Record->Type == EFI_SMBIOS_TYPE_BIOS_INFORMATION) {
- Type0Record = (SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE0 *) Record;
- StrIndex = Type0Record->BiosVersion;
- GetOptionalStringByIndex ((CHAR8*)((UINT8*)Type0Record + Type0Record->Hdr.Length), StrIndex, &NewString);
- TokenToUpdate = STRING_TOKEN (STR_FRONT_PAGE_BIOS_VERSION);
- HiiSetString (gFrontPagePrivate.HiiHandle, TokenToUpdate, NewString, NULL);
- FreePool (NewString);
- Find[0] = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (Record->Type == EFI_SMBIOS_TYPE_SYSTEM_INFORMATION) {
- Type1Record = (SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE1 *) Record;
- StrIndex = Type1Record->ProductName;
- GetOptionalStringByIndex ((CHAR8*)((UINT8*)Type1Record + Type1Record->Hdr.Length), StrIndex, &NewString);
- TokenToUpdate = STRING_TOKEN (STR_FRONT_PAGE_COMPUTER_MODEL);
- HiiSetString (gFrontPagePrivate.HiiHandle, TokenToUpdate, NewString, NULL);
- FreePool (NewString);
- Find[1] = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (Record->Type == EFI_SMBIOS_TYPE_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION) {
- Type4Record = (SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE4 *) Record;
- StrIndex = Type4Record->ProcessorVersion;
- GetOptionalStringByIndex ((CHAR8*)((UINT8*)Type4Record + Type4Record->Hdr.Length), StrIndex, &NewString);
- TokenToUpdate = STRING_TOKEN (STR_FRONT_PAGE_CPU_MODEL);
- HiiSetString (gFrontPagePrivate.HiiHandle, TokenToUpdate, NewString, NULL);
- FreePool (NewString);
- Find[2] = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (Record->Type == EFI_SMBIOS_TYPE_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION) {
- Type4Record = (SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE4 *) Record;
- ConvertProcessorToString(Type4Record->CurrentSpeed, 6, &NewString);
- TokenToUpdate = STRING_TOKEN (STR_FRONT_PAGE_CPU_SPEED);
- HiiSetString (gFrontPagePrivate.HiiHandle, TokenToUpdate, NewString, NULL);
- FreePool (NewString);
- Find[3] = TRUE;
- }
-
- if ( Record->Type == EFI_SMBIOS_TYPE_MEMORY_ARRAY_MAPPED_ADDRESS ) {
- Type19Record = (SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE19 *) Record;
- ConvertMemorySizeToString (
- (UINT32)(RShiftU64((Type19Record->EndingAddress - Type19Record->StartingAddress + 1), 10)),
- &NewString
- );
- TokenToUpdate = STRING_TOKEN (STR_FRONT_PAGE_MEMORY_SIZE);
- HiiSetString (gFrontPagePrivate.HiiHandle, TokenToUpdate, NewString, NULL);
- FreePool (NewString);
- Find[4] = TRUE;
- }
- } while ( !(Find[0] && Find[1] && Find[2] && Find[3] && Find[4]));
- }
- return ;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Function waits for a given event to fire, or for an optional timeout to expire.
-
- @param Event The event to wait for
- @param Timeout An optional timeout value in 100 ns units.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Event fired before Timeout expired.
- @retval EFI_TIME_OUT Timout expired before Event fired..
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-WaitForSingleEvent (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN UINT64 Timeout OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_EVENT TimerEvent;
- EFI_EVENT WaitList[2];
-
- if (Timeout != 0) {
- //
- // Create a timer event
- //
- Status = gBS->CreateEvent (EVT_TIMER, 0, NULL, NULL, &TimerEvent);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Set the timer event
- //
- gBS->SetTimer (
- TimerEvent,
- TimerRelative,
- Timeout
- );
-
- //
- // Wait for the original event or the timer
- //
- WaitList[0] = Event;
- WaitList[1] = TimerEvent;
- Status = gBS->WaitForEvent (2, WaitList, &Index);
- gBS->CloseEvent (TimerEvent);
-
- //
- // If the timer expired, change the return to timed out
- //
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && Index == 1) {
- Status = EFI_TIMEOUT;
- }
- }
- } else {
- //
- // No timeout... just wait on the event
- //
- Status = gBS->WaitForEvent (1, &Event, &Index);
- ASSERT (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- ASSERT (Index == 0);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Function show progress bar to wait for user input.
-
-
- @param TimeoutDefault The fault time out value before the system continue to boot.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS User pressed some key except "Enter"
- @retval EFI_TIME_OUT Timeout expired or user press "Enter"
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ShowProgress (
- IN UINT16 TimeoutDefault
- )
-{
- CHAR16 *TmpStr;
- UINT16 TimeoutRemain;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_INPUT_KEY Key;
- EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL Foreground;
- EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL Background;
- EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL Color;
-
- if (TimeoutDefault != 0) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "\n\nStart showing progress bar... Press any key to stop it! ...Zzz....\n"));
-
- SetMem (&Foreground, sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL), 0xff);
- SetMem (&Background, sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL), 0x0);
- SetMem (&Color, sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL), 0xff);
-
- TmpStr = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_START_BOOT_OPTION));
-
- if (!FeaturePcdGet(PcdBootlogoOnlyEnable)) {
- //
- // Clear the progress status bar first
- //
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- PlatformBdsShowProgress (Foreground, Background, TmpStr, Color, 0, 0);
- }
- }
-
-
- TimeoutRemain = TimeoutDefault;
- while (TimeoutRemain != 0) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Showing progress bar...Remaining %d second!\n", TimeoutRemain));
-
- Status = WaitForSingleEvent (gST->ConIn->WaitForKey, ONE_SECOND);
- if (Status != EFI_TIMEOUT) {
- break;
- }
- TimeoutRemain--;
-
- if (!FeaturePcdGet(PcdBootlogoOnlyEnable)) {
- //
- // Show progress
- //
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- PlatformBdsShowProgress (
- Foreground,
- Background,
- TmpStr,
- Color,
- ((TimeoutDefault - TimeoutRemain) * 100 / TimeoutDefault),
- 0
- );
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (TmpStr);
- }
-
- //
- // Timeout expired
- //
- if (TimeoutRemain == 0) {
- return EFI_TIMEOUT;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // User pressed some key
- //
- if (!PcdGetBool (PcdConInConnectOnDemand)) {
- Status = gST->ConIn->ReadKeyStroke (gST->ConIn, &Key);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (Key.UnicodeChar == CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN) {
- //
- // User pressed enter, equivalent to select "continue"
- //
- return EFI_TIMEOUT;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function is the main entry of the platform setup entry.
- The function will present the main menu of the system setup,
- this is the platform reference part and can be customize.
-
-
- @param TimeoutDefault The fault time out value before the system
- continue to boot.
- @param ConnectAllHappened The indicater to check if the connect all have
- already happened.
-
-**/
-VOID
-PlatformBdsEnterFrontPage (
- IN UINT16 TimeoutDefault,
- IN BOOLEAN ConnectAllHappened
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STATUS StatusHotkey;
- EFI_BOOT_LOGO_PROTOCOL *BootLogo;
- EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *GraphicsOutput;
- EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *SimpleTextOut;
- UINTN BootTextColumn;
- UINTN BootTextRow;
- UINT64 OsIndication;
- UINTN DataSize;
- EFI_INPUT_KEY Key;
-
- GraphicsOutput = NULL;
- SimpleTextOut = NULL;
-
- PERF_START (NULL, "BdsTimeOut", "BDS", 0);
- //
- // Indicate if we need connect all in the platform setup
- //
- if (ConnectAllHappened) {
- gConnectAllHappened = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (!mModeInitialized) {
- //
- // After the console is ready, get current video resolution
- // and text mode before launching setup at first time.
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- gST->ConsoleOutHandle,
- &gEfiGraphicsOutputProtocolGuid,
- (VOID**)&GraphicsOutput
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- GraphicsOutput = NULL;
- }
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- gST->ConsoleOutHandle,
- &gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid,
- (VOID**)&SimpleTextOut
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SimpleTextOut = NULL;
- }
-
- if (GraphicsOutput != NULL) {
- //
- // Get current video resolution and text mode.
- //
- mBootHorizontalResolution = GraphicsOutput->Mode->Info->HorizontalResolution;
- mBootVerticalResolution = GraphicsOutput->Mode->Info->VerticalResolution;
- }
-
- if (SimpleTextOut != NULL) {
- Status = SimpleTextOut->QueryMode (
- SimpleTextOut,
- SimpleTextOut->Mode->Mode,
- &BootTextColumn,
- &BootTextRow
- );
- mBootTextModeColumn = (UINT32)BootTextColumn;
- mBootTextModeRow = (UINT32)BootTextRow;
- }
-
- //
- // Get user defined text mode for setup.
- //
- mSetupHorizontalResolution = PcdGet32 (PcdSetupVideoHorizontalResolution);
- mSetupVerticalResolution = PcdGet32 (PcdSetupVideoVerticalResolution);
- mSetupTextModeColumn = PcdGet32 (PcdSetupConOutColumn);
- mSetupTextModeRow = PcdGet32 (PcdSetupConOutRow);
-
- mModeInitialized = TRUE;
- }
-
-
- //
- // goto FrontPage directly when EFI_OS_INDICATIONS_BOOT_TO_FW_UI is set
- //
- OsIndication = 0;
- DataSize = sizeof(UINT64);
- Status = gRT->GetVariable (
- L"OsIndications",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- NULL,
- &DataSize,
- &OsIndication
- );
-
- //
- // goto FrontPage directly when EFI_OS_INDICATIONS_BOOT_TO_FW_UI is set. Skip HotkeyBoot
- //
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status) && ((OsIndication & EFI_OS_INDICATIONS_BOOT_TO_FW_UI) != 0)) {
- //
- // Clear EFI_OS_INDICATIONS_BOOT_TO_FW_UI to acknowledge OS
- //
- OsIndication &= ~((UINT64)EFI_OS_INDICATIONS_BOOT_TO_FW_UI);
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"OsIndications",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- sizeof(UINT64),
- &OsIndication
- );
- //
- // Changing the content without increasing its size with current variable implementation shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Follow generic rule, Call ReadKeyStroke to connect ConIn before enter UI
- //
- if (PcdGetBool (PcdConInConnectOnDemand)) {
- gST->ConIn->ReadKeyStroke(gST->ConIn, &Key);
- }
-
- //
- // Ensure screen is clear when switch Console from Graphics mode to Text mode
- //
- gST->ConOut->EnableCursor (gST->ConOut, TRUE);
- gST->ConOut->ClearScreen (gST->ConOut);
-
- } else {
-
- HotkeyBoot ();
- if (TimeoutDefault != 0xffff) {
- Status = ShowProgress (TimeoutDefault);
- StatusHotkey = HotkeyBoot ();
-
- if (!FeaturePcdGet(PcdBootlogoOnlyEnable) || !EFI_ERROR(Status) || !EFI_ERROR(StatusHotkey)){
- //
- // Ensure screen is clear when switch Console from Graphics mode to Text mode
- // Skip it in normal boot
- //
- gST->ConOut->EnableCursor (gST->ConOut, TRUE);
- gST->ConOut->ClearScreen (gST->ConOut);
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Timeout or user press enter to continue
- //
- goto Exit;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Boot Logo is corrupted, report it using Boot Logo protocol.
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiBootLogoProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &BootLogo);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (BootLogo != NULL)) {
- BootLogo->SetBootLogo (BootLogo, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- }
-
- //
- // Install BM HiiPackages.
- // Keep BootMaint HiiPackage, so that it can be covered by global setting.
- //
- InitBMPackage ();
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- do {
- //
- // Set proper video resolution and text mode for setup
- //
- BdsSetConsoleMode (TRUE);
-
- InitializeFrontPage (FALSE);
-
- //
- // Update Front Page strings
- //
- UpdateFrontPageStrings ();
-
- gCallbackKey = 0;
- CallFrontPage ();
-
- //
- // If gCallbackKey is greater than 1 and less or equal to 5,
- // it will launch configuration utilities.
- // 2 = set language
- // 3 = boot manager
- // 4 = device manager
- // 5 = boot maintenance manager
- //
- if (gCallbackKey != 0) {
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- (EFI_SOFTWARE_DXE_BS_DRIVER | EFI_SW_PC_USER_SETUP)
- );
- }
- //
- // Based on the key that was set, we can determine what to do
- //
- switch (gCallbackKey) {
- //
- // The first 4 entries in the Front Page are to be GUARANTEED to remain constant so IHV's can
- // describe to their customers in documentation how to find their setup information (namely
- // under the device manager and specific buckets)
- //
- // These entries consist of the Continue, Select language, Boot Manager, and Device Manager
- //
- case FRONT_PAGE_KEY_CONTINUE:
- //
- // User hit continue
- //
- break;
-
- case FRONT_PAGE_KEY_LANGUAGE:
- //
- // User made a language setting change - display front page again
- //
- break;
-
- case FRONT_PAGE_KEY_BOOT_MANAGER:
- //
- // Remove the installed BootMaint HiiPackages when exit.
- //
- FreeBMPackage ();
-
- //
- // User chose to run the Boot Manager
- //
- CallBootManager ();
-
- //
- // Reinstall BootMaint HiiPackages after exiting from Boot Manager.
- //
- InitBMPackage ();
- break;
-
- case FRONT_PAGE_KEY_DEVICE_MANAGER:
- //
- // Display the Device Manager
- //
- do {
- CallDeviceManager ();
- } while (gCallbackKey == FRONT_PAGE_KEY_DEVICE_MANAGER);
- break;
-
- case FRONT_PAGE_KEY_BOOT_MAINTAIN:
- //
- // Display the Boot Maintenance Manager
- //
- BdsStartBootMaint ();
- break;
- }
-
- } while ((Status == EFI_SUCCESS) && (gCallbackKey != FRONT_PAGE_KEY_CONTINUE));
-
- if (mLanguageString != NULL) {
- FreePool (mLanguageString);
- mLanguageString = NULL;
- }
- //
- //Will leave browser, check any reset required change is applied? if yes, reset system
- //
- SetupResetReminder ();
-
- //
- // Remove the installed BootMaint HiiPackages when exit.
- //
- FreeBMPackage ();
-
-Exit:
- //
- // Automatically load current entry
- // Note: The following lines of code only execute when Auto boot
- // takes affect
- //
- PERF_END (NULL, "BdsTimeOut", "BDS", 0);
-}
-
-/**
- This function will change video resolution and text mode
- according to defined setup mode or defined boot mode
-
- @param IsSetupMode Indicate mode is changed to setup mode or boot mode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Mode is changed successfully.
- @retval Others Mode failed to be changed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BdsSetConsoleMode (
- BOOLEAN IsSetupMode
- )
-{
- EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *GraphicsOutput;
- EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *SimpleTextOut;
- UINTN SizeOfInfo;
- EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_MODE_INFORMATION *Info;
- UINT32 MaxGopMode;
- UINT32 MaxTextMode;
- UINT32 ModeNumber;
- UINT32 NewHorizontalResolution;
- UINT32 NewVerticalResolution;
- UINT32 NewColumns;
- UINT32 NewRows;
- UINTN HandleCount;
- EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN CurrentColumn;
- UINTN CurrentRow;
-
- MaxGopMode = 0;
- MaxTextMode = 0;
-
- //
- // Get current video resolution and text mode
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- gST->ConsoleOutHandle,
- &gEfiGraphicsOutputProtocolGuid,
- (VOID**)&GraphicsOutput
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- GraphicsOutput = NULL;
- }
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- gST->ConsoleOutHandle,
- &gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid,
- (VOID**)&SimpleTextOut
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SimpleTextOut = NULL;
- }
-
- if ((GraphicsOutput == NULL) || (SimpleTextOut == NULL)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (IsSetupMode) {
- //
- // The requried resolution and text mode is setup mode.
- //
- NewHorizontalResolution = mSetupHorizontalResolution;
- NewVerticalResolution = mSetupVerticalResolution;
- NewColumns = mSetupTextModeColumn;
- NewRows = mSetupTextModeRow;
- } else {
- //
- // The required resolution and text mode is boot mode.
- //
- NewHorizontalResolution = mBootHorizontalResolution;
- NewVerticalResolution = mBootVerticalResolution;
- NewColumns = mBootTextModeColumn;
- NewRows = mBootTextModeRow;
- }
-
- if (GraphicsOutput != NULL) {
- MaxGopMode = GraphicsOutput->Mode->MaxMode;
- }
-
- if (SimpleTextOut != NULL) {
- MaxTextMode = SimpleTextOut->Mode->MaxMode;
- }
-
- //
- // 1. If current video resolution is same with required video resolution,
- // video resolution need not be changed.
- // 1.1. If current text mode is same with required text mode, text mode need not be changed.
- // 1.2. If current text mode is different from required text mode, text mode need be changed.
- // 2. If current video resolution is different from required video resolution, we need restart whole console drivers.
- //
- for (ModeNumber = 0; ModeNumber < MaxGopMode; ModeNumber++) {
- Status = GraphicsOutput->QueryMode (
- GraphicsOutput,
- ModeNumber,
- &SizeOfInfo,
- &Info
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if ((Info->HorizontalResolution == NewHorizontalResolution) &&
- (Info->VerticalResolution == NewVerticalResolution)) {
- if ((GraphicsOutput->Mode->Info->HorizontalResolution == NewHorizontalResolution) &&
- (GraphicsOutput->Mode->Info->VerticalResolution == NewVerticalResolution)) {
- //
- // Current resolution is same with required resolution, check if text mode need be set
- //
- Status = SimpleTextOut->QueryMode (SimpleTextOut, SimpleTextOut->Mode->Mode, &CurrentColumn, &CurrentRow);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- if (CurrentColumn == NewColumns && CurrentRow == NewRows) {
- //
- // If current text mode is same with required text mode. Do nothing
- //
- FreePool (Info);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- //
- // If current text mode is different from requried text mode. Set new video mode
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < MaxTextMode; Index++) {
- Status = SimpleTextOut->QueryMode (SimpleTextOut, Index, &CurrentColumn, &CurrentRow);
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- if ((CurrentColumn == NewColumns) && (CurrentRow == NewRows)) {
- //
- // Required text mode is supported, set it.
- //
- Status = SimpleTextOut->SetMode (SimpleTextOut, Index);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- //
- // Update text mode PCD.
- //
- PcdSet32 (PcdConOutColumn, mSetupTextModeColumn);
- PcdSet32 (PcdConOutRow, mSetupTextModeRow);
- FreePool (Info);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- }
- if (Index == MaxTextMode) {
- //
- // If requried text mode is not supported, return error.
- //
- FreePool (Info);
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
- } else {
- //
- // If current video resolution is not same with the new one, set new video resolution.
- // In this case, the driver which produces simple text out need be restarted.
- //
- Status = GraphicsOutput->SetMode (GraphicsOutput, ModeNumber);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (Info);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- FreePool (Info);
- }
- }
-
- if (ModeNumber == MaxGopMode) {
- //
- // If the resolution is not supported, return error.
- //
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Set PCD to Inform GraphicsConsole to change video resolution.
- // Set PCD to Inform Consplitter to change text mode.
- //
- PcdSet32 (PcdVideoHorizontalResolution, NewHorizontalResolution);
- PcdSet32 (PcdVideoVerticalResolution, NewVerticalResolution);
- PcdSet32 (PcdConOutColumn, NewColumns);
- PcdSet32 (PcdConOutRow, NewRows);
-
-
- //
- // Video mode is changed, so restart graphics console driver and higher level driver.
- // Reconnect graphics console driver and higher level driver.
- // Locate all the handles with GOP protocol and reconnect it.
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &HandleCount,
- &HandleBuffer
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < HandleCount; Index++) {
- gBS->DisconnectController (HandleBuffer[Index], NULL, NULL);
- }
- for (Index = 0; Index < HandleCount; Index++) {
- gBS->ConnectController (HandleBuffer[Index], NULL, NULL, TRUE);
- }
- if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (HandleBuffer);
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/FrontPage.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/FrontPage.h deleted file mode 100644 index a7b1c5bca0..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/FrontPage.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- FrontPage routines to handle the callbacks and browser calls
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _FRONT_PAGE_H_
-#define _FRONT_PAGE_H_
-
-#include "DeviceMngr/DeviceManager.h"
-#include "BootMaint/BootMaint.h"
-#include "BootMngr/BootManager.h"
-#include "String.h"
-
-
-//
-// These are the VFR compiler generated data representing our VFR data.
-//
-extern UINT8 FrontPageVfrBin[];
-
-extern EFI_FORM_BROWSER2_PROTOCOL *gFormBrowser2;
-
-extern UINTN gCallbackKey;
-extern BOOLEAN gConnectAllHappened;
-
-//
-// Boot video resolution and text mode.
-//
-extern UINT32 mBootHorizontalResolution;
-extern UINT32 mBootVerticalResolution;
-extern UINT32 mBootTextModeColumn;
-extern UINT32 mBootTextModeRow;
-//
-// BIOS setup video resolution and text mode.
-//
-extern UINT32 mSetupTextModeColumn;
-extern UINT32 mSetupTextModeRow;
-extern UINT32 mSetupHorizontalResolution;
-extern UINT32 mSetupVerticalResolution;
-
-
-#define ONE_SECOND 10000000
-
-///
-/// The size of a 3 character ISO639 language code.
-///
-#define ISO_639_2_ENTRY_SIZE 3
-
-//
-// This is the VFR compiler generated header file which defines the
-// string identifiers.
-//
-#define PRINTABLE_LANGUAGE_NAME_STRING_ID 0x0001
-
-//
-// These are defined as the same with vfr file
-//
-#define FRONT_PAGE_FORM_ID 0x1000
-
-#define FRONT_PAGE_KEY_CONTINUE 0x1000
-#define FRONT_PAGE_KEY_LANGUAGE 0x1234
-#define FRONT_PAGE_KEY_BOOT_MANAGER 0x1064
-#define FRONT_PAGE_KEY_DEVICE_MANAGER 0x8567
-#define FRONT_PAGE_KEY_BOOT_MAINTAIN 0x9876
-
-#define LABEL_SELECT_LANGUAGE 0x1000
-#define LABEL_END 0xffff
-
-#define FRONT_PAGE_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'P', 'C', 'B')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
-
- //
- // HII relative handles
- //
- EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
- EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle;
- EFI_STRING_ID *LanguageToken;
-
- //
- // Produced protocols
- //
- EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL ConfigAccess;
-} FRONT_PAGE_CALLBACK_DATA;
-
-#define EFI_FP_CALLBACK_DATA_FROM_THIS(a) \
- CR (a, \
- FRONT_PAGE_CALLBACK_DATA, \
- ConfigAccess, \
- FRONT_PAGE_CALLBACK_DATA_SIGNATURE \
- )
-
-/**
- This function allows a caller to extract the current configuration for one
- or more named elements from the target driver.
-
-
- @param This - Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Request - A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format.
- @param Progress - On return, points to a character in the Request string.
- Points to the string's null terminator if request was successful.
- Points to the most recent '&' before the first failing name/value
- pair (or the beginning of the string if the failure is in the
- first name/value pair) if the request was not successful.
- @param Results - A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigAltResp> format which
- has all values filled in for the names in the Request string.
- String to be allocated by the called function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results is filled with the requested values.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the results.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request is NULL, illegal syntax, or unknown name.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Routing data doesn't match any storage in this driver.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FakeExtractConfig (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING Request,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Results
- );
-
-/**
- This function processes the results of changes in configuration.
-
-
- @param This - Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Configuration - A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigResp> format.
- @param Progress - A pointer to a string filled in with the offset of the most
- recent '&' before the first failing name/value pair (or the
- beginning of the string if the failure is in the first
- name/value pair) or the terminating NULL if all was successful.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results is processed successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Configuration is NULL.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Routing data doesn't match any storage in this driver.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FakeRouteConfig (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
- );
-
-/**
- This function processes the results of changes in configuration.
-
-
- @param This - Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
- @param Action - Specifies the type of action taken by the browser.
- @param QuestionId - A unique value which is sent to the original exporting driver
- so that it can identify the type of data to expect.
- @param Type - The type of value for the question.
- @param Value - A pointer to the data being sent to the original exporting driver.
- @param ActionRequest - On return, points to the action requested by the callback function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The callback successfully handled the action.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough storage is available to hold the variable and its data.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The variable could not be saved.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The specified Action is not supported by the callback.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FrontPageCallback (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_BROWSER_ACTION Action,
- IN EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- IN EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE *Value,
- OUT EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_REQUEST *ActionRequest
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize HII information for the FrontPage
-
-
- @param InitializeHiiData TRUE if HII elements need to be initialized.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The operation is successful.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR If the dynamic opcode creation failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeFrontPage (
- IN BOOLEAN InitializeHiiData
- );
-
-/**
- Acquire the string associated with the ProducerGuid and return it.
-
-
- @param ProducerGuid - The Guid to search the HII database for
- @param Token - The token value of the string to extract
- @param String - The string that is extracted
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function returns EFI_SUCCESS always.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetProducerString (
- IN EFI_GUID *ProducerGuid,
- IN EFI_STRING_ID Token,
- OUT CHAR16 **String
- );
-
-/**
- This function is the main entry of the platform setup entry.
- The function will present the main menu of the system setup,
- this is the platform reference part and can be customize.
-
-
- @param TimeoutDefault - The fault time out value before the system
- continue to boot.
- @param ConnectAllHappened - The indicater to check if the connect all have
- already happened.
-
-**/
-VOID
-PlatformBdsEnterFrontPage (
- IN UINT16 TimeoutDefault,
- IN BOOLEAN ConnectAllHappened
- );
-
-/**
- This function will change video resolution and text mode
- according to defined setup mode or defined boot mode
-
- @param IsSetupMode Indicate mode is changed to setup mode or boot mode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Mode is changed successfully.
- @retval Others Mode failed to be changed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BdsSetConsoleMode (
- BOOLEAN IsSetupMode
- );
-
-#endif // _FRONT_PAGE_H_
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/FrontPageStrings.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/FrontPageStrings.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3c083b4998..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/FrontPageStrings.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/FrontPageVfr.Vfr b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/FrontPageVfr.Vfr deleted file mode 100644 index a2d92dff51..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/FrontPageVfr.Vfr +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -///** @file
-//
-// Browser formset.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2007 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-//**/
-
-#include <Guid/BdsHii.h>
-
-#define FRONT_PAGE_CLASS 0x0000
-#define FRONT_PAGE_SUBCLASS 0x0002
-
-#define FRONT_PAGE_FORM_ID 0x1000
-
-#define FRONT_PAGE_ITEM_ONE 0x0001
-#define FRONT_PAGE_ITEM_TWO 0x0002
-#define FRONT_PAGE_ITEM_THREE 0x0003
-#define FRONT_PAGE_ITEM_FOUR 0x0004
-#define FRONT_PAGE_ITEM_FIVE 0x0005
-
-#define FRONT_PAGE_KEY_CONTINUE 0x1000
-#define FRONT_PAGE_KEY_LANGUAGE 0x1234
-#define FRONT_PAGE_KEY_BOOT_MANAGER 0x1064
-#define FRONT_PAGE_KEY_DEVICE_MANAGER 0x8567
-#define FRONT_PAGE_KEY_BOOT_MAINTAIN 0x9876
-
-#define LABEL_SELECT_LANGUAGE 0x1000
-#define LABEL_TIMEOUT 0x2000
-#define LABEL_END 0xffff
-
-formset
- guid = FRONT_PAGE_FORMSET_GUID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_TITLE),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NULL_STRING),
- classguid = FRONT_PAGE_FORMSET_GUID,
-
- form formid = FRONT_PAGE_FORM_ID,
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_TITLE);
-
- banner
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_COMPUTER_MODEL),
- line 1,
- align left;
-
- banner
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_CPU_MODEL),
- line 2,
- align left;
-
- banner
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_CPU_SPEED),
- line 2,
- align right;
-
- banner
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_BIOS_VERSION),
- line 3,
- align left;
-
- banner
- title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_MEMORY_SIZE),
- line 3,
- align right;
-
-// banner
-// title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_BANNER_0_LEFT),
-// line 0,
-// align left;
-
-// banner
-// title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_BANNER_0_RIGHT),
-// line 0,
-// align right;
-
-// banner
-// title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_BANNER_1_LEFT),
-// line 1,
-// align left;
-
-// banner
-// title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_BANNER_1_RIGHT),
-// line 1,
-// align right;
-
-// banner
-// title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_BANNER_2_LEFT),
-// line 2,
-// align left;
-
-// banner
-// title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FRONT_PAGE_BANNER_3_LEFT),
-// line 3,
-// align left;
-
-
- text
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_CONTINUE_HELP),
- text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_CONTINUE_PROMPT),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FRONT_PAGE_KEY_CONTINUE;
-
- label LABEL_SELECT_LANGUAGE;
- //
- // This is where we will dynamically add a OneOf type op-code to select
- // Languages from the currently available choices
- //
- label LABEL_END;
-
- goto FRONT_PAGE_ITEM_THREE,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_BOOT_MANAGER),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_BOOT_MANAGER_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FRONT_PAGE_KEY_BOOT_MANAGER;
-
- goto FRONT_PAGE_ITEM_FOUR,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_DEVICE_MANAGER),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_DEVICE_MANAGER_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FRONT_PAGE_KEY_DEVICE_MANAGER;
-
- goto FRONT_PAGE_ITEM_FIVE,
- prompt = STRING_TOKEN(STR_BOOT_MAINT_MANAGER),
- help = STRING_TOKEN(STR_BOOT_MAINT_MANAGER_HELP),
- flags = INTERACTIVE,
- key = FRONT_PAGE_KEY_BOOT_MAINTAIN;
-
- endform;
-
-endformset;
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Hotkey.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Hotkey.c deleted file mode 100644 index e061991ea2..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Hotkey.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,597 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Provides a way for 3rd party applications to register themselves for launch by the
- Boot Manager based on hot key
-
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "Hotkey.h"
-
-
-LIST_ENTRY mHotkeyList = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mHotkeyList);
-BDS_COMMON_OPTION *mHotkeyBootOption = NULL;
-EFI_EVENT mHotkeyEvent;
-VOID *mHotkeyRegistration;
-
-
-/**
- Check if the Key Option is valid or not.
-
- @param KeyOption The Hot Key Option to be checked.
-
- @retval TRUE The Hot Key Option is valid.
- @retval FALSE The Hot Key Option is invalid.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsKeyOptionValid (
- IN EFI_KEY_OPTION *KeyOption
-)
-{
- UINT16 BootOptionName[10];
- UINT8 *BootOptionVar;
- UINTN BootOptionSize;
- UINT32 Crc;
-
- //
- // Check whether corresponding Boot Option exist
- //
- UnicodeSPrint (BootOptionName, sizeof (BootOptionName), L"Boot%04x", KeyOption->BootOption);
- BootOptionVar = BdsLibGetVariableAndSize (
- BootOptionName,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- &BootOptionSize
- );
-
- if (BootOptionVar == NULL || BootOptionSize == 0) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Check CRC for Boot Option
- //
- gBS->CalculateCrc32 (BootOptionVar, BootOptionSize, &Crc);
- FreePool (BootOptionVar);
-
- return (BOOLEAN) ((KeyOption->BootOptionCrc == Crc) ? TRUE : FALSE);
-}
-
-/**
- Try to boot the boot option triggered by hotkey.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS There is HotkeyBootOption & it is processed
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND There is no HotkeyBootOption
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-HotkeyBoot (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN ExitDataSize;
- CHAR16 *ExitData;
-
- if (mHotkeyBootOption == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- BdsLibConnectDevicePath (mHotkeyBootOption->DevicePath);
-
- //
- // Clear the screen before launch this BootOption
- //
- gST->ConOut->Reset (gST->ConOut, FALSE);
-
- Status = BdsLibBootViaBootOption (mHotkeyBootOption, mHotkeyBootOption->DevicePath, &ExitDataSize, &ExitData);
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Call platform action to indicate the boot fail
- //
- mHotkeyBootOption->StatusString = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_BOOT_FAILED));
- PlatformBdsBootFail (mHotkeyBootOption, Status, ExitData, ExitDataSize);
- } else {
- //
- // Call platform action to indicate the boot success
- //
- mHotkeyBootOption->StatusString = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_BOOT_SUCCEEDED));
- PlatformBdsBootSuccess (mHotkeyBootOption);
- }
- FreePool (mHotkeyBootOption->Description);
- FreePool (mHotkeyBootOption->DevicePath);
- FreePool (mHotkeyBootOption->LoadOptions);
- FreePool (mHotkeyBootOption);
-
- mHotkeyBootOption = NULL;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This is the common notification function for HotKeys, it will be registered
- with SimpleTextInEx protocol interface - RegisterKeyNotify() of ConIn handle.
-
- @param KeyData A pointer to a buffer that is filled in with the keystroke
- information for the key that was pressed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS KeyData is successfully processed.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND Fail to find boot option variable.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-HotkeyCallback (
- IN EFI_KEY_DATA *KeyData
-)
-{
- BOOLEAN HotkeyCatched;
- LIST_ENTRY BootLists;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION *Hotkey;
- UINT16 Buffer[10];
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_KEY_DATA *HotkeyData;
-
- if (mHotkeyBootOption != NULL) {
- //
- // Do not process sequential hotkey stroke until the current boot option returns
- //
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- for ( Link = GetFirstNode (&mHotkeyList)
- ; !IsNull (&mHotkeyList, Link)
- ; Link = GetNextNode (&mHotkeyList, Link)
- ) {
- HotkeyCatched = FALSE;
- Hotkey = BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- //
- // Is this Key Stroke we are waiting for?
- //
- ASSERT (Hotkey->WaitingKey < (sizeof (Hotkey->KeyData) / sizeof (Hotkey->KeyData[0])));
- HotkeyData = &Hotkey->KeyData[Hotkey->WaitingKey];
- if ((KeyData->Key.ScanCode == HotkeyData->Key.ScanCode) &&
- (KeyData->Key.UnicodeChar == HotkeyData->Key.UnicodeChar) &&
- (((KeyData->KeyState.KeyShiftState & EFI_SHIFT_STATE_VALID) != 0) ?
- (KeyData->KeyState.KeyShiftState == HotkeyData->KeyState.KeyShiftState) : TRUE
- )
- ) {
- //
- // For hotkey of key combination, transit to next waiting state
- //
- Hotkey->WaitingKey++;
-
- if (Hotkey->WaitingKey == Hotkey->CodeCount) {
- //
- // Received the whole key stroke sequence
- //
- HotkeyCatched = TRUE;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Receive an unexpected key stroke, reset to initial waiting state
- //
- Hotkey->WaitingKey = 0;
- }
-
- if (HotkeyCatched) {
- //
- // Reset to initial waiting state
- //
- Hotkey->WaitingKey = 0;
-
- //
- // Launch its BootOption
- //
- InitializeListHead (&BootLists);
-
- UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), L"Boot%04x", Hotkey->BootOptionNumber);
- mHotkeyBootOption = BdsLibVariableToOption (&BootLists, Buffer);
- }
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Register the common HotKey notify function to given SimpleTextInEx protocol instance.
-
- @param SimpleTextInEx Simple Text Input Ex protocol instance
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Register hotkey notification function successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Unable to allocate necessary data structures.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-HotkeyRegisterNotify (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_INPUT_EX_PROTOCOL *SimpleTextInEx
-)
-{
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION *Hotkey;
-
- //
- // Register notification function for each hotkey
- //
- Link = GetFirstNode (&mHotkeyList);
-
- while (!IsNull (&mHotkeyList, Link)) {
- Hotkey = BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- Index = 0;
- do {
- Status = SimpleTextInEx->RegisterKeyNotify (
- SimpleTextInEx,
- &Hotkey->KeyData[Index],
- HotkeyCallback,
- &Hotkey->NotifyHandle
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // some of the hotkey registry failed
- //
- return Status;
- }
- Index ++;
- } while ((Index < Hotkey->CodeCount) && (Index < (sizeof (Hotkey->KeyData) / sizeof (EFI_KEY_DATA))));
-
- Link = GetNextNode (&mHotkeyList, Link);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Callback function for SimpleTextInEx protocol install events
-
- @param Event the event that is signaled.
- @param Context not used here.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-HotkeyEvent (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_INPUT_EX_PROTOCOL *SimpleTextInEx;
-
- while (TRUE) {
- BufferSize = sizeof (EFI_HANDLE);
- Status = gBS->LocateHandle (
- ByRegisterNotify,
- NULL,
- mHotkeyRegistration,
- &BufferSize,
- &Handle
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If no more notification events exist
- //
- return ;
- }
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- Handle,
- &gEfiSimpleTextInputExProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &SimpleTextInEx
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- HotkeyRegisterNotify (SimpleTextInEx);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Insert Key Option to hotkey list.
-
- @param KeyOption The Hot Key Option to be added to hotkey list.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Add to hotkey list success.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Fail to allocate memory resource.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-HotkeyInsertList (
- IN EFI_KEY_OPTION *KeyOption
-)
-{
- BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION *HotkeyLeft;
- BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION *HotkeyRight;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_BOOT_KEY_DATA KeyOptions;
- UINT32 KeyShiftStateLeft;
- UINT32 KeyShiftStateRight;
- EFI_INPUT_KEY *InputKey;
- EFI_KEY_DATA *KeyData;
-
- HotkeyLeft = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION));
- if (HotkeyLeft == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- HotkeyLeft->Signature = BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION_SIGNATURE;
- HotkeyLeft->BootOptionNumber = KeyOption->BootOption;
-
- KeyOptions = KeyOption->KeyData;
-
- HotkeyLeft->CodeCount = (UINT8) KeyOptions.Options.InputKeyCount;
-
- //
- // Map key shift state from KeyOptions to EFI_KEY_DATA.KeyState
- //
- KeyShiftStateRight = EFI_SHIFT_STATE_VALID;
- if (KeyOptions.Options.ShiftPressed) {
- KeyShiftStateRight |= EFI_RIGHT_SHIFT_PRESSED;
- }
- if (KeyOptions.Options.ControlPressed) {
- KeyShiftStateRight |= EFI_RIGHT_CONTROL_PRESSED;
- }
- if (KeyOptions.Options.AltPressed) {
- KeyShiftStateRight |= EFI_RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED;
- }
- if (KeyOptions.Options.LogoPressed) {
- KeyShiftStateRight |= EFI_RIGHT_LOGO_PRESSED;
- }
- if (KeyOptions.Options.MenuPressed) {
- KeyShiftStateRight |= EFI_MENU_KEY_PRESSED;
- }
- if (KeyOptions.Options.SysReqPressed) {
- KeyShiftStateRight |= EFI_SYS_REQ_PRESSED;
- }
-
- KeyShiftStateLeft = (KeyShiftStateRight & 0xffffff00) | ((KeyShiftStateRight & 0xff) << 1);
-
- InputKey = (EFI_INPUT_KEY *) (((UINT8 *) KeyOption) + sizeof (EFI_KEY_OPTION));
-
- Index = 0;
- KeyData = &HotkeyLeft->KeyData[0];
- do {
- //
- // If Key CodeCount is 0, then only KeyData[0] is used;
- // if Key CodeCount is n, then KeyData[0]~KeyData[n-1] are used
- //
- KeyData->Key.ScanCode = InputKey[Index].ScanCode;
- KeyData->Key.UnicodeChar = InputKey[Index].UnicodeChar;
- KeyData->KeyState.KeyShiftState = KeyShiftStateLeft;
-
- Index++;
- KeyData++;
- } while (Index < HotkeyLeft->CodeCount);
- InsertTailList (&mHotkeyList, &HotkeyLeft->Link);
-
- if (KeyShiftStateLeft != KeyShiftStateRight) {
- //
- // Need an extra hotkey for shift key on right
- //
- HotkeyRight = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION), HotkeyLeft);
- if (HotkeyRight == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- Index = 0;
- KeyData = &HotkeyRight->KeyData[0];
- do {
- //
- // Key.ScanCode and Key.UnicodeChar have already been initialized,
- // only need to update KeyState.KeyShiftState
- //
- KeyData->KeyState.KeyShiftState = KeyShiftStateRight;
-
- Index++;
- KeyData++;
- } while (Index < HotkeyRight->CodeCount);
- InsertTailList (&mHotkeyList, &HotkeyRight->Link);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Return TRUE when the variable pointed by Name and Guid is a Key#### variable.
-
- @param Name The name of the variable.
- @param Guid The GUID of the variable.
- @param OptionNumber Return the option number parsed from the Name.
-
- @retval TRUE The variable pointed by Name and Guid is a Key#### variable.
- @retval FALSE The variable pointed by Name and Guid isn't a Key#### variable.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsKeyOptionVariable (
- CHAR16 *Name,
- EFI_GUID *Guid,
- UINT16 *OptionNumber
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
-
- if (!CompareGuid (Guid, &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid) ||
- (StrSize (Name) != sizeof (L"Key####")) ||
- (StrnCmp (Name, L"Key", 3) != 0)
- ) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- *OptionNumber = 0;
- for (Index = 3; Index < 7; Index++) {
- if ((Name[Index] >= L'0') && (Name[Index] <= L'9')) {
- *OptionNumber = *OptionNumber * 16 + Name[Index] - L'0';
- } else if ((Name[Index] >= L'A') && (Name[Index] <= L'F')) {
- *OptionNumber = *OptionNumber * 16 + Name[Index] - L'A' + 10;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Return an array of key option numbers.
-
- @param Count Return the count of key option numbers.
-
- @return UINT16* Pointer to an array of key option numbers;
-**/
-UINT16 *
-EFIAPI
-HotkeyGetOptionNumbers (
- OUT UINTN *Count
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR16 *Name;
- EFI_GUID Guid;
- UINTN NameSize;
- UINTN NewNameSize;
- UINT16 *OptionNumbers;
- UINT16 OptionNumber;
-
- if (Count == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- *Count = 0;
- OptionNumbers = NULL;
-
- NameSize = sizeof (CHAR16);
- Name = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize);
- ASSERT (Name != NULL);
- while (TRUE) {
- NewNameSize = NameSize;
- Status = gRT->GetNextVariableName (&NewNameSize, Name, &Guid);
- if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- Name = ReallocatePool (NameSize, NewNameSize, Name);
- ASSERT (Name != NULL);
- Status = gRT->GetNextVariableName (&NewNameSize, Name, &Guid);
- NameSize = NewNameSize;
- }
-
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- break;
- }
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- if (IsKeyOptionVariable (Name ,&Guid, &OptionNumber)) {
- OptionNumbers = ReallocatePool (
- *Count * sizeof (UINT16),
- (*Count + 1) * sizeof (UINT16),
- OptionNumbers
- );
- ASSERT (OptionNumbers != NULL);
- for (Index = 0; Index < *Count; Index++) {
- if (OptionNumber < OptionNumbers[Index]) {
- break;
- }
- }
- CopyMem (&OptionNumbers[Index + 1], &OptionNumbers[Index], (*Count - Index) * sizeof (UINT16));
- OptionNumbers[Index] = OptionNumber;
- (*Count)++;
- }
- }
-
- FreePool (Name);
-
- return OptionNumbers;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Process all the "Key####" variables, associate Hotkeys with corresponding Boot Options.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Hotkey services successfully initialized.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeHotkeyService (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 BootOptionSupport;
- UINT16 *KeyOptionNumbers;
- UINTN KeyOptionCount;
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR16 KeyOptionName[8];
- EFI_KEY_OPTION *KeyOption;
-
- //
- // Export our capability - EFI_BOOT_OPTION_SUPPORT_KEY and EFI_BOOT_OPTION_SUPPORT_APP.
- // with maximum number of key presses of 3
- // Do not report the hotkey capability if PcdConInConnectOnDemand is enabled.
- //
- BootOptionSupport = EFI_BOOT_OPTION_SUPPORT_APP;
- if (!PcdGetBool (PcdConInConnectOnDemand)) {
- BootOptionSupport |= EFI_BOOT_OPTION_SUPPORT_KEY;
- SET_BOOT_OPTION_SUPPORT_KEY_COUNT (BootOptionSupport, 3);
- }
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"BootOptionSupport",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS,
- sizeof (UINT32),
- &BootOptionSupport
- );
- //
- // Platform needs to make sure setting volatile variable before calling 3rd party code shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- KeyOptionNumbers = HotkeyGetOptionNumbers (&KeyOptionCount);
- for (Index = 0; Index < KeyOptionCount; Index ++) {
- UnicodeSPrint (KeyOptionName, sizeof (KeyOptionName), L"Key%04x", KeyOptionNumbers[Index]);
- GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (KeyOptionName, (VOID **) &KeyOption, NULL);
- ASSERT (KeyOption != NULL);
- if (IsKeyOptionValid (KeyOption)) {
- HotkeyInsertList (KeyOption);
- }
- FreePool (KeyOption);
- }
-
- if (KeyOptionNumbers != NULL) {
- FreePool (KeyOptionNumbers);
- }
-
- //
- // Register Protocol notify for Hotkey service
- //
- Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_CALLBACK,
- HotkeyEvent,
- NULL,
- &mHotkeyEvent
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Register for protocol notifications on this event
- //
- Status = gBS->RegisterProtocolNotify (
- &gEfiSimpleTextInputExProtocolGuid,
- mHotkeyEvent,
- &mHotkeyRegistration
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Hotkey.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Hotkey.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4ee5563a22..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Hotkey.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Provides a way for 3rd party applications to register themselves for launch by the
- Boot Manager based on hot key
-
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _HOTKEY_H_
-#define _HOTKEY_H_
-
-#include "Bds.h"
-#include "String.h"
-
-#define SET_BOOT_OPTION_SUPPORT_KEY_COUNT(a, c) { \
- (a) = ((a) & ~EFI_BOOT_OPTION_SUPPORT_COUNT) | (((c) << LowBitSet32 (EFI_BOOT_OPTION_SUPPORT_COUNT)) & EFI_BOOT_OPTION_SUPPORT_COUNT); \
- }
-
-#define BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('B', 'd', 'K', 'O')
-
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- VOID *NotifyHandle;
- UINT16 BootOptionNumber;
- UINT8 CodeCount;
- UINT8 WaitingKey;
- EFI_KEY_DATA KeyData[3];
-} BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION;
-
-#define BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION_FROM_LINK(a) CR (a, BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION, Link, BDS_HOTKEY_OPTION_SIGNATURE)
-
-/**
-
- Process all the "Key####" variables, associate Hotkeys with corresponding Boot Options.
-
-
- @param VOID
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Hotkey services successfully initialized.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeHotkeyService (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Try to boot the boot option triggered by hotkey.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS There is HotkeyBootOption & it is processed
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND There is no HotkeyBootOption
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-HotkeyBoot (
- VOID
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/HwErrRecSupport.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/HwErrRecSupport.c deleted file mode 100644 index ddb2f93980..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/HwErrRecSupport.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Set the level of support for Hardware Error Record Persistence that is
- implemented by the platform.
-
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "HwErrRecSupport.h"
-
-/**
- Set the HwErrRecSupport variable contains a binary UINT16 that supplies the
- level of support for Hardware Error Record Persistence that is implemented
- by the platform.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeHwErrRecSupport (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT16 HardwareErrorRecordLevel;
-
- HardwareErrorRecordLevel = PcdGet16 (PcdHardwareErrorRecordLevel);
-
- if (HardwareErrorRecordLevel != 0) {
- //
- // If level value equal 0, no need set to 0 to variable area because UEFI specification
- // define same behavior between no value or 0 value for L"HwErrRecSupport".
- //
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"HwErrRecSupport",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
- sizeof (UINT16),
- &HardwareErrorRecordLevel
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR(Status);
- }
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/HwErrRecSupport.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/HwErrRecSupport.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0cf597acc7..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/HwErrRecSupport.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Set the level of support for Hardware Error Record Persistence that is
- implemented by the platform.
-
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _HW_ERR_REC_SUPPORT_H_
-#define _HW_ERR_REC_SUPPORT_H_
-
-#include "Bds.h"
-
-/**
- Set the HwErrRecSupport variable contains a binary UINT16 that supplies the
- level of support for Hardware Error Record Persistence that is implemented
- by the platform.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeHwErrRecSupport (
- VOID
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Language.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Language.c deleted file mode 100644 index 39455e44da..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Language.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,499 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Language settings
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "Language.h"
-#include "FrontPage.h"
-
-EFI_GUID mFontPackageGuid = {
- 0x78941450, 0x90ab, 0x4fb1, {0xb7, 0x5f, 0x58, 0x92, 0x14, 0xe2, 0x4a, 0xc}
-};
-
-#define NARROW_GLYPH_NUMBER 8
-#define WIDE_GLYPH_NUMBER 75
-
-typedef struct {
- ///
- /// This 4-bytes total array length is required by HiiAddPackages()
- ///
- UINT32 Length;
-
- //
- // This is the Font package definition
- //
- EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER Header;
- UINT16 NumberOfNarrowGlyphs;
- UINT16 NumberOfWideGlyphs;
- EFI_NARROW_GLYPH NarrowArray[NARROW_GLYPH_NUMBER];
- EFI_WIDE_GLYPH WideArray[WIDE_GLYPH_NUMBER];
-} FONT_PACK_BIN;
-
-FONT_PACK_BIN mFontBin = {
- sizeof (FONT_PACK_BIN),
- {
- sizeof (FONT_PACK_BIN) - sizeof (UINT32),
- EFI_HII_PACKAGE_SIMPLE_FONTS,
- },
- NARROW_GLYPH_NUMBER,
- 0,
- { // Narrow Glyphs
- {
- 0x05d0,
- 0x00,
- {
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x4E,
- 0x6E,
- 0x62,
- 0x32,
- 0x32,
- 0x3C,
- 0x68,
- 0x4C,
- 0x4C,
- 0x46,
- 0x76,
- 0x72,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00
- }
- },
- {
- 0x05d1,
- 0x00,
- {
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x78,
- 0x7C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x7E,
- 0x7E,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00
- }
- },
- {
- 0x05d2,
- 0x00,
- {
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x78,
- 0x7C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x1C,
- 0x3E,
- 0x66,
- 0x66,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00
- }
- },
- {
- 0x05d3,
- 0x00,
- {
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x7E,
- 0x7E,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00
- }
- },
- {
- 0x05d4,
- 0x00,
- {
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x7C,
- 0x7E,
- 0x06,
- 0x06,
- 0x06,
- 0x06,
- 0x66,
- 0x66,
- 0x66,
- 0x66,
- 0x66,
- 0x66,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00
- }
- },
- {
- 0x05d5,
- 0x00,
- {
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x3C,
- 0x3C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x0C,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00
- }
- },
- {
- 0x05d6,
- 0x00,
- {
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x38,
- 0x38,
- 0x1E,
- 0x1E,
- 0x18,
- 0x18,
- 0x18,
- 0x18,
- 0x18,
- 0x18,
- 0x18,
- 0x18,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00
- }
- },
- {
- 0x0000,
- 0x00,
- {
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00
- }
- }
- }
-};
-
-/**
- Routine to export glyphs to the HII database. This is in addition to whatever is defined in the Graphics Console driver.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ExportFonts (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
-
- HiiHandle = HiiAddPackages (
- &mFontPackageGuid,
- gImageHandle,
- &mFontBin,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT (HiiHandle != NULL);
-}
-
-/**
- Get next language from language code list (with separator ';').
-
- If LangCode is NULL, then ASSERT.
- If Lang is NULL, then ASSERT.
-
- @param LangCode On input: point to first language in the list. On
- output: point to next language in the list, or
- NULL if no more language in the list.
- @param Lang The first language in the list.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-GetNextLanguage (
- IN OUT CHAR8 **LangCode,
- OUT CHAR8 *Lang
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR8 *StringPtr;
-
- ASSERT (LangCode != NULL);
- ASSERT (*LangCode != NULL);
- ASSERT (Lang != NULL);
-
- Index = 0;
- StringPtr = *LangCode;
- while (StringPtr[Index] != 0 && StringPtr[Index] != ';') {
- Index++;
- }
-
- CopyMem (Lang, StringPtr, Index);
- Lang[Index] = 0;
-
- if (StringPtr[Index] == ';') {
- Index++;
- }
- *LangCode = StringPtr + Index;
-}
-
-/**
- Check if lang is in supported language codes according to language string.
-
- This code is used to check if lang is in in supported language codes. It can handle
- RFC4646 and ISO639 language tags.
- In ISO639 language tags, take 3-characters as a delimitation to find matched string.
- In RFC4646 language tags, take semicolon as a delimitation to find matched string.
-
- For example:
- SupportedLang = "engfraengfra"
- Iso639Language = TRUE
- Lang = "eng", the return value is "TRUE", or
- Lang = "chs", the return value is "FALSE".
- Another example:
- SupportedLang = "en;fr;en-US;fr-FR"
- Iso639Language = FALSE
- Lang = "en", the return value is "TRUE", or
- Lang = "zh", the return value is "FALSE".
-
- @param SupportedLang Platform supported language codes.
- @param Lang Configured language.
- @param Iso639Language A bool value to signify if the handler is operated on ISO639 or RFC4646.
-
- @retval TRUE lang is in supported language codes.
- @retval FALSE lang is not in supported language codes.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsLangInSupportedLangCodes(
- IN CHAR8 *SupportedLang,
- IN CHAR8 *Lang,
- IN BOOLEAN Iso639Language
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN CompareLength;
- UINTN LanguageLength;
-
- if (Iso639Language) {
- CompareLength = ISO_639_2_ENTRY_SIZE;
- for (Index = 0; Index < AsciiStrLen (SupportedLang); Index += CompareLength) {
- if (AsciiStrnCmp (Lang, SupportedLang + Index, CompareLength) == 0) {
- //
- // Successfully find the Lang string in SupportedLang string.
- //
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
- } else {
- //
- // Compare RFC4646 language code
- //
- for (LanguageLength = 0; Lang[LanguageLength] != '\0'; LanguageLength++);
-
- for (; *SupportedLang != '\0'; SupportedLang += CompareLength) {
- //
- // Skip ';' characters in SupportedLang
- //
- for (; *SupportedLang != '\0' && *SupportedLang == ';'; SupportedLang++);
- //
- // Determine the length of the next language code in SupportedLang
- //
- for (CompareLength = 0; SupportedLang[CompareLength] != '\0' && SupportedLang[CompareLength] != ';'; CompareLength++);
-
- if ((CompareLength == LanguageLength) &&
- (AsciiStrnCmp (Lang, SupportedLang, CompareLength) == 0)) {
- //
- // Successfully find the Lang string in SupportedLang string.
- //
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize Lang or PlatformLang variable, if Lang or PlatformLang variable is not found,
- or it has been set to an unsupported value(not one of platform supported language codes),
- set the default language code to it.
-
- @param LangName Language name, L"Lang" or L"PlatformLang".
- @param SupportedLang Platform supported language codes.
- @param DefaultLang Default language code.
- @param Iso639Language A bool value to signify if the handler is operated on ISO639 or RFC4646,
- TRUE for L"Lang" LangName or FALSE for L"PlatformLang" LangName.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeLangVariable (
- IN CHAR16 *LangName,
- IN CHAR8 *SupportedLang,
- IN CHAR8 *DefaultLang,
- IN BOOLEAN Iso639Language
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *Lang;
-
- //
- // Find current Lang or PlatformLang from EFI Variable.
- //
- GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (LangName, (VOID **) &Lang, NULL);
- //
- // If Lang or PlatformLang variable is not found,
- // or it has been set to an unsupported value(not one of the supported language codes),
- // set the default language code to it.
- //
- if ((Lang == NULL) || !IsLangInSupportedLangCodes (SupportedLang, Lang, Iso639Language)) {
- //
- // The default language code should be one of the supported language codes.
- //
- ASSERT (IsLangInSupportedLangCodes (SupportedLang, DefaultLang, Iso639Language));
- BdsDxeSetVariableAndReportStatusCodeOnError (
- LangName,
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE | EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS,
- AsciiStrSize (DefaultLang),
- DefaultLang
- );
- }
-
- if (Lang != NULL) {
- FreePool (Lang);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Determine the current language that will be used
- based on language related EFI Variables.
-
- @param LangCodesSettingRequired - If required to set LangCodes variable
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeLanguage (
- BOOLEAN LangCodesSettingRequired
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *LangCodes;
- CHAR8 *PlatformLangCodes;
-
- ExportFonts ();
-
- LangCodes = (CHAR8 *)PcdGetPtr (PcdUefiVariableDefaultLangCodes);
- PlatformLangCodes = (CHAR8 *)PcdGetPtr (PcdUefiVariableDefaultPlatformLangCodes);
- if (LangCodesSettingRequired) {
- if (!FeaturePcdGet (PcdUefiVariableDefaultLangDeprecate)) {
- //
- // UEFI 2.0 depricated this variable so we support turning it off
- //
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"LangCodes",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS,
- AsciiStrSize (LangCodes),
- LangCodes
- );
- //
- // Platform needs to make sure setting volatile variable before calling 3rd party code shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (
- L"PlatformLangCodes",
- &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS,
- AsciiStrSize (PlatformLangCodes),
- PlatformLangCodes
- );
- //
- // Platform needs to make sure setting volatile variable before calling 3rd party code shouldn't fail.
- //
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- if (!FeaturePcdGet (PcdUefiVariableDefaultLangDeprecate)) {
- //
- // UEFI 2.0 depricated this variable so we support turning it off
- //
- InitializeLangVariable (L"Lang", LangCodes, (CHAR8 *) PcdGetPtr (PcdUefiVariableDefaultLang), TRUE);
- }
- InitializeLangVariable (L"PlatformLang", PlatformLangCodes, (CHAR8 *) PcdGetPtr (PcdUefiVariableDefaultPlatformLang), FALSE);
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Language.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Language.h deleted file mode 100644 index 31c65f1824..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Language.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Language setting
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _LANGUAGE_H_
-#define _LANGUAGE_H_
-
-#include "String.h"
-
-/**
- Get next language from language code list (with separator ';').
-
- If LangCode is NULL, then ASSERT.
- If Lang is NULL, then ASSERT.
-
- @param LangCode On input: point to first language in the list. On
- output: point to next language in the list, or
- NULL if no more language in the list.
- @param Lang The first language in the list.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-GetNextLanguage (
- IN OUT CHAR8 **LangCode,
- OUT CHAR8 *Lang
- );
-
-/**
- Determine the current language that will be used
- based on language related EFI Variables.
-
- @param LangCodesSettingRequired If required to set LangCode variable
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeLanguage (
- BOOLEAN LangCodesSettingRequired
- );
-
-#endif // _LANGUAGE_H_
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/MemoryTest.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/MemoryTest.c deleted file mode 100644 index fedb151a0c..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/MemoryTest.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,433 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Perform the platform memory test
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "Bds.h"
-#include "String.h"
-
-//
-// BDS Platform Functions
-//
-/**
-
- Show progress bar with title above it. It only works in Graphics mode.
-
-
- @param TitleForeground Foreground color for Title.
- @param TitleBackground Background color for Title.
- @param Title Title above progress bar.
- @param ProgressColor Progress bar color.
- @param Progress Progress (0-100)
- @param PreviousValue The previous value of the progress.
-
- @retval EFI_STATUS Success update the progress bar
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PlatformBdsShowProgress (
- IN EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL TitleForeground,
- IN EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL TitleBackground,
- IN CHAR16 *Title,
- IN EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL ProgressColor,
- IN UINTN Progress,
- IN UINTN PreviousValue
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *GraphicsOutput;
- EFI_UGA_DRAW_PROTOCOL *UgaDraw;
- UINT32 SizeOfX;
- UINT32 SizeOfY;
- UINT32 ColorDepth;
- UINT32 RefreshRate;
- EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL Color;
- UINTN BlockHeight;
- UINTN BlockWidth;
- UINTN BlockNum;
- UINTN PosX;
- UINTN PosY;
- UINTN Index;
-
- if (Progress > 100) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- UgaDraw = NULL;
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- gST->ConsoleOutHandle,
- &gEfiGraphicsOutputProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &GraphicsOutput
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && FeaturePcdGet (PcdUgaConsumeSupport)) {
- GraphicsOutput = NULL;
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- gST->ConsoleOutHandle,
- &gEfiUgaDrawProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &UgaDraw
- );
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- SizeOfX = 0;
- SizeOfY = 0;
- if (GraphicsOutput != NULL) {
- SizeOfX = GraphicsOutput->Mode->Info->HorizontalResolution;
- SizeOfY = GraphicsOutput->Mode->Info->VerticalResolution;
- } else if (UgaDraw != NULL) {
- Status = UgaDraw->GetMode (
- UgaDraw,
- &SizeOfX,
- &SizeOfY,
- &ColorDepth,
- &RefreshRate
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- } else {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- BlockWidth = SizeOfX / 100;
- BlockHeight = SizeOfY / 50;
-
- BlockNum = Progress;
-
- PosX = 0;
- PosY = SizeOfY * 48 / 50;
-
- if (BlockNum == 0) {
- //
- // Clear progress area
- //
- SetMem (&Color, sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL), 0x0);
-
- if (GraphicsOutput != NULL) {
- Status = GraphicsOutput->Blt (
- GraphicsOutput,
- &Color,
- EfiBltVideoFill,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
- PosY - EFI_GLYPH_HEIGHT - 1,
- SizeOfX,
- SizeOfY - (PosY - EFI_GLYPH_HEIGHT - 1),
- SizeOfX * sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL)
- );
- } else if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdUgaConsumeSupport)) {
- Status = UgaDraw->Blt (
- UgaDraw,
- (EFI_UGA_PIXEL *) &Color,
- EfiUgaVideoFill,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
- PosY - EFI_GLYPH_HEIGHT - 1,
- SizeOfX,
- SizeOfY - (PosY - EFI_GLYPH_HEIGHT - 1),
- SizeOfX * sizeof (EFI_UGA_PIXEL)
- );
- } else {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
- //
- // Show progress by drawing blocks
- //
- for (Index = PreviousValue; Index < BlockNum; Index++) {
- PosX = Index * BlockWidth;
- if (GraphicsOutput != NULL) {
- Status = GraphicsOutput->Blt (
- GraphicsOutput,
- &ProgressColor,
- EfiBltVideoFill,
- 0,
- 0,
- PosX,
- PosY,
- BlockWidth - 1,
- BlockHeight,
- (BlockWidth) * sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL)
- );
- } else if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdUgaConsumeSupport)) {
- Status = UgaDraw->Blt (
- UgaDraw,
- (EFI_UGA_PIXEL *) &ProgressColor,
- EfiUgaVideoFill,
- 0,
- 0,
- PosX,
- PosY,
- BlockWidth - 1,
- BlockHeight,
- (BlockWidth) * sizeof (EFI_UGA_PIXEL)
- );
- } else {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
-
- PrintXY (
- (SizeOfX - StrLen (Title) * EFI_GLYPH_WIDTH) / 2,
- PosY - EFI_GLYPH_HEIGHT - 1,
- &TitleForeground,
- &TitleBackground,
- Title
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Perform the memory test base on the memory test intensive level,
- and update the memory resource.
-
- @param Level The memory test intensive level.
-
- @retval EFI_STATUS Success test all the system memory and update
- the memory resource
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-BdsMemoryTest (
- IN EXTENDMEM_COVERAGE_LEVEL Level
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STATUS KeyStatus;
- EFI_STATUS InitStatus;
- EFI_STATUS ReturnStatus;
- BOOLEAN RequireSoftECCInit;
- EFI_GENERIC_MEMORY_TEST_PROTOCOL *GenMemoryTest;
- UINT64 TestedMemorySize;
- UINT64 TotalMemorySize;
- UINTN TestPercent;
- UINT64 PreviousValue;
- BOOLEAN ErrorOut;
- BOOLEAN TestAbort;
- EFI_INPUT_KEY Key;
- CHAR16 StrPercent[80];
- CHAR16 *StrTotalMemory;
- CHAR16 *Pos;
- CHAR16 *TmpStr;
- EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL Foreground;
- EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL Background;
- EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL Color;
- BOOLEAN IsFirstBoot;
- UINT32 TempData;
- UINTN StrTotalMemorySize;
-
- ReturnStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
- ZeroMem (&Key, sizeof (EFI_INPUT_KEY));
-
- StrTotalMemorySize = 128;
- Pos = AllocateZeroPool (StrTotalMemorySize);
-
- if (Pos == NULL) {
- return ReturnStatus;
- }
-
- StrTotalMemory = Pos;
-
- TestedMemorySize = 0;
- TotalMemorySize = 0;
- PreviousValue = 0;
- ErrorOut = FALSE;
- TestAbort = FALSE;
-
- SetMem (&Foreground, sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL), 0xff);
- SetMem (&Background, sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL), 0x0);
- SetMem (&Color, sizeof (EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_PIXEL), 0xff);
-
- RequireSoftECCInit = FALSE;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiGenericMemTestProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &GenMemoryTest
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (Pos);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- InitStatus = GenMemoryTest->MemoryTestInit (
- GenMemoryTest,
- Level,
- &RequireSoftECCInit
- );
- if (InitStatus == EFI_NO_MEDIA) {
- //
- // The PEI codes also have the relevant memory test code to check the memory,
- // it can select to test some range of the memory or all of them. If PEI code
- // checks all the memory, this BDS memory test will has no not-test memory to
- // do the test, and then the status of EFI_NO_MEDIA will be returned by
- // "MemoryTestInit". So it does not need to test memory again, just return.
- //
- FreePool (Pos);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- if (!FeaturePcdGet(PcdBootlogoOnlyEnable)) {
- TmpStr = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_ESC_TO_SKIP_MEM_TEST));
-
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- PrintXY (10, 10, NULL, NULL, TmpStr);
- FreePool (TmpStr);
- }
- } else {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Enter memory test.\n"));
- }
- do {
- Status = GenMemoryTest->PerformMemoryTest (
- GenMemoryTest,
- &TestedMemorySize,
- &TotalMemorySize,
- &ErrorOut,
- TestAbort
- );
- if (ErrorOut && (Status == EFI_DEVICE_ERROR)) {
- TmpStr = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_SYSTEM_MEM_ERROR));
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- PrintXY (10, 10, NULL, NULL, TmpStr);
- FreePool (TmpStr);
- }
-
- ASSERT (0);
- }
-
- if (!FeaturePcdGet(PcdBootlogoOnlyEnable)) {
- TempData = (UINT32) DivU64x32 (TotalMemorySize, 16);
- TestPercent = (UINTN) DivU64x32 (
- DivU64x32 (MultU64x32 (TestedMemorySize, 100), 16),
- TempData
- );
- if (TestPercent != PreviousValue) {
- UnicodeValueToString (StrPercent, 0, TestPercent, 0);
- TmpStr = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_MEMORY_TEST_PERCENT));
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- //
- // TmpStr size is 64, StrPercent is reserved to 16.
- //
- StrnCatS (
- StrPercent,
- sizeof (StrPercent) / sizeof (CHAR16),
- TmpStr,
- sizeof (StrPercent) / sizeof (CHAR16) - StrLen (StrPercent) - 1
- );
- PrintXY (10, 10, NULL, NULL, StrPercent);
- FreePool (TmpStr);
- }
-
- TmpStr = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_PERFORM_MEM_TEST));
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- PlatformBdsShowProgress (
- Foreground,
- Background,
- TmpStr,
- Color,
- TestPercent,
- (UINTN) PreviousValue
- );
- FreePool (TmpStr);
- }
- }
-
- PreviousValue = TestPercent;
- } else {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Perform memory test (ESC to skip).\n"));
- }
-
- if (!PcdGetBool (PcdConInConnectOnDemand)) {
- KeyStatus = gST->ConIn->ReadKeyStroke (gST->ConIn, &Key);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (KeyStatus) && (Key.ScanCode == SCAN_ESC)) {
- if (!RequireSoftECCInit) {
- if (!FeaturePcdGet(PcdBootlogoOnlyEnable)) {
- TmpStr = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_PERFORM_MEM_TEST));
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- PlatformBdsShowProgress (
- Foreground,
- Background,
- TmpStr,
- Color,
- 100,
- (UINTN) PreviousValue
- );
- FreePool (TmpStr);
- }
-
- PrintXY (10, 10, NULL, NULL, L"100");
- }
- Status = GenMemoryTest->Finished (GenMemoryTest);
- goto Done;
- }
-
- TestAbort = TRUE;
- }
- }
- } while (Status != EFI_NOT_FOUND);
-
- Status = GenMemoryTest->Finished (GenMemoryTest);
-
-Done:
- if (!FeaturePcdGet(PcdBootlogoOnlyEnable)) {
- UnicodeValueToString (StrTotalMemory, COMMA_TYPE, TotalMemorySize, 0);
- if (StrTotalMemory[0] == L',') {
- StrTotalMemory++;
- StrTotalMemorySize -= sizeof (CHAR16);
- }
-
- TmpStr = GetStringById (STRING_TOKEN (STR_MEM_TEST_COMPLETED));
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- StrnCatS (
- StrTotalMemory,
- StrTotalMemorySize / sizeof (CHAR16),
- TmpStr,
- StrTotalMemorySize / sizeof (CHAR16) - StrLen (StrTotalMemory) - 1
- );
- FreePool (TmpStr);
- }
-
- PrintXY (10, 10, NULL, NULL, StrTotalMemory);
- PlatformBdsShowProgress (
- Foreground,
- Background,
- StrTotalMemory,
- Color,
- 100,
- (UINTN) PreviousValue
- );
-
- } else {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "%d bytes of system memory tested OK\r\n", TotalMemorySize));
- }
-
- FreePool (Pos);
-
-
- //
- // Use a DynamicHii type pcd to save the boot status, which is used to
- // control configuration mode, such as FULL/MINIMAL/NO_CHANGES configuration.
- //
- IsFirstBoot = PcdGetBool(PcdBootState);
- if (IsFirstBoot) {
- PcdSetBool(PcdBootState, FALSE);
- }
-
- return ReturnStatus;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/String.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/String.c deleted file mode 100644 index d02001b4d1..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/String.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- String support
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "Bds.h"
-#include "Language.h"
-#include "FrontPage.h"
-
-EFI_HII_HANDLE gStringPackHandle;
-
-EFI_GUID mBdsStringPackGuid = {
- 0x7bac95d3, 0xddf, 0x42f3, {0x9e, 0x24, 0x7c, 0x64, 0x49, 0x40, 0x37, 0x9a}
-};
-
-/**
- Initialize HII global accessor for string support.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeStringSupport (
- VOID
- )
-{
- gStringPackHandle = HiiAddPackages (
- &mBdsStringPackGuid,
- gImageHandle,
- BdsDxeStrings,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT (gStringPackHandle != NULL);
-}
-
-/**
- Get string by string id from HII Interface
-
-
- @param Id String ID.
-
- @retval CHAR16 * String from ID.
- @retval NULL If error occurs.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-GetStringById (
- IN EFI_STRING_ID Id
- )
-{
- return HiiGetString (gStringPackHandle, Id, NULL);
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/String.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/String.h deleted file mode 100644 index 005b2bdbd2..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/String.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- String support
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _STRING_H_
-#define _STRING_H_
-
-#include "Bds.h"
-
-extern EFI_HII_HANDLE gStringPackHandle;
-
-//
-// This is the VFR compiler generated header file which defines the
-// string identifiers.
-//
-
-extern UINT8 BdsDxeStrings[];
-
-/**
- Get string by string id from HII Interface
-
-
- @param Id String ID.
-
- @retval CHAR16 * String from ID.
- @retval NULL If error occurs.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-GetStringById (
- IN EFI_STRING_ID Id
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize HII global accessor for string support.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializeStringSupport (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Call the browser and display the front page
-
- @return Status code that will be returned by
- EFI_FORM_BROWSER2_PROTOCOL.SendForm ().
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CallFrontPage (
- VOID
- );
-
-#endif // _STRING_H_
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Strings.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Strings.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 040ed92c36..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/BdsDxe/Strings.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/ComponentName.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/ComponentName.c deleted file mode 100644 index d637decb94..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/ComponentName.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- UEFI Component Name(2) protocol implementation for VGA Class Driver.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "VgaClass.h"
-
-//
-// EFI Component Name Protocol
-//
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL gVgaClassComponentName = {
- VgaClassComponentNameGetDriverName,
- VgaClassComponentNameGetControllerName,
- "eng"
-};
-
-//
-// EFI Component Name 2 Protocol
-//
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL gVgaClassComponentName2 = {
- (EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_GET_DRIVER_NAME) VgaClassComponentNameGetDriverName,
- (EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_GET_CONTROLLER_NAME) VgaClassComponentNameGetControllerName,
- "en"
-};
-
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE mVgaClassDriverNameTable[] = {
- {
- "eng;en",
- L"VGA Class Driver"
- },
- {
- NULL,
- NULL
- }
-};
-
-/**
- Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the driver.
-
- This function retrieves the user readable name of a driver in the form of a
- Unicode string. If the driver specified by This has a user readable name in
- the language specified by Language, then a pointer to the driver name is
- returned in DriverName, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If the driver specified
- by This does not support the language specified by Language,
- then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or
- EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Language A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string
- array indicating the language. This is the
- language of the driver name that the caller is
- requesting, and it must match one of the
- languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The
- number of languages supported by a driver is up
- to the driver writer. Language is specified
- in RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.
- @param DriverName A pointer to the Unicode string to return.
- This Unicode string is the name of the
- driver specified by This in the language
- specified by Language.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Unicode string for the Driver specified by
- This and the language specified by Language was
- returned in DriverName.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DriverName is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The driver specified by This does not support
- the language specified by Language.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassComponentNameGetDriverName (
- IN EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CHAR8 *Language,
- OUT CHAR16 **DriverName
- )
-{
- return LookupUnicodeString2 (
- Language,
- This->SupportedLanguages,
- mVgaClassDriverNameTable,
- DriverName,
- (BOOLEAN)(This == &gVgaClassComponentName)
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the controller
- that is being managed by a driver.
-
- This function retrieves the user readable name of the controller specified by
- ControllerHandle and ChildHandle in the form of a Unicode string. If the
- driver specified by This has a user readable name in the language specified by
- Language, then a pointer to the controller name is returned in ControllerName,
- and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If the driver specified by This is not currently
- managing the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle,
- then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned. If the driver specified by This does not
- support the language specified by Language, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or
- EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ControllerHandle The handle of a controller that the driver
- specified by This is managing. This handle
- specifies the controller whose name is to be
- returned.
- @param ChildHandle The handle of the child controller to retrieve
- the name of. This is an optional parameter that
- may be NULL. It will be NULL for device
- drivers. It will also be NULL for a bus drivers
- that wish to retrieve the name of the bus
- controller. It will not be NULL for a bus
- driver that wishes to retrieve the name of a
- child controller.
- @param Language A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string
- array indicating the language. This is the
- language of the driver name that the caller is
- requesting, and it must match one of the
- languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The
- number of languages supported by a driver is up
- to the driver writer. Language is specified in
- RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.
- @param ControllerName A pointer to the Unicode string to return.
- This Unicode string is the name of the
- controller specified by ControllerHandle and
- ChildHandle in the language specified by
- Language from the point of view of the driver
- specified by This.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Unicode string for the user readable name in
- the language specified by Language for the
- driver specified by This was returned in
- DriverName.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ChildHandle is not NULL and it is not a valid
- EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerName is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The driver specified by This is not currently
- managing the controller specified by
- ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The driver specified by This does not support
- the language specified by Language.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassComponentNameGetControllerName (
- IN EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle OPTIONAL,
- IN CHAR8 *Language,
- OUT CHAR16 **ControllerName
- )
-{
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClass.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClass.c deleted file mode 100644 index ca13989d5f..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClass.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1288 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- VGA Class Driver that managers VGA devices and produces Simple Text Output Protocol.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "VgaClass.h"
-
-//
-// EFI Driver Binding Protocol for the VGA Class Driver
-//
-EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL gVgaClassDriverBinding = {
- VgaClassDriverBindingSupported,
- VgaClassDriverBindingStart,
- VgaClassDriverBindingStop,
- 0xa,
- NULL,
- NULL
-};
-
-//
-// Local variables
-//
-CHAR16 CrLfString[3] = { CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN, CHAR_LINEFEED, CHAR_NULL };
-
-//
-// This list is used to define the valid extend chars.
-// It also provides a mapping from Unicode to PCANSI or
-// ASCII. The ASCII mapping we just made up.
-//
-//
-UNICODE_TO_CHAR UnicodeToPcAnsiOrAscii[] = {
- {
- BOXDRAW_HORIZONTAL,
- 0xc4,
- L'-'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_VERTICAL,
- 0xb3,
- L'|'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOWN_RIGHT,
- 0xda,
- L'/'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOWN_LEFT,
- 0xbf,
- L'\\'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_UP_RIGHT,
- 0xc0,
- L'\\'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_UP_LEFT,
- 0xd9,
- L'/'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_RIGHT,
- 0xc3,
- L'|'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_LEFT,
- 0xb4,
- L'|'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOWN_HORIZONTAL,
- 0xc2,
- L'+'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_UP_HORIZONTAL,
- 0xc1,
- L'+'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_HORIZONTAL,
- 0xc5,
- L'+'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL,
- 0xcd,
- L'-'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOUBLE_VERTICAL,
- 0xba,
- L'|'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOWN_RIGHT_DOUBLE,
- 0xd5,
- L'/'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOWN_DOUBLE_RIGHT,
- 0xd6,
- L'/'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOUBLE_DOWN_RIGHT,
- 0xc9,
- L'/'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOWN_LEFT_DOUBLE,
- 0xb8,
- L'\\'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOWN_DOUBLE_LEFT,
- 0xb7,
- L'\\'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOUBLE_DOWN_LEFT,
- 0xbb,
- L'\\'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_UP_RIGHT_DOUBLE,
- 0xd4,
- L'\\'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_UP_DOUBLE_RIGHT,
- 0xd3,
- L'\\'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOUBLE_UP_RIGHT,
- 0xc8,
- L'\\'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_UP_LEFT_DOUBLE,
- 0xbe,
- L'/'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_UP_DOUBLE_LEFT,
- 0xbd,
- L'/'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOUBLE_UP_LEFT,
- 0xbc,
- L'/'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_RIGHT_DOUBLE,
- 0xc6,
- L'|'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_DOUBLE_RIGHT,
- 0xc7,
- L'|'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOUBLE_VERTICAL_RIGHT,
- 0xcc,
- L'|'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_LEFT_DOUBLE,
- 0xb5,
- L'|'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_DOUBLE_LEFT,
- 0xb6,
- L'|'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOUBLE_VERTICAL_LEFT,
- 0xb9,
- L'|'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOWN_HORIZONTAL_DOUBLE,
- 0xd1,
- L'+'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOWN_DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL,
- 0xd2,
- L'+'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOUBLE_DOWN_HORIZONTAL,
- 0xcb,
- L'+'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_UP_HORIZONTAL_DOUBLE,
- 0xcf,
- L'+'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_UP_DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL,
- 0xd0,
- L'+'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOUBLE_UP_HORIZONTAL,
- 0xca,
- L'+'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_HORIZONTAL_DOUBLE,
- 0xd8,
- L'+'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL,
- 0xd7,
- L'+'
- },
- {
- BOXDRAW_DOUBLE_VERTICAL_HORIZONTAL,
- 0xce,
- L'+'
- },
-
- {
- BLOCKELEMENT_FULL_BLOCK,
- 0xdb,
- L'*'
- },
- {
- BLOCKELEMENT_LIGHT_SHADE,
- 0xb0,
- L'+'
- },
-
- {
- GEOMETRICSHAPE_UP_TRIANGLE,
- 0x1e,
- L'^'
- },
- {
- GEOMETRICSHAPE_RIGHT_TRIANGLE,
- 0x10,
- L'>'
- },
- {
- GEOMETRICSHAPE_DOWN_TRIANGLE,
- 0x1f,
- L'v'
- },
- {
- GEOMETRICSHAPE_LEFT_TRIANGLE,
- 0x11,
- L'<'
- },
-
- {
- ARROW_LEFT,
- 0x3c,
- L'<'
- },
-
- {
- ARROW_UP,
- 0x18,
- L'^'
- },
-
- {
- ARROW_RIGHT,
- 0x3e,
- L'>'
- },
-
- {
- ARROW_DOWN,
- 0x19,
- L'v'
- },
-
- {
- 0x0000,
- 0x00,
- 0x00
- }
-};
-
-/**
- Entrypoint of this VGA Class Driver.
-
- This function is the entrypoint of this VGA Class Driver. It installs Driver Binding
- Protocols together with Component Name Protocols.
-
- @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The entry point is executed successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-InitializeVgaClass(
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Install driver model protocol(s).
- //
- Status = EfiLibInstallDriverBindingComponentName2 (
- ImageHandle,
- SystemTable,
- &gVgaClassDriverBinding,
- ImageHandle,
- &gVgaClassComponentName,
- &gVgaClassComponentName2
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Internal worker function to program CRTC register via PCI I/O Protocol.
-
- @param VgaClassDev device instance object
- @param Address Address of register to write
- @param Data Data to write to register.
-
-**/
-VOID
-WriteCrtc (
- IN VGA_CLASS_DEV *VgaClassDev,
- IN UINT16 Address,
- IN UINT8 Data
- )
-{
- VgaClassDev->PciIo->Io.Write (
- VgaClassDev->PciIo,
- EfiPciIoWidthUint8,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->CrtcAddressRegisterBar,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->CrtcAddressRegisterOffset,
- 1,
- &Address
- );
-
- VgaClassDev->PciIo->Io.Write (
- VgaClassDev->PciIo,
- EfiPciIoWidthUint8,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->CrtcDataRegisterBar,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->CrtcDataRegisterOffset,
- 1,
- &Data
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Internal worker function to set cursor's position to VgaClass device
-
- @param VgaClassDev Private data structure for device instance.
- @param Column Colomn of position to set cursor to.
- @param Row Row of position to set cursor to.
- @param MaxColumn Max value of column.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SetVideoCursorPosition (
- IN VGA_CLASS_DEV *VgaClassDev,
- IN UINTN Column,
- IN UINTN Row,
- IN UINTN MaxColumn
- )
-{
- Column = Column & 0xff;
- Row = Row & 0xff;
- MaxColumn = MaxColumn & 0xff;
-
- WriteCrtc (
- VgaClassDev,
- CRTC_CURSOR_LOCATION_HIGH,
- (UINT8) ((Row * MaxColumn + Column) >> 8)
- );
- WriteCrtc (
- VgaClassDev,
- CRTC_CURSOR_LOCATION_LOW,
- (UINT8) ((Row * MaxColumn + Column) & 0xff)
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Internal worker function to detect if a Unicode char is for Box Drawing text graphics.
-
- @param Graphic Unicode char to test.
- @param PcAnsi Pointer to PCANSI equivalent of Graphic for output.
- If NULL, then PCANSI value is not returned.
- @param Ascii Pointer to ASCII equivalent of Graphic for output.
- If NULL, then ASCII value is not returned.
-
- @retval TRUE Gpaphic is a supported Unicode Box Drawing character.
- @retval FALSE Gpaphic is not a supported Unicode Box Drawing character.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-LibIsValidTextGraphics (
- IN CHAR16 Graphic,
- OUT CHAR8 *PcAnsi, OPTIONAL
- OUT CHAR8 *Ascii OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- UNICODE_TO_CHAR *Table;
-
- //
- // Unicode drawing code charts are all in the 0x25xx range, arrows are 0x21xx.
- // So first filter out values not in these 2 ranges.
- //
- if ((((Graphic & 0xff00) != 0x2500) && ((Graphic & 0xff00) != 0x2100))) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Search UnicodeToPcAnsiOrAscii table for matching entry.
- //
- for (Table = UnicodeToPcAnsiOrAscii; Table->Unicode != 0x0000; Table++) {
- if (Graphic == Table->Unicode) {
- if (PcAnsi != NULL) {
- *PcAnsi = Table->PcAnsi;
- }
-
- if (Ascii != NULL) {
- *Ascii = Table->Ascii;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If value is not found in UnicodeToPcAnsiOrAscii table, then return FALSE.
- //
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Internal worker function to check whether input value is an ASCII char.
-
- @param Char Character to check.
-
- @retval TRUE Input value is an ASCII char.
- @retval FALSE Input value is not an ASCII char.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidAscii (
- IN CHAR16 Char
- )
-{
- if ((Char >= 0x20) && (Char <= 0x7f)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Internal worker function to check whether input value is a unicode control char.
-
- @param Char Character to check.
-
- @retval TRUE Input value is a unicode control char.
- @retval FALSE Input value is not a unicode control char.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidEfiCntlChar (
- IN CHAR16 Char
- )
-{
- if (Char == CHAR_NULL || Char == CHAR_BACKSPACE || Char == CHAR_LINEFEED || Char == CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN) {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Tests to see if this driver supports a given controller.
-
- This function implments EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL.Supported().
- It Checks if this driver supports the controller specified. Any Controller
- with VgaMiniPort Protocol and Pci I/O protocol can be supported.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ControllerHandle Handle of device to test
- @param RemainingDevicePath Optional parameter use to pick a specific child
- device to start.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS This driver supports this device.
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED This driver is already running on this device.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED This driver does not support this device.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassDriverBindingSupported (
- IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_HANDLE Controller,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *RemainingDevicePath OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Checks if Abstraction(s) needed to perform the supported test
- //
- Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
- Controller,
- &gEfiVgaMiniPortProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- This->DriverBindingHandle,
- Controller,
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_TEST_PROTOCOL
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Open the IO Abstraction(s) needed to perform the supported test
- //
- Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
- Controller,
- &gEfiPciIoProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- This->DriverBindingHandle,
- Controller,
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_TEST_PROTOCOL
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Starts the device controller.
-
- This function implments EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL.Start().
- It starts the device specified by Controller with the driver based on PCI I/O Protocol
- and VgaMiniPort Protocol. It creates context for device instance and install EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUT_PROTOCOL.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ControllerHandle Handle of device to bind driver to
- @param RemainingDevicePath Optional parameter use to pick a specific child
- device to start.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The device was started.
- @retval other Fail to start the device.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassDriverBindingStart (
- IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_HANDLE Controller,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *RemainingDevicePath OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_VGA_MINI_PORT_PROTOCOL *VgaMiniPort;
- EFI_PCI_IO_PROTOCOL *PciIo;
- VGA_CLASS_DEV *VgaClassPrivate;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- Controller,
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &DevicePath
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Report that VGA Class driver is being enabled
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE_WITH_DEVICE_PATH (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- EFI_PERIPHERAL_LOCAL_CONSOLE | EFI_P_PC_ENABLE,
- DevicePath
- );
-
- //
- // Open the PCI I/O Protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
- Controller,
- &gEfiPciIoProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &PciIo,
- This->DriverBindingHandle,
- Controller,
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Open the VGA Mini Port Protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
- Controller,
- &gEfiVgaMiniPortProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &VgaMiniPort,
- This->DriverBindingHandle,
- Controller,
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Allocate the private device structure
- //
- VgaClassPrivate = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (VGA_CLASS_DEV));
- ASSERT (VgaClassPrivate != NULL);
-
- //
- // Initialize the private device structure
- //
- VgaClassPrivate->Signature = VGA_CLASS_DEV_SIGNATURE;
- VgaClassPrivate->Handle = Controller;
- VgaClassPrivate->VgaMiniPort = VgaMiniPort;
- VgaClassPrivate->PciIo = PciIo;
-
- VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.Reset = VgaClassReset;
- VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.OutputString = VgaClassOutputString;
- VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.TestString = VgaClassTestString;
- VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.ClearScreen = VgaClassClearScreen;
- VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.SetAttribute = VgaClassSetAttribute;
- VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.SetCursorPosition = VgaClassSetCursorPosition;
- VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.EnableCursor = VgaClassEnableCursor;
- VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.QueryMode = VgaClassQueryMode;
- VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.SetMode = VgaClassSetMode;
-
- VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.Mode = &VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOutputMode;
- VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOutputMode.MaxMode = VgaMiniPort->MaxMode;
- VgaClassPrivate->DevicePath = DevicePath;
-
- //
- // Initialize the VGA device.
- //
- Status = VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.SetAttribute (
- &VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut,
- EFI_TEXT_ATTR (EFI_WHITE, EFI_BLACK)
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto ErrorExit;
- }
-
- Status = VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.Reset (
- &VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut,
- FALSE
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto ErrorExit;
- }
-
- Status = VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut.EnableCursor (
- &VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut,
- TRUE
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto ErrorExit;
- }
-
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &Controller,
- &gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid,
- &VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut,
- NULL
- );
-
- return Status;
-
-ErrorExit:
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE_WITH_DEVICE_PATH (
- EFI_ERROR_CODE | EFI_ERROR_MINOR,
- EFI_PERIPHERAL_LOCAL_CONSOLE | EFI_P_EC_CONTROLLER_ERROR,
- DevicePath
- );
-
- return Status;
-
-}
-
-/**
- Starts the device controller.
-
- This function implments EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL.Stop().
- It stops this driver on Controller. Support stoping any child handles
- created by this driver.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ControllerHandle A handle to the device being stopped.
- @param NumberOfChildren The number of child device handles in ChildHandleBuffer.
- @param ChildHandleBuffer An array of child handles to be freed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS This driver is removed ControllerHandle
- @retval other This driver was not removed from this device
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassDriverBindingStop (
- IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_HANDLE Controller,
- IN UINTN NumberOfChildren,
- IN EFI_HANDLE *ChildHandleBuffer OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *SimpleTextOut;
- VGA_CLASS_DEV *VgaClassPrivate;
-
- Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
- Controller,
- &gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &SimpleTextOut,
- This->DriverBindingHandle,
- Controller,
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- VgaClassPrivate = VGA_CLASS_DEV_FROM_THIS (SimpleTextOut);
-
- //
- // Report that VGA Class driver is being disabled
- //
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE_WITH_DEVICE_PATH (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- EFI_PERIPHERAL_LOCAL_CONSOLE | EFI_P_PC_DISABLE,
- VgaClassPrivate->DevicePath
- );
-
- Status = gBS->UninstallProtocolInterface (
- Controller,
- &gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid,
- &VgaClassPrivate->SimpleTextOut
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Release PCI I/O and VGA Mini Port Protocols on the controller handle.
- //
- gBS->CloseProtocol (
- Controller,
- &gEfiPciIoProtocolGuid,
- This->DriverBindingHandle,
- Controller
- );
-
- gBS->CloseProtocol (
- Controller,
- &gEfiVgaMiniPortProtocolGuid,
- This->DriverBindingHandle,
- Controller
- );
-
- FreePool (VgaClassPrivate);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Resets the text output device hardware.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.Reset().
- It resets the text output device hardware. The cursor position is set to (0, 0),
- and the screen is cleared to the default background color for the output device.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ExtendedVerification Indicates that the driver may perform a more exhaustive
- verification operation of the device during reset.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The text output device was reset.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The text output device is not functioning correctly and could not be reset.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassReset (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN BOOLEAN ExtendedVerification
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VGA_CLASS_DEV *VgaClassPrivate;
-
- VgaClassPrivate = VGA_CLASS_DEV_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- REPORT_STATUS_CODE_WITH_DEVICE_PATH (
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE,
- EFI_PERIPHERAL_LOCAL_CONSOLE | EFI_P_PC_RESET,
- VgaClassPrivate->DevicePath
- );
-
- This->SetAttribute (This, EFI_TEXT_ATTR (This->Mode->Attribute & 0x0F, EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK));
-
- Status = This->SetMode (This, 0);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- return This->ClearScreen (This);
-}
-
-/**
- Writes a Unicode string to the output device.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.OutputString().
- It writes a Unicode string to the output device. This is the most basic output mechanism
- on an output device.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param String The Null-terminated Unicode string to be displayed on the output device(s).
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The string was output to the device.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device reported an error while attempting to output the text.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The output device's mode is not currently in a defined text mode.
- @retval EFI_WARN_UNKNOWN_GLYPH This warning code indicates that some of the characters in
- the Unicode string could not be rendered and were skipped.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassOutputString (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CHAR16 *String
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VGA_CLASS_DEV *VgaClassDev;
- EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_MODE *Mode;
- UINTN MaxColumn;
- UINTN MaxRow;
- UINT32 VideoChar;
- CHAR8 GraphicChar;
-
- VgaClassDev = VGA_CLASS_DEV_FROM_THIS (This);
- Mode = This->Mode;
-
- Status = This->QueryMode (
- This,
- Mode->Mode,
- &MaxColumn,
- &MaxRow
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Parse each character of the string to output
- //
- for (; *String != CHAR_NULL; String++) {
-
- switch (*String) {
- case CHAR_BACKSPACE:
- if (Mode->CursorColumn > 0) {
- Mode->CursorColumn--;
- }
- break;
-
- case CHAR_LINEFEED:
- if (Mode->CursorRow == (INT32) (MaxRow - 1)) {
- //
- // Scroll the screen by copying the contents
- // of the VGA display up one line
- //
- VgaClassDev->PciIo->CopyMem (
- VgaClassDev->PciIo,
- EfiPciIoWidthUint32,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->VgaMemoryBar,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->VgaMemoryOffset,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->VgaMemoryBar,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->VgaMemoryOffset + MaxColumn * 2,
- ((MaxRow - 1) * MaxColumn) >> 1
- );
-
- //
- // Print Blank Line of spaces with the current color attributes
- //
- VideoChar = (Mode->Attribute << 8) | ' ';
- VideoChar = (VideoChar << 16) | VideoChar;
- VgaClassDev->PciIo->Mem.Write (
- VgaClassDev->PciIo,
- EfiPciIoWidthFillUint32,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->VgaMemoryBar,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->VgaMemoryOffset + (MaxRow - 1) * MaxColumn * 2,
- MaxColumn >> 1,
- &VideoChar
- );
- }
-
- if (Mode->CursorRow < (INT32) (MaxRow - 1)) {
- Mode->CursorRow++;
- }
- break;
-
- case CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN:
- Mode->CursorColumn = 0;
- break;
-
- default:
- if (!LibIsValidTextGraphics (*String, &GraphicChar, NULL)) {
- //
- // If this character is not ,Box Drawing text graphics, then convert it to ASCII.
- //
- GraphicChar = (CHAR8) *String;
- if (!IsValidAscii (GraphicChar)) {
- //
- // If not valid ASCII char, convert it to "?"
- //
- GraphicChar = '?';
- }
- }
-
- VideoChar = (Mode->Attribute << 8) | GraphicChar;
- VgaClassDev->PciIo->Mem.Write (
- VgaClassDev->PciIo,
- EfiPciIoWidthUint16,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->VgaMemoryBar,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->VgaMemoryOffset + ((Mode->CursorRow * MaxColumn + Mode->CursorColumn) * 2),
- 1,
- &VideoChar
- );
-
- if (Mode->CursorColumn >= (INT32) (MaxColumn - 1)) {
- This->OutputString (This, CrLfString);
- } else {
- Mode->CursorColumn++;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
-
- SetVideoCursorPosition (
- VgaClassDev,
- (UINTN) Mode->CursorColumn,
- (UINTN) Mode->CursorRow,
- MaxColumn
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Verifies that all characters in a Unicode string can be output to the target device.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.TestString().
- It verifies that all characters in a Unicode string can be output to the target device.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param String The Null-terminated Unicode string to be examined for the output device(s).
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The device(s) are capable of rendering the output string.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Some of the characters in the Unicode string cannot be rendered by
- one or more of the output devices mapped by the EFI handle.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassTestString (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CHAR16 *String
- )
-{
- while (*String != CHAR_NULL) {
- if (!(IsValidAscii (*String) || IsValidEfiCntlChar (*String) || LibIsValidTextGraphics (*String, NULL, NULL))) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- String++;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Clears the output device(s) display to the currently selected background color.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.ClearScreen().
- The ClearScreen() function clears the output device(s) display to the currently
- selected background color. The cursor position is set to (0, 0).
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCESS The operation completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device had an error and could not complete the request.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The output device is not in a valid text mode.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassClearScreen (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VGA_CLASS_DEV *VgaClassDev;
- UINTN MaxRow;
- UINTN MaxColumn;
- UINT32 VideoChar;
-
- VgaClassDev = VGA_CLASS_DEV_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- Status = This->QueryMode (
- This,
- This->Mode->Mode,
- &MaxColumn,
- &MaxRow
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- VideoChar = (This->Mode->Attribute << 8) | ' ';
- VideoChar = (VideoChar << 16) | VideoChar;
- VgaClassDev->PciIo->Mem.Write (
- VgaClassDev->PciIo,
- EfiPciIoWidthFillUint32,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->VgaMemoryBar,
- VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->VgaMemoryOffset,
- (MaxRow * MaxColumn) >> 1,
- &VideoChar
- );
-
- This->SetCursorPosition (This, 0, 0);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Sets the background and foreground colors for theOutputString() and ClearScreen() functions.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.SetAttribute().
- It sets the background and foreground colors for the OutputString() and ClearScreen() functions.
- The color mask can be set even when the device is in an invalid text mode.
- Devices supporting a different number of text colors are required to emulate the above colors
- to the best of the device's capabilities.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Attribute The attribute to set.
- Bits 0..3 are the foreground color,
- and bits 4..6 are the background color.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested attributes were set.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device had an error and could not complete the request.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassSetAttribute (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN Attribute
- )
-{
- if (Attribute <= EFI_MAX_ATTRIBUTE) {
- This->Mode->Attribute = (INT32) Attribute;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-/**
- Sets the current coordinates of the cursor position.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.SetCursorPosition().
- It sets the current coordinates of the cursor position.
- The upper left corner of the screen is defined as coordinate (0, 0).
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Column Column of position to set the cursor to.
- @param Row Row of position to set the cursor to.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The operation completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device had an error and could not complete the request.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The output device is not in a valid text mode, or the cursor
- position is invalid for the current mode.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassSetCursorPosition (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN Column,
- IN UINTN Row
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VGA_CLASS_DEV *VgaClassDev;
- UINTN MaxColumn;
- UINTN MaxRow;
-
- VgaClassDev = VGA_CLASS_DEV_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- Status = This->QueryMode (
- This,
- This->Mode->Mode,
- &MaxColumn,
- &MaxRow
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (Column >= MaxColumn || Row >= MaxRow) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- SetVideoCursorPosition (VgaClassDev, Column, Row, MaxColumn);
-
- This->Mode->CursorColumn = (INT32) Column;
- This->Mode->CursorRow = (INT32) Row;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Makes the cursor visible or invisible.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.EnableCursor().
- It makes the cursor visible or invisible.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Visible If TRUE, the cursor is set to be visible.
- If FALSE, the cursor is set to be invisible.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCESS The operation completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device had an error and could not complete the request or the
- device does not support changing the cursor mode.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The output device does not support visibility control of the cursor.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassEnableCursor (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN BOOLEAN Visible
- )
-{
- VGA_CLASS_DEV *VgaClassDev;
-
- VgaClassDev = VGA_CLASS_DEV_FROM_THIS (This);
- if (Visible) {
- if (This->Mode->Mode == 1) {
- //
- // 80 * 50
- //
- WriteCrtc (VgaClassDev, CRTC_CURSOR_START, 0x06);
- WriteCrtc (VgaClassDev, CRTC_CURSOR_END, 0x07);
- } else {
- //
- // 80 * 25
- //
- WriteCrtc (VgaClassDev, CRTC_CURSOR_START, 0x0e);
- WriteCrtc (VgaClassDev, CRTC_CURSOR_END, 0x0f);
- }
- } else {
- WriteCrtc (VgaClassDev, CRTC_CURSOR_START, 0x20);
- }
-
- This->Mode->CursorVisible = Visible;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Returns information for an available text mode that the output device(s) supports.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.QueryMode().
- It returns information for an available text mode that the output device(s) supports.
- It is required that all output devices support at least 80x25 text mode. This mode is defined to be mode 0.
- If the output devices support 80x50, that is defined to be mode 1.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ModeNumber The mode number to return information on.
- @param Columns Columen in current mode number
- @param Rows Row in current mode number.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested mode information was returned.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device had an error and could not complete the request.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The mode number was not valid.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassQueryMode (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN ModeNumber,
- OUT UINTN *Columns,
- OUT UINTN *Rows
- )
-{
- if ((INT32) ModeNumber >= This->Mode->MaxMode) {
- *Columns = 0;
- *Rows = 0;
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- switch (ModeNumber) {
- case 0:
- *Columns = 80;
- *Rows = 25;
- break;
-
- case 1:
- *Columns = 80;
- *Rows = 50;
- break;
-
- default:
- *Columns = 0;
- *Rows = 0;
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Sets the output device(s) to a specified mode.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.QueryMode().
- It sets the output device(s) to the requested mode.
- On success the device is in the geometry for the requested mode,
- and the device has been cleared to the current background color with the cursor at (0,0).
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ModeNumber The text mode to set.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested text mode was set.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device had an error and could not complete the request.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The mode number was not valid.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassSetMode (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN ModeNumber
- )
-{
- VGA_CLASS_DEV *VgaClassDev;
-
- VgaClassDev = VGA_CLASS_DEV_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- if ((INT32) ModeNumber >= This->Mode->MaxMode) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- This->ClearScreen (This);
-
- This->Mode->Mode = (INT32) ModeNumber;
-
- return VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort->SetMode (VgaClassDev->VgaMiniPort, ModeNumber);
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClass.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClass.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5cfa704001..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClass.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,484 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Internal include file of the VGA Class Driver.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-
-#ifndef _VGA_CLASS_H__
-#define _VGA_CLASS_H__
-
-#include <FrameworkDxe.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/SimpleTextOut.h>
-#include <Protocol/PciIo.h>
-#include <Protocol/VgaMiniPort.h>
-#include <Protocol/DevicePath.h>
-
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
-
-#include <IndustryStandard/Pci.h>
-
-//
-// Global Variables
-//
-extern EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL gVgaClassDriverBinding;
-extern EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL gVgaClassComponentName;
-extern EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL gVgaClassComponentName2;
-
-
-//
-// Structure for tuple containing mapping among uniocde, PC Ansi and ASCII code.
-//
-typedef struct {
- CHAR16 Unicode;
- CHAR8 PcAnsi;
- CHAR8 Ascii;
-} UNICODE_TO_CHAR;
-
-//
-// VGA specific registers
-//
-#define CRTC_CURSOR_START 0xA
-#define CRTC_CURSOR_END 0xB
-
-#define CRTC_CURSOR_LOCATION_HIGH 0xE
-#define CRTC_CURSOR_LOCATION_LOW 0xF
-
-#define EFI_MAX_ATTRIBUTE 0x7f
-
-//
-// VGA Class Device Structure
-//
-#define VGA_CLASS_DEV_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('V', 'G', 'A', 'C')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
- EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL SimpleTextOut;
- EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_MODE SimpleTextOutputMode;
- EFI_VGA_MINI_PORT_PROTOCOL *VgaMiniPort;
- EFI_PCI_IO_PROTOCOL *PciIo;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
-} VGA_CLASS_DEV;
-
-#define VGA_CLASS_DEV_FROM_THIS(a) CR (a, VGA_CLASS_DEV, SimpleTextOut, VGA_CLASS_DEV_SIGNATURE)
-
-//
-// Driver Binding Protocol functions
-//
-
-/**
- Tests to see if this driver supports a given controller.
-
- This function implments EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL.Supported().
- It Checks if this driver supports the controller specified. Any Controller
- with VgaMiniPort Protocol and Pci I/O protocol can be supported.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ControllerHandle Handle of device to test
- @param RemainingDevicePath Optional parameter use to pick a specific child
- device to start.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS This driver supports this device.
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED This driver is already running on this device.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED This driver does not support this device.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassDriverBindingSupported (
- IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_HANDLE Controller,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *RemainingDevicePath OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- Starts the device controller.
-
- This function implments EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL.Start().
- It starts the device specified by Controller with the driver based on PCI I/O Protocol
- and VgaMiniPort Protocol. It creates context for device instance and install EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUT_PROTOCOL.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ControllerHandle Handle of device to bind driver to
- @param RemainingDevicePath Optional parameter use to pick a specific child
- device to start.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The device was started.
- @retval other Fail to start the device.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassDriverBindingStart (
- IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_HANDLE Controller,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *RemainingDevicePath OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- Starts the device controller.
-
- This function implments EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL.Stop().
- It stops this driver on Controller. Support stoping any child handles
- created by this driver.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ControllerHandle A handle to the device being stopped.
- @param NumberOfChildren The number of child device handles in ChildHandleBuffer.
- @param ChildHandleBuffer An array of child handles to be freed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS This driver is removed ControllerHandle
- @retval other This driver was not removed from this device
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassDriverBindingStop (
- IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_HANDLE Controller,
- IN UINTN NumberOfChildren,
- IN EFI_HANDLE *ChildHandleBuffer OPTIONAL
- );
-
-//
-// EFI Component Name Functions
-//
-
-/**
- Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the driver.
-
- This function retrieves the user readable name of a driver in the form of a
- Unicode string. If the driver specified by This has a user readable name in
- the language specified by Language, then a pointer to the driver name is
- returned in DriverName, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If the driver specified
- by This does not support the language specified by Language,
- then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or
- EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Language A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string
- array indicating the language. This is the
- language of the driver name that the caller is
- requesting, and it must match one of the
- languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The
- number of languages supported by a driver is up
- to the driver writer. Language is specified
- in RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.
- @param DriverName A pointer to the Unicode string to return.
- This Unicode string is the name of the
- driver specified by This in the language
- specified by Language.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Unicode string for the Driver specified by
- This and the language specified by Language was
- returned in DriverName.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DriverName is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The driver specified by This does not support
- the language specified by Language.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassComponentNameGetDriverName (
- IN EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CHAR8 *Language,
- OUT CHAR16 **DriverName
- );
-
-/**
- Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the controller
- that is being managed by a driver.
-
- This function retrieves the user readable name of the controller specified by
- ControllerHandle and ChildHandle in the form of a Unicode string. If the
- driver specified by This has a user readable name in the language specified by
- Language, then a pointer to the controller name is returned in ControllerName,
- and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If the driver specified by This is not currently
- managing the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle,
- then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned. If the driver specified by This does not
- support the language specified by Language, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or
- EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ControllerHandle The handle of a controller that the driver
- specified by This is managing. This handle
- specifies the controller whose name is to be
- returned.
- @param ChildHandle The handle of the child controller to retrieve
- the name of. This is an optional parameter that
- may be NULL. It will be NULL for device
- drivers. It will also be NULL for a bus drivers
- that wish to retrieve the name of the bus
- controller. It will not be NULL for a bus
- driver that wishes to retrieve the name of a
- child controller.
- @param Language A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string
- array indicating the language. This is the
- language of the driver name that the caller is
- requesting, and it must match one of the
- languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The
- number of languages supported by a driver is up
- to the driver writer. Language is specified in
- RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.
- @param ControllerName A pointer to the Unicode string to return.
- This Unicode string is the name of the
- controller specified by ControllerHandle and
- ChildHandle in the language specified by
- Language from the point of view of the driver
- specified by This.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Unicode string for the user readable name in
- the language specified by Language for the
- driver specified by This was returned in
- DriverName.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ChildHandle is not NULL and it is not a valid
- EFI_HANDLE.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerName is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The driver specified by This is not currently
- managing the controller specified by
- ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The driver specified by This does not support
- the language specified by Language.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassComponentNameGetControllerName (
- IN EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle,
- IN EFI_HANDLE ChildHandle OPTIONAL,
- IN CHAR8 *Language,
- OUT CHAR16 **ControllerName
- );
-
-//
-// Simple Text Output Protocol functions
-//
-/**
- Resets the text output device hardware.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.Reset().
- It resets the text output device hardware. The cursor position is set to (0, 0),
- and the screen is cleared to the default background color for the output device.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ExtendedVerification Indicates that the driver may perform a more exhaustive
- verification operation of the device during reset.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The text output device was reset.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The text output device is not functioning correctly and could not be reset.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassReset (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN BOOLEAN ExtendedVerification
- );
-
-/**
- Writes a Unicode string to the output device.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.OutputString().
- It writes a Unicode string to the output device. This is the most basic output mechanism
- on an output device.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param String The Null-terminated Unicode string to be displayed on the output device(s).
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The string was output to the device.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device reported an error while attempting to output the text.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The output device's mode is not currently in a defined text mode.
- @retval EFI_WARN_UNKNOWN_GLYPH This warning code indicates that some of the characters in
- the Unicode string could not be rendered and were skipped.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassOutputString (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CHAR16 *String
- );
-
-/**
- Verifies that all characters in a Unicode string can be output to the target device.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.TestString().
- It verifies that all characters in a Unicode string can be output to the target device.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param String The Null-terminated Unicode string to be examined for the output device(s).
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The device(s) are capable of rendering the output string.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Some of the characters in the Unicode string cannot be rendered by
- one or more of the output devices mapped by the EFI handle.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassTestString (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CHAR16 *String
- );
-
-/**
- Clears the output device(s) display to the currently selected background color.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.ClearScreen().
- The ClearScreen() function clears the output device(s) display to the currently
- selected background color. The cursor position is set to (0, 0).
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCESS The operation completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device had an error and could not complete the request.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The output device is not in a valid text mode.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassClearScreen (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This
- );
-
-/**
- Sets the background and foreground colors for theOutputString() and ClearScreen() functions.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.SetAttribute().
- It sets the background and foreground colors for the OutputString() and ClearScreen() functions.
- The color mask can be set even when the device is in an invalid text mode.
- Devices supporting a different number of text colors are required to emulate the above colors
- to the best of the device's capabilities.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Attribute The attribute to set.
- Bits 0..3 are the foreground color,
- and bits 4..6 are the background color.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested attributes were set.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device had an error and could not complete the request.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassSetAttribute (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN Attribute
- );
-
-/**
- Sets the current coordinates of the cursor position.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.SetCursorPosition().
- It sets the current coordinates of the cursor position.
- The upper left corner of the screen is defined as coordinate (0, 0).
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Column Column of position to set the cursor to.
- @param Row Row of position to set the cursor to.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The operation completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device had an error and could not complete the request.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The output device is not in a valid text mode, or the cursor
- position is invalid for the current mode.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassSetCursorPosition (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN Column,
- IN UINTN Row
- );
-
-/**
- Makes the cursor visible or invisible.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.EnableCursor().
- It makes the cursor visible or invisible.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param Visible If TRUE, the cursor is set to be visible.
- If FALSE, the cursor is set to be invisible.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCESS The operation completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device had an error and could not complete the request or the
- device does not support changing the cursor mode.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The output device does not support visibility control of the cursor.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassEnableCursor (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN BOOLEAN Visible
- );
-
-/**
- Returns information for an available text mode that the output device(s) supports.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.QueryMode().
- It returns information for an available text mode that the output device(s) supports.
- It is required that all output devices support at least 80x25 text mode. This mode is defined to be mode 0.
- If the output devices support 80x50, that is defined to be mode 1.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ModeNumber The mode number to return information on.
- @param Columns Columen in current mode number
- @param Rows Row in current mode number.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested mode information was returned.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device had an error and could not complete the request.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The mode number was not valid.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassQueryMode (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN ModeNumber,
- OUT UINTN *Columns,
- OUT UINTN *Rows
- );
-
-/**
- Sets the output device(s) to a specified mode.
-
- This function implements EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.QueryMode().
- It sets the output device(s) to the requested mode.
- On success the device is in the geometry for the requested mode,
- and the device has been cleared to the current background color with the cursor at (0,0).
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param ModeNumber The text mode to set.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested text mode was set.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The device had an error and could not complete the request.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The mode number was not valid.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-VgaClassSetMode (
- IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN ModeNumber
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClassDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClassDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 2faba9d6f7..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClassDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# VGA Class Driver that managers VGA devices and produces Simple Text Output Protocol.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = VgaClassDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = VgaClassDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = BF89F10D-B205-474f-96E3-7A7BB1B4A407
- MODULE_TYPE = UEFI_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- ENTRY_POINT = InitializeVgaClass
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-# DRIVER_BINDING = gVgaClassDriverBinding
-# COMPONENT_NAME = gVgaClassComponentName
-# COMPONENT_NAME2 = gVgaClassComponentName2
-#
-
-[Sources]
- ComponentName.c
- VgaClass.h
- VgaClass.c
-
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
-
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- ReportStatusCodeLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- UefiLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- DebugLib
-
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiSimpleTextOutProtocolGuid ## BY_START
- gEfiVgaMiniPortProtocolGuid ## TO_START
- gEfiPciIoProtocolGuid ## TO_START
- gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid ## TO_START
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- VgaClassDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClassDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClassDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 23bb5c3693..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClassDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClassDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClassDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4c0cda97c0..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/Console/VgaClassDxe/VgaClassDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIo.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIo.c deleted file mode 100644 index e48b6382ff..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIo.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,536 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Uses the services of the I/O Library to produce the CPU I/O Protocol
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "CpuIo.h"
-
-//
-// Handle for the CPU I/O Protocol
-//
-EFI_HANDLE mHandle = NULL;
-
-//
-// CPU I/O Protocol inatance
-//
-EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL mCpuIo = {
- {
- CpuMemoryServiceRead,
- CpuMemoryServiceWrite
- },
- {
- CpuIoServiceRead,
- CpuIoServiceWrite
- }
-};
-
-//
-// Lookup table for increment values based on transfer widths
-//
-UINT8 mInStride[] = {
- 1, // EfiCpuIoWidthUint8
- 2, // EfiCpuIoWidthUint16
- 4, // EfiCpuIoWidthUint32
- 8, // EfiCpuIoWidthUint64
- 0, // EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint8
- 0, // EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint16
- 0, // EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint32
- 0, // EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint64
- 1, // EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint8
- 2, // EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint16
- 4, // EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint32
- 8 // EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint64
-};
-
-//
-// Lookup table for increment values based on transfer widths
-//
-UINT8 mOutStride[] = {
- 1, // EfiCpuIoWidthUint8
- 2, // EfiCpuIoWidthUint16
- 4, // EfiCpuIoWidthUint32
- 8, // EfiCpuIoWidthUint64
- 1, // EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint8
- 2, // EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint16
- 4, // EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint32
- 8, // EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint64
- 0, // EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint8
- 0, // EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint16
- 0, // EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint32
- 0 // EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint64
-};
-
-/**
- Check parameters to a CPU I/O Protocol service request.
-
- The I/O operations are carried out exactly as requested. The caller is responsible
- for satisfying any alignment and I/O width restrictions that a PI System on a
- platform might require. For example on some platforms, width requests of
- EfiCpuIoWidthUint64 do not work. Misaligned buffers, on the other hand, will
- be handled by the driver.
-
- @param[in] MmioOperation TRUE for an MMIO operation, FALSE for I/O Port operation.
- @param[in] Width Signifies the width of the I/O or Memory operation.
- @param[in] Address The base address of the I/O operation.
- @param[in] Count The number of I/O operations to perform. The number of
- bytes moved is Width size * Count, starting at Address.
- @param[in] Buffer For read operations, the destination buffer to store the results.
- For write operations, the source buffer from which to write data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The parameters for this request pass the checks.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Width is invalid for this PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The Buffer is not aligned for the given Width.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The address range specified by Address, Width,
- and Count is not valid for this PI system.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CpuIoCheckParameter (
- IN BOOLEAN MmioOperation,
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- UINT64 MaxCount;
- UINT64 Limit;
-
- //
- // Check to see if Buffer is NULL
- //
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if Width is in the valid range
- //
- if ((UINT32)Width >= EfiCpuIoWidthMaximum) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // For FIFO type, the target address won't increase during the access,
- // so treat Count as 1
- //
- if (Width >= EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint8 && Width <= EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint64) {
- Count = 1;
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if Width is in the valid range for I/O Port operations
- //
- Width = (EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH) (Width & 0x03);
- if (!MmioOperation && (Width == EfiCpuIoWidthUint64)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if Address is aligned
- //
- if ((Address & (UINT64)(mInStride[Width] - 1)) != 0) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if any address associated with this transfer exceeds the maximum
- // allowed address. The maximum address implied by the parameters passed in is
- // Address + Size * Count. If the following condition is met, then the transfer
- // is not supported.
- //
- // Address + Size * Count > (MmioOperation ? MAX_ADDRESS : MAX_IO_PORT_ADDRESS) + 1
- //
- // Since MAX_ADDRESS can be the maximum integer value supported by the CPU and Count
- // can also be the maximum integer value supported by the CPU, this range
- // check must be adjusted to avoid all overflow conditions.
- //
- // The following form of the range check is equivalent but assumes that
- // MAX_ADDRESS and MAX_IO_PORT_ADDRESS are of the form (2^n - 1).
- //
- Limit = (MmioOperation ? MAX_ADDRESS : MAX_IO_PORT_ADDRESS);
- if (Count == 0) {
- if (Address > Limit) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- } else {
- MaxCount = RShiftU64 (Limit, Width);
- if (MaxCount < (Count - 1)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- if (Address > LShiftU64 (MaxCount - Count + 1, Width)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if Buffer is aligned
- // (IA-32 allows UINT64 and INT64 data types to be 32-bit aligned.)
- //
- if (((UINTN)Buffer & ((MIN (sizeof (UINTN), mInStride[Width]) - 1))) != 0) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Reads memory-mapped registers.
-
- The I/O operations are carried out exactly as requested. The caller is responsible
- for satisfying any alignment and I/O width restrictions that a PI System on a
- platform might require. For example on some platforms, width requests of
- EfiCpuIoWidthUint64 do not work. Misaligned buffers, on the other hand, will
- be handled by the driver.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthUint16, EfiCpuIoWidthUint32,
- or EfiCpuIoWidthUint64, then both Address and Buffer are incremented for
- each of the Count operations that is performed.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint64, then only Buffer is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times on the same Address.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint64, then only Address is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times from the first element of Buffer.
-
- @param[in] This A pointer to the EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] Width Signifies the width of the I/O or Memory operation.
- @param[in] Address The base address of the I/O operation.
- @param[in] Count The number of I/O operations to perform. The number of
- bytes moved is Width size * Count, starting at Address.
- @param[out] Buffer For read operations, the destination buffer to store the results.
- For write operations, the source buffer from which to write data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The data was read from or written to the PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Width is invalid for this PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The Buffer is not aligned for the given Width.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The address range specified by Address, Width,
- and Count is not valid for this PI system.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CpuMemoryServiceRead (
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 InStride;
- UINT8 OutStride;
- EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH OperationWidth;
- UINT8 *Uint8Buffer;
-
- Status = CpuIoCheckParameter (TRUE, Width, Address, Count, Buffer);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Select loop based on the width of the transfer
- //
- InStride = mInStride[Width];
- OutStride = mOutStride[Width];
- OperationWidth = (EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH) (Width & 0x03);
- for (Uint8Buffer = Buffer; Count > 0; Address += InStride, Uint8Buffer += OutStride, Count--) {
- if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint8) {
- *Uint8Buffer = MmioRead8 ((UINTN)Address);
- } else if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint16) {
- *((UINT16 *)Uint8Buffer) = MmioRead16 ((UINTN)Address);
- } else if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint32) {
- *((UINT32 *)Uint8Buffer) = MmioRead32 ((UINTN)Address);
- } else if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint64) {
- *((UINT64 *)Uint8Buffer) = MmioRead64 ((UINTN)Address);
- }
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Writes memory-mapped registers.
-
- The I/O operations are carried out exactly as requested. The caller is responsible
- for satisfying any alignment and I/O width restrictions that a PI System on a
- platform might require. For example on some platforms, width requests of
- EfiCpuIoWidthUint64 do not work. Misaligned buffers, on the other hand, will
- be handled by the driver.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthUint16, EfiCpuIoWidthUint32,
- or EfiCpuIoWidthUint64, then both Address and Buffer are incremented for
- each of the Count operations that is performed.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint64, then only Buffer is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times on the same Address.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint64, then only Address is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times from the first element of Buffer.
-
- @param[in] This A pointer to the EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] Width Signifies the width of the I/O or Memory operation.
- @param[in] Address The base address of the I/O operation.
- @param[in] Count The number of I/O operations to perform. The number of
- bytes moved is Width size * Count, starting at Address.
- @param[in] Buffer For read operations, the destination buffer to store the results.
- For write operations, the source buffer from which to write data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The data was read from or written to the PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Width is invalid for this PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The Buffer is not aligned for the given Width.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The address range specified by Address, Width,
- and Count is not valid for this PI system.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CpuMemoryServiceWrite (
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 InStride;
- UINT8 OutStride;
- EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH OperationWidth;
- UINT8 *Uint8Buffer;
-
- Status = CpuIoCheckParameter (TRUE, Width, Address, Count, Buffer);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Select loop based on the width of the transfer
- //
- InStride = mInStride[Width];
- OutStride = mOutStride[Width];
- OperationWidth = (EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH) (Width & 0x03);
- for (Uint8Buffer = Buffer; Count > 0; Address += InStride, Uint8Buffer += OutStride, Count--) {
- if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint8) {
- MmioWrite8 ((UINTN)Address, *Uint8Buffer);
- } else if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint16) {
- MmioWrite16 ((UINTN)Address, *((UINT16 *)Uint8Buffer));
- } else if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint32) {
- MmioWrite32 ((UINTN)Address, *((UINT32 *)Uint8Buffer));
- } else if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint64) {
- MmioWrite64 ((UINTN)Address, *((UINT64 *)Uint8Buffer));
- }
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Reads I/O registers.
-
- The I/O operations are carried out exactly as requested. The caller is responsible
- for satisfying any alignment and I/O width restrictions that a PI System on a
- platform might require. For example on some platforms, width requests of
- EfiCpuIoWidthUint64 do not work. Misaligned buffers, on the other hand, will
- be handled by the driver.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthUint16, EfiCpuIoWidthUint32,
- or EfiCpuIoWidthUint64, then both Address and Buffer are incremented for
- each of the Count operations that is performed.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint64, then only Buffer is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times on the same Address.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint64, then only Address is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times from the first element of Buffer.
-
- @param[in] This A pointer to the EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] Width Signifies the width of the I/O or Memory operation.
- @param[in] Address The base address of the I/O operation.
- @param[in] Count The number of I/O operations to perform. The number of
- bytes moved is Width size * Count, starting at Address.
- @param[out] Buffer For read operations, the destination buffer to store the results.
- For write operations, the source buffer from which to write data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The data was read from or written to the PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Width is invalid for this PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The Buffer is not aligned for the given Width.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The address range specified by Address, Width,
- and Count is not valid for this PI system.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CpuIoServiceRead (
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 InStride;
- UINT8 OutStride;
- EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH OperationWidth;
- UINT8 *Uint8Buffer;
-
- Status = CpuIoCheckParameter (FALSE, Width, Address, Count, Buffer);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Select loop based on the width of the transfer
- //
- InStride = mInStride[Width];
- OutStride = mOutStride[Width];
- OperationWidth = (EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH) (Width & 0x03);
- for (Uint8Buffer = Buffer; Count > 0; Address += InStride, Uint8Buffer += OutStride, Count--) {
- if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint8) {
- *Uint8Buffer = IoRead8 ((UINTN)Address);
- } else if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint16) {
- *((UINT16 *)Uint8Buffer) = IoRead16 ((UINTN)Address);
- } else if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint32) {
- *((UINT32 *)Uint8Buffer) = IoRead32 ((UINTN)Address);
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Write I/O registers.
-
- The I/O operations are carried out exactly as requested. The caller is responsible
- for satisfying any alignment and I/O width restrictions that a PI System on a
- platform might require. For example on some platforms, width requests of
- EfiCpuIoWidthUint64 do not work. Misaligned buffers, on the other hand, will
- be handled by the driver.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthUint16, EfiCpuIoWidthUint32,
- or EfiCpuIoWidthUint64, then both Address and Buffer are incremented for
- each of the Count operations that is performed.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint64, then only Buffer is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times on the same Address.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint64, then only Address is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times from the first element of Buffer.
-
- @param[in] This A pointer to the EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] Width Signifies the width of the I/O or Memory operation.
- @param[in] Address The base address of the I/O operation.
- @param[in] Count The number of I/O operations to perform. The number of
- bytes moved is Width size * Count, starting at Address.
- @param[in] Buffer For read operations, the destination buffer to store the results.
- For write operations, the source buffer from which to write data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The data was read from or written to the PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Width is invalid for this PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The Buffer is not aligned for the given Width.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The address range specified by Address, Width,
- and Count is not valid for this PI system.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CpuIoServiceWrite (
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 InStride;
- UINT8 OutStride;
- EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH OperationWidth;
- UINT8 *Uint8Buffer;
-
- //
- // Make sure the parameters are valid
- //
- Status = CpuIoCheckParameter (FALSE, Width, Address, Count, Buffer);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Select loop based on the width of the transfer
- //
- InStride = mInStride[Width];
- OutStride = mOutStride[Width];
- OperationWidth = (EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH) (Width & 0x03);
- for (Uint8Buffer = (UINT8 *)Buffer; Count > 0; Address += InStride, Uint8Buffer += OutStride, Count--) {
- if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint8) {
- IoWrite8 ((UINTN)Address, *Uint8Buffer);
- } else if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint16) {
- IoWrite16 ((UINTN)Address, *((UINT16 *)Uint8Buffer));
- } else if (OperationWidth == EfiCpuIoWidthUint32) {
- IoWrite32 ((UINTN)Address, *((UINT32 *)Uint8Buffer));
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- The user Entry Point for module CpuIo. The user code starts with this function.
-
- @param[in] ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
- @param[in] SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The entry point is executed successfully.
- @retval other Some error occurs when executing this entry point.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CpuIoInitialize (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- ASSERT_PROTOCOL_ALREADY_INSTALLED (NULL, &gEfiCpuIoProtocolGuid);
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &mHandle,
- &gEfiCpuIoProtocolGuid, &mCpuIo,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIo.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIo.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6eba9c09e7..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,226 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Internal include file of CPU I/O DXE Driver.
-
- Copyright (c) 2004 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __CPU_IO_DXE_H__
-#define __CPU_IO_DXE_H__
-
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/CpuIo.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/IoLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-
-#define MAX_IO_PORT_ADDRESS 0xFFFF
-
-/**
- Reads memory-mapped registers.
-
- The I/O operations are carried out exactly as requested. The caller is responsible
- for satisfying any alignment and I/O width restrictions that a PI System on a
- platform might require. For example on some platforms, width requests of
- EfiCpuIoWidthUint64 do not work. Misaligned buffers, on the other hand, will
- be handled by the driver.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthUint16, EfiCpuIoWidthUint32,
- or EfiCpuIoWidthUint64, then both Address and Buffer are incremented for
- each of the Count operations that is performed.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint64, then only Buffer is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times on the same Address.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint64, then only Address is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times from the first element of Buffer.
-
- @param[in] This A pointer to the EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] Width Signifies the width of the I/O or Memory operation.
- @param[in] Address The base address of the I/O operation.
- @param[in] Count The number of I/O operations to perform. The number of
- bytes moved is Width size * Count, starting at Address.
- @param[out] Buffer For read operations, the destination buffer to store the results.
- For write operations, the source buffer from which to write data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The data was read from or written to the PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Width is invalid for this PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The Buffer is not aligned for the given Width.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The address range specified by Address, Width,
- and Count is not valid for this PI system.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CpuMemoryServiceRead (
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Writes memory-mapped registers.
-
- The I/O operations are carried out exactly as requested. The caller is responsible
- for satisfying any alignment and I/O width restrictions that a PI System on a
- platform might require. For example on some platforms, width requests of
- EfiCpuIoWidthUint64 do not work. Misaligned buffers, on the other hand, will
- be handled by the driver.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthUint16, EfiCpuIoWidthUint32,
- or EfiCpuIoWidthUint64, then both Address and Buffer are incremented for
- each of the Count operations that is performed.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint64, then only Buffer is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times on the same Address.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint64, then only Address is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times from the first element of Buffer.
-
- @param[in] This A pointer to the EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] Width Signifies the width of the I/O or Memory operation.
- @param[in] Address The base address of the I/O operation.
- @param[in] Count The number of I/O operations to perform. The number of
- bytes moved is Width size * Count, starting at Address.
- @param[in] Buffer For read operations, the destination buffer to store the results.
- For write operations, the source buffer from which to write data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The data was read from or written to the PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Width is invalid for this PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The Buffer is not aligned for the given Width.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The address range specified by Address, Width,
- and Count is not valid for this PI system.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CpuMemoryServiceWrite (
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Reads I/O registers.
-
- The I/O operations are carried out exactly as requested. The caller is responsible
- for satisfying any alignment and I/O width restrictions that a PI System on a
- platform might require. For example on some platforms, width requests of
- EfiCpuIoWidthUint64 do not work. Misaligned buffers, on the other hand, will
- be handled by the driver.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthUint16, EfiCpuIoWidthUint32,
- or EfiCpuIoWidthUint64, then both Address and Buffer are incremented for
- each of the Count operations that is performed.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint64, then only Buffer is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times on the same Address.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint64, then only Address is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times from the first element of Buffer.
-
- @param[in] This A pointer to the EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] Width Signifies the width of the I/O or Memory operation.
- @param[in] Address The base address of the I/O operation.
- @param[in] Count The number of I/O operations to perform. The number of
- bytes moved is Width size * Count, starting at Address.
- @param[out] Buffer For read operations, the destination buffer to store the results.
- For write operations, the source buffer from which to write data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The data was read from or written to the PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Width is invalid for this PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The Buffer is not aligned for the given Width.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The address range specified by Address, Width,
- and Count is not valid for this PI system.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CpuIoServiceRead (
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Write I/O registers.
-
- The I/O operations are carried out exactly as requested. The caller is responsible
- for satisfying any alignment and I/O width restrictions that a PI System on a
- platform might require. For example on some platforms, width requests of
- EfiCpuIoWidthUint64 do not work. Misaligned buffers, on the other hand, will
- be handled by the driver.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthUint16, EfiCpuIoWidthUint32,
- or EfiCpuIoWidthUint64, then both Address and Buffer are incremented for
- each of the Count operations that is performed.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFifoUint64, then only Buffer is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times on the same Address.
-
- If Width is EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint8, EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint16,
- EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint32, or EfiCpuIoWidthFillUint64, then only Address is
- incremented for each of the Count operations that is performed. The read or
- write operation is performed Count times from the first element of Buffer.
-
- @param[in] This A pointer to the EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param[in] Width Signifies the width of the I/O or Memory operation.
- @param[in] Address The base address of the I/O operation.
- @param[in] Count The number of I/O operations to perform. The number of
- bytes moved is Width size * Count, starting at Address.
- @param[in] Buffer For read operations, the destination buffer to store the results.
- For write operations, the source buffer from which to write data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The data was read from or written to the PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Width is invalid for this PI system.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The Buffer is not aligned for the given Width.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The address range specified by Address, Width,
- and Count is not valid for this PI system.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CpuIoServiceWrite (
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_CPU_IO_PROTOCOL_WIDTH Width,
- IN UINT64 Address,
- IN UINTN Count,
- IN VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIoDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIoDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 368fa75bbb..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIoDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# Module that produces the Framework CPU I/O Protocol using the services of the I/O Library
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = CpuIoDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = CpuIoDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = BAE7599F-3C6B-43b7-BDF0-9CE07AA91AA6
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- ENTRY_POINT = CpuIoInitialize
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
-#
-
-[Sources]
- CpuIo.c
- CpuIo.h
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- BaseLib
- DebugLib
- IoLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiCpuIoProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
-
-[Depex]
- TRUE
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- CpuIoDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIoDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIoDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 68fa4ec31a..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIoDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIoDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIoDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6bc7525414..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/CpuIoDxe/CpuIoDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHub.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHub.c deleted file mode 100644 index 91f7c7ecf9..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHub.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,587 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This code produces the Data Hub protocol. It preloads the data hub
- with status information copied in from PEI HOBs.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DataHub.h"
-
-//
-// Since this driver will only ever produce one instance of the Logging Hub
-// protocol you are not required to dynamically allocate the PrivateData.
-//
-DATA_HUB_INSTANCE mPrivateData;
-
-/**
- Log data record into the data logging hub
-
- @param This Protocol instance structure
- @param DataRecordGuid GUID that defines record contents
- @param ProducerName GUID that defines the name of the producer of the data
- @param DataRecordClass Class that defines generic record type
- @param RawData Data Log record as defined by DataRecordGuid
- @param RawDataSize Size of Data Log data in bytes
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If data was logged
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES If data was not logged due to lack of system
- resources.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DataHubLogData (
- IN EFI_DATA_HUB_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_GUID *DataRecordGuid,
- IN EFI_GUID *ProducerName,
- IN UINT64 DataRecordClass,
- IN VOID *RawData,
- IN UINT32 RawDataSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- DATA_HUB_INSTANCE *Private;
- EFI_DATA_ENTRY *LogEntry;
- UINT32 TotalSize;
- UINT32 RecordSize;
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_HEADER *Record;
- VOID *Raw;
- DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER *FilterEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *Head;
- EFI_TIME LogTime;
-
- Private = DATA_HUB_INSTANCE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // Combine the storage for the internal structs and a copy of the log record.
- // Record follows PrivateLogEntry. The consumer will be returned a pointer
- // to Record so we don't what it to be the thing that was allocated from
- // pool, so the consumer can't free an data record by mistake.
- //
- RecordSize = sizeof (EFI_DATA_RECORD_HEADER) + RawDataSize;
- TotalSize = sizeof (EFI_DATA_ENTRY) + RecordSize;
-
- //
- // First try to get log time at TPL level <= TPL_CALLBACK.
- //
- ZeroMem (&LogTime, sizeof (LogTime));
- if (EfiGetCurrentTpl() <= TPL_CALLBACK) {
- gRT->GetTime (&LogTime, NULL);
- }
-
- //
- // The Logging action is the critical section, so it is locked.
- // The MTC asignment & update and logging must be an
- // atomic operation, so use the lock.
- //
- Status = EfiAcquireLockOrFail (&Private->DataLock);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Reentrancy detected so exit!
- //
- return Status;
- }
-
- LogEntry = AllocatePool (TotalSize);
-
- if (LogEntry == NULL) {
- EfiReleaseLock (&Private->DataLock);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- ZeroMem (LogEntry, TotalSize);
-
- Record = (EFI_DATA_RECORD_HEADER *) (LogEntry + 1);
- Raw = (VOID *) (Record + 1);
-
- //
- // Build Standard Log Header
- //
- Record->Version = EFI_DATA_RECORD_HEADER_VERSION;
- Record->HeaderSize = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_DATA_RECORD_HEADER);
- Record->RecordSize = RecordSize;
- CopyMem (&Record->DataRecordGuid, DataRecordGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- CopyMem (&Record->ProducerName, ProducerName, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- Record->DataRecordClass = DataRecordClass;
-
- //
- // Ensure LogMonotonicCount is not zero
- //
- Record->LogMonotonicCount = ++Private->GlobalMonotonicCount;
-
- CopyMem (&Record->LogTime, &LogTime, sizeof (LogTime));
-
- //
- // Insert log into the internal linked list.
- //
- LogEntry->Signature = EFI_DATA_ENTRY_SIGNATURE;
- LogEntry->Record = Record;
- LogEntry->RecordSize = sizeof (EFI_DATA_ENTRY) + RawDataSize;
- InsertTailList (&Private->DataListHead, &LogEntry->Link);
-
- CopyMem (Raw, RawData, RawDataSize);
-
- EfiReleaseLock (&Private->DataLock);
-
- //
- // Send Signal to all the filter drivers which are interested
- // in the record's class and guid.
- //
- Head = &Private->FilterDriverListHead;
- for (Link = GetFirstNode(Head); Link != Head; Link = GetNextNode(Head, Link)) {
- FilterEntry = FILTER_ENTRY_FROM_LINK (Link);
- if (((FilterEntry->ClassFilter & DataRecordClass) != 0) &&
- (CompareGuid (&FilterEntry->FilterDataRecordGuid, &gZeroGuid) ||
- CompareGuid (&FilterEntry->FilterDataRecordGuid, DataRecordGuid))) {
- gBS->SignalEvent (FilterEntry->Event);
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Search the Head doubly linked list for the passed in MTC. Return the
- matching element in Head and the MTC on the next entry.
-
- @param Head Head of Data Log linked list.
- @param ClassFilter Only match the MTC if it is in the same Class as the
- ClassFilter.
- @param PtrCurrentMTC On IN contians MTC to search for. On OUT contians next
- MTC in the data log list or zero if at end of the list.
-
- @retval EFI_DATA_LOG_ENTRY Return pointer to data log data from Head list.
- @retval NULL If no data record exists.
-
-**/
-EFI_DATA_RECORD_HEADER *
-GetNextDataRecord (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *Head,
- IN UINT64 ClassFilter,
- IN OUT UINT64 *PtrCurrentMTC
- )
-
-{
- EFI_DATA_ENTRY *LogEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- BOOLEAN ReturnFirstEntry;
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_HEADER *Record;
- EFI_DATA_ENTRY *NextLogEntry;
-
- //
- // If MonotonicCount == 0 just return the first one
- //
- ReturnFirstEntry = (BOOLEAN) (*PtrCurrentMTC == 0);
-
- Record = NULL;
- for (Link = GetFirstNode(Head); Link != Head; Link = GetNextNode(Head, Link)) {
- LogEntry = DATA_ENTRY_FROM_LINK (Link);
- if ((LogEntry->Record->DataRecordClass & ClassFilter) == 0) {
- //
- // Skip any entry that does not have the correct ClassFilter
- //
- continue;
- }
-
- if ((LogEntry->Record->LogMonotonicCount == *PtrCurrentMTC) || ReturnFirstEntry) {
- //
- // Return record to the user
- //
- Record = LogEntry->Record;
-
- //
- // Calculate the next MTC value. If there is no next entry set
- // MTC to zero.
- //
- *PtrCurrentMTC = 0;
- for (Link = GetNextNode(Head, Link); Link != Head; Link = GetNextNode(Head, Link)) {
- NextLogEntry = DATA_ENTRY_FROM_LINK (Link);
- if ((NextLogEntry->Record->DataRecordClass & ClassFilter) != 0) {
- //
- // Return the MTC of the next thing to search for if found
- //
- *PtrCurrentMTC = NextLogEntry->Record->LogMonotonicCount;
- break;
- }
- }
- //
- // Record found exit loop and return
- //
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return Record;
-}
-
-/**
- Search the Head list for a EFI_DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER member that
- represents Event and return it.
-
- @param Head Pointer to head of dual linked list of EFI_DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER structures.
- @param Event Event to be search for in the Head list.
-
- @retval EFI_DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER Returned if Event stored in the Head doubly linked list.
- @retval NULL If Event is not in the list
-
-**/
-DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER *
-FindFilterDriverByEvent (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *Head,
- IN EFI_EVENT Event
- )
-{
- DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER *FilterEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- for (Link = GetFirstNode(Head); Link != Head; Link = GetNextNode(Head, Link)) {
- FilterEntry = FILTER_ENTRY_FROM_LINK (Link);
- if (FilterEntry->Event == Event) {
- return FilterEntry;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Get a previously logged data record and the MonotonicCount for the next
- availible Record. This allows all records or all records later
- than a give MonotonicCount to be returned. If an optional FilterDriverEvent
- is passed in with a MonotonicCout of zero return the first record
- not yet read by the filter driver. If FilterDriverEvent is NULL and
- MonotonicCount is zero return the first data record.
-
- @param This Pointer to the EFI_DATA_HUB_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param MonotonicCount Specifies the Record to return. On input, zero means
- return the first record. On output, contains the next
- record to availible. Zero indicates no more records.
- @param FilterDriverEvent If FilterDriverEvent is not passed in a MonotonicCount
- of zero, it means to return the first data record.
- If FilterDriverEvent is passed in, then a MonotonicCount
- of zero means to return the first data not yet read by
- FilterDriverEvent.
- @param Record Returns a dynamically allocated memory buffer with a data
- record that matches MonotonicCount.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Data was returned in Record.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER FilterDriverEvent was passed in but does not exist.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND MonotonicCount does not match any data record in the
- system. If a MonotonicCount of zero was passed in, then
- no data records exist in the system.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Record was not returned due to lack of system resources.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DataHubGetNextRecord (
- IN EFI_DATA_HUB_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT UINT64 *MonotonicCount,
- IN EFI_EVENT *FilterDriverEvent, OPTIONAL
- OUT EFI_DATA_RECORD_HEADER **Record
- )
-{
- DATA_HUB_INSTANCE *Private;
- DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER *FilterDriver;
- UINT64 ClassFilter;
-
- Private = DATA_HUB_INSTANCE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- FilterDriver = NULL;
- ClassFilter = EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_DEBUG |
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_ERROR |
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_DATA |
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_PROGRESS_CODE;
-
- //
- // If FilterDriverEvent is NULL, then return the next record
- //
- if (FilterDriverEvent == NULL) {
- *Record = GetNextDataRecord (&Private->DataListHead, ClassFilter, MonotonicCount);
- if (*Record == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // For events the beginning is the last unread record. This info is
- // stored in the instance structure, so we must look up the event
- // to get the data.
- //
- FilterDriver = FindFilterDriverByEvent (
- &Private->FilterDriverListHead,
- *FilterDriverEvent
- );
- if (FilterDriver == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Use the Class filter the event was created with.
- //
- ClassFilter = FilterDriver->ClassFilter;
-
- //
- // Retrieve the next record or the first record.
- //
- if (*MonotonicCount != 0 || FilterDriver->GetNextMonotonicCount == 0) {
- *Record = GetNextDataRecord (&Private->DataListHead, ClassFilter, MonotonicCount);
- if (*Record == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (*MonotonicCount != 0) {
- //
- // If this was not the last record then update the count associated with the filter
- //
- FilterDriver->GetNextMonotonicCount = *MonotonicCount;
- } else {
- //
- // Save the MonotonicCount of the last record which has been read
- //
- FilterDriver->GetNextMonotonicCount = (*Record)->LogMonotonicCount;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // This is a request to read the first record that has not been read yet.
- // Set MonotoicCount to the last record successfuly read
- //
- *MonotonicCount = FilterDriver->GetNextMonotonicCount;
-
- //
- // Retrieve the last record successfuly read again, but do not return it since
- // it has already been returned before.
- //
- *Record = GetNextDataRecord (&Private->DataListHead, ClassFilter, MonotonicCount);
- if (*Record == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (*MonotonicCount != 0) {
- //
- // Update the count associated with the filter
- //
- FilterDriver->GetNextMonotonicCount = *MonotonicCount;
-
- //
- // Retrieve the record after the last record successfuly read
- //
- *Record = GetNextDataRecord (&Private->DataListHead, ClassFilter, MonotonicCount);
- if (*Record == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function registers the data hub filter driver that is represented
- by FilterEvent. Only one instance of each FilterEvent can be registered.
- After the FilterEvent is registered, it will be signaled so it can sync
- with data records that have been recorded prior to the FilterEvent being
- registered.
-
- @param This Pointer to The EFI_DATA_HUB_PROTOCOL instance.
- @param FilterEvent The EFI_EVENT to signal whenever data that matches
- FilterClass is logged in the system.
- @param FilterTpl The maximum EFI_TPL at which FilterEvent can be
- signaled. It is strongly recommended that you use the
- lowest EFI_TPL possible.
- @param FilterClass FilterEvent will be signaled whenever a bit in
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_HEADER.DataRecordClass is also set in
- FilterClass. If FilterClass is zero, no class-based
- filtering will be performed.
- @param FilterDataRecordGuid FilterEvent will be signaled whenever FilterDataRecordGuid
- matches EFI_DATA_RECORD_HEADER.DataRecordGuid. If
- FilterDataRecordGuid is NULL, then no GUID-based filtering
- will be performed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The filter driver event was registered.
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED FilterEvent was previously registered and cannot be
- registered again.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The filter driver event was not registered due to lack of
- system resources.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DataHubRegisterFilterDriver (
- IN EFI_DATA_HUB_PROTOCOL * This,
- IN EFI_EVENT FilterEvent,
- IN EFI_TPL FilterTpl,
- IN UINT64 FilterClass,
- IN EFI_GUID * FilterDataRecordGuid OPTIONAL
- )
-
-{
- DATA_HUB_INSTANCE *Private;
- DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER *FilterDriver;
-
- Private = DATA_HUB_INSTANCE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- FilterDriver = (DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER *) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER));
- if (FilterDriver == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Initialize filter driver info
- //
- FilterDriver->Signature = EFI_DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER_SIGNATURE;
- FilterDriver->Event = FilterEvent;
- FilterDriver->Tpl = FilterTpl;
- FilterDriver->GetNextMonotonicCount = 0;
- if (FilterClass == 0) {
- FilterDriver->ClassFilter = EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_DEBUG |
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_ERROR |
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_DATA |
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_PROGRESS_CODE;
- } else {
- FilterDriver->ClassFilter = FilterClass;
- }
-
- if (FilterDataRecordGuid != NULL) {
- CopyMem (&FilterDriver->FilterDataRecordGuid, FilterDataRecordGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- }
- //
- // Search for duplicate entries
- //
- if (FindFilterDriverByEvent (&Private->FilterDriverListHead, FilterEvent) != NULL) {
- FreePool (FilterDriver);
- return EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;
- }
- //
- // Make insertion an atomic operation with the lock.
- //
- EfiAcquireLock (&Private->DataLock);
- InsertTailList (&Private->FilterDriverListHead, &FilterDriver->Link);
- EfiReleaseLock (&Private->DataLock);
-
- //
- // Signal the Filter driver we just loaded so they will recieve all the
- // previous history. If we did not signal here we would have to wait until
- // the next data was logged to get the history. In a case where no next
- // data was logged we would never get synced up.
- //
- gBS->SignalEvent (FilterEvent);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Remove a Filter Driver, so it no longer gets called when data
- information is logged.
-
- @param This Protocol instance structure
-
- @param FilterEvent Event that represents a filter driver that is to be
- Unregistered.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If FilterEvent was unregistered
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If FilterEvent does not exist
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DataHubUnregisterFilterDriver (
- IN EFI_DATA_HUB_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_EVENT FilterEvent
- )
-{
- DATA_HUB_INSTANCE *Private;
- DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER *FilterDriver;
-
- Private = DATA_HUB_INSTANCE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // Search for duplicate entries
- //
- FilterDriver = FindFilterDriverByEvent (
- &Private->FilterDriverListHead,
- FilterEvent
- );
- if (FilterDriver == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // Make removal an atomic operation with the lock
- //
- EfiAcquireLock (&Private->DataLock);
- RemoveEntryList (&FilterDriver->Link);
- EfiReleaseLock (&Private->DataLock);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Driver's Entry point routine that install Driver to produce Data Hub protocol.
-
- @param ImageHandle Module's image handle
- @param SystemTable Pointer of EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Logging Hub protocol installed
- @retval Other No protocol installed, unload driver.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DataHubInstall (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 HighMontonicCount;
-
- mPrivateData.Signature = DATA_HUB_INSTANCE_SIGNATURE;
- mPrivateData.DataHub.LogData = DataHubLogData;
- mPrivateData.DataHub.GetNextRecord = DataHubGetNextRecord;
- mPrivateData.DataHub.RegisterFilterDriver = DataHubRegisterFilterDriver;
- mPrivateData.DataHub.UnregisterFilterDriver = DataHubUnregisterFilterDriver;
-
- //
- // Initialize Private Data in CORE_LOGGING_HUB_INSTANCE that is
- // required by this protocol
- //
- InitializeListHead (&mPrivateData.DataListHead);
- InitializeListHead (&mPrivateData.FilterDriverListHead);
-
- EfiInitializeLock (&mPrivateData.DataLock, TPL_NOTIFY);
-
- //
- // Make sure we get a bigger MTC number on every boot!
- //
- Status = gRT->GetNextHighMonotonicCount (&HighMontonicCount);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // if system service fails pick a sane value.
- //
- mPrivateData.GlobalMonotonicCount = 0;
- } else {
- mPrivateData.GlobalMonotonicCount = LShiftU64 ((UINT64) HighMontonicCount, 32);
- }
- //
- // Make a new handle and install the protocol
- //
- mPrivateData.Handle = NULL;
- Status = gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (
- &mPrivateData.Handle,
- &gEfiDataHubProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &mPrivateData.DataHub
- );
- return Status;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHub.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHub.h deleted file mode 100644 index de2e3f34ff..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHub.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- This code supports a the private implementation
- of the Data Hub protocol
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _DATA_HUB_H_
-#define _DATA_HUB_H_
-
-
-#include <FrameworkDxe.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/DataHub.h>
-
-#include <Guid/ZeroGuid.h>
-
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
-
-#define DATA_HUB_INSTANCE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('D', 'H', 'u', 'b')
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
-
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
-
- //
- // Produced protocol(s)
- //
- EFI_DATA_HUB_PROTOCOL DataHub;
-
- //
- // Private Data
- //
- //
- // Updates to GlobalMonotonicCount, LogListHead, and FilterDriverListHead
- // must be locked.
- //
- EFI_LOCK DataLock;
-
- //
- // Runing Monotonic Count to use for each error record.
- // Increment AFTER use in an error record.
- //
- UINT64 GlobalMonotonicCount;
-
- //
- // List of EFI_DATA_ENTRY structures. This is the data log! The list
- // must be in assending order of LogMonotonicCount.
- //
- LIST_ENTRY DataListHead;
-
- //
- // List of EFI_DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER structures. Represents all
- // the registered filter drivers.
- //
- LIST_ENTRY FilterDriverListHead;
-
-} DATA_HUB_INSTANCE;
-
-#define DATA_HUB_INSTANCE_FROM_THIS(this) CR (this, DATA_HUB_INSTANCE, DataHub, DATA_HUB_INSTANCE_SIGNATURE)
-
-//
-// Private data structure to contain the data log. One record per
-// structure. Head pointer to the list is the Log member of
-// EFI_DATA_ENTRY. Record is a copy of the data passed in.
-//
-#define EFI_DATA_ENTRY_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('D', 'r', 'e', 'c')
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_HEADER *Record;
-
- UINTN RecordSize;
-
-} EFI_DATA_ENTRY;
-
-#define DATA_ENTRY_FROM_LINK(link) CR (link, EFI_DATA_ENTRY, Link, EFI_DATA_ENTRY_SIGNATURE)
-
-//
-// Private data to contain the filter driver Event and it's
-// associated EFI_TPL.
-//
-#define EFI_DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('D', 'h', 'F', 'd')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- //
- // Store Filter Driver Event and Tpl level it can be Signaled at.
- //
- EFI_EVENT Event;
- EFI_TPL Tpl;
-
- //
- // Monotonic count on the get next operation for Event.
- // Zero indicates get next has not been called for this event yet.
- //
- UINT64 GetNextMonotonicCount;
-
- //
- // Filter driver will register what class filter should be used.
- //
- UINT64 ClassFilter;
-
- //
- // Filter driver will register what record guid filter should be used.
- //
- EFI_GUID FilterDataRecordGuid;
-
-} DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER;
-
-#define FILTER_ENTRY_FROM_LINK(link) CR (link, DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER, Link, EFI_DATA_HUB_FILTER_DRIVER_SIGNATURE)
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHubDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHubDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 834c3b3148..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHubDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# This driver initializes and installs the Data Hub protocol.
-#
-# The data hub is a volatile database that is intended as the major focus for the accumulation of
-# manageability data.T he hub is fed by "producers" with chunks of data in a defined format.
-# Consumers may then extract the data in temporal "log" order.As an example, progress codes might
-# be recorded in the data hub for future processing.Ot her data contributed to the data hub might
-# include, for example, statistics on enumerated items such as memory, add-in buses, and add-in
-# cards and data on errors encountered during boot (for example, the system did not boot off the
-# network because the cable was not plugged in).
-# Some classes of data have defined formats.For example, the amount of memory in the system is
-# reported in a standard format so that consumers can be written to extract the data.O ther data is
-# system specific.For example, additional detail on errors might be specific to the driver that
-# discovered the error.The consumer might be a driver that tabularizes data from the data hub,
-# providing a mechanism for the raw data to be made available to the OS for post-processing by
-# OS-based applications.
-# The intent of the data hub is for drivers that enumerate and configure parts of the system to report
-# their discoveries to the data hub.This data can then be extracted by other drivers that report those
-# discoveries using standard manageability interfaces such as SMBIOS and Intelligent Platform
-# Management Interface (IPMI).The alternative to a data-hub-like architecture is to require all
-# drivers to be aware of all reporting formats.
-# For more information, please ref http://www.intel.com/technology/framework/
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = DataHubDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = DataHubDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = 53BCC14F-C24F-434C-B294-8ED2D4CC1860
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- ENTRY_POINT = DataHubInstall
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources]
- DataHub.h
- DataHub.c
-
-
-[Packages]
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
-
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- BaseLib
- UefiLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- DebugLib
-
-
-[Guids]
- gZeroGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID
-
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiDataHubProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
-
-
-[Depex]
- TRUE
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- DataHubDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHubDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHubDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2e62686103..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHubDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHubDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHubDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 27b2ae3bdc..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubDxe/DataHubDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubStdErrDxe/DataHubStdErr.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubStdErrDxe/DataHubStdErr.c deleted file mode 100644 index 48522c01af..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubStdErrDxe/DataHubStdErr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Data Hub filter driver that takes DEBUG () info from Data Hub and writes it
- to StdErr if it exists.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <FrameworkDxe.h>
-#include <Guid/DataHubStatusCodeRecord.h>
-#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeId.h>
-#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeDebug.h>
-#include <Protocol/DataHub.h>
-#include <Protocol/SimpleTextOut.h>
-
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-
-EFI_DATA_HUB_PROTOCOL *mDataHub = NULL;
-
-EFI_EVENT mDataHubStdErrEvent;
-
-/**
- Event handler registered with the Data Hub to parse EFI_DEBUG_CODE. This
- handler reads the Data Hub and sends any DEBUG info to StdErr.
-
- @param Event The event that occured, not used
- @param Context DataHub Protocol Pointer
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-DataHubStdErrEventHandler (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_DATA_HUB_PROTOCOL *DataHub;
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_HEADER *Record;
- DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *DataRecord;
- UINT64 Mtc;
- EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *Sto;
- INT32 OldAttribute;
-
- DataHub = (EFI_DATA_HUB_PROTOCOL *) Context;
-
- //
- // If StdErr is not yet initialized just return a DEBUG print in the BDS
- // after consoles are connect will make sure data gets flushed properly
- // when StdErr is availible.
- //
- if (gST == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- if (gST->StdErr == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- //
- // Mtc of zero means return the next record that has not been read by the
- // event handler.
- //
- Mtc = 0;
- do {
- Status = DataHub->GetNextRecord (DataHub, &Mtc, &mDataHubStdErrEvent, &Record);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (CompareGuid (&Record->DataRecordGuid, &gEfiDataHubStatusCodeRecordGuid)) {
- DataRecord = (DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *) (((CHAR8 *) Record) + Record->HeaderSize);
-
- if (DataRecord->Data.HeaderSize > 0) {
- if (CompareGuid (&DataRecord->Data.Type, &gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid)) {
- //
- // If the Data record is from a DEBUG () then send it to Standard Error
- //
- Sto = gST->StdErr;
- OldAttribute = Sto->Mode->Attribute;
- Sto->SetAttribute (Sto, EFI_TEXT_ATTR (EFI_MAGENTA, EFI_BLACK));
- Sto->OutputString (Sto, (CHAR16 *) (DataRecord + 1));
- Sto->SetAttribute (Sto, OldAttribute);
- }
- }
- }
- }
- } while ((Mtc != 0) && !EFI_ERROR (Status));
-}
-
-/**
- Register an event handler with the Data Hub to parse EFI_DEBUG_CODE. This
- handler reads the Data Hub and sends any DEBUG info to StdErr.
-
- @param ImageHandle Image handle of this driver.
- @param SystemTable Pointer to EFI system table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The event handler was registered.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The event hadler was not registered due to lack of system resources.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DataHubStdErrInitialize (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT64 DataClass;
-
- gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiDataHubProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &mDataHub);
- //
- // Should never fail due to Depex grammer.
- //
- ASSERT (mDataHub != NULL);
-
- //
- // Create an event and register it with the filter driver
- //
- Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_CALLBACK,
- DataHubStdErrEventHandler,
- mDataHub,
- &mDataHubStdErrEvent
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- DataClass = EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_DEBUG | EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_ERROR;
- Status = mDataHub->RegisterFilterDriver (
- mDataHub,
- mDataHubStdErrEvent,
- TPL_CALLBACK,
- DataClass,
- NULL
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- gBS->CloseEvent (mDataHubStdErrEvent);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubStdErrDxe/DataHubStdErrDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubStdErrDxe/DataHubStdErrDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index f9dede864c..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubStdErrDxe/DataHubStdErrDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# This driver takes DEBUG info from Data Hub and writes it to StdErr if it exists.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = DataHubStdErrDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = DataHubStdErrDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = CA515306-00CE-4032-874E-11B755FF6866
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- ENTRY_POINT = DataHubStdErrInitialize
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources]
- DataHubStdErr.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- DebugLib
-
-[Guids]
- gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED # DataRecord Date Type
- gEfiDataHubStatusCodeRecordGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED # DataRecordGuid
-
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiDataHubProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
-
-[Depex]
- gEfiDataHubProtocolGuid
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- DataHubStdErrDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubStdErrDxe/DataHubStdErrDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubStdErrDxe/DataHubStdErrDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 88aac304ad..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubStdErrDxe/DataHubStdErrDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubStdErrDxe/DataHubStdErrDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubStdErrDxe/DataHubStdErrDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9ef673b8a8..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/DataHubStdErrDxe/DataHubStdErrDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/Ffs.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/Ffs.c deleted file mode 100644 index 12508b4335..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/Ffs.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,608 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- FFS file access utilities.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
- of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
- full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "FwVolDriver.h"
-
-#define PHYSICAL_ADDRESS_TO_POINTER(Address) ((VOID *) ((UINTN) Address))
-
-/**
- Set File State in the FfsHeader.
-
- @param State File state to be set into FFS header.
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header
-
-**/
-VOID
-SetFileState (
- IN UINT8 State,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- //
- // Set File State in the FfsHeader
- //
- FfsHeader->State = (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE) (FfsHeader->State ^ State);
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Get the FFS file state by checking the highest bit set in the header's state field.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header
-
- @return FFS File state
-
-**/
-EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE
-GetFileState (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE FileState;
- UINT8 HighestBit;
-
- FileState = FfsHeader->State;
-
- if (ErasePolarity != 0) {
- FileState = (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE)~FileState;
- }
-
- HighestBit = 0x80;
- while (HighestBit != 0 && ((HighestBit & FileState) == 0)) {
- HighestBit >>= 1;
- }
-
- return (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE) HighestBit;
-}
-
-/**
- Convert the Buffer Address to LBA Entry Address.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached FvDevice
- @param BufferAddress Address of Buffer
- @param LbaListEntry Pointer to the got LBA entry that contains the address.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Buffer address is out of FvDevice.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS LBA entry is found for Buffer address.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Buffer2LbaEntry (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BufferAddress,
- OUT LBA_ENTRY **LbaListEntry
- )
-{
- LBA_ENTRY *LbaEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
-
- Link = FvDevice->LbaHeader.ForwardLink;
- LbaEntry = (LBA_ENTRY *) Link;
-
- //
- // Locate LBA which contains the address
- //
- while (&LbaEntry->Link != &FvDevice->LbaHeader) {
- if ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) (LbaEntry->StartingAddress) > BufferAddress) {
- break;
- }
-
- Link = LbaEntry->Link.ForwardLink;
- LbaEntry = (LBA_ENTRY *) Link;
- }
-
- if (&LbaEntry->Link == &FvDevice->LbaHeader) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- Link = LbaEntry->Link.BackLink;
- LbaEntry = (LBA_ENTRY *) Link;
-
- if (&LbaEntry->Link == &FvDevice->LbaHeader) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- *LbaListEntry = LbaEntry;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Convert the Buffer Address to LBA Address & Offset.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached FvDevice
- @param BufferAddress Address of Buffer
- @param Lba Pointer to the gob Lba value
- @param Offset Pointer to the got Offset
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Buffer address is out of FvDevice.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS LBA and Offset is found for Buffer address.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Buffer2Lba (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BufferAddress,
- OUT EFI_LBA *Lba,
- OUT UINTN *Offset
- )
-{
- LBA_ENTRY *LbaEntry;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- LbaEntry = NULL;
-
- Status = Buffer2LbaEntry (
- FvDevice,
- BufferAddress,
- &LbaEntry
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- *Lba = LbaEntry->LbaIndex;
- *Offset = (UINTN) BufferAddress - (UINTN) LbaEntry->StartingAddress;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Check if a block of buffer is erased.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param Buffer The buffer to be checked
- @param BufferSize Size of the buffer in bytes
-
- @retval TRUE The block of buffer is erased
- @retval FALSE The block of buffer is not erased
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsBufferErased (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize
- )
-{
- UINTN Count;
- UINT8 EraseByte;
-
- if (ErasePolarity == 1) {
- EraseByte = 0xFF;
- } else {
- EraseByte = 0;
- }
-
- for (Count = 0; Count < BufferSize; Count++) {
- if (Buffer[Count] != EraseByte) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Verify checksum of the firmware volume header.
-
- @param FvHeader Points to the firmware volume header to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Checksum verification passed
- @retval FALSE Checksum verification failed
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-VerifyFvHeaderChecksum (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FvHeader
- )
-{
- UINT16 Checksum;
-
- Checksum = CalculateSum16 ((UINT16 *) FvHeader, FvHeader->HeaderLength);
-
- if (Checksum == 0) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Verify checksum of the FFS file header.
-
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Checksum verification passed
- @retval FALSE Checksum verification failed
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-VerifyHeaderChecksum (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- UINT8 HeaderChecksum;
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader)) {
- HeaderChecksum = CalculateSum8 ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader, sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
- } else {
- HeaderChecksum = CalculateSum8 ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader, sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- }
- HeaderChecksum = (UINT8) (HeaderChecksum - FfsHeader->State - FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File);
-
- if (HeaderChecksum == 0) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Verify checksum of the FFS file data.
-
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Checksum verification passed
- @retval FALSE Checksum verification failed
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-VerifyFileChecksum (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- UINT8 FileChecksum;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES Attributes;
-
- Attributes = FfsHeader->Attributes;
-
- if ((Attributes & FFS_ATTRIB_CHECKSUM) != 0) {
-
- //
- // Check checksum of FFS data
- //
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader)) {
- FileChecksum = CalculateSum8 ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2), FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FfsHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
- } else {
- FileChecksum = CalculateSum8 ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER), FFS_FILE_SIZE (FfsHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- }
- FileChecksum = (UINT8) (FileChecksum + FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File);
-
- if (FileChecksum == 0) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- } else {
-
- if (FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File != FFS_FIXED_CHECKSUM) {
- return FALSE;
- } else {
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-/**
- Check if it's a valid FFS file header.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Valid FFS file header
- @retval FALSE Invalid FFS file header
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidFFSHeader (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE FileState;
-
- //
- // Check if it is a free space
- //
- if (IsBufferErased (
- ErasePolarity,
- (UINT8 *) FfsHeader,
- sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)
- )) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- FileState = GetFileState (ErasePolarity, FfsHeader);
-
- switch (FileState) {
- case EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case EFI_FILE_HEADER_INVALID:
- return FALSE;
-
- case EFI_FILE_HEADER_VALID:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case EFI_FILE_DELETED:
- //
- // Here we need to verify header checksum
- //
- if (!VerifyHeaderChecksum (FfsHeader)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- //
- // return
- //
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Get next possible of Firmware File System Header.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header to be skipped.
-
- @return Pointer to next FFS header.
-
-**/
-EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS
-GetNextPossibleFileHeader (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- UINT32 FileLength;
- UINT32 SkipLength;
-
- if (!IsValidFFSHeader (ErasePolarity, FfsHeader)) {
- //
- // Skip this header
- //
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader)) {
- return (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FfsHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- return (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FfsHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
- }
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader)) {
- FileLength = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FfsHeader);
- } else {
- FileLength = FFS_FILE_SIZE (FfsHeader);
- }
-
- //
- // Since FileLength is not multiple of 8, we need skip some bytes
- // to get next possible header
- //
- SkipLength = FileLength;
- while ((SkipLength & 0x07) != 0) {
- SkipLength++;
- }
-
- return (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FfsHeader + SkipLength;
-}
-
-/**
- Search FFS file with the same FFS name in FV Cache.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached FV image.
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header to be skipped.
- @param StateBit FFS file state bit to be checked.
-
- @return Pointer to next found FFS header. NULL will return if no found.
-
-**/
-EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *
-DuplicateFileExist (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE StateBit
- )
-{
- UINT8 *Ptr;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *NextFfsFile;
-
- //
- // Search duplicate file, not from the beginning of FV,
- // just search the next ocurrence of this file
- //
- NextFfsFile = FfsHeader;
-
- do {
- Ptr = (UINT8 *) PHYSICAL_ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (
- GetNextPossibleFileHeader (FvDevice->ErasePolarity,
- NextFfsFile)
- );
- NextFfsFile = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) Ptr;
-
- if ((UINT8 *) PHYSICAL_ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (FvDevice->CachedFv) + FvDevice->FwVolHeader->FvLength - Ptr <
- sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)
- ) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (!IsValidFFSHeader (FvDevice->ErasePolarity, NextFfsFile)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (!VerifyFileChecksum (NextFfsFile)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (CompareGuid (&NextFfsFile->Name, &FfsHeader->Name)) {
- if (GetFileState (FvDevice->ErasePolarity, NextFfsFile) == StateBit) {
- return NextFfsFile;
- }
- }
- } while (Ptr < (UINT8 *) PHYSICAL_ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (FvDevice->CachedFv) + FvDevice->FwVolHeader->FvLength);
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Change FFS file header state and write to FV.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached FV image.
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header to be updated.
- @param State FFS file state to be set.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File state is writen into FV.
- @retval others File state can't be writen into FV.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UpdateHeaderBit (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE State
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_LBA Lba;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN NumBytesWritten;
-
- Lba = 0;
- Offset = 0;
-
- SetFileState (State, FfsHeader);
-
- Buffer2Lba (
- FvDevice,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) (&FfsHeader->State),
- &Lba,
- &Offset
- );
- //
- // Write the state byte into FV
- //
- NumBytesWritten = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE);
- Status = FvDevice->Fvb->Write (
- FvDevice->Fvb,
- Lba,
- Offset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- &FfsHeader->State
- );
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Check if it's a valid FFS file.
- Here we are sure that it has a valid FFS file header since we must call IsValidFfsHeader() first.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached FV image.
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Valid FFS file
- @retval FALSE Invalid FFS file
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidFFSFile (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE FileState;
- UINT8 ErasePolarity;
-
- ErasePolarity = FvDevice->ErasePolarity;
-
- FileState = GetFileState (ErasePolarity, FfsHeader);
-
- switch (FileState) {
- case EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID:
- if (!VerifyFileChecksum (FfsHeader)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (FfsHeader->Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD) {
- break;
- }
- //
- // Check if there is another duplicated file with the EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID
- //
- if (DuplicateFileExist (FvDevice, FfsHeader, EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID) != NULL) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE:
- if (!VerifyFileChecksum (FfsHeader)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (FfsHeader->Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD) {
- //
- // since its data area is not unperturbed, it cannot be reclaimed,
- // marked it as deleted
- //
- UpdateHeaderBit (FvDevice, FfsHeader, EFI_FILE_DELETED);
- return TRUE;
-
- } else if (DuplicateFileExist (FvDevice, FfsHeader, EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID) != NULL) {
- //
- // Here the found file is more recent than this file,
- // mark it as deleted
- //
- UpdateHeaderBit (FvDevice, FfsHeader, EFI_FILE_DELETED);
- return TRUE;
-
- } else {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_FILE_DELETED:
- if (!VerifyFileChecksum (FfsHeader)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- break;
-
- default:
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwPadFile.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwPadFile.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8d53d879bd..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwPadFile.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1228 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Implements functions to pad firmware file.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
- of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
- full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "FwVolDriver.h"
-
-/**
- Calculate the checksum for a PAD file.
-
- @param PadFileHeader The Pad File to be caculeted the checksum.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SetPadFileChecksum (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *PadFileHeader
- )
-{
- if ((PadFileHeader->Attributes & FFS_ATTRIB_CHECKSUM) != 0) {
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (PadFileHeader)) {
- //
- // Calculate checksum of Pad File Data
- //
- PadFileHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File =
- CalculateCheckSum8 ((UINT8 *) PadFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2), FFS_FILE2_SIZE (PadFileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
-
- } else {
- //
- // Calculate checksum of Pad File Data
- //
- PadFileHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File =
- CalculateCheckSum8 ((UINT8 *) PadFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER), FFS_FILE_SIZE (PadFileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- }
-
- } else {
-
- PadFileHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = FFS_FIXED_CHECKSUM;
-
- }
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Create a PAD File in the Free Space.
-
- @param FvDevice Firmware Volume Device.
- @param FreeSpaceEntry Indicating in which Free Space(Cache) the Pad file will be inserted.
- @param Size Pad file Size, not include the header.
- @param PadFileEntry The Ffs File Entry that points to this Pad File.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully create a PAD file.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough free space to create a PAD file.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Size is not 8 byte alignment.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Free space is not erased.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvCreatePadFileInFreeSpace (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *FreeSpaceEntry,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY **PadFileEntry
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *PadFileHeader;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN NumBytesWritten;
- UINTN StateOffset;
- UINT8 *StartPos;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsFileEntry;
- UINTN HeaderSize;
- UINTN FileSize;
-
- HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- FileSize = Size + HeaderSize;
- if (FileSize > 0x00FFFFFF) {
- HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- FileSize = Size + HeaderSize;
- }
-
- if (FreeSpaceEntry->Length < FileSize) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- if ((Size & 0x07) != 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- StartPos = FreeSpaceEntry->StartingAddress;
-
- //
- // First double check the space
- //
- if (!IsBufferErased (
- FvDevice->ErasePolarity,
- StartPos,
- FileSize
- )) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
-
- PadFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) StartPos;
-
- //
- // Create File Step 1
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION, PadFileHeader);
-
- Offset = (UINTN) (StartPos - FvDevice->CachedFv);
- StateOffset = Offset + (UINT8 *) &PadFileHeader->State - (UINT8 *) PadFileHeader;
-
- NumBytesWritten = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE);
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- StateOffset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- &PadFileHeader->State
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION, PadFileHeader);
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Update Free Space Entry, since header is allocated
- //
- FreeSpaceEntry->Length -= HeaderSize;
- FreeSpaceEntry->StartingAddress += HeaderSize;
-
- //
- // Fill File Name Guid, here we assign a NULL-GUID to Pad files
- //
- ZeroMem (&PadFileHeader->Name, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
-
- //
- // Fill File Type, checksum(0), Attributes(0), Size
- //
- PadFileHeader->Type = EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD;
- PadFileHeader->Attributes = 0;
- if ((FileSize) > 0x00FFFFFF) {
- ((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2 *) PadFileHeader)->ExtendedSize = (UINT32) FileSize;
- *(UINT32 *) PadFileHeader->Size &= 0xFF000000;
- PadFileHeader->Attributes |= FFS_ATTRIB_LARGE_FILE;
- } else {
- *(UINT32 *) PadFileHeader->Size &= 0xFF000000;
- *(UINT32 *) PadFileHeader->Size |= FileSize;
- }
-
- SetHeaderChecksum (PadFileHeader);
- SetPadFileChecksum (PadFileHeader);
-
- Offset = (UINTN) (StartPos - FvDevice->CachedFv);
-
- NumBytesWritten = HeaderSize;
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- Offset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- (UINT8 *) PadFileHeader
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Step 2, then Mark header valid, since no data write,
- // mark the data valid at the same time.
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_VALID, PadFileHeader);
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID, PadFileHeader);
-
- Offset = (UINTN) (StartPos - FvDevice->CachedFv);
- StateOffset = Offset + (UINT8 *) &PadFileHeader->State - (UINT8 *) PadFileHeader;
-
- NumBytesWritten = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE);
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- StateOffset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- &PadFileHeader->State
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_VALID, PadFileHeader);
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID, PadFileHeader);
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Update Free Space Entry, since header is allocated
- //
- FreeSpaceEntry->Length -= Size;
- FreeSpaceEntry->StartingAddress += Size;
-
- //
- // If successfully, insert an FfsFileEntry at the end of ffs file list
- //
- FfsFileEntry = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY));
- ASSERT (FfsFileEntry != NULL);
-
- FfsFileEntry->FfsHeader = (UINT8 *) (UINTN) StartPos;
- InsertTailList (&FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader, &FfsFileEntry->Link);
-
- *PadFileEntry = FfsFileEntry;
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = FfsFileEntry;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Fill pad file header within firmware cache.
-
- @param PadFileHeader The start of the Pad File Buffer.
- @param PadFileLength The length of the pad file including the header.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FvFillPadFile (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *PadFileHeader,
- IN UINTN PadFileLength
- )
-{
- //
- // Fill File Name Guid, here we assign a NULL-GUID to Pad files
- //
- ZeroMem (&PadFileHeader->Name, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
-
- //
- // Fill File Type, checksum(0), Attributes(0), Size
- //
- PadFileHeader->Type = EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD;
- PadFileHeader->Attributes = 0;
- if (PadFileLength > 0x00FFFFFF) {
- ((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2 *) PadFileHeader)->ExtendedSize = (UINT32) PadFileLength;
- *(UINT32 *) PadFileHeader->Size &= 0xFF000000;
- PadFileHeader->Attributes |= FFS_ATTRIB_LARGE_FILE;
- } else {
- *(UINT32 *) PadFileHeader->Size &= 0xFF000000;
- *(UINT32 *) PadFileHeader->Size |= PadFileLength;
- }
-
- SetHeaderChecksum (PadFileHeader);
- SetPadFileChecksum (PadFileHeader);
-
- //
- // Set File State to 0x00000111
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION, PadFileHeader);
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_VALID, PadFileHeader);
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID, PadFileHeader);
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Create entire FFS file.
-
- @param FileHeader Starting Address of a Buffer that hold the FFS File image.
- @param FfsFileBuffer The source buffer that contains the File Data.
- @param BufferSize The length of FfsFileBuffer.
- @param ActualFileSize Size of FFS file.
- @param FileName The Guid of Ffs File.
- @param FileType The type of the written Ffs File.
- @param FileAttributes The attributes of the written Ffs File.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER File type is not valid.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS FFS file is successfully created.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvFillFfsFile (
- OUT EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader,
- IN UINT8 *FfsFileBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN UINTN ActualFileSize,
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType,
- IN EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttributes
- )
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_ATTRIBUTES TmpFileAttribute;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *TmpFileHeader;
-
- //
- // File Type value 0x0E~0xE0 are reserved
- //
- if ((FileType > EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM_CORE) && (FileType < 0xE0)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- TmpFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) FfsFileBuffer;
- //
- // First fill all fields ready in FfsFileBuffer
- //
- CopyGuid (&TmpFileHeader->Name, FileName);
- TmpFileHeader->Type = FileType;
-
- //
- // Convert the FileAttributes to FFSFileAttributes
- //
- FvFileAttrib2FfsFileAttrib (FileAttributes, &TmpFileAttribute);
-
- TmpFileHeader->Attributes = TmpFileAttribute;
-
- if (ActualFileSize > 0x00FFFFFF) {
- ((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2 *) FileHeader)->ExtendedSize = (UINT32) ActualFileSize;
- *(UINT32 *) FileHeader->Size &= 0xFF000000;
- FileHeader->Attributes |= FFS_ATTRIB_LARGE_FILE;
- } else {
- *(UINT32 *) FileHeader->Size &= 0xFF000000;
- *(UINT32 *) FileHeader->Size |= ActualFileSize;
- }
-
- SetHeaderChecksum (TmpFileHeader);
- SetFileChecksum (TmpFileHeader, ActualFileSize);
-
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION, TmpFileHeader);
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_VALID, TmpFileHeader);
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID, TmpFileHeader);
-
- //
- // Copy data from FfsFileBuffer to FileHeader(cache)
- //
- CopyMem (FileHeader, FfsFileBuffer, BufferSize);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Fill some other extra space using 0xFF(Erase Value).
-
- @param ErasePolarity Fv erase value.
- @param FileHeader Point to the start of FFS File.
- @param ExtraLength The pading length.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FvAdjustFfsFile (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader,
- IN UINTN ExtraLength
- )
-{
- UINT8 *Ptr;
- UINT8 PadingByte;
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FileHeader)) {
- Ptr = (UINT8 *) FileHeader + FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FileHeader);
- } else {
- Ptr = (UINT8 *) FileHeader + FFS_FILE_SIZE (FileHeader);
- }
-
- if (ErasePolarity == 0) {
- PadingByte = 0;
- } else {
- PadingByte = 0xFF;
- }
- //
- // Fill the non-used space with Padding Byte
- //
- SetMem (Ptr, ExtraLength, PadingByte);
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Free File List entry pointed by FileListHead.
-
- @param FileListHeader FileListEntry Header.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FreeFileList (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *FileListHead
- )
-{
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsFileEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *NextEntry;
-
- FfsFileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) (FileListHead->ForwardLink);
-
- //
- // Loop the whole list entry to free resources
- //
- while (&FfsFileEntry->Link != FileListHead) {
- NextEntry = (&FfsFileEntry->Link)->ForwardLink;
- FreePool (FfsFileEntry);
- FfsFileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) NextEntry;
- }
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Create a new file within a PAD file area.
-
- @param FvDevice Firmware Volume Device.
- @param FfsFileBuffer A buffer that holds an FFS file,(it contains a File Header which is in init state).
- @param BufferSize The size of FfsFileBuffer.
- @param ActualFileSize The actual file length, it may not be multiples of 8.
- @param FileName The FFS File Name.
- @param FileType The FFS File Type.
- @param FileAttributes The Attributes of the FFS File to be created.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully create a new file within the found PAD file area.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No suitable PAD file is found.
- @retval other errors New file is created failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvCreateNewFileInsidePadFile (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINT8 *FfsFileBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN UINTN ActualFileSize,
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType,
- IN EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttributes
- )
-{
- UINTN RequiredAlignment;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *PadFileEntry;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN PadAreaLength;
- UINTN PadSize;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *OldPadFileHeader;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *PadFileHeader;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *TailPadFileHeader;
- UINTN StateOffset;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN NumBytesWritten;
- UINT8 *StartPos;
- LIST_ENTRY NewFileList;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *NewFileListEntry;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsEntry;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *NextFfsEntry;
-
- //
- // First get the required alignment from the File Attributes
- //
- RequiredAlignment = GetRequiredAlignment (FileAttributes);
-
- //
- // Find a suitable PAD File
- //
- Status = FvLocatePadFile (
- FvDevice,
- BufferSize,
- RequiredAlignment,
- &PadSize,
- &PadFileEntry
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- OldPadFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) PadFileEntry->FfsHeader;
-
- //
- // Step 1: Update Pad File Header
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE, OldPadFileHeader);
-
- StartPos = PadFileEntry->FfsHeader;
-
- Offset = (UINTN) (StartPos - FvDevice->CachedFv);
- StateOffset = Offset + (UINT8 *) &OldPadFileHeader->State - (UINT8 *) OldPadFileHeader;
-
- NumBytesWritten = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE);
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- StateOffset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- &OldPadFileHeader->State
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION, OldPadFileHeader);
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Step 2: Update Pad area
- //
- InitializeListHead (&NewFileList);
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (OldPadFileHeader)) {
- PadAreaLength = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (OldPadFileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- PadFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) OldPadFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
- } else {
- PadAreaLength = FFS_FILE_SIZE (OldPadFileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- PadFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) OldPadFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- }
-
- if (PadSize != 0) {
- //
- // Insert a PAD file before to achieve required alignment
- //
- FvFillPadFile (PadFileHeader, PadSize);
- NewFileListEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY));
- ASSERT (NewFileListEntry != NULL);
- NewFileListEntry->FfsHeader = (UINT8 *) PadFileHeader;
- InsertTailList (&NewFileList, &NewFileListEntry->Link);
- }
-
- FileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) PadFileHeader + PadSize);
-
- Status = FvFillFfsFile (
- FileHeader,
- FfsFileBuffer,
- BufferSize,
- ActualFileSize,
- FileName,
- FileType,
- FileAttributes
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- return Status;
- }
-
- NewFileListEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY));
- ASSERT (NewFileListEntry != NULL);
-
- NewFileListEntry->FfsHeader = (UINT8 *) FileHeader;
- InsertTailList (&NewFileList, &NewFileListEntry->Link);
-
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NewFileListEntry;
-
- if (PadAreaLength > (BufferSize + PadSize)) {
- if ((PadAreaLength - BufferSize - PadSize) >= sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)) {
- //
- // we can insert another PAD file
- //
- TailPadFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FileHeader + BufferSize);
- FvFillPadFile (TailPadFileHeader, PadAreaLength - BufferSize - PadSize);
-
- NewFileListEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY));
- ASSERT (NewFileListEntry != NULL);
-
- NewFileListEntry->FfsHeader = (UINT8 *) TailPadFileHeader;
- InsertTailList (&NewFileList, &NewFileListEntry->Link);
- } else {
- //
- // because left size cannot hold another PAD file header,
- // adjust the writing file size (just in cache)
- //
- FvAdjustFfsFile (
- FvDevice->ErasePolarity,
- FileHeader,
- PadAreaLength - BufferSize - PadSize
- );
- }
- }
- //
- // Start writing to FV
- //
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (OldPadFileHeader)) {
- StartPos = (UINT8 *) OldPadFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- StartPos = (UINT8 *) OldPadFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- Offset = (UINTN) (StartPos - FvDevice->CachedFv);
-
- NumBytesWritten = PadAreaLength;
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- Offset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- StartPos
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NULL;
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Step 3: Mark Pad file header as EFI_FILE_HEADER_INVALID
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_INVALID, OldPadFileHeader);
-
- StartPos = PadFileEntry->FfsHeader;
-
- Offset = (UINTN) (StartPos - FvDevice->CachedFv);
- StateOffset = Offset + (UINT8 *) &OldPadFileHeader->State - (UINT8 *) OldPadFileHeader;
-
- NumBytesWritten = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE);
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- StateOffset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- &OldPadFileHeader->State
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_INVALID, OldPadFileHeader);
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NULL;
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // If all successfully, update FFS_FILE_LIST
- //
-
- //
- // Delete old pad file entry
- //
- FfsEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) PadFileEntry->Link.BackLink;
- NextFfsEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) PadFileEntry->Link.ForwardLink;
-
- FreePool (PadFileEntry);
-
- FfsEntry->Link.ForwardLink = NewFileList.ForwardLink;
- (NewFileList.ForwardLink)->BackLink = &FfsEntry->Link;
- NextFfsEntry->Link.BackLink = NewFileList.BackLink;
- (NewFileList.BackLink)->ForwardLink = &NextFfsEntry->Link;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Free all FfsBuffer.
-
- @param NumOfFiles Number of FfsBuffer.
- @param FfsBuffer An array of pointer to an FFS File Buffer
-
-**/
-VOID
-FreeFfsBuffer (
- IN UINTN NumOfFiles,
- IN UINT8 **FfsBuffer
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumOfFiles; Index++) {
- if (FfsBuffer[Index] != NULL) {
- FreePool (FfsBuffer[Index]);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Create multiple files within a PAD File area.
-
- @param FvDevice Firmware Volume Device.
- @param PadFileEntry The pad file entry to be written in.
- @param NumOfFiles Total File number to be written.
- @param BufferSize The array of buffer size of each FfsBuffer.
- @param ActualFileSize The array of actual file size.
- @param PadSize The array of leading pad file size for each FFS File
- @param FfsBuffer The array of Ffs Buffer pointer.
- @param FileData The array of EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA structure,
- used to get name, attributes, type, etc.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Add the input multiple files into PAD file area.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory is allocated.
- @retval other error Files can't be added into PAD file area.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvCreateMultipleFilesInsidePadFile (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *PadFileEntry,
- IN UINTN NumOfFiles,
- IN UINTN *BufferSize,
- IN UINTN *ActualFileSize,
- IN UINTN *PadSize,
- IN UINT8 **FfsBuffer,
- IN EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA *FileData
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *OldPadFileHeader;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *PadFileHeader;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *TailPadFileHeader;
- UINTN TotalSize;
- UINTN PadAreaLength;
- LIST_ENTRY NewFileList;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *NewFileListEntry;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN NumBytesWritten;
- UINT8 *StartPos;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsEntry;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *NextFfsEntry;
-
- InitializeListHead (&NewFileList);
-
- NewFileListEntry = NULL;
-
- OldPadFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) PadFileEntry->FfsHeader;
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (OldPadFileHeader)) {
- PadAreaLength = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (OldPadFileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- PadAreaLength = FFS_FILE_SIZE (OldPadFileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- Status = UpdateHeaderBit (
- FvDevice,
- OldPadFileHeader,
- EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Update PAD area
- //
- TotalSize = 0;
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (OldPadFileHeader)) {
- PadFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) OldPadFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2));
- } else {
- PadFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) OldPadFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- }
- FileHeader = PadFileHeader;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumOfFiles; Index++) {
- if (PadSize[Index] != 0) {
- FvFillPadFile (PadFileHeader, PadSize[Index]);
- NewFileListEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY));
- if (NewFileListEntry == NULL) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewFileListEntry->FfsHeader = (UINT8 *) PadFileHeader;
- InsertTailList (&NewFileList, &NewFileListEntry->Link);
- }
-
- FileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) PadFileHeader + PadSize[Index]);
- Status = FvFillFfsFile (
- FileHeader,
- FfsBuffer[Index],
- BufferSize[Index],
- ActualFileSize[Index],
- FileData[Index].NameGuid,
- FileData[Index].Type,
- FileData[Index].FileAttributes
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- return Status;
- }
-
- NewFileListEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY));
- if (NewFileListEntry == NULL) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewFileListEntry->FfsHeader = (UINT8 *) FileHeader;
- InsertTailList (&NewFileList, &NewFileListEntry->Link);
-
- PadFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FileHeader + BufferSize[Index]);
- TotalSize += PadSize[Index];
- TotalSize += BufferSize[Index];
- }
-
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NewFileListEntry;
- //
- // Maybe we need a tail pad file
- //
- if (PadAreaLength > TotalSize) {
- if ((PadAreaLength - TotalSize) >= sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)) {
- //
- // we can insert another PAD file
- //
- TailPadFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FileHeader + BufferSize[NumOfFiles - 1]);
- FvFillPadFile (TailPadFileHeader, PadAreaLength - TotalSize);
-
- NewFileListEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY));
- if (NewFileListEntry == NULL) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NULL;
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewFileListEntry->FfsHeader = (UINT8 *) TailPadFileHeader;
- InsertTailList (&NewFileList, &NewFileListEntry->Link);
- } else {
- //
- // because left size cannot hold another PAD file header,
- // adjust the writing file size (just in cache)
- //
- FvAdjustFfsFile (
- FvDevice->ErasePolarity,
- FileHeader,
- PadAreaLength - TotalSize
- );
- }
- }
- //
- // Start writing to FV
- //
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (OldPadFileHeader)) {
- StartPos = (UINT8 *) OldPadFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- StartPos = (UINT8 *) OldPadFileHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- Offset = (UINTN) (StartPos - FvDevice->CachedFv);
-
- NumBytesWritten = PadAreaLength;
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- Offset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- StartPos
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NULL;
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = UpdateHeaderBit (
- FvDevice,
- OldPadFileHeader,
- EFI_FILE_HEADER_INVALID
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NULL;
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Update File List Link
- //
-
- //
- // First delete old pad file entry
- //
- FfsEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) PadFileEntry->Link.BackLink;
- NextFfsEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) PadFileEntry->Link.ForwardLink;
-
- FreePool (PadFileEntry);
-
- FfsEntry->Link.ForwardLink = NewFileList.ForwardLink;
- (NewFileList.ForwardLink)->BackLink = &FfsEntry->Link;
- NextFfsEntry->Link.BackLink = NewFileList.BackLink;
- (NewFileList.BackLink)->ForwardLink = &NextFfsEntry->Link;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Create multiple files within the Free Space.
-
- @param FvDevice Firmware Volume Device.
- @param FreeSpaceEntry Indicating in which Free Space(Cache) the multiple files will be inserted.
- @param NumOfFiles Total File number to be written.
- @param BufferSize The array of buffer size of each FfsBuffer.
- @param ActualFileSize The array of actual file size.
- @param PadSize The array of leading pad file size for each FFS File
- @param FfsBuffer The array of Ffs Buffer pointer.
- @param FileData The array of EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA structure,
- used to get name, attributes, type, etc.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Add the input multiple files into PAD file area.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory is allocated.
- @retval other error Files can't be added into PAD file area.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvCreateMultipleFilesInsideFreeSpace (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *FreeSpaceEntry,
- IN UINTN NumOfFiles,
- IN UINTN *BufferSize,
- IN UINTN *ActualFileSize,
- IN UINTN *PadSize,
- IN UINT8 **FfsBuffer,
- IN EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA *FileData
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *PadFileHeader;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader;
- UINTN TotalSize;
- LIST_ENTRY NewFileList;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *NewFileListEntry;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN NumBytesWritten;
- UINT8 *StartPos;
-
- InitializeListHead (&NewFileList);
-
- NewFileListEntry = NULL;
-
- TotalSize = 0;
- StartPos = FreeSpaceEntry->StartingAddress;
- PadFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) StartPos;
- FileHeader = PadFileHeader;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumOfFiles; Index++) {
- if (PadSize[Index] != 0) {
- FvFillPadFile (PadFileHeader, PadSize[Index]);
- NewFileListEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY));
- if (NewFileListEntry == NULL) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewFileListEntry->FfsHeader = (UINT8 *) PadFileHeader;
- InsertTailList (&NewFileList, &NewFileListEntry->Link);
- }
-
- FileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) PadFileHeader + PadSize[Index]);
- Status = FvFillFfsFile (
- FileHeader,
- FfsBuffer[Index],
- BufferSize[Index],
- ActualFileSize[Index],
- FileData[Index].NameGuid,
- FileData[Index].Type,
- FileData[Index].FileAttributes
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- return Status;
- }
-
- NewFileListEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY));
- if (NewFileListEntry == NULL) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewFileListEntry->FfsHeader = (UINT8 *) FileHeader;
- InsertTailList (&NewFileList, &NewFileListEntry->Link);
-
- PadFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) FileHeader + BufferSize[Index]);
- TotalSize += PadSize[Index];
- TotalSize += BufferSize[Index];
- }
-
- if (FreeSpaceEntry->Length < TotalSize) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NewFileListEntry;
-
- //
- // Start writing to FV
- //
- Offset = (UINTN) (StartPos - FvDevice->CachedFv);
-
- NumBytesWritten = TotalSize;
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- Offset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- StartPos
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeFileList (&NewFileList);
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NULL;
- return Status;
- }
-
- FreeSpaceEntry->Length -= TotalSize;
- FreeSpaceEntry->StartingAddress += TotalSize;
-
- NewFileListEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) (NewFileList.ForwardLink);
-
- while (NewFileListEntry != (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) &NewFileList) {
- InsertTailList (&FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader, &NewFileListEntry->Link);
- NewFileListEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) (NewFileListEntry->Link.ForwardLink);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Write multiple files into FV in reliable method.
-
- @param FvDevice Firmware Volume Device.
- @param NumOfFiles Total File number to be written.
- @param FileData The array of EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA structure,
- used to get name, attributes, type, etc
- @param FileOperation The array of operation for each file.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Files are added into FV.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough free PAD files to add the input files.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER File number is less than or equal to 1.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED File number exceeds the supported max numbers of files.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvCreateMultipleFiles (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINTN NumOfFiles,
- IN EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA *FileData,
- IN BOOLEAN *FileOperation
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 *FfsBuffer[MAX_FILES];
- UINTN Index1;
- UINTN Index2;
- UINTN BufferSize[MAX_FILES];
- UINTN ActualFileSize[MAX_FILES];
- UINTN RequiredAlignment[MAX_FILES];
- UINTN PadSize[MAX_FILES];
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *PadFileEntry;
- UINTN TotalSizeNeeded;
- FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *FreeSpaceEntry;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
- UINTN Key;
- EFI_GUID FileNameGuid;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE OldFileType;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES OldFileAttributes;
- UINTN OldFileSize;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *OldFfsFileEntry[MAX_FILES];
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *OldFileHeader[MAX_FILES];
- BOOLEAN IsCreateFile;
- UINTN HeaderSize;
-
- //
- // To use this function, we must ensure that the NumOfFiles is great
- // than 1
- //
- if (NumOfFiles <= 1) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (NumOfFiles > MAX_FILES) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- Fv = &FvDevice->Fv;
-
- SetMem (FfsBuffer, NumOfFiles, 0);
- SetMem (RequiredAlignment, NumOfFiles, 8);
- SetMem (PadSize, NumOfFiles, 0);
- ZeroMem (OldFfsFileEntry, sizeof (OldFfsFileEntry));
- ZeroMem (OldFileHeader, sizeof (OldFileHeader));
-
- //
- // Adjust file size
- //
- for (Index1 = 0; Index1 < NumOfFiles; Index1++) {
- HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- ActualFileSize[Index1] = FileData[Index1].BufferSize + HeaderSize;
- if (ActualFileSize[Index1] > 0x00FFFFFF) {
- HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- ActualFileSize[Index1] = FileData[Index1].BufferSize + HeaderSize;
- }
- BufferSize[Index1] = ActualFileSize[Index1];
-
- if (BufferSize[Index1] == HeaderSize) {
- //
- // clear file attributes, zero-length file does not have any attributes
- //
- FileData[Index1].FileAttributes = 0;
- }
-
- while ((BufferSize[Index1] & 0x07) != 0) {
- BufferSize[Index1]++;
- }
-
- FfsBuffer[Index1] = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize[Index1]);
-
- //
- // Copy File Data into FileBuffer
- //
- CopyMem (
- FfsBuffer[Index1] + HeaderSize,
- FileData[Index1].Buffer,
- FileData[Index1].BufferSize
- );
-
- if (FvDevice->ErasePolarity == 1) {
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < HeaderSize; Index2++) {
- FfsBuffer[Index1][Index2] = (UINT8)~FfsBuffer[Index1][Index2];
- }
- }
-
- if ((FileData[Index1].FileAttributes & EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_ALIGNMENT) != 0) {
- RequiredAlignment[Index1] = GetRequiredAlignment (FileData[Index1].FileAttributes);
- }
- //
- // If update file, mark the original file header to
- // EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE
- //
- IsCreateFile = FileOperation[Index1];
- if (!IsCreateFile) {
-
- Key = 0;
- do {
- OldFileType = 0;
- Status = Fv->GetNextFile (
- Fv,
- &Key,
- &OldFileType,
- &FileNameGuid,
- &OldFileAttributes,
- &OldFileSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeFfsBuffer (NumOfFiles, FfsBuffer);
- return Status;
- }
- } while (!CompareGuid (&FileNameGuid, FileData[Index1].NameGuid));
-
- //
- // Get FfsFileEntry from the search key
- //
- OldFfsFileEntry[Index1] = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) Key;
- OldFileHeader[Index1] = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) OldFfsFileEntry[Index1]->FfsHeader;
- Status = UpdateHeaderBit (
- FvDevice,
- OldFileHeader[Index1],
- EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeFfsBuffer (NumOfFiles, FfsBuffer);
- return Status;
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // First to search a suitable pad file that can hold so
- // many files
- //
- Status = FvSearchSuitablePadFile (
- FvDevice,
- NumOfFiles,
- BufferSize,
- RequiredAlignment,
- PadSize,
- &TotalSizeNeeded,
- &PadFileEntry
- );
-
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- //
- // Try to find a free space that can hold these files
- //
- Status = FvSearchSuitableFreeSpace (
- FvDevice,
- NumOfFiles,
- BufferSize,
- RequiredAlignment,
- PadSize,
- &TotalSizeNeeded,
- &FreeSpaceEntry
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeFfsBuffer (NumOfFiles, FfsBuffer);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- Status = FvCreateMultipleFilesInsideFreeSpace (
- FvDevice,
- FreeSpaceEntry,
- NumOfFiles,
- BufferSize,
- ActualFileSize,
- PadSize,
- FfsBuffer,
- FileData
- );
-
- } else {
- //
- // Create multiple files inside such a pad file
- // to achieve lock-step update
- //
- Status = FvCreateMultipleFilesInsidePadFile (
- FvDevice,
- PadFileEntry,
- NumOfFiles,
- BufferSize,
- ActualFileSize,
- PadSize,
- FfsBuffer,
- FileData
- );
- }
-
- FreeFfsBuffer (NumOfFiles, FfsBuffer);
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Delete those updated files
- //
- for (Index1 = 0; Index1 < NumOfFiles; Index1++) {
- IsCreateFile = FileOperation[Index1];
- if (!IsCreateFile && OldFfsFileEntry[Index1] != NULL) {
- (OldFfsFileEntry[Index1]->Link.BackLink)->ForwardLink = OldFfsFileEntry[Index1]->Link.ForwardLink;
- (OldFfsFileEntry[Index1]->Link.ForwardLink)->BackLink = OldFfsFileEntry[Index1]->Link.BackLink;
- FreePool (OldFfsFileEntry[Index1]);
- }
- }
- //
- // Set those files' state to EFI_FILE_DELETED
- //
- for (Index1 = 0; Index1 < NumOfFiles; Index1++) {
- IsCreateFile = FileOperation[Index1];
- if (!IsCreateFile && OldFileHeader[Index1] != NULL) {
- Status = UpdateHeaderBit (FvDevice, OldFileHeader[Index1], EFI_FILE_DELETED);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVol.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVol.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2ba09c49b5..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,798 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
- Firmware File System driver that produce full Firmware Volume2 protocol.
- Layers on top of Firmware Block protocol to produce a file abstraction
- of FV based files.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
- of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
- full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "FwVolDriver.h"
-
-#define KEYSIZE sizeof (UINTN)
-
-/**
- Given the supplied FW_VOL_BLOCK_PROTOCOL, allocate a buffer for output and
- copy the real length volume header into it.
-
- @param Fvb The FW_VOL_BLOCK_PROTOCOL instance from which to
- read the volume header
- @param FwVolHeader Pointer to pointer to allocated buffer in which
- the volume header is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer could be allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read volume header to the allocated
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Read status of FV is not enabled.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The FV Header signature is not as expected or
- the file system could not be understood.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFwVolHeader (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb,
- OUT EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER **FwVolHeader
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER TempFvh;
- EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 FvbAttributes;
- UINTN FvhLength;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
-
- //
- // Determine the real length of FV header
- //
- Status = Fvb->GetAttributes (
- Fvb,
- &FvbAttributes
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if ((FvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_READ_STATUS) == 0) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- //
- // Just avoid compiling warning
- //
- BaseAddress = 0;
- FvhLength = sizeof (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER);
-
- //
- // memory-mapped FV and non memory-mapped has different ways to read
- //
- if ((FvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) != 0) {
- Status = Fvb->GetPhysicalAddress (
- Fvb,
- &BaseAddress
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- CopyMem (&TempFvh, (VOID *) (UINTN) BaseAddress, FvhLength);
- } else {
- Status = Fvb->Read (
- Fvb,
- 0,
- 0,
- &FvhLength,
- (UINT8 *) &TempFvh
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Validate FV Header signature, if not as expected, continue.
- //
- if (TempFvh.Signature != EFI_FVH_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see that the file system is indeed formatted in a way we can
- // understand it...
- //
- if ((!CompareGuid (&TempFvh.FileSystemGuid, &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem2Guid)) &&
- (!CompareGuid (&TempFvh.FileSystemGuid, &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem3Guid))) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- *FwVolHeader = AllocatePool (TempFvh.HeaderLength);
- if (*FwVolHeader == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Read the whole header
- //
- if ((FvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) != 0) {
- CopyMem (*FwVolHeader, (VOID *) (UINTN) BaseAddress, TempFvh.HeaderLength);
- } else {
- //
- // Assumed the first block is bigger than the length of Fv headder
- //
- FvhLength = TempFvh.HeaderLength;
- Status = Fvb->Read (
- Fvb,
- 0,
- 0,
- &FvhLength,
- (UINT8 *) *FwVolHeader
- );
- //
- // Check whether Read successes.
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (*FwVolHeader);
- *FwVolHeader = NULL;
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Free FvDevice resource when error happens.
-
- @param FvDevice Pointer to the FvDevice to be freed.
-**/
-VOID
-FreeFvDeviceResource (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice
- )
-{
- LBA_ENTRY *LbaEntry;
- FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *FreeSpaceEntry;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsFileEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *NextEntry;
-
- //
- // Free LAB Entry
- //
- LbaEntry = (LBA_ENTRY *) FvDevice->LbaHeader.ForwardLink;
- while (&LbaEntry->Link != &FvDevice->LbaHeader) {
- NextEntry = (&LbaEntry->Link)->ForwardLink;
- FreePool (LbaEntry);
- LbaEntry = (LBA_ENTRY *) NextEntry;
- }
- //
- // Free File List Entry
- //
- FfsFileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader.ForwardLink;
- while (&FfsFileEntry->Link != &FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader) {
- NextEntry = (&FfsFileEntry->Link)->ForwardLink;
- FreePool (FfsFileEntry);
- FfsFileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) NextEntry;
- }
- //
- // Free Space Entry
- //
- FreeSpaceEntry = (FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *) FvDevice->FreeSpaceHeader.ForwardLink;
- while (&FreeSpaceEntry->Link != &FvDevice->FreeSpaceHeader) {
- NextEntry = (&FreeSpaceEntry->Link)->ForwardLink;
- FreePool (FreeSpaceEntry);
- FreeSpaceEntry = (FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *) NextEntry;
- }
- //
- // Free the cache
- //
- FreePool ((UINT8 *) (UINTN) FvDevice->CachedFv);
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Firmware volume inherits authentication status from the FV image file and section(in another firmware volume)
- where it came from.
-
- @param FvDevice A pointer to the FvDevice.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FwVolInheritAuthenticationStatus (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *CachedFvHeader;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *CachedFvExtHeader;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *ParentFvProtocol;
- UINTN Key;
- EFI_GUID FileNameGuid;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttributes;
- UINTN FileSize;
- EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FvHeader;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *FvExtHeader;
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- CachedFvHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) (UINTN) FvDevice->CachedFv;
-
- if (FvDevice->Fv.ParentHandle != NULL) {
- //
- // By Parent Handle, find out the FV image file and section(in another firmware volume) where the firmware volume came from
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (FvDevice->Fv.ParentHandle, &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid, (VOID **) &ParentFvProtocol);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (ParentFvProtocol != NULL)) {
- Key = 0;
- do {
- FileType = EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE;
- Status = ParentFvProtocol->GetNextFile (
- ParentFvProtocol,
- &Key,
- &FileType,
- &FileNameGuid,
- &FileAttributes,
- &FileSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return;
- }
-
- SectionType = EFI_SECTION_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE;
- FvHeader = NULL;
- BufferSize = 0;
- Status = ParentFvProtocol->ReadSection (
- ParentFvProtocol,
- &FileNameGuid,
- SectionType,
- 0,
- (VOID **) &FvHeader,
- &BufferSize,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if ((FvHeader->FvLength == CachedFvHeader->FvLength) &&
- (FvHeader->ExtHeaderOffset == CachedFvHeader->ExtHeaderOffset)) {
- if (FvHeader->ExtHeaderOffset !=0) {
- //
- // Both FVs contain extension header, then compare their FV Name GUID
- //
- FvExtHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *) ((UINTN) FvHeader + FvHeader->ExtHeaderOffset);
- CachedFvExtHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *) ((UINTN) CachedFvHeader + CachedFvHeader->ExtHeaderOffset);
- if (CompareGuid (&FvExtHeader->FvName, &CachedFvExtHeader->FvName)) {
- //
- // Found the FV image section where the firmware volume came from,
- // and then inherit authentication status from it.
- //
- FvDevice->AuthenticationStatus = AuthenticationStatus;
- FreePool ((VOID *) FvHeader);
- return;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Both FVs don't contain extension header, then compare their whole FV Image.
- //
- if (CompareMem ((VOID *) FvHeader, (VOID *) CachedFvHeader, (UINTN) FvHeader->FvLength) == 0) {
- //
- // Found the FV image section where the firmware volume came from
- // and then inherit authentication status from it.
- //
- FvDevice->AuthenticationStatus = AuthenticationStatus;
- FreePool ((VOID *) FvHeader);
- return;
- }
- }
- }
- FreePool ((VOID *) FvHeader);
- }
- } while (TRUE);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Check if an FV is consistent and allocate cache for it.
-
- @param FvDevice A pointer to the FvDevice to be checked.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer could be allocated.
- @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED File system is corrupted.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS FV is consistent and cache is allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvCheck (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb;
- EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 FvbAttributes;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *BlockMap;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *FwVolExtHeader;
- UINT8 *FwCache;
- LBA_ENTRY *LbaEntry;
- FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *FreeSpaceEntry;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsFileEntry;
- UINT8 *LbaStart;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_LBA LbaIndex;
- UINT8 *Ptr;
- UINTN Size;
- UINT8 *FreeStart;
- UINTN FreeSize;
- UINT8 ErasePolarity;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE FileState;
- UINT8 *TopFvAddress;
- UINTN TestLength;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
-
- Fvb = FvDevice->Fvb;
-
- Status = Fvb->GetAttributes (Fvb, &FvbAttributes);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- InitializeListHead (&FvDevice->LbaHeader);
- InitializeListHead (&FvDevice->FreeSpaceHeader);
- InitializeListHead (&FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader);
-
- FwVolHeader = NULL;
- Status = GetFwVolHeader (Fvb, &FwVolHeader);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- ASSERT (FwVolHeader != NULL);
-
- FvDevice->IsFfs3Fv = CompareGuid (&FwVolHeader->FileSystemGuid, &gEfiFirmwareFileSystem3Guid);
-
- //
- // Double Check firmware volume header here
- //
- if (!VerifyFvHeaderChecksum (FwVolHeader)) {
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
-
- BlockMap = FwVolHeader->BlockMap;
-
- //
- // FwVolHeader->FvLength is the whole FV length including FV header
- //
- FwCache = AllocateZeroPool ((UINTN) FwVolHeader->FvLength);
- if (FwCache == NULL) {
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- FvDevice->CachedFv = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FwCache;
-
- //
- // Copy to memory
- //
- LbaStart = FwCache;
- LbaIndex = 0;
- Ptr = NULL;
-
- if ((FvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) != 0) {
- //
- // Get volume base address
- //
- Status = Fvb->GetPhysicalAddress (Fvb, &BaseAddress);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
- return Status;
- }
-
- Ptr = (UINT8 *) ((UINTN) BaseAddress);
-
- DEBUG((EFI_D_INFO, "Fv Base Address is 0x%LX\n", BaseAddress));
- }
- //
- // Copy whole FV into the memory
- //
- while ((BlockMap->NumBlocks != 0) || (BlockMap->Length != 0)) {
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < BlockMap->NumBlocks; Index++) {
- LbaEntry = AllocatePool (sizeof (LBA_ENTRY));
- if (LbaEntry == NULL) {
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
- FreeFvDeviceResource (FvDevice);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- LbaEntry->LbaIndex = LbaIndex;
- LbaEntry->StartingAddress = LbaStart;
- LbaEntry->BlockLength = BlockMap->Length;
-
- //
- // Copy each LBA into memory
- //
- if ((FvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) != 0) {
-
- CopyMem (LbaStart, Ptr, BlockMap->Length);
- Ptr += BlockMap->Length;
-
- } else {
-
- Size = BlockMap->Length;
- Status = Fvb->Read (
- Fvb,
- LbaIndex,
- 0,
- &Size,
- LbaStart
- );
- //
- // Not check EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE, for Size = BlockMap->Length
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
- FreeFvDeviceResource (FvDevice);
- return Status;
- }
-
- }
-
- LbaIndex++;
- LbaStart += BlockMap->Length;
-
- InsertTailList (&FvDevice->LbaHeader, &LbaEntry->Link);
- }
-
- BlockMap++;
- }
-
- FvDevice->FwVolHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) FwCache;
-
- //
- // it is not used any more, so free FwVolHeader
- //
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
-
- //
- // Scan to check the free space & File list
- //
- if ((FvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY) != 0) {
- ErasePolarity = 1;
- } else {
- ErasePolarity = 0;
- }
-
- FvDevice->ErasePolarity = ErasePolarity;
-
- //
- // go through the whole FV cache, check the consistence of the FV
- //
- if (FvDevice->FwVolHeader->ExtHeaderOffset != 0) {
- //
- // Searching for files starts on an 8 byte aligned boundary after the end of the Extended Header if it exists.
- //
- FwVolExtHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *) (UINTN) (FvDevice->CachedFv + FvDevice->FwVolHeader->ExtHeaderOffset);
- Ptr = (UINT8 *) FwVolExtHeader + FwVolExtHeader->ExtHeaderSize;
- Ptr = (UINT8 *) ALIGN_POINTER (Ptr, 8);
- } else {
- Ptr = (UINT8 *) (UINTN) (FvDevice->CachedFv + FvDevice->FwVolHeader->HeaderLength);
- }
- TopFvAddress = (UINT8 *) (UINTN) (FvDevice->CachedFv + FvDevice->FwVolHeader->FvLength);
-
- //
- // Build FFS list & Free Space List here
- //
- while (Ptr < TopFvAddress) {
- TestLength = TopFvAddress - Ptr;
-
- if (TestLength > sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)) {
- TestLength = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- if (IsBufferErased (ErasePolarity, Ptr, TestLength)) {
- //
- // We found free space
- //
- FreeStart = Ptr;
- FreeSize = 0;
-
- do {
- TestLength = TopFvAddress - Ptr;
-
- if (TestLength > sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)) {
- TestLength = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- if (!IsBufferErased (ErasePolarity, Ptr, TestLength)) {
- break;
- }
-
- FreeSize += TestLength;
- Ptr += TestLength;
- } while (Ptr < TopFvAddress);
-
- FreeSpaceEntry = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FREE_SPACE_ENTRY));
- if (FreeSpaceEntry == NULL) {
- FreeFvDeviceResource (FvDevice);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Create a Free space entry
- //
- FreeSpaceEntry->StartingAddress = FreeStart;
- FreeSpaceEntry->Length = FreeSize;
- InsertTailList (&FvDevice->FreeSpaceHeader, &FreeSpaceEntry->Link);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // double check boundry
- //
- if (TestLength < sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (!IsValidFFSHeader (
- FvDevice->ErasePolarity,
- (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) Ptr
- )) {
- FileState = GetFileState (
- FvDevice->ErasePolarity,
- (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) Ptr
- );
- if ((FileState == EFI_FILE_HEADER_INVALID) || (FileState == EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION)) {
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (Ptr)) {
- if (!FvDevice->IsFfs3Fv) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Found a FFS3 formatted file: %g in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n", &((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) Ptr)->Name));
- }
- Ptr = Ptr + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- Ptr = Ptr + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- continue;
-
- } else {
- //
- // File system is corrputed, return
- //
- FreeFvDeviceResource (FvDevice);
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
- }
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (Ptr)) {
- ASSERT (FFS_FILE2_SIZE (Ptr) > 0x00FFFFFF);
- if (!FvDevice->IsFfs3Fv) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Found a FFS3 formatted file: %g in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n", &((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) Ptr)->Name));
- Ptr = Ptr + FFS_FILE2_SIZE (Ptr);
- //
- // Adjust Ptr to the next 8-byte aligned boundry.
- //
- while (((UINTN) Ptr & 0x07) != 0) {
- Ptr++;
- }
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- if (IsValidFFSFile (FvDevice, (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) Ptr)) {
- FileState = GetFileState (
- FvDevice->ErasePolarity,
- (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) Ptr
- );
-
- //
- // check for non-deleted file
- //
- if (FileState != EFI_FILE_DELETED) {
- //
- // Create a FFS list entry for each non-deleted file
- //
- FfsFileEntry = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY));
- if (FfsFileEntry == NULL) {
- FreeFvDeviceResource (FvDevice);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- FfsFileEntry->FfsHeader = Ptr;
- InsertTailList (&FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader, &FfsFileEntry->Link);
- }
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (Ptr)) {
- Ptr = Ptr + FFS_FILE2_SIZE (Ptr);
- } else {
- Ptr = Ptr + FFS_FILE_SIZE (Ptr);
- }
-
- //
- // Adjust Ptr to the next 8-byte aligned boundry.
- //
- while (((UINTN) Ptr & 0x07) != 0) {
- Ptr++;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // File system is corrupted, return
- //
- FreeFvDeviceResource (FvDevice);
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
- }
-
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NULL;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Entry point function does install/reinstall FV2 protocol with full functionality.
-
- @param ImageHandle A handle for the image that is initializing this driver
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI system table
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS At least one Fv protocol install/reinstall successfully.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No FV protocol install/reinstall successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FwVolDriverInit (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
- UINTN HandleCount;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
- FV_DEVICE *FvDevice;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- BOOLEAN Reinstall;
- BOOLEAN InstallFlag;
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "=========FwVol writable driver installed\n"));
- InstallFlag = FALSE;
- //
- // Locate all handles of Fvb protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &HandleCount,
- &HandleBuffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < HandleCount; Index += 1) {
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- HandleBuffer[Index],
- &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &Fvb
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- FwVolHeader = NULL;
- Status = GetFwVolHeader (Fvb, &FwVolHeader);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
- ASSERT (FwVolHeader != NULL);
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
-
- Reinstall = FALSE;
- //
- // Check if there is an FV protocol already installed in that handle
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- HandleBuffer[Index],
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &Fv
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Reinstall = TRUE;
- }
- //
- // FwVol protocol on the handle so create a new one
- //
- FvDevice = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FV_DEVICE));
- if (FvDevice == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- FvDevice->Signature = FV_DEVICE_SIGNATURE;
- FvDevice->Fvb = Fvb;
-
- //
- // Firmware Volume Protocol interface
- //
- FvDevice->Fv.GetVolumeAttributes = FvGetVolumeAttributes;
- FvDevice->Fv.SetVolumeAttributes = FvSetVolumeAttributes;
- FvDevice->Fv.ReadFile = FvReadFile;
- FvDevice->Fv.ReadSection = FvReadFileSection;
- FvDevice->Fv.WriteFile = FvWriteFile;
- FvDevice->Fv.GetNextFile = FvGetNextFile;
- FvDevice->Fv.KeySize = KEYSIZE;
- FvDevice->Fv.GetInfo = FvGetVolumeInfo;
- FvDevice->Fv.SetInfo = FvSetVolumeInfo;
- FvDevice->Fv.ParentHandle = Fvb->ParentHandle;
-
- Status = FvCheck (FvDevice);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // The file system is not consistence
- //
- FreePool (FvDevice);
- continue;
- }
-
- FwVolInheritAuthenticationStatus (FvDevice);
-
- if (Reinstall) {
- //
- // Reinstall an New FV protocol
- //
- // FvDevice = FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (Fv);
- // FvDevice->Fvb = Fvb;
- // FreeFvDeviceResource (FvDevice);
- //
- Status = gBS->ReinstallProtocolInterface (
- HandleBuffer[Index],
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- Fv,
- &FvDevice->Fv
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- InstallFlag = TRUE;
- } else {
- FreePool (FvDevice);
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Reinstall FV protocol as writable - %r\n", Status));
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- } else {
- //
- // Install an New FV protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (
- &FvDevice->Handle,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &FvDevice->Fv
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- InstallFlag = TRUE;
- } else {
- FreePool (FvDevice);
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO, "Install FV protocol as writable - %r\n", Status));
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- }
-
-Done:
- //
- // As long as one Fv protocol install/reinstall successfully,
- // success should return to ensure this image will be not unloaded.
- // Otherwise, new Fv protocols are corrupted by other loaded driver.
- //
- if (InstallFlag) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // No FV protocol install/reinstall successfully.
- // EFI_NOT_FOUND should return to ensure this image will be unloaded.
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolAttrib.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolAttrib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0e4ddf8bea..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolAttrib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,220 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
- Implements get/set firmware volume attributes.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
- of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
- full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "FwVolDriver.h"
-
-/**
- Retrieves attributes, insures positive polarity of attribute bits, returns
- resulting attributes in output parameter.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param Attributes output buffer which contains attributes
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully got volume attributes
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvGetVolumeAttributes (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES *Attributes
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FV_DEVICE *FvDevice;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb;
- EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 FvbAttributes;
-
- FvDevice = FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
- Fvb = FvDevice->Fvb;
-
- //
- // First get the Firmware Volume Block Attributes
- //
- Status = Fvb->GetAttributes (Fvb, &FvbAttributes);
- FvbAttributes &= 0xfffff0ff;
-
- *Attributes = FvbAttributes;
- *Attributes |= EFI_FV2_WRITE_POLICY_RELIABLE;
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Sets current attributes for volume.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param Attributes On input, FvAttributes is a pointer to
- an EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES containing the
- desired firmware volume settings. On
- successful return, it contains the new
- settings of the firmware volume. On
- unsuccessful return, FvAttributes is not
- modified and the firmware volume
- settings are not changed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested firmware volume attributes
- were set and the resulting
- EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES is returned in
- FvAttributes.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Atrribute is locked down.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Atrribute is not valid.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvSetVolumeAttributes (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES *Attributes
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FV_DEVICE *FvDevice;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb;
- EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 OldFvbAttributes;
- EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 NewFvbAttributes;
- UINT64 NewStatus;
- UINT32 Capabilities;
-
- FvDevice = FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
- Fvb = FvDevice->Fvb;
-
- //
- // First get the current Volume Attributes
- //
- Status = Fvb->GetAttributes (
- Fvb,
- &OldFvbAttributes
- );
-
- if ((OldFvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_LOCK_STATUS) != 0) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
- //
- // Only status attributes can be updated.
- //
- Capabilities = OldFvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_CAPABILITIES;
- NewStatus = (*Attributes) & EFI_FVB2_STATUS;
-
- //
- // Test read disable
- //
- if ((Capabilities & EFI_FVB2_READ_DISABLED_CAP) == 0) {
- if ((NewStatus & EFI_FVB2_READ_STATUS) == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
- //
- // Test read enable
- //
- if ((Capabilities & EFI_FVB2_READ_ENABLED_CAP) == 0) {
- if ((NewStatus & EFI_FVB2_READ_STATUS) != 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
- //
- // Test write disable
- //
- if ((Capabilities & EFI_FVB2_WRITE_DISABLED_CAP) == 0) {
- if ((NewStatus & EFI_FVB2_WRITE_STATUS) == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
- //
- // Test write enable
- //
- if ((Capabilities & EFI_FVB2_WRITE_ENABLED_CAP) == 0) {
- if ((NewStatus & EFI_FVB2_WRITE_STATUS) != 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
- //
- // Test lock
- //
- if ((Capabilities & EFI_FVB2_LOCK_CAP) == 0) {
- if ((NewStatus & EFI_FVB2_LOCK_STATUS) != 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
-
- NewFvbAttributes = OldFvbAttributes & (0xFFFFFFFF & (~EFI_FVB2_STATUS));
- NewFvbAttributes |= NewStatus;
- Status = Fvb->SetAttributes (
- Fvb,
- &NewFvbAttributes
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- *Attributes = 0;
-
- This->GetVolumeAttributes (
- This,
- Attributes
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Return information of type InformationType for the requested firmware
- volume.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param InformationType InformationType for requested.
- @param BufferSize On input, size of Buffer.On output, the amount of
- data returned in Buffer.
- @param Buffer A poniter to the data buffer to return.
-
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Could not get.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvGetVolumeInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *InformationType,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-/**
- Set information with InformationType into the requested firmware volume.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param InformationType InformationType for requested.
- @param BufferSize Size of Buffer data.
- @param Buffer A poniter to the data buffer to be set.
-
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Could not set.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvSetVolumeInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *InformationType,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN CONST VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolDriver.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolDriver.h deleted file mode 100644 index b1646dd39e..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolDriver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,761 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Common defines and definitions for a FwVolDxe driver.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
- of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
- full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _FWVOL_DRIVER_H_
-#define _FWVOL_DRIVER_H_
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-
-#include <Guid/FirmwareFileSystem2.h>
-#include <Guid/FirmwareFileSystem3.h>
-#include <Protocol/SectionExtraction.h>
-#include <Protocol/FaultTolerantWrite.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolume2.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolumeBlock.h>
-
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-
-#define FV_DEVICE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('_', 'F', 'V', '_')
-
-//
-// Define two helper macro to extract the Capability field or Status field in FVB
-// bit fields
-//
-#define EFI_FVB2_CAPABILITIES (EFI_FVB2_READ_DISABLED_CAP | \
- EFI_FVB2_READ_ENABLED_CAP | \
- EFI_FVB2_WRITE_DISABLED_CAP | \
- EFI_FVB2_WRITE_ENABLED_CAP | \
- EFI_FVB2_LOCK_CAP \
- )
-
-#define EFI_FVB2_STATUS (EFI_FVB2_READ_STATUS | EFI_FVB2_WRITE_STATUS | EFI_FVB2_LOCK_STATUS)
-
-#define MAX_FILES 32
-
-//
-// Used to calculate from address -> Lba
-//
-typedef struct {
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- EFI_LBA LbaIndex;
- UINT8 *StartingAddress;
- UINTN BlockLength;
-} LBA_ENTRY;
-
-//
-// Used to track free space in the Fv
-//
-typedef struct {
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- UINT8 *StartingAddress;
- UINTN Length;
-} FREE_SPACE_ENTRY;
-
-//
-// Used to track all non-deleted files
-//
-typedef struct {
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- UINT8 *FfsHeader;
-} FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL Fv;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- UINT8 *Key;
- EFI_HANDLE Handle;
-
- UINT8 ErasePolarity;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS CachedFv;
- LIST_ENTRY LbaHeader;
- LIST_ENTRY FreeSpaceHeader;
- LIST_ENTRY FfsFileListHeader;
-
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *CurrentFfsFile;
- BOOLEAN IsFfs3Fv;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
-} FV_DEVICE;
-
-#define FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS(a) CR (a, FV_DEVICE, Fv, FV_DEVICE_SIGNATURE)
-
-/**
- Retrieves attributes, insures positive polarity of attribute bits, returns
- resulting attributes in output parameter.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param Attributes output buffer which contains attributes
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully got volume attributes
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvGetVolumeAttributes (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES *Attributes
- );
-
-/**
- Sets current attributes for volume.
-
- @param This Calling context
- @param Attributes On input, FvAttributes is a pointer to
- an EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES containing the
- desired firmware volume settings. On
- successful return, it contains the new
- settings of the firmware volume. On
- unsuccessful return, FvAttributes is not
- modified and the firmware volume
- settings are not changed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested firmware volume attributes
- were set and the resulting
- EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES is returned in
- FvAttributes.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Atrribute is locked down.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Atrribute is not valid.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvSetVolumeAttributes (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES *Attributes
- );
-
-/**
- Given the input key, search for the next matching file in the volume.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param Key Key is a pointer to a caller allocated
- buffer that contains implementation specific
- data that is used to track where to begin
- the search for the next file. The size of
- the buffer must be at least This->KeySize
- bytes long. To reinitialize the search and
- begin from the beginning of the firmware
- volume, the entire buffer must be cleared to
- zero. Other than clearing the buffer to
- initiate a new search, the caller must not
- modify the data in the buffer between calls
- to GetNextFile().
- @param FileType FileType is a pointer to a caller allocated
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE. The GetNextFile() API can
- filter it's search for files based on the
- value of *FileType input. A *FileType input
- of 0 causes GetNextFile() to search for
- files of all types. If a file is found, the
- file's type is returned in *FileType.
- *FileType is not modified if no file is
- found.
- @param NameGuid NameGuid is a pointer to a caller allocated
- EFI_GUID. If a file is found, the file's
- name is returned in *NameGuid. *NameGuid is
- not modified if no file is found.
- @param Attributes Attributes is a pointer to a caller
- allocated EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES. If a file
- is found, the file's attributes are returned
- in *Attributes. *Attributes is not modified
- if no file is found.
- @param Size Size is a pointer to a caller allocated
- UINTN. If a file is found, the file's size
- is returned in *Size. *Size is not modified
- if no file is found.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully find the file.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Fv could not read.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No matching file found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvGetNextFile (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT VOID *Key,
- IN OUT EFI_FV_FILETYPE *FileType,
- OUT EFI_GUID *NameGuid,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES *Attributes,
- OUT UINTN *Size
- );
-
-/**
- Locates a file in the firmware volume and
- copies it to the supplied buffer.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param NameGuid Pointer to an EFI_GUID, which is the
- filename.
- @param Buffer Buffer is a pointer to pointer to a buffer
- in which the file or section contents or are
- returned.
- @param BufferSize BufferSize is a pointer to caller allocated
- UINTN. On input *BufferSize indicates the
- size in bytes of the memory region pointed
- to by Buffer. On output, *BufferSize
- contains the number of bytes required to
- read the file.
- @param FoundType FoundType is a pointer to a caller allocated
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE that on successful return
- from Read() contains the type of file read.
- This output reflects the file type
- irrespective of the value of the SectionType
- input.
- @param FileAttributes FileAttributes is a pointer to a caller
- allocated EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES. On
- successful return from Read(),
- *FileAttributes contains the attributes of
- the file read.
- @param AuthenticationStatus AuthenticationStatus is a pointer to a
- caller allocated UINTN in which the
- authentication status is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read to memory buffer.
- @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer too small.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Not found.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Could not read.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough buffer to be allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvReadFile (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *NameGuid,
- IN OUT VOID **Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILETYPE *FoundType,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES *FileAttributes,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
-/**
- Locates a section in a given FFS File and
- copies it to the supplied buffer (not including section header).
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param NameGuid Pointer to an EFI_GUID, which is the
- filename.
- @param SectionType Indicates the section type to return.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which instance of sections with a
- type of SectionType to return.
- @param Buffer Buffer is a pointer to pointer to a buffer
- in which the file or section contents or are
- returned.
- @param BufferSize BufferSize is a pointer to caller allocated
- UINTN.
- @param AuthenticationStatus AuthenticationStatus is a pointer to a
- caller allocated UINT32 in which the
- authentication status is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read the file section into
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer too small.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Section not found.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Could not read.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvReadFileSection (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *NameGuid,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN UINTN SectionInstance,
- IN OUT VOID **Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
-/**
- Writes one or more files to the firmware volume.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param NumberOfFiles Number of files.
- @param WritePolicy WritePolicy indicates the level of reliability
- for the write in the event of a power failure or
- other system failure during the write operation.
- @param FileData FileData is an pointer to an array of
- EFI_FV_WRITE_DATA. Each element of array
- FileData represents a file to be written.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Files successfully written to firmware volume
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough buffer to be allocated.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED Write protected.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Not found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED This function not supported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvWriteFile (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINT32 NumberOfFiles,
- IN EFI_FV_WRITE_POLICY WritePolicy,
- IN EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA *FileData
- );
-
-/**
- Return information of type InformationType for the requested firmware
- volume.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param InformationType InformationType for requested.
- @param BufferSize On input, size of Buffer.On output, the amount of
- data returned in Buffer.
- @param Buffer A poniter to the data buffer to return.
-
- @return EFI_UNSUPPORTED Could not get.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvGetVolumeInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *InformationType,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-
-/**
- Set information with InformationType into the requested firmware volume.
-
- @param This Pointer to EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.
- @param InformationType InformationType for requested.
- @param BufferSize Size of Buffer data.
- @param Buffer A poniter to the data buffer to be set.
-
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Could not set.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvSetVolumeInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *InformationType,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN CONST VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Writes data beginning at Lba:Offset from FV. The write terminates either
- when *NumBytes of data have been written, or when the firmware end is
- reached. *NumBytes is updated to reflect the actual number of bytes
- written.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume
- @param Offset Offset in the block at which to begin write
- @param NumBytes At input, indicates the requested write size.
- At output, indicates the actual number of bytes written.
- @param Buffer Buffer containing source data for the write.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Data is successfully written into FV.
- @return error Data is failed written.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvcWrite (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINTN Offset,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumBytes,
- IN UINT8 *Buffer
- );
-
-
-/**
- Check if a block of buffer is erased.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param Buffer The buffer to be checked
- @param BufferSize Size of the buffer in bytes
-
- @retval TRUE The block of buffer is erased
- @retval FALSE The block of buffer is not erased
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsBufferErased (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize
- );
-
-/**
- Get the FFS file state by checking the highest bit set in the header's state field.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header
-
- @return FFS File state
-
-**/
-EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE
-GetFileState (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- );
-
-/**
- Verify checksum of the firmware volume header.
-
- @param FvHeader Points to the firmware volume header to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Checksum verification passed
- @retval FALSE Checksum verification failed
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-VerifyFvHeaderChecksum (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FvHeader
- );
-
-/**
- Check if it's a valid FFS file header.
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase polarity attribute of the firmware volume
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Valid FFS file header
- @retval FALSE Invalid FFS file header
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidFFSHeader (
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- );
-
-/**
- Check if it's a valid FFS file.
- Here we are sure that it has a valid FFS file header since we must call IsValidFfsHeader() first.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached FV image.
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file to be checked
-
- @retval TRUE Valid FFS file
- @retval FALSE Invalid FFS file
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidFFSFile (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- );
-
-/**
- Given the supplied FW_VOL_BLOCK_PROTOCOL, allocate a buffer for output and
- copy the real length volume header into it.
-
- @param Fvb The FW_VOL_BLOCK_PROTOCOL instance from which to
- read the volume header
- @param FwVolHeader Pointer to pointer to allocated buffer in which
- the volume header is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough buffer could be allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read volume header to the allocated
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Read status of FV is not enabled.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The FV Header signature is not as expected or
- the file system could not be understood.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFwVolHeader (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb,
- OUT EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER **FwVolHeader
- );
-
-/**
- Convert the Buffer Address to LBA Entry Address.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached FvDevice
- @param BufferAddress Address of Buffer
- @param LbaListEntry Pointer to the got LBA entry that contains the address.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Buffer address is out of FvDevice.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS LBA entry is found for Buffer address.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Buffer2LbaEntry (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BufferAddress,
- OUT LBA_ENTRY **LbaListEntry
- );
-
-/**
- Convert the Buffer Address to LBA Address & Offset.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached FvDevice
- @param BufferAddress Address of Buffer
- @param Lba Pointer to the gob Lba value
- @param Offset Pointer to the got Offset
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Buffer address is out of FvDevice.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS LBA and Offset is found for Buffer address.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-Buffer2Lba (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BufferAddress,
- OUT EFI_LBA *Lba,
- OUT UINTN *Offset
- );
-
-/**
- Set File State in the FfsHeader.
-
- @param State File state to be set into FFS header.
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header
-
-**/
-VOID
-SetFileState (
- IN UINT8 State,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- );
-
-/**
- Create a PAD File in the Free Space.
-
- @param FvDevice Firmware Volume Device.
- @param FreeSpaceEntry Indicating in which Free Space(Cache) the Pad file will be inserted.
- @param Size Pad file Size, not include the header.
- @param PadFileEntry The Ffs File Entry that points to this Pad File.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully create a PAD file.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough free space to create a PAD file.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Size is not 8 byte alignment.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Free space is not erased.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvCreatePadFileInFreeSpace (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *FreeSpaceEntry,
- IN UINTN Size,
- OUT FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY **PadFileEntry
- );
-
-/**
- Create a new file within a PAD file area.
-
- @param FvDevice Firmware Volume Device.
- @param FfsFileBuffer A buffer that holds an FFS file,(it contains a File Header which is in init state).
- @param BufferSize The size of FfsFileBuffer.
- @param ActualFileSize The actual file length, it may not be multiples of 8.
- @param FileName The FFS File Name.
- @param FileType The FFS File Type.
- @param FileAttributes The Attributes of the FFS File to be created.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully create a new file within the found PAD file area.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No suitable PAD file is found.
- @retval other errors New file is created failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvCreateNewFileInsidePadFile (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINT8 *FfsFileBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN UINTN ActualFileSize,
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType,
- IN EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttributes
- );
-
-/**
- Write multiple files into FV in reliable method.
-
- @param FvDevice Firmware Volume Device.
- @param NumOfFiles Total File number to be written.
- @param FileData The array of EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA structure,
- used to get name, attributes, type, etc
- @param FileOperation The array of operation for each file.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Files are added into FV.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough free PAD files to add the input files.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER File number is less than or equal to 1.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED File number exceeds the supported max numbers of files.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvCreateMultipleFiles (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINTN NumOfFiles,
- IN EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA *FileData,
- IN BOOLEAN *FileOperation
- );
-
-/**
- Calculate the checksum for the FFS header.
-
- @param FfsHeader FFS File Header which needs to calculate the checksum
-
-**/
-VOID
-SetHeaderChecksum (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- );
-
-/**
- Calculate the checksum for the FFS File.
-
- @param FfsHeader FFS File Header which needs to calculate the checksum
- @param ActualFileSize The whole Ffs File Length.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SetFileChecksum (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader,
- IN UINTN ActualFileSize
- );
-
-/**
- Get the alignment value from File Attributes.
-
- @param FfsAttributes FFS attribute
-
- @return Alignment value.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-GetRequiredAlignment (
- IN EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FfsAttributes
- );
-
-/**
- Locate Pad File for writing, this is got from FV Cache.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume.
- @param Size The required FFS file size.
- @param RequiredAlignment FFS File Data alignment requirement.
- @param PadSize Pointer to the size of leading Pad File.
- @param PadFileEntry Pointer to the Pad File Entry that meets the requirement.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The required pad file is found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The required pad file can't be found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvLocatePadFile (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN UINTN RequiredAlignment,
- OUT UINTN *PadSize,
- OUT FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY **PadFileEntry
- );
-
-/**
- Locate a suitable pad file for multiple file writing.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume.
- @param NumOfFiles The number of Files that needed updating
- @param BufferSize The array of each file size.
- @param RequiredAlignment The array of of FFS File Data alignment requirement.
- @param PadSize The array of size of each leading Pad File.
- @param TotalSizeNeeded The totalsize that can hold these files.
- @param PadFileEntry Pointer to the Pad File Entry that meets the requirement.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The required pad file is found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The required pad file can't be found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvSearchSuitablePadFile (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINTN NumOfFiles,
- IN UINTN *BufferSize,
- IN UINTN *RequiredAlignment,
- OUT UINTN *PadSize,
- OUT UINTN *TotalSizeNeeded,
- OUT FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY **PadFileEntry
- );
-
-/**
- Locate a Free Space entry which can hold these files, including
- meeting the alignment requirements.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume.
- @param NumOfFiles The number of Files that needed updating
- @param BufferSize The array of each file size.
- @param RequiredAlignment The array of of FFS File Data alignment requirement.
- @param PadSize The array of size of each leading Pad File.
- @param TotalSizeNeeded The got total size that can hold these files.
- @param FreeSpaceEntry The Free Space Entry that can hold these files.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The free space entry is found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The free space entry can't be found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvSearchSuitableFreeSpace (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINTN NumOfFiles,
- IN UINTN *BufferSize,
- IN UINTN *RequiredAlignment,
- OUT UINTN *PadSize,
- OUT UINTN *TotalSizeNeeded,
- OUT FREE_SPACE_ENTRY **FreeSpaceEntry
- );
-
-/**
- Change FFS file header state and write to FV.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached FV image.
- @param FfsHeader Points to the FFS file header to be updated.
- @param State FFS file state to be set.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File state is writen into FV.
- @retval others File state can't be writen into FV.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UpdateHeaderBit (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE State
- );
-
-/**
- Convert EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES to FFS_FILE_ATTRIBUTES.
-
- @param FvFileAttrib The value of EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
- @param FfsFileAttrib Pointer to the got FFS_FILE_ATTRIBUTES value.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FvFileAttrib2FfsFileAttrib (
- IN EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FvFileAttrib,
- OUT UINT8 *FfsFileAttrib
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 057266bb2b..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# FwVolDxe Driver.
-#
-# This driver produces Firmware Volume2 protocol with full services
-# (read/write, get/set) based on Firmware Volume Block protocol.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials are
-# licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = FwVolDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = FwVolDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = 233C2592-1CEC-494a-A097-15DC96379777
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
-
- ENTRY_POINT = FwVolDriverInit
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources]
- FwVolDriver.h
- FwPadFile.c
- Ffs.c
- FwVolWrite.c
- FwVolRead.c
- FwVolAttrib.c
- FwVol.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
-
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- BaseLib
- UefiLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- DebugLib
-
-
-[Guids]
- gEfiFirmwareVolumeTopFileGuid ## CONSUMES ## File # VTF file
- gEfiFirmwareFileSystem2Guid ## CONSUMES ## GUID # File System Guid
- gEfiFirmwareFileSystem3Guid ## CONSUMES ## GUID # File System Guid
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiSectionExtractionProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
-
-[Depex]
- gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid AND gEfiSectionExtractionProtocolGuid
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- FwVolDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 89e44a4471..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b008de7a93..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolRead.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolRead.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8e2706bb8a..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolRead.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,629 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Implements functions to read firmware file.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
- of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
- full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "FwVolDriver.h"
-
-/**
-Required Alignment Alignment Value in FFS Alignment Value in
-(bytes) Attributes Field Firmware Volume Interfaces
-1 0 0
-16 1 4
-128 2 7
-512 3 9
-1 KB 4 10
-4 KB 5 12
-32 KB 6 15
-64 KB 7 16
-**/
-UINT8 mFvAttributes[] = {0, 4, 7, 9, 10, 12, 15, 16};
-
-/**
- Convert the FFS File Attributes to FV File Attributes.
-
- @param FfsAttributes The attributes of UINT8 type.
-
- @return The attributes of EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
-
-**/
-EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
-FfsAttributes2FvFileAttributes (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FfsAttributes
- )
-{
- UINT8 DataAlignment;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttribute;
-
- DataAlignment = (UINT8) ((FfsAttributes & FFS_ATTRIB_DATA_ALIGNMENT) >> 3);
- ASSERT (DataAlignment < 8);
-
- FileAttribute = (EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) mFvAttributes[DataAlignment];
-
- if ((FfsAttributes & FFS_ATTRIB_FIXED) == FFS_ATTRIB_FIXED) {
- FileAttribute |= EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_FIXED;
- }
-
- return FileAttribute;
-}
-
-/**
- Given the input key, search for the next matching file in the volume.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param Key Key is a pointer to a caller allocated
- buffer that contains implementation specific
- data that is used to track where to begin
- the search for the next file. The size of
- the buffer must be at least This->KeySize
- bytes long. To reinitialize the search and
- begin from the beginning of the firmware
- volume, the entire buffer must be cleared to
- zero. Other than clearing the buffer to
- initiate a new search, the caller must not
- modify the data in the buffer between calls
- to GetNextFile().
- @param FileType FileType is a pointer to a caller allocated
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE. The GetNextFile() API can
- filter it's search for files based on the
- value of *FileType input. A *FileType input
- of 0 causes GetNextFile() to search for
- files of all types. If a file is found, the
- file's type is returned in *FileType.
- *FileType is not modified if no file is
- found.
- @param NameGuid NameGuid is a pointer to a caller allocated
- EFI_GUID. If a file is found, the file's
- name is returned in *NameGuid. *NameGuid is
- not modified if no file is found.
- @param Attributes Attributes is a pointer to a caller
- allocated EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES. If a file
- is found, the file's attributes are returned
- in *Attributes. *Attributes is not modified
- if no file is found.
- @param Size Size is a pointer to a caller allocated
- UINTN. If a file is found, the file's size
- is returned in *Size. *Size is not modified
- if no file is found.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully find the file.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Fv could not read.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No matching file found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvGetNextFile (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT VOID *Key,
- IN OUT EFI_FV_FILETYPE *FileType,
- OUT EFI_GUID *NameGuid,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES *Attributes,
- OUT UINTN *Size
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FV_DEVICE *FvDevice;
- EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES FvAttributes;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsFileHeader;
- UINTN *KeyValue;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsFileEntry;
-
- FvDevice = FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- Status = This->GetVolumeAttributes (This, &FvAttributes);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- KeyValue = (UINTN *) Key;
- FfsFileHeader = NULL;
-
- //
- // Check if read operation is enabled
- //
- if ((FvAttributes & EFI_FV2_READ_STATUS) == 0) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- if (*FileType > EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM_CORE) {
- //
- // File type needs to be in 0 - 0x0D
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- do {
- if (*KeyValue == 0) {
- //
- // Search for 1st matching file
- //
- Link = &FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader;
- if (Link->ForwardLink == &FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- FfsFileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) Link->ForwardLink;
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) FfsFileEntry->FfsHeader;
-
- //
- // remember the key
- //
- *KeyValue = (UINTN) FfsFileEntry;
-
- //
- // we ignore pad files
- //
- if (FfsFileHeader->Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (*FileType == 0) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (*FileType == FfsFileHeader->Type) {
- break;
- }
-
- } else {
- //
- // Getting link from last Ffs
- //
- Link = (LIST_ENTRY *) (*KeyValue);
- if (Link->ForwardLink == &FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- FfsFileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) Link->ForwardLink;
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) FfsFileEntry->FfsHeader;
-
- //
- // remember the key
- //
- *KeyValue = (UINTN) FfsFileEntry;
-
- //
- // we ignore pad files
- //
- if (FfsFileHeader->Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (*FileType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (*FileType == FfsFileHeader->Type) {
- break;
- }
- }
- } while (Link->ForwardLink != &FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader);
-
- //
- // Cache this file entry
- //
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = FfsFileEntry;
-
- *FileType = FfsFileHeader->Type;
- CopyGuid (NameGuid, &FfsFileHeader->Name);
- *Attributes = FfsAttributes2FvFileAttributes (FfsFileHeader->Attributes);
- if ((FvDevice->FwVolHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) == EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) {
- *Attributes |= EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_MEMORY_MAPPED;
- }
-
- //
- // we need to substract the header size
- //
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsFileHeader)) {
- *Size = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FfsFileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- *Size = FFS_FILE_SIZE (FfsFileHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- if (CompareGuid (&gEfiFirmwareVolumeTopFileGuid, NameGuid)) {
- //
- // specially deal with VTF file
- //
- UINT8 *SrcPtr;
- UINT32 Tmp;
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsFileHeader)) {
- SrcPtr = ((UINT8 *) FfsFileHeader) + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- SrcPtr = ((UINT8 *) FfsFileHeader) + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- while (*Size >= 4) {
- Tmp = *(UINT32 *) SrcPtr;
- if (Tmp == 0) {
- SrcPtr += 4;
- (*Size) -= 4;
- } else {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Locates a file in the firmware volume and
- copies it to the supplied buffer.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param NameGuid Pointer to an EFI_GUID, which is the
- filename.
- @param Buffer Buffer is a pointer to pointer to a buffer
- in which the file or section contents or are
- returned.
- @param BufferSize BufferSize is a pointer to caller allocated
- UINTN. On input *BufferSize indicates the
- size in bytes of the memory region pointed
- to by Buffer. On output, *BufferSize
- contains the number of bytes required to
- read the file.
- @param FoundType FoundType is a pointer to a caller allocated
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE that on successful return
- from Read() contains the type of file read.
- This output reflects the file type
- irrespective of the value of the SectionType
- input.
- @param FileAttributes FileAttributes is a pointer to a caller
- allocated EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES. On
- successful return from Read(),
- *FileAttributes contains the attributes of
- the file read.
- @param AuthenticationStatus AuthenticationStatus is a pointer to a
- caller allocated UINTN in which the
- authentication status is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read to memory buffer.
- @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer too small.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Not found.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Could not read.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough buffer to be allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvReadFile (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *NameGuid,
- IN OUT VOID **Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILETYPE *FoundType,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES *FileAttributes,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FV_DEVICE *FvDevice;
- UINTN Key;
- EFI_GUID SearchNameGuid;
- EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES FvAttributes;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE LocalFoundType;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES LocalAttributes;
- UINTN FileSize;
- UINT8 *SrcPtr;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsFileEntry;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader;
- UINT8 *FileBuffer;
-
- if (NULL == This || NULL == NameGuid) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FvDevice = FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- Status = This->GetVolumeAttributes (This, &FvAttributes);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // First check to see that FV is enabled for reads...
- //
- if (0 == (FvAttributes & EFI_FV2_READ_STATUS)) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- FfsHeader = NULL;
-
- //
- // Check if the file was read last time.
- //
- FfsFileEntry = FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile;
-
- if (FfsFileEntry != NULL) {
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) FfsFileEntry->FfsHeader;
- }
-
- if ((FfsFileEntry == NULL) || (!CompareGuid (&FfsHeader->Name, NameGuid))) {
- //
- // If not match or no file cached, search this file
- //
- Key = 0;
- do {
- LocalFoundType = 0;
- Status = This->GetNextFile (
- This,
- &Key,
- &LocalFoundType,
- &SearchNameGuid,
- &LocalAttributes,
- &FileSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- } while (!CompareGuid (&SearchNameGuid, NameGuid));
-
- //
- // Get file entry
- //
- FfsFileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) Key;
-
- //
- // Update the cache
- //
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = FfsFileEntry;
-
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) FfsFileEntry->FfsHeader;
-
- } else {
- //
- // Get File Size of the cached file
- //
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader)) {
- FileSize = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FfsHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- FileSize = FFS_FILE_SIZE (FfsHeader) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
- }
- //
- // Get file info
- //
- *FoundType = FfsHeader->Type;
- *FileAttributes = FfsAttributes2FvFileAttributes (FfsHeader->Attributes);
- if ((FvDevice->FwVolHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) == EFI_FVB2_MEMORY_MAPPED) {
- *FileAttributes |= EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_MEMORY_MAPPED;
- }
- *AuthenticationStatus = 0;
-
- //
- // If Buffer is NULL, we only want to get some information
- //
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- *BufferSize = FileSize;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader)) {
- SrcPtr = ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader) + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- SrcPtr = ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader) + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
-
- if (CompareGuid (&gEfiFirmwareVolumeTopFileGuid, NameGuid)) {
- //
- // specially deal with VTF file
- //
- UINT32 Tmp;
-
- while (FileSize >= 4) {
- Tmp = *(UINT32 *) SrcPtr;
- if (Tmp == 0) {
- SrcPtr += 4;
- FileSize -= 4;
- } else {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // If we drop out of the above loop, we've found the correct file header...
- //
- if (*Buffer == NULL) {
- FileBuffer = AllocateCopyPool (FileSize, SrcPtr);
- if (FileBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- *BufferSize = FileSize;
- *Buffer = FileBuffer;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- //
- // If the user's buffer is smaller than the file size, then copy as much
- // as we can and return an appropriate status.
- //
- if (FileSize > *BufferSize) {
- CopyMem (*Buffer, SrcPtr, *BufferSize);
- *BufferSize = FileSize;
- return EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
- //
- // User's buffer size is ok, so copy the entire file to their buffer.
- //
- *BufferSize = FileSize;
- CopyMem (*Buffer, SrcPtr, *BufferSize);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Locates a section in a given FFS File and
- copies it to the supplied buffer (not including section header).
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param NameGuid Pointer to an EFI_GUID, which is the
- filename.
- @param SectionType Indicates the section type to return.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which instance of sections with a
- type of SectionType to return.
- @param Buffer Buffer is a pointer to pointer to a buffer
- in which the file or section contents or are
- returned.
- @param BufferSize BufferSize is a pointer to caller allocated
- UINTN.
- @param AuthenticationStatus AuthenticationStatus is a pointer to a
- caller allocated UINT32 in which the
- authentication status is returned.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully read the file section into
- buffer.
- @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer too small.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Section not found.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED Could not read.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvReadFileSection (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *NameGuid,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN UINTN SectionInstance,
- IN OUT VOID **Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FV_DEVICE *FvDevice;
- EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES FvAttributes;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttributes;
- UINTN FileSize;
- UINT8 *FileBuffer;
- EFI_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *Sep;
- UINTN StreamHandle;
-
- if (NULL == This || NULL == NameGuid || Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FvDevice = FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- Status = This->GetVolumeAttributes (This, &FvAttributes);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // First check to see that FV is enabled for reads...
- //
- if (0 == (FvAttributes & EFI_FV2_READ_STATUS)) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
- //
- // Read the whole file into buffer
- //
- FileBuffer = NULL;
- Status = This->ReadFile (
- This,
- NameGuid,
- (VOID **) &FileBuffer,
- &FileSize,
- &FileType,
- &FileAttributes,
- AuthenticationStatus
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Check to see that the file actually HAS sections before we go any further.
- //
- if (FileType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_RAW) {
- FreePool (FileBuffer);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // Located the protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiSectionExtractionProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &Sep
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (FileBuffer);
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = Sep->OpenSectionStream (
- Sep,
- FileSize,
- FileBuffer,
- &StreamHandle
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (FileBuffer);
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (SectionType == 0) {
- //
- // We need the whole section stream
- //
- Status = Sep->GetSection (
- Sep,
- StreamHandle,
- NULL,
- NULL,
- 0,
- Buffer,
- BufferSize,
- AuthenticationStatus
- );
- } else {
- Status = Sep->GetSection (
- Sep,
- StreamHandle,
- &SectionType,
- NULL,
- SectionInstance,
- Buffer,
- BufferSize,
- AuthenticationStatus
- );
- }
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Inherit the authentication status.
- //
- *AuthenticationStatus |= FvDevice->AuthenticationStatus;
- }
-
- //
- // Handle AuthenticationStatus if necessary
- //
- Sep->CloseSectionStream (Sep, StreamHandle);
-
- FreePool (FileBuffer);
-
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolWrite.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolWrite.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7f23b51d83..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/FwVolDxe/FwVolWrite.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1586 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Implements write firmware file.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
- of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
- full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "FwVolDriver.h"
-
-/**
- Calculate the checksum for the FFS header.
-
- @param FfsHeader FFS File Header which needs to calculate the checksum
-
-**/
-VOID
-SetHeaderChecksum (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE State;
- UINT8 FileChecksum;
-
- //
- // The state and the File checksum are not included
- //
- State = FfsHeader->State;
- FfsHeader->State = 0;
-
- FileChecksum = FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File;
- FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = 0;
-
- FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.Header = 0;
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader)) {
- FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.Header = CalculateCheckSum8 (
- (UINT8 *) FfsHeader,
- sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2)
- );
- } else {
- FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.Header = CalculateCheckSum8 (
- (UINT8 *) FfsHeader,
- sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)
- );
- }
-
- FfsHeader->State = State;
- FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = FileChecksum;
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Calculate the checksum for the FFS File.
-
- @param FfsHeader FFS File Header which needs to calculate the checksum
- @param ActualFileSize The whole Ffs File Length.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SetFileChecksum (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader,
- IN UINTN ActualFileSize
- )
-{
- if ((FfsHeader->Attributes & FFS_ATTRIB_CHECKSUM) != 0) {
-
- FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = 0;
-
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FfsHeader)) {
- FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = CalculateCheckSum8 (
- (UINT8 *) FfsHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2),
- ActualFileSize - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2)
- );
- } else {
- FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = CalculateCheckSum8 (
- (UINT8 *) FfsHeader + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER),
- ActualFileSize - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)
- );
- }
-
- } else {
-
- FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = FFS_FIXED_CHECKSUM;
-
- }
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Get the alignment value from File Attributes.
-
- @param FfsAttributes FFS attribute
-
- @return Alignment value.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-GetRequiredAlignment (
- IN EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FfsAttributes
- )
-{
- UINTN AlignmentValue;
-
- AlignmentValue = FfsAttributes & EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_ALIGNMENT;
-
- if (AlignmentValue <= 3) {
- return 0x08;
- }
-
- if (AlignmentValue > 16) {
- //
- // Anyway, we won't reach this code
- //
- return 0x08;
- }
-
- return (UINTN)1 << AlignmentValue;
-
-}
-
-/**
- Calculate the leading Pad file size to meet the alignment requirement.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume.
- @param StartAddress The starting address to write the FFS File.
- @param BufferSize The FFS File Buffer Size.
- @param RequiredAlignment FFS File Data alignment requirement.
-
- @return The required Pad File Size.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-CalculatePadFileSize (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS StartAddress,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN UINTN RequiredAlignment
- )
-{
- UINTN DataStartPos;
- UINTN RelativePos;
- UINTN PadSize;
-
- if (BufferSize > 0x00FFFFFF) {
- DataStartPos = (UINTN) StartAddress + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- DataStartPos = (UINTN) StartAddress + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
- RelativePos = DataStartPos - (UINTN) FvDevice->CachedFv;
-
- PadSize = 0;
-
- while ((RelativePos & (RequiredAlignment - 1)) != 0) {
- RelativePos++;
- PadSize++;
- }
- //
- // If padsize is 0, no pad file needed;
- // If padsize is great than 24, then pad file can be created
- //
- if ((PadSize == 0) || (PadSize >= sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER))) {
- return PadSize;
- }
-
- //
- // Perhaps following method can save space
- //
- RelativePos = DataStartPos - (UINTN) FvDevice->CachedFv + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- PadSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
-
- while ((RelativePos & (RequiredAlignment - 1)) != 0) {
- RelativePos++;
- PadSize++;
- }
-
- return PadSize;
-}
-
-/**
- Convert EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES to FFS_FILE_ATTRIBUTES.
-
- @param FvFileAttrib The value of EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
- @param FfsFileAttrib Pointer to the got FFS_FILE_ATTRIBUTES value.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FvFileAttrib2FfsFileAttrib (
- IN EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FvFileAttrib,
- OUT UINT8 *FfsFileAttrib
- )
-{
- UINT8 FvFileAlignment;
- UINT8 FfsFileAlignment;
-
- FvFileAlignment = (UINT8) (FvFileAttrib & EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_ALIGNMENT);
- FfsFileAlignment = 0;
-
- switch (FvFileAlignment) {
- case 0:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case 1:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case 2:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case 3:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- FfsFileAlignment = 0;
- break;
-
- case 4:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case 5:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case 6:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- FfsFileAlignment = 1;
- break;
-
- case 7:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case 8:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- FfsFileAlignment = 2;
- break;
-
- case 9:
- FfsFileAlignment = 3;
- break;
-
- case 10:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case 11:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- FfsFileAlignment = 4;
- break;
-
- case 12:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case 13:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- case 14:
- //
- // fall through
- //
- FfsFileAlignment = 5;
- break;
-
- case 15:
- FfsFileAlignment = 6;
- break;
-
- case 16:
- FfsFileAlignment = 7;
- break;
- }
-
- *FfsFileAttrib = (UINT8) (FfsFileAlignment << 3);
-
- return ;
-}
-
-/**
- Locate a free space entry that can hold this FFS file.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume.
- @param Size The FFS file size.
- @param RequiredAlignment FFS File Data alignment requirement.
- @param PadSize Pointer to the size of leading Pad File.
- @param FreeSpaceEntry Pointer to the Free Space Entry that meets the requirement.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The free space entry is found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The free space entry can't be found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvLocateFreeSpaceEntry (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN UINTN RequiredAlignment,
- OUT UINTN *PadSize,
- OUT FREE_SPACE_ENTRY **FreeSpaceEntry
- )
-{
- FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *FreeSpaceListEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- UINTN PadFileSize;
-
- Link = FvDevice->FreeSpaceHeader.ForwardLink;
- FreeSpaceListEntry = (FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *) Link;
-
- //
- // Loop the free space entry list to find one that can hold the
- // required the file size
- //
- while ((LIST_ENTRY *) FreeSpaceListEntry != &FvDevice->FreeSpaceHeader) {
- PadFileSize = CalculatePadFileSize (
- FvDevice,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FreeSpaceListEntry->StartingAddress,
- Size,
- RequiredAlignment
- );
- if (FreeSpaceListEntry->Length >= Size + PadFileSize) {
- *FreeSpaceEntry = FreeSpaceListEntry;
- *PadSize = PadFileSize;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- FreeSpaceListEntry = (FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *) FreeSpaceListEntry->Link.ForwardLink;
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
-}
-
-/**
- Locate Pad File for writing, this is got from FV Cache.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume.
- @param Size The required FFS file size.
- @param RequiredAlignment FFS File Data alignment requirement.
- @param PadSize Pointer to the size of leading Pad File.
- @param PadFileEntry Pointer to the Pad File Entry that meets the requirement.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The required pad file is found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The required pad file can't be found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvLocatePadFile (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINTN Size,
- IN UINTN RequiredAlignment,
- OUT UINTN *PadSize,
- OUT FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY **PadFileEntry
- )
-{
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FileEntry;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE FileState;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader;
- UINTN PadAreaLength;
- UINTN PadFileSize;
- UINTN HeaderSize;
-
- FileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader.ForwardLink;
-
- //
- // travel through the whole file list to get the pad file entry
- //
- while (FileEntry != (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) &FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader) {
-
- FileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) FileEntry->FfsHeader;
- FileState = GetFileState (FvDevice->ErasePolarity, FileHeader);
-
- if ((FileHeader->Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD) && (FileState == EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID)) {
- //
- // we find one valid pad file, check its free area length
- //
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FileHeader)) {
- HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- PadAreaLength = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FileHeader) - HeaderSize;
- } else {
- HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- PadAreaLength = FFS_FILE_SIZE (FileHeader) - HeaderSize;
- }
-
- PadFileSize = CalculatePadFileSize (
- FvDevice,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FileHeader + HeaderSize,
- Size,
- RequiredAlignment
- );
- if (PadAreaLength >= (Size + PadFileSize)) {
- *PadSize = PadFileSize;
- *PadFileEntry = FileEntry;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- FileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) (FileEntry->Link.ForwardLink);
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
- Locate a suitable pad file for multiple file writing.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume.
- @param NumOfFiles The number of Files that needed updating
- @param BufferSize The array of each file size.
- @param RequiredAlignment The array of of FFS File Data alignment requirement.
- @param PadSize The array of size of each leading Pad File.
- @param TotalSizeNeeded The totalsize that can hold these files.
- @param PadFileEntry Pointer to the Pad File Entry that meets the requirement.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The required pad file is found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The required pad file can't be found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvSearchSuitablePadFile (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINTN NumOfFiles,
- IN UINTN *BufferSize,
- IN UINTN *RequiredAlignment,
- OUT UINTN *PadSize,
- OUT UINTN *TotalSizeNeeded,
- OUT FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY **PadFileEntry
- )
-{
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FileEntry;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE FileState;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader;
- UINTN PadAreaLength;
- UINTN TotalSize;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN HeaderSize;
-
- FileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader.ForwardLink;
-
- //
- // travel through the whole file list to get the pad file entry
- //
- while (FileEntry != (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) &FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader) {
-
- FileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) FileEntry->FfsHeader;
- FileState = GetFileState (FvDevice->ErasePolarity, FileHeader);
-
- if ((FileHeader->Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD) && (FileState == EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID)) {
- //
- // we find one valid pad file, check its length
- //
- if (IS_FFS_FILE2 (FileHeader)) {
- HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- PadAreaLength = FFS_FILE2_SIZE (FileHeader) - HeaderSize;
- } else {
- HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- PadAreaLength = FFS_FILE_SIZE (FileHeader) - HeaderSize;
- }
- TotalSize = 0;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumOfFiles; Index++) {
- PadSize[Index] = CalculatePadFileSize (
- FvDevice,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FileHeader + HeaderSize + TotalSize,
- BufferSize[Index],
- RequiredAlignment[Index]
- );
- TotalSize += PadSize[Index];
- TotalSize += BufferSize[Index];
-
- if (TotalSize > PadAreaLength) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (PadAreaLength >= TotalSize) {
- *PadFileEntry = FileEntry;
- *TotalSizeNeeded = TotalSize;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- FileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) (FileEntry->Link.ForwardLink);
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
- Locate a Free Space entry which can hold these files, including
- meeting the alignment requirements.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume.
- @param NumOfFiles The number of Files that needed updating
- @param BufferSize The array of each file size.
- @param RequiredAlignment The array of of FFS File Data alignment requirement.
- @param PadSize The array of size of each leading Pad File.
- @param TotalSizeNeeded The got total size that can hold these files.
- @param FreeSpaceEntry The Free Space Entry that can hold these files.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The free space entry is found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The free space entry can't be found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvSearchSuitableFreeSpace (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINTN NumOfFiles,
- IN UINTN *BufferSize,
- IN UINTN *RequiredAlignment,
- OUT UINTN *PadSize,
- OUT UINTN *TotalSizeNeeded,
- OUT FREE_SPACE_ENTRY **FreeSpaceEntry
- )
-{
- FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *FreeSpaceListEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- UINTN TotalSize;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT8 *StartAddr;
-
- Link = FvDevice->FreeSpaceHeader.ForwardLink;
-
- FreeSpaceListEntry = (FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *) Link;
-
- while ((LIST_ENTRY *) FreeSpaceListEntry != &FvDevice->FreeSpaceHeader) {
- TotalSize = 0;
- StartAddr = FreeSpaceListEntry->StartingAddress;
-
- //
- // Calculate the totalsize we need
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumOfFiles; Index++) {
- //
- // Perhaps we don't need an EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER, the first file
- // have had its leading pad file.
- //
- PadSize[Index] = CalculatePadFileSize (
- FvDevice,
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) StartAddr + TotalSize,
- BufferSize[Index],
- RequiredAlignment[Index]
- );
-
- TotalSize += PadSize[Index];
- TotalSize += BufferSize[Index];
-
- if (TotalSize > FreeSpaceListEntry->Length) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (FreeSpaceListEntry->Length >= TotalSize) {
- *FreeSpaceEntry = FreeSpaceListEntry;
- *TotalSizeNeeded = TotalSize;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- FreeSpaceListEntry = (FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *) FreeSpaceListEntry->Link.ForwardLink;
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
- Calculate the length of the remaining space in FV.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume
- @param Offset Current offset to FV base address.
- @param Lba LBA number for the current offset.
- @param LOffset Offset in block for the current offset.
-
- @return the length of remaining space.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-CalculateRemainingLength (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINTN Offset,
- OUT EFI_LBA *Lba,
- OUT UINTN *LOffset
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LBA_ENTRY *LbaEntry;
- UINTN Count;
-
- Count = 0;
- *Lba = 0;
- Link = FvDevice->LbaHeader.ForwardLink;
- LbaEntry = (LBA_ENTRY *) Link;
-
- while (&LbaEntry->Link != &FvDevice->LbaHeader) {
- if (Count > Offset) {
- break;
- }
-
- Count += LbaEntry->BlockLength;
- (*Lba)++;
- Link = LbaEntry->Link.ForwardLink;
- LbaEntry = (LBA_ENTRY *) Link;
- }
-
- if (Count <= Offset) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- Link = LbaEntry->Link.BackLink;
- LbaEntry = (LBA_ENTRY *) Link;
-
- (*Lba)--;
- *LOffset = (UINTN) (LbaEntry->BlockLength - (Count - Offset));
-
- Count = 0;
- while (&LbaEntry->Link != &FvDevice->LbaHeader) {
-
- Count += LbaEntry->BlockLength;
-
- Link = LbaEntry->Link.ForwardLink;
- LbaEntry = (LBA_ENTRY *) Link;
- }
-
- Count -= *LOffset;
-
- return Count;
-}
-
-/**
- Writes data beginning at Lba:Offset from FV. The write terminates either
- when *NumBytes of data have been written, or when the firmware end is
- reached. *NumBytes is updated to reflect the actual number of bytes
- written.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume
- @param Offset Offset in the block at which to begin write
- @param NumBytes At input, indicates the requested write size.
- At output, indicates the actual number of bytes written.
- @param Buffer Buffer containing source data for the write.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Data is successfully written into FV.
- @return error Data is failed written.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvcWrite (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINTN Offset,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumBytes,
- IN UINT8 *Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb;
- EFI_LBA Lba;
- UINTN LOffset;
- EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 FvbAttributes;
- UINTN RemainingLength;
- UINTN WriteLength;
- UINT8 *TmpBuffer;
-
- LOffset = 0;
- RemainingLength = CalculateRemainingLength (FvDevice, Offset, &Lba, &LOffset);
- if ((UINTN) (*NumBytes) > RemainingLength) {
- *NumBytes = (UINTN) RemainingLength;
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Fvb = FvDevice->Fvb;
-
- Status = Fvb->GetAttributes (
- Fvb,
- &FvbAttributes
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if ((FvbAttributes & EFI_FV2_WRITE_STATUS) == 0) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- RemainingLength = *NumBytes;
- WriteLength = RemainingLength;
- TmpBuffer = Buffer;
-
- do {
- Status = Fvb->Write (
- Fvb,
- Lba,
- LOffset,
- &WriteLength,
- TmpBuffer
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (Status == EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE) {
- Lba++;
- LOffset = 0;
- TmpBuffer += WriteLength;
- RemainingLength -= WriteLength;
- WriteLength = (UINTN) RemainingLength;
-
- continue;
- } else {
- return Status;
- }
- } while (1);
-
-Done:
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Create a new FFS file into Firmware Volume device.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume.
- @param FfsFileBuffer A buffer that holds an FFS file,(it contains
- a File Header which is in init state).
- @param BufferSize The size of FfsFileBuffer.
- @param ActualFileSize The actual file length, it may not be multiples of 8.
- @param FileName The FFS File Name.
- @param FileType The FFS File Type.
- @param FileAttributes The Attributes of the FFS File to be created.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS FFS fle is added into FV.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER File type is not valid.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR FV doesn't set writable attribute.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND FV has no enough space for the added file.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvCreateNewFile (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINT8 *FfsFileBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN UINTN ActualFileSize,
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType,
- IN EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttributes
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BufferPtr;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN NumBytesWritten;
- UINTN StateOffset;
- FREE_SPACE_ENTRY *FreeSpaceEntry;
- UINTN RequiredAlignment;
- UINTN PadFileSize;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *PadFileEntry;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_ATTRIBUTES TmpFileAttribute;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsFileEntry;
- UINTN HeaderSize;
-
- //
- // File Type: 0x0E~0xE0 are reserved
- //
- if ((FileType > EFI_FV_FILETYPE_SMM_CORE) && (FileType < 0xE0)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // First find a free space that can hold this image.
- // Check alignment, FFS at least must be aligned at 8-byte boundry
- //
- RequiredAlignment = GetRequiredAlignment (FileAttributes);
-
- Status = FvLocateFreeSpaceEntry (
- FvDevice,
- BufferSize,
- RequiredAlignment,
- &PadFileSize,
- &FreeSpaceEntry
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Maybe we need to find a PAD file that can hold this image
- //
- Status = FvCreateNewFileInsidePadFile (
- FvDevice,
- FfsFileBuffer,
- BufferSize,
- ActualFileSize,
- FileName,
- FileType,
- FileAttributes
- );
-
- return Status;
- }
-
- BufferPtr = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FreeSpaceEntry->StartingAddress;
-
- //
- // If we need a leading PAD File, create it first.
- //
- if (PadFileSize != 0) {
- Status = FvCreatePadFileInFreeSpace (
- FvDevice,
- FreeSpaceEntry,
- PadFileSize - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER),
- &PadFileEntry
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
- //
- // Maybe we create a pad file, so re-get the free space starting address
- // and length
- //
- BufferPtr = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FreeSpaceEntry->StartingAddress;
-
- //
- // File creation step 1: Allocate File Header,
- // Mark EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION bit to TRUE,
- // Write Name, IntegrityCheck.Header, Type, Attributes, and Size
- //
- FileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) FfsFileBuffer;
- if (ActualFileSize > 0x00FFFFFF) {
- HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- } else {
- HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION, FileHeader);
-
- Offset = (UINTN) (BufferPtr - FvDevice->CachedFv);
- StateOffset = Offset + (UINT8 *) &FileHeader->State - (UINT8 *) FileHeader;
-
- NumBytesWritten = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE);
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- StateOffset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- &FileHeader->State
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // update header 2 cache
- //
- CopyMem (
- (UINT8 *) (UINTN) BufferPtr,
- FileHeader,
- HeaderSize
- );
-
- //
- // update Free Space Entry, now need to substract the file header length
- //
- FreeSpaceEntry->StartingAddress += HeaderSize;
- FreeSpaceEntry->Length -= HeaderSize;
-
- CopyGuid (&FileHeader->Name, FileName);
- FileHeader->Type = FileType;
-
- //
- // Convert FvFileAttribute to FfsFileAttributes
- //
- FvFileAttrib2FfsFileAttrib (FileAttributes, &TmpFileAttribute);
-
- FileHeader->Attributes = TmpFileAttribute;
-
- //
- // File size is including the FFS File Header.
- //
- if (ActualFileSize > 0x00FFFFFF) {
- ((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2 *) FileHeader)->ExtendedSize = (UINT32) ActualFileSize;
- *(UINT32 *) FileHeader->Size &= 0xFF000000;
- FileHeader->Attributes |= FFS_ATTRIB_LARGE_FILE;
- } else {
- *(UINT32 *) FileHeader->Size &= 0xFF000000;
- *(UINT32 *) FileHeader->Size |= ActualFileSize;
- }
-
- SetHeaderChecksum (FileHeader);
-
- Offset = (UINTN) (BufferPtr - FvDevice->CachedFv);
-
- NumBytesWritten = HeaderSize;
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- Offset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- (UINT8 *) FileHeader
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // update header 2 cache
- //
- CopyMem (
- (UINT8 *) (UINTN) BufferPtr,
- FileHeader,
- HeaderSize
- );
-
- //
- // end of step 1
- //
- // File creation step 2:
- // MARK EFI_FILE_HEADER_VALID bit to TRUE,
- // Write IntegrityCheck.File, File Data
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_HEADER_VALID, FileHeader);
-
- Offset = (UINTN) (BufferPtr - FvDevice->CachedFv);
- StateOffset = Offset + (UINT8 *) &FileHeader->State - (UINT8 *) FileHeader;
-
- NumBytesWritten = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE);
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- StateOffset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- &FileHeader->State
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // update header 2 cache
- //
- CopyMem (
- (UINT8 *) (UINTN) BufferPtr,
- FileHeader,
- HeaderSize
- );
-
- //
- // update Free Space Entry, now need to substract the file data length
- //
- FreeSpaceEntry->StartingAddress += (BufferSize - HeaderSize);
- FreeSpaceEntry->Length -= (BufferSize - HeaderSize);
-
- //
- // Calculate File Checksum
- //
- SetFileChecksum (FileHeader, ActualFileSize);
-
- Offset = (UINTN) (BufferPtr - FvDevice->CachedFv);
-
- NumBytesWritten = BufferSize;
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- Offset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- FfsFileBuffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // each time write block successfully, write also to cache
- //
- CopyMem (
- (UINT8 *) (UINTN) BufferPtr,
- FfsFileBuffer,
- NumBytesWritten
- );
-
- //
- // Step 3: Mark EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID to TRUE
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID, FileHeader);
-
- Offset = (UINTN) (BufferPtr - FvDevice->CachedFv);
- StateOffset = Offset + (UINT8 *) &FileHeader->State - (UINT8 *) FileHeader;
-
- NumBytesWritten = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE);
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- StateOffset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- &FileHeader->State
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // update header 2 cache
- //
- CopyMem (
- (UINT8 *) (UINTN) BufferPtr,
- FileHeader,
- HeaderSize
- );
-
- //
- // If successfully, insert an FfsFileEntry at the end of ffs file list
- //
-
- FfsFileEntry = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY));
- ASSERT (FfsFileEntry != NULL);
- FfsFileEntry->FfsHeader = (UINT8 *) (UINTN) BufferPtr;
- InsertTailList (&FvDevice->FfsFileListHeader, &FfsFileEntry->Link);
-
- //
- // Set cache file to this file
- //
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = FfsFileEntry;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Update a File, so after successful update, there are 2 files existing
- in FV, one is marked for deleted, and another one is valid.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume.
- @param FfsFileBuffer A buffer that holds an FFS file,(it contains
- a File Header which is in init state).
- @param BufferSize The size of FfsFileBuffer.
- @param ActualFileSize The actual file length, it may not be multiples of 8.
- @param FileName The FFS File Name.
- @param NewFileType The FFS File Type.
- @param NewFileAttributes The Attributes of the FFS File to be created.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS FFS fle is updated into FV.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER File type is not valid.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR FV doesn't set writable attribute.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND FV has no enough space for the added file.
- FFS with same file name is not found in FV.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvUpdateFile (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN UINT8 *FfsFileBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN UINTN ActualFileSize,
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE NewFileType,
- IN EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES NewFileAttributes
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
- UINTN NumBytesWritten;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE OldFileType;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES OldFileAttributes;
- UINTN OldFileSize;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *OldFileHeader;
- UINTN OldOffset;
- UINTN OldStateOffset;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *OldFfsFileEntry;
- UINTN Key;
- EFI_GUID FileNameGuid;
-
- Fv = &FvDevice->Fv;
-
- //
- // Step 1, find old file,
- // Mark EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE to TRUE in the older header
- //
-
- //
- // Check if the file was read last time.
- //
- OldFileHeader = NULL;
- OldFfsFileEntry = FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile;
-
- if (OldFfsFileEntry != NULL) {
- OldFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) OldFfsFileEntry->FfsHeader;
- }
-
- if ((OldFfsFileEntry == NULL) || (!CompareGuid (&OldFileHeader->Name, FileName))) {
- Key = 0;
- do {
- OldFileType = 0;
- Status = Fv->GetNextFile (
- Fv,
- &Key,
- &OldFileType,
- &FileNameGuid,
- &OldFileAttributes,
- &OldFileSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- } while (!CompareGuid (&FileNameGuid, FileName));
-
- //
- // Get FfsFileEntry from the search key
- //
- OldFfsFileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) Key;
-
- //
- // Double check file state before being ready to be removed
- //
- OldFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) OldFfsFileEntry->FfsHeader;
- } else {
- //
- // Mark the cache file to invalid
- //
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NULL;
- }
- //
- // Update File: Mark EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE to TRUE
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE, OldFileHeader);
-
- OldOffset = (UINTN) ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) OldFileHeader - FvDevice->CachedFv);
- OldStateOffset = OldOffset + (UINT8 *) &OldFileHeader->State - (UINT8 *) OldFileHeader;
-
- NumBytesWritten = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE);
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- OldStateOffset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- &OldFileHeader->State
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // if failed, write the bit back in the cache, its XOR operation.
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE, OldFileHeader);
-
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Step 2, Create New Files
- //
- Status = FvCreateNewFile (
- FvDevice,
- FfsFileBuffer,
- BufferSize,
- ActualFileSize,
- FileName,
- NewFileType,
- NewFileAttributes
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // If successfully, remove this file entry,
- // although delete file may fail.
- //
- (OldFfsFileEntry->Link.BackLink)->ForwardLink = OldFfsFileEntry->Link.ForwardLink;
- (OldFfsFileEntry->Link.ForwardLink)->BackLink = OldFfsFileEntry->Link.BackLink;
- FreePool (OldFfsFileEntry);
-
- //
- // Step 3: Delete old files,
- // by marking EFI_FILE_DELETED to TRUE
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_DELETED, OldFileHeader);
-
- OldOffset = (UINTN) ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) OldFileHeader - FvDevice->CachedFv);
- OldStateOffset = OldOffset + (UINT8 *) &OldFileHeader->State - (UINT8 *) OldFileHeader;
-
- NumBytesWritten = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE);
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- OldStateOffset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- &OldFileHeader->State
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // if failed, write the bit back in the cache, its XOR operation.
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_DELETED, OldFileHeader);
-
- return Status;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Deleted a given file from FV device.
-
- @param FvDevice Cached Firmware Volume.
- @param NameGuid The FFS File Name.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS FFS file with the specified FFS name is removed.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND FFS file with the specified FFS name is not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FvDeleteFile (
- IN FV_DEVICE *FvDevice,
- IN EFI_GUID *NameGuid
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Key;
- EFI_GUID FileNameGuid;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttributes;
- UINTN FileSize;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader;
- FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *FfsFileEntry;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE FileState;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *Fv;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN StateOffset;
- UINTN NumBytesWritten;
-
- Fv = &FvDevice->Fv;
-
- //
- // Check if the file was read last time.
- //
- FileHeader = NULL;
- FfsFileEntry = FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile;
-
- if (FfsFileEntry != NULL) {
- FileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) FfsFileEntry->FfsHeader;
- }
-
- if ((FfsFileEntry == NULL) || (!CompareGuid (&FileHeader->Name, NameGuid))) {
- //
- // Next search for the file using GetNextFile
- //
- Key = 0;
- do {
- FileType = 0;
- Status = Fv->GetNextFile (
- Fv,
- &Key,
- &FileType,
- &FileNameGuid,
- &FileAttributes,
- &FileSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- } while (!CompareGuid (&FileNameGuid, NameGuid));
-
- //
- // Get FfsFileEntry from the search key
- //
- FfsFileEntry = (FFS_FILE_LIST_ENTRY *) Key;
-
- //
- // Double check file state before being ready to be removed
- //
- FileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) FfsFileEntry->FfsHeader;
- } else {
- //
- // Mark the cache file to NULL
- //
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NULL;
- }
-
- FileState = GetFileState (FvDevice->ErasePolarity, FileHeader);
-
- if (FileState == EFI_FILE_HEADER_INVALID) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (FileState == EFI_FILE_DELETED) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // Delete File: Mark EFI_FILE_DELETED to TRUE
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_DELETED, FileHeader);
-
- Offset = (UINTN) ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FileHeader - FvDevice->CachedFv);
- StateOffset = Offset + (UINT8 *) &FileHeader->State - (UINT8 *) FileHeader;
-
- NumBytesWritten = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE);
- Status = FvcWrite (
- FvDevice,
- StateOffset,
- &NumBytesWritten,
- &FileHeader->State
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // if failed, write the bit back in the cache, its XOR operation.
- //
- SetFileState (EFI_FILE_DELETED, FileHeader);
-
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // If successfully, remove this file entry
- //
- FvDevice->CurrentFfsFile = NULL;
-
- (FfsFileEntry->Link.BackLink)->ForwardLink = FfsFileEntry->Link.ForwardLink;
- (FfsFileEntry->Link.ForwardLink)->BackLink = FfsFileEntry->Link.BackLink;
- FreePool (FfsFileEntry);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Writes one or more files to the firmware volume.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param NumberOfFiles Number of files.
- @param WritePolicy WritePolicy indicates the level of reliability
- for the write in the event of a power failure or
- other system failure during the write operation.
- @param FileData FileData is an pointer to an array of
- EFI_FV_WRITE_DATA. Each element of array
- FileData represents a file to be written.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Files successfully written to firmware volume
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough buffer to be allocated.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Device error.
- @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED Write protected.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Not found.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid parameter.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED This function not supported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FvWriteFile (
- IN CONST EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINT32 NumberOfFiles,
- IN EFI_FV_WRITE_POLICY WritePolicy,
- IN EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA *FileData
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Index1;
- UINTN Index2;
- UINT8 *FileBuffer;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- UINTN ActualSize;
- UINT8 ErasePolarity;
- FV_DEVICE *FvDevice;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttributes;
- UINTN Size;
- BOOLEAN CreateNewFile[MAX_FILES];
- UINTN NumDelete;
- EFI_FV_ATTRIBUTES FvAttributes;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- UINTN HeaderSize;
-
- if (NumberOfFiles > MAX_FILES) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- SetMem (CreateNewFile, NumberOfFiles, TRUE);
-
- FvDevice = FV_DEVICE_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // First check the volume attributes.
- //
- Status = This->GetVolumeAttributes (
- This,
- &FvAttributes
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Can we have write right?
- //
- if ((FvAttributes & EFI_FV2_WRITE_STATUS) == 0) {
- return EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED;
- }
-
- ErasePolarity = FvDevice->ErasePolarity;
-
- //
- // Loop for all files
- //
- NumDelete = 0;
- for (Index1 = 0; Index1 < NumberOfFiles; Index1++) {
-
- if ((FileData[Index1].BufferSize + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER) > 0x00FFFFFF) && !FvDevice->IsFfs3Fv) {
- //
- // Found a file needs a FFS3 formatted file to store it, but it is in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.
- //
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "FFS3 formatted file can't be written in a non-FFS3 formatted FV.\n"));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (FileData[Index1].BufferSize == 0) {
- //
- // Here we will delete this file
- //
- Status = This->ReadFile (
- This,
- FileData[Index1].NameGuid,
- NULL,
- &Size,
- &FileType,
- &FileAttributes,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- NumDelete++;
- } else {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- if (FileData[Index1].Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD) {
- //
- // According to PI spec, on EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD:
- // "Standard firmware file system services will not return the handle of any pad files,
- // nor will they permit explicit creation of such files."
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
-
- if ((NumDelete != NumberOfFiles) && (NumDelete != 0)) {
- //
- // A delete was request with a multiple file write
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (NumDelete == NumberOfFiles) {
- for (Index1 = 0; Index1 < NumberOfFiles; Index1++) {
- //
- // Delete Files
- //
- Status = FvDeleteFile (FvDevice, FileData[Index1].NameGuid);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- for (Index1 = 0; Index1 < NumberOfFiles; Index1++) {
- Status = This->ReadFile (
- This,
- FileData[Index1].NameGuid,
- NULL,
- &Size,
- &FileType,
- &FileAttributes,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CreateNewFile[Index1] = FALSE;
- } else if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- CreateNewFile[Index1] = TRUE;
- } else {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Checking alignment
- //
- if ((FileData[Index1].FileAttributes & EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_ALIGNMENT) != 0) {
- UINT8 FFSAlignmentValue;
- UINT8 FvAlignmentValue;
-
- FFSAlignmentValue = (UINT8) (FileData[Index1].FileAttributes & EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIB_ALIGNMENT);
- FvAlignmentValue = (UINT8) (((UINT32) (FvAttributes & EFI_FV2_ALIGNMENT)) >> 16);
-
- if (FFSAlignmentValue > FvAlignmentValue) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if ((WritePolicy != EFI_FV_RELIABLE_WRITE) && (WritePolicy != EFI_FV_UNRELIABLE_WRITE)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Checking the reliable write is supported by FV
- //
-
- if ((WritePolicy == EFI_FV_RELIABLE_WRITE) && (NumberOfFiles > 1)) {
- //
- // Only for multiple files, reliable write is meaningful
- //
- Status = FvCreateMultipleFiles (
- FvDevice,
- NumberOfFiles,
- FileData,
- CreateNewFile
- );
-
- return Status;
- }
-
- for (Index1 = 0; Index1 < NumberOfFiles; Index1++) {
- //
- // Making Buffersize QWORD boundry, and add file tail.
- //
- HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- ActualSize = FileData[Index1].BufferSize + HeaderSize;
- if (ActualSize > 0x00FFFFFF) {
- HeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER2);
- ActualSize = FileData[Index1].BufferSize + HeaderSize;
- }
- BufferSize = ActualSize;
-
- while ((BufferSize & 0x07) != 0) {
- BufferSize++;
- }
-
- FileBuffer = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize);
- if (FileBuffer == NULL) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Copy File Data into FileBuffer
- //
- CopyMem (
- FileBuffer + HeaderSize,
- FileData[Index1].Buffer,
- FileData[Index1].BufferSize
- );
-
- if (ErasePolarity == 1) {
- //
- // Fill the file header and padding byte with Erase Byte
- //
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < HeaderSize; Index2++) {
- FileBuffer[Index2] = (UINT8)~FileBuffer[Index2];
- }
-
- for (Index2 = ActualSize; Index2 < BufferSize; Index2++) {
- FileBuffer[Index2] = (UINT8)~FileBuffer[Index2];
- }
- }
-
- if (CreateNewFile[Index1]) {
- Status = FvCreateNewFile (
- FvDevice,
- FileBuffer,
- BufferSize,
- ActualSize,
- FileData[Index1].NameGuid,
- FileData[Index1].Type,
- FileData[Index1].FileAttributes
- );
- } else {
- Status = FvUpdateFile (
- FvDevice,
- FileBuffer,
- BufferSize,
- ActualSize,
- FileData[Index1].NameGuid,
- FileData[Index1].Type,
- FileData[Index1].FileAttributes
- );
- }
-
- FreePool (FileBuffer);
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/FlashUpdate.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/FlashUpdate.c deleted file mode 100644 index 56514c9855..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/FlashUpdate.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1218 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Functions in this file will program the image into flash area.
-
- Copyright (c) 2002 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
- of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
- full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "UpdateDriver.h"
-
-/**
- Write a block size data into flash.
-
- @param FvbProtocol Pointer to FVB protocol.
- @param Lba Logic block index to be updated.
- @param BlockSize Block size
- @param Buffer Buffer data to be written.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Write data successfully.
- @retval other errors Write data failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UpdateOneBlock (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol,
- IN EFI_LBA Lba,
- IN UINTN BlockSize,
- IN UINT8 *Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Size;
-
- //
- // First erase the block
- //
- Status = FvbProtocol->EraseBlocks (
- FvbProtocol,
- Lba, // Lba
- 1, // NumOfBlocks
- EFI_LBA_LIST_TERMINATOR
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Write the block
- //
- Size = BlockSize;
- Status = FvbProtocol->Write (
- FvbProtocol,
- Lba, // Lba
- 0, // Offset
- &Size, // Size
- Buffer // Buffer
- );
- if ((EFI_ERROR (Status)) || (Size != BlockSize)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Write buffer data in a flash block.
-
- @param FvbProtocol Pointer to FVB protocol.
- @param Lba Logic block index to be updated.
- @param Offset The offset within the block.
- @param Length Size of buffer to be updated.
- @param BlockSize Block size.
- @param Buffer Buffer data to be updated.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Write data successfully.
- @retval other errors Write data failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UpdateBufferInOneBlock (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol,
- IN EFI_LBA Lba,
- IN UINTN Offset,
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN UINTN BlockSize,
- IN UINT8 *Buffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Size;
- UINT8 *ReservedBuffer;
-
- //
- // If we are going to update a whole block
- //
- if ((Offset == 0) && (Length == BlockSize)) {
- Status = UpdateOneBlock (
- FvbProtocol,
- Lba,
- BlockSize,
- Buffer
- );
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // If it is not a full block update, we need to coalesce data in
- // the block that is not going to be updated and new data together.
- //
-
- //
- // Allocate a reserved buffer to make up the final buffer for update
- //
- ReservedBuffer = NULL;
- ReservedBuffer = AllocatePool (BlockSize);
- if (ReservedBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // First get the original content of the block
- //
- Size = BlockSize;
- Status = FvbProtocol->Read (
- FvbProtocol,
- Lba,
- 0,
- &Size,
- ReservedBuffer
- );
- if ((EFI_ERROR (Status)) || (Size != BlockSize)) {
- FreePool (ReservedBuffer);
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Overwrite the reserved buffer with new content
- //
- CopyMem (ReservedBuffer + Offset, Buffer, Length);
-
- Status = UpdateOneBlock (
- FvbProtocol,
- Lba,
- BlockSize,
- ReservedBuffer
- );
-
- FreePool (ReservedBuffer);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Get the last write log, and check the status of last write.
- If not complete, restart will be taken.
-
- @param FvbHandle Handle of FVB protocol.
- @param FtwProtocol FTW protocol instance.
- @param ConfigData Config data on updating driver.
- @param PrivateDataSize bytes from the private data
- stored for this write.
- @param PrivateData A pointer to a buffer. The function will copy.
- @param Lba The logical block address of the last write.
- @param Offset The offset within the block of the last write.
- @param Length The length of the last write.
- @param Pending A Boolean value with TRUE indicating
- that the write was completed.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory is allocated.
- @retval EFI_ABORTED The FTW work space is damaged.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The last write is not done by this driver.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Last write log is got.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RetrieveLastWrite (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvbHandle,
- IN EFI_FAULT_TOLERANT_WRITE_PROTOCOL *FtwProtocol,
- IN UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData,
- IN UINTN PrivateDataSize,
- IN OUT UPDATE_PRIVATE_DATA *PrivateData,
- IN OUT EFI_LBA *Lba,
- IN OUT UINTN *Offset,
- IN OUT UINTN *Length,
- IN OUT BOOLEAN *Pending
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_GUID CallerId;
- UINTN PrivateBufferSize;
- BOOLEAN Complete;
- VOID *PrivateDataBuffer;
-
- //
- // Get the last write
- //
- *Pending = FALSE;
- PrivateBufferSize = PrivateDataSize;
- PrivateDataBuffer = NULL;
- Status = FtwProtocol->GetLastWrite (
- FtwProtocol,
- &CallerId,
- Lba,
- Offset,
- Length,
- &PrivateBufferSize,
- PrivateData,
- &Complete
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // If there is no incompleted record, return success.
- //
- if ((Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) && Complete) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- //
- // If buffer too small, reallocate buffer and call getlastwrite again
- //
- PrivateDataBuffer = AllocatePool (PrivateBufferSize);
-
- if (PrivateDataBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- Status = FtwProtocol->GetLastWrite (
- FtwProtocol,
- &CallerId,
- Lba,
- Offset,
- Length,
- &PrivateBufferSize,
- PrivateDataBuffer,
- &Complete
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool ( PrivateDataBuffer);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- } else {
- CopyMem (PrivateData, PrivateDataBuffer, PrivateDataSize);
- FreePool (PrivateDataBuffer);
- PrivateDataBuffer = NULL;
- }
- } else {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
-
- *Pending = TRUE;
-
- //
- // If the caller is not the update driver, then return.
- // The update driver cannot continue to perform the update
- //
- if (CompareMem (&CallerId, &gEfiCallerIdGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID)) != 0) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Check the private data and see if it is the one I need.
- //
- if (CompareMem (&(PrivateData->FileGuid), &(ConfigData->FileGuid), sizeof(EFI_GUID)) != 0) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // If the caller is the update driver and complete is not true, then restart().
- //
- if (!Complete) {
- //
- // Re-start the update
- //
- Status = FtwProtocol->Restart (
- FtwProtocol,
- FvbHandle
- );
- //
- // If restart() error, then abort().
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FtwProtocol->Abort (FtwProtocol);
- //
- // Now set Pending as FALSE as this record has been cleared
- //
- *Pending = FALSE;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Update the whole FV image in fault tolerant write method.
-
- @param FvbHandle Handle of FVB protocol for the updated flash range.
- @param FvbProtocol FVB protocol.
- @param BlockMap Block array to specify flash area.
- @param ConfigData Config data on updating driver.
- @param ImageBuffer Image buffer to be updated.
- @param ImageSize Image size.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS FV image is writed into flash.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Config data is not valid.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND FTW protocol doesn't exist.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough backup space.
- @retval EFI_ABORTED Error happen when update FV.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FaultTolerantUpdateOnWholeFv (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvbHandle,
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol,
- IN EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *BlockMap,
- IN UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData,
- IN UINT8 *ImageBuffer,
- IN UINTN ImageSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FAULT_TOLERANT_WRITE_PROTOCOL *FtwProtocol;
- UINTN MaxBlockSize;
- UINTN FtwMaxBlockSize;
- BOOLEAN Pending;
- UPDATE_PRIVATE_DATA PrivateData;
- EFI_LBA PendingLba;
- EFI_LBA Lba;
- UINTN PendingOffset;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN PendingLength;
- UINTN Length;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *PtrMap;
- UINTN NumOfBlocks;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT8 *UpdateBuffer;
-
- if ((ConfigData->UpdateType != UpdateWholeFV)
- || (!ConfigData->FaultTolerant)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the FTW protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiFaultTolerantWriteProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &FtwProtocol
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the maximum block size of the FV, and number of blocks
- // NumOfBlocks will be the NumOfUdpates.
- //
- MaxBlockSize = 0;
- NumOfBlocks = 0;
- PtrMap = BlockMap;
- while (TRUE) {
- if ((PtrMap->NumBlocks == 0) || (PtrMap->Length == 0)) {
- break;
- }
- if (MaxBlockSize < PtrMap->Length) {
- MaxBlockSize = PtrMap->Length;
- }
- NumOfBlocks = NumOfBlocks + PtrMap->NumBlocks;
- PtrMap++;
- }
-
- FtwProtocol->GetMaxBlockSize (FtwProtocol, &FtwMaxBlockSize);
- //
- // Not enough backup space. return directly
- //
- if (FtwMaxBlockSize < MaxBlockSize) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- PendingLba = 0;
- PendingOffset = 0;
- PendingLength = 0;
- Pending = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Fault Tolerant Write can only support actual fault tolerance if the write
- // is a reclaim operation, which means the data buffer (new and old) are
- // acutally both stored in flash. But for component update write, the data
- // are now in memory. So we cannot actually recover the data after power
- // failure.
- //
- Status = RetrieveLastWrite (
- FvbHandle,
- FtwProtocol,
- ConfigData,
- sizeof (UPDATE_PRIVATE_DATA),
- &PrivateData,
- &PendingLba,
- &PendingOffset,
- &PendingLength,
- &Pending
- );
-
- if (Pending && (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND)) {
- //
- // Cannot continue with the write operation
- //
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Currently we start from the pending write if there is any. But as we
- // are going to update a whole FV, we can just abort last write and start
- // from the very begining.
- //
- if (!Pending) {
- //
- // Now allocte the update private data in FTW. If there is pending
- // write, it has already been allocated and no need to allocate here.
- //
- Status = FtwProtocol->Allocate (
- FtwProtocol,
- &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
- sizeof (UPDATE_PRIVATE_DATA),
- NumOfBlocks
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Perform the update now. If there are pending writes, we need to
- // start from the pending write instead of the very beginning.
- //
- PtrMap = BlockMap;
- Lba = 0;
- Offset = 0;
- UpdateBuffer = ImageBuffer;
- CopyMem (
- (VOID *) &PrivateData.FileGuid,
- (VOID *) &ConfigData->FileGuid,
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
-
- while (TRUE) {
- if ((PtrMap->NumBlocks == 0) || (PtrMap->Length == 0)) {
- break;
- }
- Length = (UINTN)PtrMap->Length;
- for (Index = 0; Index < PtrMap->NumBlocks; Index++) {
-
- //
- // Add an extra check here to see if the pending record is correct
- //
- if (Pending && (Lba == PendingLba)) {
- if ((PendingOffset != Offset) || (PendingLength != Length)) {
- //
- // Error.
- //
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if ((!Pending) || (Lba >= PendingLba)) {
- Status = FtwProtocol->Write (
- FtwProtocol,
- Lba, // Lba
- Offset, // Offset
- Length, // Size
- &PrivateData, // Private Data
- FvbHandle, // FVB handle
- UpdateBuffer // Buffer
- );
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
- Lba++;
- UpdateBuffer = (UINT8 *) ((UINTN)UpdateBuffer + Length);
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
- PtrMap++;
- }
-
- return Status;
-
-}
-
-/**
- Directly update the whole FV image without fault tolerant write method.
-
- @param FvbHandle Handle of FVB protocol for the updated flash range.
- @param FvbProtocol FVB protocol.
- @param BlockMap Block array to specify flash area.
- @param ConfigData Config data on updating driver.
- @param ImageBuffer Image buffer to be updated.
- @param ImageSize Image size.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS FV image is writed into flash.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Config data is not valid.
- @retval EFI_ABORTED Error happen when update FV.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-NonFaultTolerantUpdateOnWholeFv (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvbHandle,
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol,
- IN EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *BlockMap,
- IN UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData,
- IN UINT8 *ImageBuffer,
- IN UINTN ImageSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *PtrMap;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_LBA UpdateLba;
- UINT8 *UpdateBuffer;
- UINTN UpdateSize;
-
- if ((ConfigData->UpdateType != UpdateWholeFV )
- || (ConfigData->FaultTolerant)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- PtrMap = BlockMap;
- UpdateLba = 0;
- UpdateBuffer = ImageBuffer;
-
- //
- // Perform the update now
- //
- while (TRUE) {
- if ((PtrMap->NumBlocks == 0) || (PtrMap->Length == 0)) {
- break;
- }
- UpdateSize = (UINTN)PtrMap->Length;
- for (Index = 0; Index < PtrMap->NumBlocks; Index++) {
- Status = UpdateOneBlock (
- FvbProtocol,
- UpdateLba,
- UpdateSize,
- UpdateBuffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
-
- UpdateLba++;
- UpdateBuffer = (UINT8 *) ((UINTN)UpdateBuffer + UpdateSize);
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
- PtrMap++;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Update the whole FV image, and reinsall FVB protocol for the updated FV image.
-
- @param FvbHandle Handle of FVB protocol for the updated flash range.
- @param FvbProtocol FVB protocol.
- @param ConfigData Config data on updating driver.
- @param ImageBuffer Image buffer to be updated.
- @param ImageSize Image size.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Update type is not UpdateWholeFV.
- Or Image size is not same to the size of whole FV.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enoug memory is allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS FV image is updated, and its FVB protocol is reinstalled.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PerformUpdateOnWholeFv (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvbHandle,
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol,
- IN UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData,
- IN UINT8 *ImageBuffer,
- IN UINTN ImageSize
-)
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *BlockMap;
- CHAR16 *TmpStr;
-
- if (ConfigData->UpdateType != UpdateWholeFV) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the header of the firmware volume
- //
- FwVolHeader = NULL;
- FwVolHeader = AllocatePool (((EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) ((UINTN) (ConfigData->BaseAddress)))->HeaderLength);
- if (FwVolHeader == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- CopyMem (
- FwVolHeader,
- (VOID *) ((UINTN) (ConfigData->BaseAddress)),
- ((EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) ((UINTN) (ConfigData->BaseAddress)))->HeaderLength
- );
-
- //
- // Check if ImageSize is the same as the size of the whole FV
- //
- if ((UINT64)ImageSize != FwVolHeader->FvLength) {
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Print on screen
- //
- TmpStr = HiiGetString (gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(UPDATE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME), NULL);
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- Print (TmpStr, ConfigData->BaseAddress, (FwVolHeader->FvLength + ConfigData->BaseAddress));
- FreePool (TmpStr);
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_UPDATE, "UpdateDriver: updating whole FV from %08LX to %08LX\n",
- ConfigData->BaseAddress, (FwVolHeader->FvLength + ConfigData->BaseAddress)));
-
- //
- // Get the block map of the firmware volume
- //
- BlockMap = &(FwVolHeader->BlockMap[0]);
-
- //
- // It is about the same if we are going to fault tolerantly update
- // a certain FV in our current design. But we divide non-fault tolerant
- // and fault tolerant udpate here for better maintenance as fault
- // tolerance may change and may be done more wisely if we have space.
- //
- if (ConfigData->FaultTolerant) {
- Status = FaultTolerantUpdateOnWholeFv (
- FvbHandle,
- FvbProtocol,
- BlockMap,
- ConfigData,
- ImageBuffer,
- ImageSize
- );
- } else {
- Status = NonFaultTolerantUpdateOnWholeFv (
- FvbHandle,
- FvbProtocol,
- BlockMap,
- ConfigData,
- ImageBuffer,
- ImageSize
- );
- }
-
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // As the whole FV has been replaced, the FV driver shall re-parse the
- // firmware volume. So re-install FVB protocol here
- //
- Status = gBS->ReinstallProtocolInterface (
- FvbHandle,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid,
- FvbProtocol,
- FvbProtocol
- );
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Update certain file in the FV.
-
- @param FvbHandle Handle of FVB protocol for the updated flash range.
- @param FvbProtocol FVB protocol.
- @param ConfigData Config data on updating driver.
- @param ImageBuffer Image buffer to be updated.
- @param ImageSize Image size.
- @param FileType FFS file type.
- @param FileAttributes FFS file attribute
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Update type is not UpdateFvFile.
- Or Image size is not same to the size of whole FV.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED PEIM FFS is unsupported to be updated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The FFS file is added into FV.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PerformUpdateOnFvFile (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvbHandle,
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol,
- IN UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData,
- IN UINT8 *ImageBuffer,
- IN UINTN ImageSize,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType,
- IN EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttributes
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *FwVolProtocol;
- EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA FileData;
- CHAR16 *TmpStr;
-
- if (ConfigData->UpdateType != UpdateFvFile) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Print on screen
- //
- TmpStr = HiiGetString (gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(UPDATE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_FILE), NULL);
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- Print (TmpStr, &(ConfigData->FileGuid));
- FreePool (TmpStr);
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_UPDATE, "UpdateDriver: updating file: %g\n",
- &(ConfigData->FileGuid)));
-
- //
- // Get Firmware volume protocol on this FVB protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- FvbHandle,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &FwVolProtocol
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // If it is a PEIM, we need first to rebase it before committing
- // the write to target
- //
- if ((FileType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_PEI_CORE) || (FileType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_PEIM )
- || (FileType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_COMBINED_PEIM_DRIVER)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- FileData.NameGuid = &(ConfigData->FileGuid);
- FileData.Type = FileType;
- FileData.FileAttributes = FileAttributes;
- FileData.Buffer = ImageBuffer;
- FileData.BufferSize = (UINT32) ImageSize;
-
- Status = FwVolProtocol->WriteFile (
- FwVolProtocol,
- 1, // NumberOfFiles
- (EFI_FV_WRITE_POLICY)ConfigData->FaultTolerant,
- &FileData
- );
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Update the buffer into flash area in fault tolerant write method.
-
- @param ImageBuffer Image buffer to be updated.
- @param SizeLeft Size of the image buffer.
- @param UpdatedSize Size of the updated buffer.
- @param ConfigData Config data on updating driver.
- @param FlashAddress Flash address to be updated as start address.
- @param FvbProtocol FVB protocol.
- @param FvbHandle Handle of FVB protocol for the updated flash range.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Buffer data is updated into flash.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Base flash address is not in FVB flash area.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND FTW protocol doesn't exist.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough backup space.
- @retval EFI_ABORTED Error happen when update flash area.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FaultTolerantUpdateOnPartFv (
- IN UINT8 *ImageBuffer,
- IN UINTN SizeLeft,
- IN OUT UINTN *UpdatedSize,
- IN UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FlashAddress,
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol,
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvbHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeaderTmp;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FvBase;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS NextBlock;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *BlockMap;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *PtrMap;
- UINTN NumOfUpdates;
- UINTN TotalSize;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS StartAddress;
- EFI_FAULT_TOLERANT_WRITE_PROTOCOL *FtwProtocol;
- UINTN MaxBlockSize;
- UINTN FtwMaxBlockSize;
- BOOLEAN Pending;
- UPDATE_PRIVATE_DATA PrivateData;
- EFI_LBA PendingLba;
- EFI_LBA Lba;
- UINTN BlockSize;
- UINTN PendingOffset;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN PendingLength;
- UINTN Length;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT8 *Image;
-
- //
- // Get the block map to update the block one by one
- //
- Status = FvbProtocol->GetPhysicalAddress (
- FvbProtocol,
- &FvBase
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- FwVolHeaderTmp = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)(UINTN)FvBase;
- if ((FlashAddress < FvBase) || (FlashAddress > (FvBase + FwVolHeaderTmp->FvLength))) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FwVolHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)AllocateCopyPool (
- FwVolHeaderTmp->HeaderLength,
- FwVolHeaderTmp
- );
- if (FwVolHeader == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // For fault tolerant write, we have to know how many blocks we need to
- // update. So we will calculate number of updates and max block size first
- //
- NumOfUpdates = 0;
- MaxBlockSize = 0;
- TotalSize = SizeLeft;
- StartAddress = FlashAddress;
- BaseAddress = FvBase;
- BlockMap = &(FwVolHeader->BlockMap[0]);
- PtrMap = BlockMap;
-
- while (TotalSize > 0) {
- if ((PtrMap->NumBlocks == 0) || (PtrMap->Length == 0)) {
- break;
- }
-
- BlockSize = PtrMap->Length;
- for (Index = 0; Index < PtrMap->NumBlocks; Index++) {
- NextBlock = BaseAddress + BlockSize;
- //
- // Check if this block need to be updated
- //
- if ((StartAddress >= BaseAddress) && (StartAddress < NextBlock)) {
- //
- // Get the maximum block size
- //
- if (MaxBlockSize < BlockSize) {
- MaxBlockSize = BlockSize;
- }
-
- //
- // This block shall be udpated. So increment number of updates
- //
- NumOfUpdates++;
- Offset = (UINTN) (StartAddress - BaseAddress);
- Length = TotalSize;
- if ((Length + Offset ) > BlockSize) {
- Length = BlockSize - Offset;
- }
-
- StartAddress = StartAddress + Length;
- TotalSize = TotalSize - Length;
- if (TotalSize <= 0) {
- break;
- }
- }
- BaseAddress = NextBlock;
- }
- PtrMap++;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the FTW protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiFaultTolerantWriteProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &FtwProtocol
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- FtwProtocol->GetMaxBlockSize (FtwProtocol, &FtwMaxBlockSize);
-
- //
- // Not enough backup space. return directly
- //
- if (FtwMaxBlockSize < MaxBlockSize) {
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- PendingLba = 0;
- PendingOffset = 0;
- PendingLength = 0;
- Pending = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Fault Tolerant Write can only support actual fault tolerance if the write
- // is a reclaim operation, which means the data buffer (new and old) are
- // acutally both stored in flash. But for component update write, the data
- // are now in memory. So we cannot actually recover the data after power
- // failure.
- //
- Status = RetrieveLastWrite (
- FvbHandle,
- FtwProtocol,
- ConfigData,
- sizeof (UPDATE_PRIVATE_DATA),
- &PrivateData,
- &PendingLba,
- &PendingOffset,
- &PendingLength,
- &Pending
- );
- if (Pending && (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND)) {
- //
- // I'm not the owner of the pending fault tolerant write record
- // Cannot continue with the write operation
- //
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Currently we start from the pending write if there is any. But if the
- // caller is exactly the same, and the new data is already a in memory, (it
- // cannot be stored in flash in last write,) we can just abort last write
- // and start from the very begining.
- //
- if (!Pending) {
- //
- // Now allocte the update private data in FTW. If there is pending
- // write, it has already been allocated and no need to allocate here.
- //
- Status = FtwProtocol->Allocate (
- FtwProtocol,
- &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
- sizeof (UPDATE_PRIVATE_DATA),
- NumOfUpdates
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Perform the update now. If there are pending writes, we need to
- // start from the pending write instead of the very beginning.
- //
- TotalSize = SizeLeft;
- Lba = 0;
- StartAddress = FlashAddress;
- BaseAddress = FvBase;
- PtrMap = BlockMap;
- Image = ImageBuffer;
- CopyMem (
- (VOID *) &PrivateData.FileGuid,
- (VOID *) &ConfigData->FileGuid,
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
-
- while (TotalSize > 0) {
- if ((PtrMap->NumBlocks == 0) || (PtrMap->Length == 0)) {
- break;
- }
-
- BlockSize = (UINTN)PtrMap->Length;
- for (Index = 0; Index < PtrMap->NumBlocks; Index++) {
- NextBlock = BaseAddress + BlockSize;
- if ((StartAddress >= BaseAddress) && (StartAddress < NextBlock)) {
- //
- // So we need to update this block
- //
- Offset = (UINTN) (StartAddress - BaseAddress);
- Length = TotalSize;
- if ((Length + Offset ) > BlockSize) {
- Length = BlockSize - Offset;
- }
-
- //
- // Add an extra check here to see if the pending record is correct
- //
- if (Pending && (Lba == PendingLba)) {
- if ((PendingOffset != Offset) || (PendingLength != Length)) {
- //
- // Error.
- //
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if ((!Pending) || (Lba >= PendingLba)) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_UPDATE, "Update Flash area from %08LX to %08LX\n", StartAddress, (UINT64)StartAddress + Length));
- Status = FtwProtocol->Write (
- FtwProtocol,
- Lba, // Lba
- Offset, // Offset
- Length, // Size
- &PrivateData, // Private Data
- FvbHandle, // FVB handle
- Image // Buffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Now increment StartAddress, ImageBuffer and decrease the
- // left size to prepare for the next block update.
- //
- StartAddress = StartAddress + Length;
- Image = Image + Length;
- TotalSize = TotalSize - Length;
- if (TotalSize <= 0) {
- break;
- }
- }
- BaseAddress = NextBlock;
- Lba++;
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
- PtrMap++;
- }
-
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
-
- *UpdatedSize = SizeLeft - TotalSize;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Directly update the buffer into flash area without fault tolerant write method.
-
- @param ImageBuffer Image buffer to be updated.
- @param SizeLeft Size of the image buffer.
- @param UpdatedSize Size of the updated buffer.
- @param FlashAddress Flash address to be updated as start address.
- @param FvbProtocol FVB protocol.
- @param FvbHandle Handle of FVB protocol for the updated flash range.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Buffer data is updated into flash.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Base flash address is not in FVB flash area.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough backup space.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-NonFaultTolerantUpdateOnPartFv (
- IN UINT8 *ImageBuffer,
- IN UINTN SizeLeft,
- IN OUT UINTN *UpdatedSize,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FlashAddress,
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol,
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvbHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeaderTmp;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS NextBlock;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *BlockMap;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN TotalSize;
- UINTN BlockSize;
- EFI_LBA Lba;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN Length;
- UINT8 *Image;
-
- //
- // Get the block map to update the block one by one
- //
- Status = FvbProtocol->GetPhysicalAddress (
- FvbProtocol,
- &BaseAddress
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- FwVolHeaderTmp = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)(UINTN)BaseAddress;
- if ((FlashAddress < BaseAddress) || (FlashAddress > ( BaseAddress + FwVolHeaderTmp->FvLength ))) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FwVolHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)AllocateCopyPool (
- FwVolHeaderTmp->HeaderLength,
- FwVolHeaderTmp
- );
- if (FwVolHeader == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- Image = ImageBuffer;
- TotalSize = SizeLeft;
- BlockMap = &(FwVolHeader->BlockMap[0]);
- Lba = 0;
-
- while (TotalSize > 0) {
- if ((BlockMap->NumBlocks == 0) || (BlockMap->Length == 0)) {
- break;
- }
-
- BlockSize = BlockMap->Length;
- for (Index = 0 ; Index < BlockMap->NumBlocks ; Index++) {
- NextBlock = BaseAddress + BlockSize;
- if ((FlashAddress >= BaseAddress) && (FlashAddress < NextBlock)) {
- //
- // So we need to update this block
- //
- Offset = (UINTN) FlashAddress - (UINTN) BaseAddress;
- Length = TotalSize;
- if ((Length + Offset ) > BlockSize) {
- Length = BlockSize - Offset;
- }
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_UPDATE, "Update Flash area from %08LX to %08LX\n", FlashAddress, (UINT64)FlashAddress + Length));
- //
- // Update the block
- //
- Status = UpdateBufferInOneBlock (
- FvbProtocol,
- Lba,
- Offset,
- Length,
- BlockSize,
- Image
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Now increment FlashAddress, ImageBuffer and decrease the
- // left size to prepare for the next block update.
- //
- FlashAddress = FlashAddress + Length;
- Image = Image + Length;
- TotalSize = TotalSize - Length;
- if (TotalSize <= 0) {
- break;
- }
- }
- BaseAddress = NextBlock;
- Lba++;
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
- BlockMap++;
- }
-
- FreePool (FwVolHeader);
-
- *UpdatedSize = SizeLeft - TotalSize;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/ParseUpdateProfile.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/ParseUpdateProfile.c deleted file mode 100644 index 023506e6ee..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/ParseUpdateProfile.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1133 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Source file for the component update driver. It parse the update
- configuration file and pass the information to the update driver
- so that the driver can perform updates accordingly.
-
- Copyright (c) 2002 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
- of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
- full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "UpdateDriver.h"
-
-/**
- Copy one line data from buffer data to the line buffer.
-
- @param Buffer Buffer data.
- @param BufferSize Buffer Size.
- @param LineBuffer Line buffer to store the found line data.
- @param LineSize On input, size of the input line buffer.
- On output, size of the actual line buffer.
-
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The size of input line buffer is not enough.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Copy line data into the line buffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ProfileGetLine (
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN OUT UINT8 *LineBuffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *LineSize
- )
-{
- UINTN Length;
- UINT8 *PtrBuf;
- UINTN PtrEnd;
-
- PtrBuf = Buffer;
- PtrEnd = (UINTN)Buffer + BufferSize;
-
- //
- // 0x0D indicates a line break. Otherwise there is no line break
- //
- while ((UINTN)PtrBuf < PtrEnd) {
- if (*PtrBuf == 0x0D) {
- break;
- }
- PtrBuf++;
- }
-
- if ((UINTN)PtrBuf >= (PtrEnd - 1)) {
- //
- // The buffer ends without any line break
- // or it is the last character of the buffer
- //
- Length = BufferSize;
- } else if (*(PtrBuf + 1) == 0x0A) {
- //
- // Further check if a 0x0A follows. If yes, count 0xA
- //
- Length = (UINTN) PtrBuf - (UINTN) Buffer + 2;
- } else {
- Length = (UINTN) PtrBuf - (UINTN) Buffer + 1;
- }
-
- if (Length > (*LineSize)) {
- *LineSize = Length;
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
-
- SetMem (LineBuffer, *LineSize, 0x0);
- *LineSize = Length;
- CopyMem (LineBuffer, Buffer, Length);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Trim Buffer by removing all CR, LF, TAB, and SPACE chars in its head and tail.
-
- @param Buffer On input, buffer data to be trimed.
- On output, the trimmed buffer.
- @param BufferSize On input, size of original buffer data.
- On output, size of the trimmed buffer.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ProfileTrim (
- IN OUT UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize
- )
-{
- UINTN Length;
- UINT8 *PtrBuf;
- UINT8 *PtrEnd;
-
- if (*BufferSize == 0) {
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Trim the tail first, include CR, LF, TAB, and SPACE.
- //
- Length = *BufferSize;
- PtrBuf = (UINT8 *) ((UINTN) Buffer + Length - 1);
- while (PtrBuf >= Buffer) {
- if ((*PtrBuf != 0x0D) && (*PtrBuf != 0x0A )
- && (*PtrBuf != 0x20) && (*PtrBuf != 0x09)) {
- break;
- }
- PtrBuf --;
- }
-
- //
- // all spaces, a blank line, return directly;
- //
- if (PtrBuf < Buffer) {
- *BufferSize = 0;
- return;
- }
-
- Length = (UINTN)PtrBuf - (UINTN)Buffer + 1;
- PtrEnd = PtrBuf;
- PtrBuf = Buffer;
-
- //
- // Now skip the heading CR, LF, TAB and SPACE
- //
- while (PtrBuf <= PtrEnd) {
- if ((*PtrBuf != 0x0D) && (*PtrBuf != 0x0A )
- && (*PtrBuf != 0x20) && (*PtrBuf != 0x09)) {
- break;
- }
- PtrBuf++;
- }
-
- //
- // If no heading CR, LF, TAB or SPACE, directly return
- //
- if (PtrBuf == Buffer) {
- *BufferSize = Length;
- return;
- }
-
- *BufferSize = (UINTN)PtrEnd - (UINTN)PtrBuf + 1;
-
- //
- // The first Buffer..PtrBuf characters are CR, LF, TAB or SPACE.
- // Now move out all these characters.
- //
- while (PtrBuf <= PtrEnd) {
- *Buffer = *PtrBuf;
- Buffer++;
- PtrBuf++;
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- Insert new comment item into comment head.
-
- @param Buffer Comment buffer to be added.
- @param BufferSize Size of comment buffer.
- @param CommentHead Comment Item head entry.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory is allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS New comment item is inserted.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ProfileGetComments (
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN OUT COMMENT_LINE **CommentHead
- )
-{
- COMMENT_LINE *CommentItem;
-
- CommentItem = NULL;
- CommentItem = AllocatePool (sizeof (COMMENT_LINE));
- if (CommentItem == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- CommentItem->ptrNext = *CommentHead;
- *CommentHead = CommentItem;
-
- //
- // Add a trailing '\0'
- //
- CommentItem->ptrComment = AllocatePool (BufferSize + 1);
- if (CommentItem->ptrComment == NULL) {
- FreePool (CommentItem);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- CopyMem (CommentItem->ptrComment, Buffer, BufferSize);
- *(CommentItem->ptrComment + BufferSize) = '\0';
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Add new section item into Section head.
-
- @param Buffer Section item data buffer.
- @param BufferSize Size of section item.
- @param SectionHead Section item head entry.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory is allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section item is NULL or Section item is added.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ProfileGetSection (
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN OUT SECTION_ITEM **SectionHead
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- SECTION_ITEM *SectionItem;
- UINTN Length;
- UINT8 *PtrBuf;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- //
- // The first character of Buffer is '[', now we want for ']'
- //
- PtrBuf = (UINT8 *)((UINTN)Buffer + BufferSize - 1);
- while (PtrBuf > Buffer) {
- if (*PtrBuf == ']') {
- break;
- }
- PtrBuf --;
- }
- if (PtrBuf <= Buffer) {
- //
- // Not found. Omit this line
- //
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // excluding the heading '[' and tailing ']'
- //
- Length = PtrBuf - Buffer - 1;
- ProfileTrim (
- Buffer + 1,
- &Length
- );
-
- //
- // omit this line if the section name is null
- //
- if (Length == 0) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- SectionItem = AllocatePool (sizeof (SECTION_ITEM));
- if (SectionItem == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- SectionItem->ptrSection = NULL;
- SectionItem->SecNameLen = Length;
- SectionItem->ptrEntry = NULL;
- SectionItem->ptrValue = NULL;
- SectionItem->ptrNext = *SectionHead;
- *SectionHead = SectionItem;
-
- //
- // Add a trailing '\0'
- //
- SectionItem->ptrSection = AllocatePool (Length + 1);
- if (SectionItem->ptrSection == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // excluding the heading '['
- //
- CopyMem (SectionItem->ptrSection, Buffer + 1, Length);
- *(SectionItem->ptrSection + Length) = '\0';
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Add new section entry and entry value into Section head.
-
- @param Buffer Section entry data buffer.
- @param BufferSize Size of section entry.
- @param SectionHead Section item head entry.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory is allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section entry is NULL or Section entry is added.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ProfileGetEntry (
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN OUT SECTION_ITEM **SectionHead
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- SECTION_ITEM *SectionItem;
- SECTION_ITEM *PtrSection;
- UINTN Length;
- UINT8 *PtrBuf;
- UINT8 *PtrEnd;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- PtrBuf = Buffer;
- PtrEnd = (UINT8 *) ((UINTN)Buffer + BufferSize - 1);
-
- //
- // First search for '='
- //
- while (PtrBuf <= PtrEnd) {
- if (*PtrBuf == '=') {
- break;
- }
- PtrBuf++;
- }
- if (PtrBuf > PtrEnd) {
- //
- // Not found. Omit this line
- //
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // excluding the tailing '='
- //
- Length = PtrBuf - Buffer;
- ProfileTrim (
- Buffer,
- &Length
- );
-
- //
- // Omit this line if the entry name is null
- //
- if (Length == 0) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Omit this line if no section header has been found before
- //
- if (*SectionHead == NULL) {
- return Status;
- }
- PtrSection = *SectionHead;
-
- SectionItem = AllocatePool (sizeof (SECTION_ITEM));
- if (SectionItem == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- SectionItem->ptrSection = NULL;
- SectionItem->ptrEntry = NULL;
- SectionItem->ptrValue = NULL;
- SectionItem->SecNameLen = PtrSection->SecNameLen;
- SectionItem->ptrNext = *SectionHead;
- *SectionHead = SectionItem;
-
- //
- // SectionName, add a trailing '\0'
- //
- SectionItem->ptrSection = AllocatePool (PtrSection->SecNameLen + 1);
- if (SectionItem->ptrSection == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- CopyMem (SectionItem->ptrSection, PtrSection->ptrSection, PtrSection->SecNameLen + 1);
-
- //
- // EntryName, add a trailing '\0'
- //
- SectionItem->ptrEntry = AllocatePool (Length + 1);
- if (SectionItem->ptrEntry == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- CopyMem (SectionItem->ptrEntry, Buffer, Length);
- *(SectionItem->ptrEntry + Length) = '\0';
-
- //
- // Next search for '#'
- //
- PtrBuf = PtrBuf + 1;
- Buffer = PtrBuf;
- while (PtrBuf <= PtrEnd) {
- if (*PtrBuf == '#') {
- break;
- }
- PtrBuf++;
- }
- Length = PtrBuf - Buffer;
- ProfileTrim (
- Buffer,
- &Length
- );
-
- if (Length > 0) {
- //
- // EntryValue, add a trailing '\0'
- //
- SectionItem->ptrValue = AllocatePool (Length + 1);
- if (SectionItem->ptrValue == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- CopyMem (SectionItem->ptrValue, Buffer, Length);
- *(SectionItem->ptrValue + Length) = '\0';
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Free all comment entry and section entry.
-
- @param Section Section entry list.
- @param Comment Comment entry list.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FreeAllList (
- IN SECTION_ITEM *Section,
- IN COMMENT_LINE *Comment
- )
-{
- SECTION_ITEM *PtrSection;
- COMMENT_LINE *PtrComment;
-
- while (Section != NULL) {
- PtrSection = Section;
- Section = Section->ptrNext;
- if (PtrSection->ptrEntry != NULL) {
- FreePool (PtrSection->ptrEntry);
- }
- if (PtrSection->ptrSection != NULL) {
- FreePool (PtrSection->ptrSection);
- }
- if (PtrSection->ptrValue != NULL) {
- FreePool (PtrSection->ptrValue);
- }
- FreePool (PtrSection);
- }
-
- while (Comment != NULL) {
- PtrComment = Comment;
- Comment = Comment->ptrNext;
- if (PtrComment->ptrComment != NULL) {
- FreePool (PtrComment->ptrComment);
- }
- FreePool (PtrComment);
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- Get section entry value.
-
- @param Section Section entry list.
- @param SectionName Section name.
- @param EntryName Section entry name.
- @param EntryValue Point to the got entry value.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Section is not found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section entry value is got.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UpdateGetProfileString (
- IN SECTION_ITEM *Section,
- IN UINT8 *SectionName,
- IN UINT8 *EntryName,
- OUT UINT8 **EntryValue
- )
-{
- *EntryValue = NULL;
-
- while (Section != NULL) {
- if (AsciiStrCmp ((CONST CHAR8 *) Section->ptrSection, (CONST CHAR8 *) SectionName) == 0) {
- if (Section->ptrEntry != NULL) {
- if (AsciiStrCmp ((CONST CHAR8 *) Section->ptrEntry, (CONST CHAR8 *) EntryName) == 0) {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- Section = Section->ptrNext;
- }
-
- if (Section == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- *EntryValue = (UINT8 *) Section->ptrValue;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Convert the dec or hex ascii string to value.
-
- @param Str ascii string to be converted.
-
- @return the converted value.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-UpdateAtoi (
- IN UINT8 *Str
- )
-{
- UINTN Number;
-
- Number = 0;
-
- //
- // Skip preceeding while spaces
- //
- while (*Str != '\0') {
- if (*Str != 0x20) {
- break;
- }
- Str++;
- }
-
- if (*Str == '\0') {
- return Number;
- }
-
- //
- // Find whether the string is prefixed by 0x.
- // That is, it should be xtoi or atoi.
- //
- if (*Str == '0') {
- if ((*(Str+1) == 'x' ) || ( *(Str+1) == 'X')) {
- return AsciiStrHexToUintn ((CONST CHAR8 *) Str);
- }
- }
-
- while (*Str != '\0') {
- if ((*Str >= '0') && (*Str <= '9')) {
- Number = Number * 10 + *Str - '0';
- } else {
- break;
- }
- Str++;
- }
-
- return Number;
-}
-
-/**
- Converts a decimal value to a Null-terminated ascii string.
-
- @param Buffer Pointer to the output buffer for the produced Null-terminated
- ASCII string.
- @param Value The 64-bit sgned value to convert to a string.
-
- @return The number of ASCII characters in Buffer not including the Null-terminator.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-UpdateValueToString (
- IN OUT UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN INT64 Value
- )
-{
- UINT8 TempBuffer[30];
- UINT8 *TempStr;
- UINT8 *BufferPtr;
- UINTN Count;
- UINT32 Remainder;
-
- TempStr = TempBuffer;
- BufferPtr = Buffer;
- Count = 0;
-
- if (Value < 0) {
- *BufferPtr = '-';
- BufferPtr++;
- Value = -Value;
- Count++;
- }
-
- do {
- Value = (INT64) DivU64x32Remainder ((UINT64)Value, 10, &Remainder);
- //
- // The first item of TempStr is not occupied. It's kind of flag
- //
- TempStr++;
- Count++;
- *TempStr = (UINT8) ((UINT8)Remainder + '0');
- } while (Value != 0);
-
- //
- // Reverse temp string into Buffer.
- //
- while (TempStr != TempBuffer) {
- *BufferPtr = *TempStr;
- BufferPtr++;
- TempStr --;
- }
-
- *BufferPtr = 0;
-
- return Count;
-}
-
-/**
- Convert the input value to a ascii string,
- and concatenates this string to the input string.
-
- @param Str Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.
- @param Number The unsgned value to convert to a string.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateStrCatNumber (
- IN OUT UINT8 *Str,
- IN UINTN Number
- )
-{
- UINTN Count;
-
- while (*Str != '\0') {
- Str++;
- }
-
- Count = UpdateValueToString (Str, (INT64)Number);
-
- *(Str + Count) = '\0';
-
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- Convert the input ascii string into GUID value.
-
- @param Str Ascii GUID string to be converted.
- @param Guid Pointer to the converted GUID value.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory is allocated.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The input ascii string is not a valid GUID format string.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS GUID value is got.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UpdateStringToGuid (
- IN UINT8 *Str,
- IN OUT EFI_GUID *Guid
- )
-{
- UINT8 *PtrBuffer;
- UINT8 *PtrPosition;
- UINT8 *Buffer;
- UINTN Data;
- UINTN StrLen;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT8 Digits[3];
-
- StrLen = AsciiStrLen ((CONST CHAR8 *) Str);
- Buffer = AllocateCopyPool (StrLen + 1, Str);
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Data1
- //
- PtrBuffer = Buffer;
- PtrPosition = PtrBuffer;
- while (*PtrBuffer != '\0') {
- if (*PtrBuffer == '-') {
- break;
- }
- PtrBuffer++;
- }
- if (*PtrBuffer == '\0') {
- FreePool (Buffer);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- *PtrBuffer = '\0';
- Data = AsciiStrHexToUintn ((CONST CHAR8 *) PtrPosition);
- Guid->Data1 = (UINT32)Data;
-
- //
- // Data2
- //
- PtrBuffer++;
- PtrPosition = PtrBuffer;
- while (*PtrBuffer != '\0') {
- if (*PtrBuffer == '-') {
- break;
- }
- PtrBuffer++;
- }
- if (*PtrBuffer == '\0') {
- FreePool (Buffer);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- *PtrBuffer = '\0';
- Data = AsciiStrHexToUintn ((CONST CHAR8 *) PtrPosition);
- Guid->Data2 = (UINT16)Data;
-
- //
- // Data3
- //
- PtrBuffer++;
- PtrPosition = PtrBuffer;
- while (*PtrBuffer != '\0') {
- if (*PtrBuffer == '-') {
- break;
- }
- PtrBuffer++;
- }
- if (*PtrBuffer == '\0') {
- FreePool (Buffer);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- *PtrBuffer = '\0';
- Data = AsciiStrHexToUintn ((CONST CHAR8 *) PtrPosition);
- Guid->Data3 = (UINT16)Data;
-
- //
- // Data4[0..1]
- //
- for ( Index = 0 ; Index < 2 ; Index++) {
- PtrBuffer++;
- if ((*PtrBuffer == '\0') || ( *(PtrBuffer + 1) == '\0')) {
- FreePool (Buffer);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- Digits[0] = *PtrBuffer;
- PtrBuffer++;
- Digits[1] = *PtrBuffer;
- Digits[2] = '\0';
- Data = AsciiStrHexToUintn ((CONST CHAR8 *) Digits);
- Guid->Data4[Index] = (UINT8)Data;
- }
-
- //
- // skip the '-'
- //
- PtrBuffer++;
- if ((*PtrBuffer != '-' ) || ( *PtrBuffer == '\0')) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Data4[2..7]
- //
- for ( ; Index < 8; Index++) {
- PtrBuffer++;
- if ((*PtrBuffer == '\0') || ( *(PtrBuffer + 1) == '\0')) {
- FreePool (Buffer);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- Digits[0] = *PtrBuffer;
- PtrBuffer++;
- Digits[1] = *PtrBuffer;
- Digits[2] = '\0';
- Data = AsciiStrHexToUintn ((CONST CHAR8 *) Digits);
- Guid->Data4[Index] = (UINT8)Data;
- }
-
- FreePool (Buffer);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Pre process config data buffer into Section entry list and Comment entry list.
-
- @param DataBuffer Config raw file buffer.
- @param BufferSize Size of raw buffer.
- @param SectionHead Pointer to the section entry list.
- @param CommentHead Pointer to the comment entry list.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory is allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Config data buffer is preprocessed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PreProcessDataFile (
- IN UINT8 *DataBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN OUT SECTION_ITEM **SectionHead,
- IN OUT COMMENT_LINE **CommentHead
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *Source;
- CHAR8 *CurrentPtr;
- CHAR8 *BufferEnd;
- CHAR8 *PtrLine;
- UINTN LineLength;
- UINTN SourceLength;
- UINTN MaxLineLength;
-
- *SectionHead = NULL;
- *CommentHead = NULL;
- BufferEnd = (CHAR8 *) ( (UINTN) DataBuffer + BufferSize);
- CurrentPtr = (CHAR8 *) DataBuffer;
- MaxLineLength = MAX_LINE_LENGTH;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- PtrLine = AllocatePool (MaxLineLength);
- if (PtrLine == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- while (CurrentPtr < BufferEnd) {
- Source = CurrentPtr;
- SourceLength = (UINTN)BufferEnd - (UINTN)CurrentPtr;
- LineLength = MaxLineLength;
- //
- // With the assumption that line length is less than 512
- // characters. Otherwise BUFFER_TOO_SMALL will be returned.
- //
- Status = ProfileGetLine (
- (UINT8 *) Source,
- SourceLength,
- (UINT8 *) PtrLine,
- &LineLength
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- //
- // If buffer too small, re-allocate the buffer according
- // to the returned LineLength and try again.
- //
- FreePool (PtrLine);
- PtrLine = NULL;
- PtrLine = AllocatePool (LineLength);
- if (PtrLine == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- break;
- }
- SourceLength = LineLength;
- Status = ProfileGetLine (
- (UINT8 *) Source,
- SourceLength,
- (UINT8 *) PtrLine,
- &LineLength
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
- MaxLineLength = LineLength;
- } else {
- break;
- }
- }
- CurrentPtr = (CHAR8 *) ( (UINTN) CurrentPtr + LineLength);
-
- //
- // Line got. Trim the line before processing it.
- //
- ProfileTrim (
- (UINT8 *) PtrLine,
- &LineLength
- );
-
- //
- // Blank line
- //
- if (LineLength == 0) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (PtrLine[0] == '#') {
- Status = ProfileGetComments (
- (UINT8 *) PtrLine,
- LineLength,
- CommentHead
- );
- } else if (PtrLine[0] == '[') {
- Status = ProfileGetSection (
- (UINT8 *) PtrLine,
- LineLength,
- SectionHead
- );
- } else {
- Status = ProfileGetEntry (
- (UINT8 *) PtrLine,
- LineLength,
- SectionHead
- );
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Free buffer
- //
- FreePool (PtrLine);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Parse Config data file to get the updated data array.
-
- @param DataBuffer Config raw file buffer.
- @param BufferSize Size of raw buffer.
- @param NumOfUpdates Pointer to the number of update data.
- @param UpdateArray Pointer to the config of update data.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No config data is found.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory is allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Parse the config file successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ParseUpdateDataFile (
- IN UINT8 *DataBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumOfUpdates,
- IN OUT UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA **UpdateArray
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *Value;
- CHAR8 *SectionName;
- CHAR8 Entry[MAX_LINE_LENGTH];
- SECTION_ITEM *SectionHead;
- COMMENT_LINE *CommentHead;
- UINTN Num;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_GUID FileGuid;
-
- SectionHead = NULL;
- CommentHead = NULL;
-
- //
- // First process the data buffer and get all sections and entries
- //
- Status = PreProcessDataFile (
- DataBuffer,
- BufferSize,
- &SectionHead,
- &CommentHead
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Now get NumOfUpdate
- //
- Value = NULL;
- Status = UpdateGetProfileString (
- SectionHead,
- (UINT8 *) "Head",
- (UINT8 *) "NumOfUpdate",
- (UINT8 **) &Value
- );
- if (Value == NULL) {
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- Num = UpdateAtoi((UINT8 *) Value);
- if (Num <= 0) {
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- *NumOfUpdates = Num;
- *UpdateArray = AllocatePool ((sizeof (UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA) * Num));
- if (*UpdateArray == NULL) {
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- for ( Index = 0 ; Index < *NumOfUpdates ; Index++) {
- //
- // Get the section name of each update
- //
- AsciiStrCpyS (Entry, MAX_LINE_LENGTH, "Update");
- UpdateStrCatNumber ((UINT8 *) Entry, Index);
- Value = NULL;
- Status = UpdateGetProfileString (
- SectionHead,
- (UINT8 *) "Head",
- (UINT8 *) Entry,
- (UINT8 **) &Value
- );
- if (Value == NULL) {
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // The section name of this update has been found.
- // Now looks for all the config data of this update
- //
- SectionName = Value;
-
- //
- // UpdateType
- //
- Value = NULL;
- Status = UpdateGetProfileString (
- SectionHead,
- (UINT8 *) SectionName,
- (UINT8 *) "UpdateType",
- (UINT8 **) &Value
- );
- if (Value == NULL) {
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- Num = UpdateAtoi((UINT8 *) Value);
- if (( Num >= (UINTN) UpdateOperationMaximum)) {
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
- return Status;
- }
- (*UpdateArray)[Index].Index = Index;
- (*UpdateArray)[Index].UpdateType = (UPDATE_OPERATION_TYPE) Num;
-
- //
- // FvBaseAddress
- //
- Value = NULL;
- Status = UpdateGetProfileString (
- SectionHead,
- (UINT8 *) SectionName,
- (UINT8 *) "FvBaseAddress",
- (UINT8 **) &Value
- );
- if (Value == NULL) {
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- Num = AsciiStrHexToUintn ((CONST CHAR8 *) Value);
- (*UpdateArray)[Index].BaseAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) Num;
-
- //
- // FileBuid
- //
- Value = NULL;
- Status = UpdateGetProfileString (
- SectionHead,
- (UINT8 *) SectionName,
- (UINT8 *) "FileGuid",
- (UINT8 **) &Value
- );
- if (Value == NULL) {
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- Status = UpdateStringToGuid ((UINT8 *) Value, &FileGuid);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
- return Status;
- }
- CopyMem (&((*UpdateArray)[Index].FileGuid), &FileGuid, sizeof(EFI_GUID));
-
- //
- // FaultTolerant
- // Default value is FALSE
- //
- Value = NULL;
- (*UpdateArray)[Index].FaultTolerant = FALSE;
- Status = UpdateGetProfileString (
- SectionHead,
- (UINT8 *) SectionName,
- (UINT8 *) "FaultTolerant",
- (UINT8 **) &Value
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Status != EFI_NOT_FOUND)) {
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
- return Status;
- } else if (Value != NULL) {
- if (AsciiStriCmp ((CONST CHAR8 *) Value, (CONST CHAR8 *) "TRUE") == 0) {
- (*UpdateArray)[Index].FaultTolerant = TRUE;
- } else if (AsciiStriCmp ((CONST CHAR8 *) Value, (CONST CHAR8 *) "FALSE") == 0) {
- (*UpdateArray)[Index].FaultTolerant = FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- if ((*UpdateArray)[Index].UpdateType == UpdateFvRange) {
- //
- // Length
- //
- Value = NULL;
- Status = UpdateGetProfileString (
- SectionHead,
- (UINT8 *) SectionName,
- (UINT8 *) "Length",
- (UINT8 **) &Value
- );
- if (Value == NULL) {
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- Num = AsciiStrHexToUintn ((CONST CHAR8 *) Value);
- (*UpdateArray)[Index].Length = (UINTN) Num;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Now all configuration data got. Free those temporary buffers
- //
- FreeAllList (SectionHead, CommentHead);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDispatcher.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDispatcher.c deleted file mode 100644 index e1f1b023dc..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDispatcher.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,846 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Functions in this file will mainly focus on looking through the capsule
- for the image to be programmed, and the flash area that is going to be
- programed.
-
- Copyright (c) 2002 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
- of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
- full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "UpdateDriver.h"
-
-EFI_HII_HANDLE gHiiHandle;
-
-/**
- Update the whole FV, or certain files in the FV.
-
- @param ConfigData Pointer to the config data on updating file.
- @param ImageBuffer Image buffer to be updated.
- @param ImageSize Image size.
- @param FileType FFS file type.
- @param FileAttributes FFS file attribute.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The matched FVB protocol is not found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The image buffer is updated into FV.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PerformUpdateOnFirmwareVolume (
- IN UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData,
- IN UINT8 *ImageBuffer,
- IN UINTN ImageSize,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType,
- IN EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttributes
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- BOOLEAN Found;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN NumOfHandles;
- EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
- EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 Attributes;
-
- //
- // Locate all Fvb protocol
- //
- HandleBuffer = NULL;
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NumOfHandles,
- &HandleBuffer
- );
- if ((EFI_ERROR (Status)) || (NumOfHandles == 0) || (HandleBuffer == NULL)) {
- if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (HandleBuffer);
- }
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Check the FVB protocol one by one
- //
- Found = FALSE;
- FvbProtocol = NULL;
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumOfHandles; Index++) {
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- HandleBuffer[Index],
- &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &FvbProtocol
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Ensure this FVB protocol supported Write operation.
- //
- Status = FvbProtocol->GetAttributes (FvbProtocol, &Attributes);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || ((Attributes & EFI_FVB2_WRITE_STATUS) == 0)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- Status = FvbProtocol->GetPhysicalAddress (
- FvbProtocol,
- &BaseAddress
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
- if (BaseAddress == ConfigData->BaseAddress) {
- Found = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (!Found) {
- if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (HandleBuffer);
- HandleBuffer = NULL;
- }
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Now we have got the corresponding FVB protocol. Use the FVB protocol
- // to update the whole FV, or certain files in the FV.
- //
- if (ConfigData->UpdateType == UpdateWholeFV) {
- if (FileType != EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- } else {
- Status = PerformUpdateOnWholeFv (
- HandleBuffer[Index],
- FvbProtocol,
- ConfigData,
- ImageBuffer,
- ImageSize
- );
- }
- } else if (ConfigData->UpdateType == UpdateFvFile) {
- Status = PerformUpdateOnFvFile (
- HandleBuffer[Index],
- FvbProtocol,
- ConfigData,
- ImageBuffer,
- ImageSize,
- FileType,
- FileAttributes
- );
- }
-
- if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (HandleBuffer);
- HandleBuffer = NULL;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Update the file directly into flash area.
-
- @param ConfigData Pointer to the config data on updating file.
- @param ImageBuffer Image buffer to be updated.
- @param ImageSize Image size.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The file is updated into flash area.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The FVB protocol for the updated flash area is not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PerformUpdateOnFlashArea (
- IN UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData,
- IN UINT8 *ImageBuffer,
- IN UINTN ImageSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN SizeLeft;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FlashAddress;
- UINT8 *PtrImage;
- BOOLEAN Found;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN NumOfHandles;
- EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- EFI_HANDLE FvbHandle;
- UINTN SizeUpdated;
- CHAR16 *TmpStr;
- EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES_2 Attributes;
-
- SizeLeft = ImageSize;
- PtrImage = ImageBuffer;
- FlashAddress = ConfigData->BaseAddress;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- HandleBuffer = NULL;
-
- //
- // Print on screen
- //
- TmpStr = HiiGetString (gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(UPDATE_FLASH_RANGE), NULL);
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- Print (TmpStr, FlashAddress, ((UINT64)SizeLeft + FlashAddress));
- FreePool (TmpStr);
- }
-
- //
- // Locate all Fvb protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NumOfHandles,
- &HandleBuffer
- );
- if ((EFI_ERROR (Status)) || (NumOfHandles == 0) || (HandleBuffer == NULL)) {
- if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (HandleBuffer);
- }
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- while (SizeLeft > 0) {
- //
- // First get the FVB protocols. If the flash area is a FV, or sub FV,
- // we can directly locate all the FVB protocol. Otherwise we should use
- // implementation specific method to get the alternate FVB protocol
- //
- Found = FALSE;
- FvbProtocol = NULL;
-
- //
- // Check the FVB protocol one by one
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumOfHandles; Index++) {
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- HandleBuffer[Index],
- &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &FvbProtocol
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Ensure this FVB protocol supported Write operation.
- //
- Status = FvbProtocol->GetAttributes (FvbProtocol, &Attributes);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || ((Attributes & EFI_FVB2_WRITE_STATUS) == 0)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- Status = FvbProtocol->GetPhysicalAddress (
- FvbProtocol,
- &BaseAddress
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
- FwVolHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)(UINTN)BaseAddress;
-
- //
- // This sub area entry falls in the range of the FV
- //
- if ((FlashAddress >= BaseAddress) && (FlashAddress < (BaseAddress + FwVolHeader->FvLength))) {
- Found = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (!Found) {
- if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (HandleBuffer);
- HandleBuffer = NULL;
- }
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- FvbHandle = HandleBuffer[Index];
- SizeUpdated = 0;
-
- //
- // If the flash area is boot required, the update must be fault tolerant
- //
- if (ConfigData->FaultTolerant) {
- //
- // Finally we are here. We have got the corresponding FVB protocol. Now
- // we need to convert the physical address to LBA and offset and call
- // FTW write. Also check if the flash range is larger than the FV.
- //
- Status = FaultTolerantUpdateOnPartFv (
- PtrImage,
- SizeLeft,
- &SizeUpdated,
- ConfigData,
- FlashAddress,
- FvbProtocol,
- FvbHandle
- );
- } else {
- //
- // Finally we are here. We have got the corresponding FVB protocol. Now
- // we need to convert the physical address to LBA and offset and call
- // FVB write. Also check if the flash range is larger than the FV.
- //
- Status = NonFaultTolerantUpdateOnPartFv (
- PtrImage,
- SizeLeft,
- &SizeUpdated,
- FlashAddress,
- FvbProtocol,
- FvbHandle
- );
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // As part of the FV has been replaced, the FV driver shall re-parse
- // the firmware volume. So re-install FVB protocol here
- //
- Status = gBS->ReinstallProtocolInterface (
- FvbHandle,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid,
- FvbProtocol,
- FvbProtocol
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Check if we are done with the update
- //
- SizeLeft = SizeLeft - SizeUpdated;
- FlashAddress = FlashAddress + SizeUpdated;
- PtrImage = PtrImage + SizeUpdated;
- }
-
- if (HandleBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (HandleBuffer);
- HandleBuffer = NULL;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Find the updated file, and program it into the flash area based on the config data.
-
- @param FwVolProtocol Pointer to FV protocol that contains the updated file.
- @param ConfigData Pointer to the Config Data on updating file.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The update operation is not valid.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The updated file is not found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The file is updated into the flash area.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PerformUpdate (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *FwVolProtocol,
- IN UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 *FileBuffer;
- UINTN FileBufferSize;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES Attrib;
- EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- CHAR16 *TmpStr;
- BOOLEAN StartToUpdate;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- FileBuffer = NULL;
- FileBufferSize = 0;
- Status = FwVolProtocol->ReadFile (
- FwVolProtocol,
- &(ConfigData->FileGuid),
- (VOID **) &FileBuffer,
- &FileBufferSize,
- &FileType,
- &Attrib,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- StartToUpdate = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Check if the update image is the one we require
- // and then perform the update
- //
- switch (ConfigData->UpdateType) {
-
- case UpdateWholeFV:
-
- //
- // For UpdateWholeFv, the update file shall be a firmware volume
- // image file.
- //
- if (FileType != EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_UPDATE, "UpdateDriver: Data file should be of TYPE EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE\n"));
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- } else {
- if (FileBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (FileBuffer);
- }
- SectionType = EFI_SECTION_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE;
- FileBuffer = NULL;
- FileBufferSize = 0;
- Status = FwVolProtocol->ReadSection (
- FwVolProtocol,
- &(ConfigData->FileGuid),
- SectionType,
- 0,
- (VOID **) &FileBuffer,
- &FileBufferSize,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Execute the update. For UpdateWholeFv, the update
- // will always execute on a whole FV
- //
- StartToUpdate = TRUE;
- Status = PerformUpdateOnFirmwareVolume (
- ConfigData,
- FileBuffer,
- FileBufferSize,
- FileType,
- Attrib
- );
-
- } else {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_UPDATE, "UpdateDriver: Data file should be sectioned with TYPE EFI_SECTION_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE\n"));
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case UpdateFvRange:
-
- //
- // For UpdateFvRange, the update file shall be a raw file
- // which does not contain any sections. The contents of the file
- // will be directly programmed.
- //
- if (FileType != EFI_FV_FILETYPE_RAW) {
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_UPDATE, "UpdateDriver: Data file should of TYPE EFI_FV_FILETYPE_RAW\n"));
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- } else {
- //
- // For UpdateFvRange, the update may be performed on a sub area
- // of a certain FV, or a flash area that is not FV, or part of FV.
- // The update may also go across more than one FVs.
- //
- StartToUpdate = TRUE;
- Status = PerformUpdateOnFlashArea (
- ConfigData,
- FileBuffer,
- FileBufferSize
- );
- }
- break;
-
- case UpdateFvFile:
-
- //
- // No check will be done the the file got. The contents of the file
- // will be directly programmed.
- // Though UpdateFvFile will only update a single file, but the update
- // will always execute on a FV
- //
- StartToUpdate = TRUE;
- Status = PerformUpdateOnFirmwareVolume (
- ConfigData,
- FileBuffer,
- FileBufferSize,
- FileType,
- Attrib
- );
- break;
-
- default:
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (StartToUpdate) {
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- TmpStr = HiiGetString (gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(UPDATE_DRIVER_ABORTED), NULL);
- } else {
- TmpStr = HiiGetString (gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(UPDATE_DRIVER_DONE), NULL);
- }
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- Print (TmpStr);
- FreePool (TmpStr);
- }
- }
-
- if (FileBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool(FileBuffer);
- FileBuffer = NULL;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Process the input firmware volume by using DXE service ProcessFirmwareVolume.
-
- @param DataBuffer Point to the FV image to be processed.
- @param BufferSize Size of the FV image buffer.
- @param FwVolProtocol Point to the installed FV protocol for the input FV image.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory is allocated.
- @retval EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED FV image is corrupted.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS FV image is processed and FV protocol is installed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ProcessUpdateImage (
- UINT8 *DataBuffer,
- UINTN BufferSize,
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL **FwVolProtocol
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- EFI_HANDLE FwVolHandle;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 *ProcessedDataBuffer;
- UINT32 FvAlignment;
-
- ProcessedDataBuffer = NULL;
- FwVolHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) DataBuffer;
- if (FwVolHeader->FvLength != BufferSize) {
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
-
- FvAlignment = 1 << ((FwVolHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ALIGNMENT) >> 16);
- //
- // FvAlignment must be greater than or equal to 8 bytes of the minimum FFS alignment value.
- //
- if (FvAlignment < 8) {
- FvAlignment = 8;
- }
- //
- // Check FvImage Align is required.
- //
- if (((UINTN) FwVolHeader % FvAlignment) == 0) {
- ProcessedDataBuffer = DataBuffer;
- } else {
- //
- // Allocate new aligned buffer to store DataBuffer.
- //
- ProcessedDataBuffer = AllocateAlignedPages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (BufferSize), (UINTN) FvAlignment);
- if (ProcessedDataBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- CopyMem (ProcessedDataBuffer, DataBuffer, BufferSize);
- }
- //
- // Process the firmware volume
- //
- gDS->ProcessFirmwareVolume (
- ProcessedDataBuffer,
- BufferSize,
- &FwVolHandle
- );
-
- //
- // Get the FwVol protocol
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- FwVolHandle,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) FwVolProtocol
- );
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Find the image in the same FV and program it in a target Firmware Volume device.
- After update image, it will reset system and no return.
-
- @param ImageHandle A handle for the image that is initializing this driver
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI system table
-
- @retval EFI_ABORTED System reset failed.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The updated image is not found in the same FV.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-InitializeUpdateDriver (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL *LoadedImageProtocol;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *FwVolProtocol;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *DataFwVolProtocol;
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *FwVolFilePathNode;
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *AlignedDevPathNode;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePathNode;
- EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType;
- UINT8 *FileBuffer;
- UINTN FileBufferSize;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType;
- EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES Attrib;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData;
- UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *UpdateConfigData;
- UINTN NumOfUpdates;
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR16 *TmpStr;
-
- //
- // Clear screen
- //
- if (gST->ConOut != NULL) {
- gST->ConOut->ClearScreen (gST->ConOut);
- gST->ConOut->SetAttribute (gST->ConOut, EFI_YELLOW | EFI_BRIGHT);
- gST->ConOut->EnableCursor (gST->ConOut, FALSE);
- }
-
- gHiiHandle = HiiAddPackages (
- &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
- NULL,
- UpdateDriverDxeStrings,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT (gHiiHandle != NULL);
-
- //
- // In order to look for the update data file and programmed image file
- // from the same volume which this driver is dispatched from, we need
- // to get the device path of this driver image. It is done by first
- // locate the LoadedImageProtocol and then get its device path
- //
- Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
- ImageHandle,
- &gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **)&LoadedImageProtocol,
- ImageHandle,
- NULL,
- EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Get the firmware volume protocol where this file resides
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- LoadedImageProtocol->DeviceHandle,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **) &FwVolProtocol
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Shall do some extra check to see if it is really contained in the FV?
- // Should be able to find the section of this driver in the the FV.
- //
- FilePathNode = LoadedImageProtocol->FilePath;
- FwVolFilePathNode = NULL;
- while (!IsDevicePathEnd (FilePathNode)) {
- if (EfiGetNameGuidFromFwVolDevicePathNode ((MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *)FilePathNode)!= NULL) {
- FwVolFilePathNode = (MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) FilePathNode;
- break;
- }
- FilePathNode = NextDevicePathNode (FilePathNode);
- }
-
- if (FwVolFilePathNode != NULL) {
- AlignedDevPathNode = AllocateCopyPool (DevicePathNodeLength (FwVolFilePathNode), FwVolFilePathNode);
-
- SectionType = EFI_SECTION_PE32;
- FileBuffer = NULL;
- FileBufferSize = 0;
- Status = FwVolProtocol->ReadSection (
- FwVolProtocol,
- &(AlignedDevPathNode->FvFileName),
- SectionType,
- 0,
- (VOID **) &FileBuffer,
- &FileBufferSize,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (AlignedDevPathNode);
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (FileBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool(FileBuffer);
- FileBuffer = NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Check the NameGuid of the udpate driver so that it can be
- // used as the CallerId in fault tolerant write protocol
- //
- if (!CompareGuid (&gEfiCallerIdGuid, &(AlignedDevPathNode->FvFileName))) {
- FreePool (AlignedDevPathNode);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- FreePool (AlignedDevPathNode);
- } else {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Now try to find the script file. The script file is usually
- // a raw data file which does not contain any sections.
- //
- FileBuffer = NULL;
- FileBufferSize = 0;
- Status = FwVolProtocol->ReadFile (
- FwVolProtocol,
- &gEfiConfigFileNameGuid,
- (VOID **) &FileBuffer,
- &FileBufferSize,
- &FileType,
- &Attrib,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (FileType != EFI_FV_FILETYPE_RAW) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Parse the configuration file.
- //
- ConfigData = NULL;
- NumOfUpdates = 0;
- Status = ParseUpdateDataFile (
- FileBuffer,
- FileBufferSize,
- &NumOfUpdates,
- &ConfigData
- );
- if (FileBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (FileBuffer);
- FileBuffer = NULL;
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- ASSERT (ConfigData != NULL);
-
- //
- // Now find the update image. The update image should be put in a FV, and then
- // encapsulated as a raw FFS file. This is to prevent the update image from
- // being dispatched. So the raw data we get here should be an FV. We need to
- // process this FV and read the files that is going to be updated.
- //
- FileBuffer = NULL;
- FileBufferSize = 0;
- Status = FwVolProtocol->ReadFile (
- FwVolProtocol,
- &gEfiUpdateDataFileGuid,
- (VOID **) &FileBuffer,
- &FileBufferSize,
- &FileType,
- &Attrib,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (FileType != EFI_FV_FILETYPE_RAW) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // FileBuffer should be an FV. Process the FV
- //
- DataFwVolProtocol = NULL;
- Status = ProcessUpdateImage (
- FileBuffer,
- FileBufferSize,
- &DataFwVolProtocol
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (FileBuffer);
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Print on screen
- //
- TmpStr = HiiGetString (gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(UPDATE_PROCESS_DATA), NULL);
- if (TmpStr != NULL) {
- Print (TmpStr);
- FreePool(TmpStr);
- }
-
- //
- // Execute the update
- //
- Index = 0;
- UpdateConfigData = ConfigData;
- while (Index < NumOfUpdates) {
- Status = PerformUpdate (
- DataFwVolProtocol,
- UpdateConfigData
- );
- //
- // Shall updates be serialized so that if an update is not successfully completed,
- // the remaining updates won't be performed.
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
-
- Index++;
- UpdateConfigData++;
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (ConfigData != NULL) {
- FreePool(ConfigData);
- ConfigData = NULL;
- }
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Call system reset
- //
- gRT->ResetSystem (EfiResetCold, EFI_SUCCESS, 0, NULL);
-
- //
- // Hopefully it won't be reached
- //
- return EFI_ABORTED;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDriver.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDriver.h deleted file mode 100644 index e1f22a9d5a..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDriver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Common defines and definitions for a component update driver.
-
- Copyright (c) 2002 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
- of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
- full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _EFI_UPDATE_DRIVER_H_
-#define _EFI_UPDATE_DRIVER_H_
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/LoadedImage.h>
-#include <Guid/Capsule.h>
-#include <Guid/CapsuleDataFile.h>
-#include <Protocol/FaultTolerantWrite.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolumeBlock.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolume2.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/HiiLib.h>
-#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
-#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
-
-extern EFI_HII_HANDLE gHiiHandle;
-
-typedef enum {
- UpdateWholeFV = 0, // 0, update whole FV
- UpdateFvFile, // 1, update a set of FV files asynchronously
- UpdateFvRange, // 2, update part of FV or flash
- UpdateOperationMaximum // 3
-} UPDATE_OPERATION_TYPE;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Index;
- UPDATE_OPERATION_TYPE UpdateType;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL DevicePath;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
- EFI_GUID FileGuid;
- UINTN Length;
- BOOLEAN FaultTolerant;
-} UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA;
-
-typedef struct _SECTION_ITEM SECTION_ITEM;
-struct _SECTION_ITEM {
- CHAR8 *ptrSection;
- UINTN SecNameLen;
- CHAR8 *ptrEntry;
- CHAR8 *ptrValue;
- SECTION_ITEM *ptrNext;
-};
-
-typedef struct _COMMENT_LINE COMMENT_LINE;
-struct _COMMENT_LINE {
- CHAR8 *ptrComment;
- COMMENT_LINE *ptrNext;
-};
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_GUID FileGuid;
-} UPDATE_PRIVATE_DATA;
-
-#define MAX_LINE_LENGTH 512
-#define EFI_D_UPDATE EFI_D_ERROR
-
-#define MIN_ALIGNMENT_SIZE 4
-#define ALIGN_SIZE(a) ((a % MIN_ALIGNMENT_SIZE) ? MIN_ALIGNMENT_SIZE - (a % MIN_ALIGNMENT_SIZE) : 0)
-
-/**
- Parse Config data file to get the updated data array.
-
- @param DataBuffer Config raw file buffer.
- @param BufferSize Size of raw buffer.
- @param NumOfUpdates Pointer to the number of update data.
- @param UpdateArray Pointer to the config of update data.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No config data is found.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory is allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Parse the config file successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ParseUpdateDataFile (
- IN UINT8 *DataBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumOfUpdates,
- IN OUT UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA **UpdateArray
- );
-
-/**
- Update the whole FV image, and reinsall FVB protocol for the updated FV image.
-
- @param FvbHandle Handle of FVB protocol for the updated flash range.
- @param FvbProtocol FVB protocol.
- @param ConfigData Config data on updating driver.
- @param ImageBuffer Image buffer to be updated.
- @param ImageSize Image size.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Update type is not UpdateWholeFV.
- Or Image size is not same to the size of whole FV.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enoug memory is allocated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS FV image is updated, and its FVB protocol is reinstalled.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PerformUpdateOnWholeFv (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvbHandle,
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol,
- IN UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData,
- IN UINT8 *ImageBuffer,
- IN UINTN ImageSize
- );
-
-/**
- Update certain file in the FV.
-
- @param FvbHandle Handle of FVB protocol for the updated flash range.
- @param FvbProtocol FVB protocol.
- @param ConfigData Config data on updating driver.
- @param ImageBuffer Image buffer to be updated.
- @param ImageSize Image size.
- @param FileType FFS file type.
- @param FileAttributes FFS file attribute
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Update type is not UpdateFvFile.
- Or Image size is not same to the size of whole FV.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED PEIM FFS is unsupported to be updated.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The FFS file is added into FV.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PerformUpdateOnFvFile (
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvbHandle,
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol,
- IN UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData,
- IN UINT8 *ImageBuffer,
- IN UINTN ImageSize,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType,
- IN EFI_FV_FILE_ATTRIBUTES FileAttributes
- );
-
-/**
- Update the buffer into flash area in fault tolerant write method.
-
- @param ImageBuffer Image buffer to be updated.
- @param SizeLeft Size of the image buffer.
- @param UpdatedSize Size of the updated buffer.
- @param ConfigData Config data on updating driver.
- @param FlashAddress Flash address to be updated as start address.
- @param FvbProtocol FVB protocol.
- @param FvbHandle Handle of FVB protocol for the updated flash range.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Buffer data is updated into flash.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Base flash address is not in FVB flash area.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND FTW protocol doesn't exist.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough backup space.
- @retval EFI_ABORTED Error happen when update flash area.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FaultTolerantUpdateOnPartFv (
- IN UINT8 *ImageBuffer,
- IN UINTN SizeLeft,
- IN OUT UINTN *UpdatedSize,
- IN UPDATE_CONFIG_DATA *ConfigData,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FlashAddress,
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol,
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvbHandle
- );
-
-/**
- Directly update the buffer into flash area without fault tolerant write method.
-
- @param ImageBuffer Image buffer to be updated.
- @param SizeLeft Size of the image buffer.
- @param UpdatedSize Size of the updated buffer.
- @param FlashAddress Flash address to be updated as start address.
- @param FvbProtocol FVB protocol.
- @param FvbHandle Handle of FVB protocol for the updated flash range.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Buffer data is updated into flash.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Base flash address is not in FVB flash area.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough backup space.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-NonFaultTolerantUpdateOnPartFv (
- IN UINT8 *ImageBuffer,
- IN UINTN SizeLeft,
- IN OUT UINTN *UpdatedSize,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FlashAddress,
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *FvbProtocol,
- IN EFI_HANDLE FvbHandle
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDriverDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDriverDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index d83a1ecb57..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDriverDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# Update Driver for Capulse update.
-#
-# This driver is intended to be put in a capsule (FV). If all goes well,
-# then it should be dispatched from the capsule FV, then find the image
-# in the same FV and program it in a target Firmware Volume device.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials are
-# licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = UpdateDriverDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = UpdateDriverDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = 0E84FC69-29CC-4C6D-92AC-6D476921850F
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- ENTRY_POINT = InitializeUpdateDriver
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources]
- UpdateDriver.h
- UpdateStrings.uni
- UpdateDispatcher.c
- ParseUpdateProfile.c
- FlashUpdate.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- BaseLib
- PrintLib
- HiiLib
- DxeServicesTableLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- UefiLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- DebugLib
- DevicePathLib
-
-[Guids]
- gEfiConfigFileNameGuid ## CONSUMES ## File # FileName to store ConfigFile
- gEfiUpdateDataFileGuid ## CONSUMES ## File # FileName to store Capsule Data.
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiFaultTolerantWriteProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiLoadedImageProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
-
-[Depex]
- gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid AND gEfiFaultTolerantWriteProtocolGuid
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- UpdateDriverDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDriverDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDriverDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index dd37abe216..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDriverDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDriverDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDriverDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a01d23de84..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateDriverDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateStrings.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateStrings.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 16455937e5..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/FirmwareVolume/UpdateDriverDxe/UpdateStrings.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/LegacyRegionDxe/LegacyRegion.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/LegacyRegionDxe/LegacyRegion.c deleted file mode 100644 index e432cf4403..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/LegacyRegionDxe/LegacyRegion.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Produces the Legacy Region Protocol.
-
- This generic implementation of the Legacy Region Protocol does not actually
- perform any lock/unlock operations. This module may be used on platforms
- that do not provide HW locking of the legacy memory regions. It can also
- be used as a template driver for implementing the Legacy Region Protocol on
- a platform that does support HW locking of the legacy memory regions.
-
-Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Protocol/LegacyRegion.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-
-/**
- Sets hardware to decode or not decode a region.
-
- @param This Indicates the EFI_LEGACY_REGION_PROTOCOL instance
- @param Start Start of region to decode.
- @param Length Size in bytes of the region.
- @param On Decode/nondecode flag.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Decode range successfully changed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LegacyRegionDecode (
- IN EFI_LEGACY_REGION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINT32 Start,
- IN UINT32 Length,
- IN BOOLEAN *On
- )
-{
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Sets a region to read only.
-
- @param This Indicates the EFI_LEGACY_REGION_PROTOCOL instance
- @param Start Start of region to lock.
- @param Length Size in bytes of the region.
- @param Granularity Lock attribute affects this granularity in bytes.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The region was made read only.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LegacyRegionLock (
- IN EFI_LEGACY_REGION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINT32 Start,
- IN UINT32 Length,
- OUT UINT32 *Granularity OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Sets a region to read only and ensures that flash is locked from being
- inadvertently modified.
-
- @param This Indicates the EFI_LEGACY_REGION_PROTOCOL instance
- @param Start Start of region to lock.
- @param Length Size in bytes of the region.
- @param Granularity Lock attribute affects this granularity in bytes.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The region was made read only and flash is locked.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LegacyRegionBootLock (
- IN EFI_LEGACY_REGION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINT32 Start,
- IN UINT32 Length,
- OUT UINT32 *Granularity OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Sets a region to read-write.
-
- @param This Indicates the EFI_LEGACY_REGION_PROTOCOL instance
- @param Start Start of region to lock.
- @param Length Size in bytes of the region.
- @param Granularity Lock attribute affects this granularity in bytes.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The region was successfully made read-write.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LegacyRegionUnlock (
- IN EFI_LEGACY_REGION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINT32 Start,
- IN UINT32 Length,
- OUT UINT32 *Granularity OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-//
-// Module global for the handle the Legacy Region Protocol is installed
-//
-EFI_HANDLE mLegacyRegionHandle = NULL;
-
-//
-// Module global for the Legacy Region Protocol instance that is installed onto
-// mLegacyRegionHandle
-//
-EFI_LEGACY_REGION_PROTOCOL mLegacyRegion = {
- LegacyRegionDecode,
- LegacyRegionLock,
- LegacyRegionBootLock,
- LegacyRegionUnlock
-};
-
-/**
- The user Entry Point for module LegacyRegionDxe. The user code starts with this function.
-
- @param[in] ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
- @param[in] SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The entry point is executed successfully.
- @retval other Some error occurs when executing this entry point.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LegacyRegionInstall (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Make sure the Legacy Region Protocol is not already installed in the system
- //
- ASSERT_PROTOCOL_ALREADY_INSTALLED (NULL, &gEfiLegacyRegionProtocolGuid);
-
- //
- // Install the protocol on a new handle.
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &mLegacyRegionHandle,
- &gEfiLegacyRegionProtocolGuid, &mLegacyRegion,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/LegacyRegionDxe/LegacyRegionDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/LegacyRegionDxe/LegacyRegionDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index f8e5639dec..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/LegacyRegionDxe/LegacyRegionDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# Produces Framework Legacy Region Protocol.
-#
-# This generic implementation of the Legacy Region Protocol does not actually
-# perform any lock/unlock operations. This module may be used on platforms
-# that do not provide HW locking of the legacy memory regions. It can also
-# be used as a template driver for implementing the Legacy Region Protocol on
-# a platform that does support HW locking of the legacy memory regions.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2009 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = LegacyRegionDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = LegacyRegionDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = 8C439043-85CA-467a-96F1-CB14F4D0DCDA
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- ENTRY_POINT = LegacyRegionInstall
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources]
- LegacyRegion.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- DebugLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiLegacyRegionProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
-
-[Depex]
- TRUE
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- LegacyRegionDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/LegacyRegionDxe/LegacyRegionDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/LegacyRegionDxe/LegacyRegionDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a0746e961a..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/LegacyRegionDxe/LegacyRegionDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/LegacyRegionDxe/LegacyRegionDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/LegacyRegionDxe/LegacyRegionDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b04851c0d2..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/LegacyRegionDxe/LegacyRegionDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/SectionExtractionDxe/SectionExtraction.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/SectionExtractionDxe/SectionExtraction.c deleted file mode 100644 index 76aec0ac2c..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/SectionExtractionDxe/SectionExtraction.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1456 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Section Extraction Protocol implementation.
-
- Stream database is implemented as a linked list of section streams,
- where each stream contains a linked list of children, which may be leaves or
- encapsulations.
-
- Children that are encapsulations generate new stream entries
- when they are created. Streams can also be created by calls to
- SEP->OpenSectionStream().
-
- The database is only created far enough to return the requested data from
- any given stream, or to determine that the requested data is not found.
-
- If a GUIDed encapsulation is encountered, there are three possiblilites.
-
- 1) A support protocol is found, in which the stream is simply processed with
- the support protocol.
-
- 2) A support protocol is not found, but the data is available to be read
- without processing. In this case, the database is built up through the
- recursions to return the data, and a RPN event is set that will enable
- the stream in question to be refreshed if and when the required section
- extraction protocol is published.This insures the AuthenticationStatus
- does not become stale in the cache.
-
- 3) A support protocol is not found, and the data is not available to be read
- without it. This results in EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <FrameworkDxe.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Protocol/Decompress.h>
-#include <Protocol/GuidedSectionExtraction.h>
-#include <Protocol/SectionExtraction.h>
-
-//
-// Local defines and typedefs
-//
-#define FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('S','X','F','S')
-#define CHILD_SECTION_NODE_FROM_LINK(Node) \
- CR (Node, FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE, Link, FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_SIGNATURE)
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- UINT32 Type;
- UINT32 Size;
- //
- // StreamBase + OffsetInStream == pointer to section header in stream. The
- // stream base is always known when walking the sections within.
- //
- UINT32 OffsetInStream;
- //
- // Then EncapsulatedStreamHandle below is always 0 if the section is NOT an
- // encapsulating section. Otherwise, it contains the stream handle
- // of the encapsulated stream. This handle is ALWAYS produced any time an
- // encapsulating child is encountered, irrespective of whether the
- // encapsulated stream is processed further.
- //
- UINTN EncapsulatedStreamHandle;
- EFI_GUID *EncapsulationGuid;
- //
- // If the section REQUIRES an extraction protocol, register for RPN
- // when the required GUIDed extraction protocol becomes available.
- //
- EFI_EVENT Event;
-} FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE;
-
-#define FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('S','X','S','S')
-#define STREAM_NODE_FROM_LINK(Node) \
- CR (Node, FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE, Link, FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_SIGNATURE)
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- UINTN StreamHandle;
- UINT8 *StreamBuffer;
- UINTN StreamLength;
- LIST_ENTRY Children;
- //
- // Authentication status is from GUIDed encapsulations.
- //
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
-} FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE;
-
-#define NULL_STREAM_HANDLE 0
-
-typedef struct {
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *ChildNode;
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *ParentStream;
- VOID *Registration;
-} RPN_EVENT_CONTEXT;
-
-/**
- SEP member function. This function creates and returns a new section stream
- handle to represent the new section stream.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param SectionStreamLength Size in bytes of the section stream.
- @param SectionStream Buffer containing the new section stream.
- @param SectionStreamHandle A pointer to a caller allocated UINTN that on output
- contains the new section stream handle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section wase opened successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memory allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Section stream does not end concident with end of
- last section.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-OpenSectionStream (
- IN EFI_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN SectionStreamLength,
- IN VOID *SectionStream,
- OUT UINTN *SectionStreamHandle
- )
-;
-
-/**
- SEP member function. Retrieves requested section from section stream.
-
- @param This Pointer to SEP instance.
- @param SectionStreamHandle The section stream from which to extract the requested
- section.
- @param SectionType A pointer to the type of section to search for.
- @param SectionDefinitionGuid If the section type is EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED, then
- SectionDefinitionGuid indicates which of these types
- of sections to search for.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which instance of the requested section to
- return.
- @param Buffer Double indirection to buffer. If *Buffer is non-null on
- input, then the buffer is caller allocated. If
- *Buffer is NULL, then the buffer is callee allocated.
- In either case, the requried buffer size is returned
- in *BufferSize.
- @param BufferSize On input, indicates the size of *Buffer if *Buffer is
- non-null on input. On output, indicates the required
- size (allocated size if callee allocated) of *Buffer.
- @param AuthenticationStatus Indicates the authentication status of the retrieved
- section.
-
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section was retrieved successfully
- @retval EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR A GUID defined section was encountered in the section
- stream with its EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_PROCESSING_REQUIRED
- bit set, but there was no corresponding GUIDed Section
- Extraction Protocol in the handle database. *Buffer is
- unmodified.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND An error was encountered when parsing the SectionStream.
- This indicates the SectionStream is not correctly
- formatted.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The requested section does not exist.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The system has insufficient resources to process the
- request.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The SectionStreamHandle does not exist.
- @retval EFI_WARN_TOO_SMALL The size of the caller allocated input buffer is
- insufficient to contain the requested section. The
- input buffer is filled and contents are section contents
- are truncated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-GetSection (
- IN EFI_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN SectionStreamHandle,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE *SectionType,
- IN EFI_GUID *SectionDefinitionGuid,
- IN UINTN SectionInstance,
- IN VOID **Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-;
-
-/**
- SEP member function. Deletes an existing section stream
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param StreamHandleToClose Indicates the stream to close
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section stream was closed successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memory allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Section stream does not end concident with end of
- last section.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CloseSectionStream (
- IN EFI_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN StreamHandleToClose
- )
-;
-
-//
-// Module globals
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mStreamRoot = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mStreamRoot);
-
-EFI_HANDLE mSectionExtractionHandle = NULL;
-
-EFI_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL mSectionExtraction = {
- OpenSectionStream,
- GetSection,
- CloseSectionStream
-};
-
-/**
- Entry point of the section extraction code. Initializes an instance of the
- section extraction interface and installs it on a new handle.
-
- @param ImageHandle A handle for the image that is initializing this driver
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI system table
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Driver initialized successfully
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate needed resources
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SectionExtractionEntryPoint (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Install SEP to a new handle
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (
- &mSectionExtractionHandle,
- &gEfiSectionExtractionProtocolGuid,
- EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
- &mSectionExtraction
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
-
- Check if a stream is valid.
-
- @param SectionStream The section stream to be checked
- @param SectionStreamLength The length of section stream
-
- @return A boolean value indicating the validness of the section stream.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidSectionStream (
- IN VOID *SectionStream,
- IN UINTN SectionStreamLength
- )
-{
- UINTN TotalLength;
- UINTN SectionLength;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *SectionHeader;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *NextSectionHeader;
-
- TotalLength = 0;
- SectionHeader = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)SectionStream;
-
- while (TotalLength < SectionStreamLength) {
- if (IS_SECTION2 (SectionHeader)) {
- SectionLength = SECTION2_SIZE (SectionHeader);
- } else {
- SectionLength = SECTION_SIZE (SectionHeader);
- }
- TotalLength += SectionLength;
-
- if (TotalLength == SectionStreamLength) {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Move to the next byte following the section...
- //
- SectionHeader = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) SectionHeader + SectionLength);
-
- //
- // Figure out where the next section begins
- //
- NextSectionHeader = ALIGN_POINTER(SectionHeader, 4);
- TotalLength += (UINTN) NextSectionHeader - (UINTN) SectionHeader;
- SectionHeader = NextSectionHeader;
- }
-
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Worker function. Constructor for section streams.
-
- @param SectionStreamLength Size in bytes of the section stream.
- @param SectionStream Buffer containing the new section stream.
- @param AllocateBuffer Indicates whether the stream buffer is to be copied
- or the input buffer is to be used in place.
- @param AuthenticationStatus Indicates the default authentication status for the
- new stream.
- @param SectionStreamHandle A pointer to a caller allocated section stream handle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Stream was added to stream database.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memory allocation failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-OpenSectionStreamEx (
- IN UINTN SectionStreamLength,
- IN VOID *SectionStream,
- IN BOOLEAN AllocateBuffer,
- IN UINT32 AuthenticationStatus,
- OUT UINTN *SectionStreamHandle
- )
-{
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *NewStream;
- EFI_TPL OldTpl;
-
- //
- // Allocate a new stream
- //
- NewStream = AllocatePool (sizeof (FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE));
- if (NewStream == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- if (AllocateBuffer) {
- //
- // if we're here, we're double buffering, allocate the buffer and copy the
- // data in
- //
- if (SectionStreamLength > 0) {
- NewStream->StreamBuffer = AllocatePool (SectionStreamLength);
- if (NewStream->StreamBuffer == NULL) {
- FreePool (NewStream);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Copy in stream data
- //
- CopyMem (NewStream->StreamBuffer, SectionStream, SectionStreamLength);
- } else {
- //
- // It's possible to have a zero length section stream.
- //
- NewStream->StreamBuffer = NULL;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // If were here, the caller has supplied the buffer (it's an internal call)
- // so just assign the buffer. This happens when we open section streams
- // as a result of expanding an encapsulating section.
- //
- NewStream->StreamBuffer = SectionStream;
- }
-
- //
- // Initialize the rest of the section stream
- //
- NewStream->Signature = FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_SIGNATURE;
- NewStream->StreamHandle = (UINTN) NewStream;
- NewStream->StreamLength = SectionStreamLength;
- InitializeListHead (&NewStream->Children);
- NewStream->AuthenticationStatus = AuthenticationStatus;
-
- //
- // Add new stream to stream list
- //
- OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
- InsertTailList (&mStreamRoot, &NewStream->Link);
- gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
-
- *SectionStreamHandle = NewStream->StreamHandle;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- SEP member function. This function creates and returns a new section stream
- handle to represent the new section stream.
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param SectionStreamLength Size in bytes of the section stream.
- @param SectionStream Buffer containing the new section stream.
- @param SectionStreamHandle A pointer to a caller allocated UINTN that on output
- contains the new section stream handle.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section wase opened successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memory allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Section stream does not end concident with end of
- last section.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-OpenSectionStream (
- IN EFI_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN SectionStreamLength,
- IN VOID *SectionStream,
- OUT UINTN *SectionStreamHandle
- )
-{
- //
- // Check to see section stream looks good...
- //
- if (!IsValidSectionStream (SectionStream, SectionStreamLength)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- return OpenSectionStreamEx (
- SectionStreamLength,
- SectionStream,
- TRUE,
- 0,
- SectionStreamHandle
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Worker function. Determine if the input stream:child matches the input type.
-
- @param Stream Indicates the section stream associated with the child
- @param Child Indicates the child to check
- @param SearchType Indicates the type of section to check against for
- @param SectionDefinitionGuid Indicates the GUID to check against if the type is
- EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED
-
- @retval TRUE The child matches
- @retval FALSE The child doesn't match
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-ChildIsType (
- IN FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *Stream,
- IN FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *Child,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SearchType,
- IN EFI_GUID *SectionDefinitionGuid
- )
-{
- EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *GuidedSection;
-
- if (SearchType == EFI_SECTION_ALL) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- if (Child->Type != SearchType) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- if ((SearchType != EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED) || (SectionDefinitionGuid == NULL)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- GuidedSection = (EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION * )(Stream->StreamBuffer + Child->OffsetInStream);
- if (IS_SECTION2 (GuidedSection)) {
- return CompareGuid (&(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) GuidedSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid), SectionDefinitionGuid);
- } else {
- return CompareGuid (&GuidedSection->SectionDefinitionGuid, SectionDefinitionGuid);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Create a protocol notification event and return it.
-
- @param ProtocolGuid Protocol to register notification event on.
- @param NotifyTpl Maximum TPL to signal the NotifyFunction.
- @param NotifyFunction EFI notification routine.
- @param NotifyContext Context passed into Event when it is created.
- @param Registration Registration key returned from RegisterProtocolNotify().
- @param SignalFlag Boolean value to decide whether kick the event after register or not.
-
- @return The EFI_EVENT that has been registered to be signaled when a ProtocolGuid
- is added to the system.
-
-**/
-EFI_EVENT
-CreateProtocolNotifyEvent (
- IN EFI_GUID *ProtocolGuid,
- IN EFI_TPL NotifyTpl,
- IN EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY NotifyFunction,
- IN VOID *NotifyContext,
- OUT VOID **Registration,
- IN BOOLEAN SignalFlag
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_EVENT Event;
-
- //
- // Create the event
- //
-
- Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- NotifyTpl,
- NotifyFunction,
- NotifyContext,
- &Event
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Register for protocol notifactions on this event
- //
-
- Status = gBS->RegisterProtocolNotify (
- ProtocolGuid,
- Event,
- Registration
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- if (SignalFlag) {
- //
- // Kick the event so we will perform an initial pass of
- // current installed drivers
- //
- gBS->SignalEvent (Event);
- }
-
- return Event;
-}
-
-/**
- Verify the Guided Section GUID by checking if there is the Guided Section GUID configuration table recorded the GUID itself.
-
- @param GuidedSectionGuid The Guided Section GUID.
- @param GuidedSectionExtraction A pointer to the pointer to the supported Guided Section Extraction Protocol
- for the Guided Section.
-
- @return TRUE The GuidedSectionGuid could be identified, and the pointer to
- the Guided Section Extraction Protocol will be returned to *GuidedSectionExtraction.
- @return FALSE The GuidedSectionGuid could not be identified, or
- the Guided Section Extraction Protocol has not been installed yet.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-VerifyGuidedSectionGuid (
- IN EFI_GUID *GuidedSectionGuid,
- OUT EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL **GuidedSectionExtraction
- )
-{
- EFI_GUID *GuidRecorded;
- VOID *Interface;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Check if there is the Guided Section GUID configuration table recorded the GUID itself.
- //
- Status = EfiGetSystemConfigurationTable (GuidedSectionGuid, (VOID **) &GuidRecorded);
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- if (CompareGuid (GuidRecorded, GuidedSectionGuid)) {
- //
- // Found the recorded GuidedSectionGuid.
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (GuidedSectionGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &Interface);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && Interface != NULL) {
- //
- // Found the supported Guided Section Extraction Porotocol for the Guided Section.
- //
- *GuidedSectionExtraction = (EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *) Interface;
- return TRUE;
- }
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- RPN callback function.
- 1. Initialize the section stream when the GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL is installed.
- 2. Removes a stale section stream and re-initializes it with an updated AuthenticationStatus.
-
- @param Event The event that fired
- @param RpnContext A pointer to the context that allows us to identify
- the relevent encapsulation.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-NotifyGuidedExtraction (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *RpnContext
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *GuidedHeader;
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *GuidedExtraction;
- VOID *NewStreamBuffer;
- UINTN NewStreamBufferSize;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- RPN_EVENT_CONTEXT *Context;
-
- Context = RpnContext;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- if (Context->ChildNode->EncapsulatedStreamHandle != NULL_STREAM_HANDLE) {
- Status = CloseSectionStream (&mSectionExtraction, Context->ChildNode->EncapsulatedStreamHandle);
- }
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // The stream is not initialized, open it.
- // Or the stream closed successfully, so re-open the stream with correct AuthenticationStatus.
- //
-
- GuidedHeader = (EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *)
- (Context->ParentStream->StreamBuffer + Context->ChildNode->OffsetInStream);
- ASSERT (GuidedHeader->CommonHeader.Type == EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED);
-
- if (!VerifyGuidedSectionGuid (Context->ChildNode->EncapsulationGuid, &GuidedExtraction)) {
- return;
- }
-
- Status = GuidedExtraction->ExtractSection (
- GuidedExtraction,
- GuidedHeader,
- &NewStreamBuffer,
- &NewStreamBufferSize,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- //
- // OR in the parent stream's aggregate status.
- //
- AuthenticationStatus |= Context->ParentStream->AuthenticationStatus & EFI_AGGREGATE_AUTH_STATUS_ALL;
- Status = OpenSectionStreamEx (
- NewStreamBufferSize,
- NewStreamBuffer,
- FALSE,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- &Context->ChildNode->EncapsulatedStreamHandle
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- //
- // If above, the stream did not close successfully, it indicates it's
- // already been closed by someone, so just destroy the event and be done with
- // it.
- //
-
- gBS->CloseEvent (Event);
- Context->ChildNode->Event = NULL;
- FreePool (Context);
-}
-
-/**
- Worker function. Constructor for RPN event if needed to keep AuthenticationStatus
- cache correct when a missing GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL appears...
-
- @param ParentStream Indicates the parent of the ecnapsulation section (child)
- @param ChildNode Indicates the child node that is the encapsulation section.
-
-**/
-VOID
-CreateGuidedExtractionRpnEvent (
- IN FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *ParentStream,
- IN FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *ChildNode
- )
-{
- RPN_EVENT_CONTEXT *Context;
-
- //
- // Allocate new event structure and context
- //
- Context = AllocatePool (sizeof (RPN_EVENT_CONTEXT));
- ASSERT (Context != NULL);
-
- Context->ChildNode = ChildNode;
- Context->ParentStream = ParentStream;
-
- Context->ChildNode->Event = CreateProtocolNotifyEvent (
- Context->ChildNode->EncapsulationGuid,
- TPL_NOTIFY,
- NotifyGuidedExtraction,
- Context,
- &Context->Registration,
- FALSE
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Worker function. Constructor for new child nodes.
-
- @param Stream Indicates the section stream in which to add the child.
- @param ChildOffset Indicates the offset in Stream that is the beginning
- of the child section.
- @param ChildNode Indicates the Callee allocated and initialized child.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Child node was found and returned.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memory allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR Encapsulation sections produce new stream handles when
- the child node is created. If the section type is GUID
- defined, and the extraction GUID does not exist, and
- producing the stream requires the GUID, then a protocol
- error is generated and no child is produced.
- Values returned by OpenSectionStreamEx.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CreateChildNode (
- IN FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *Stream,
- IN UINT32 ChildOffset,
- OUT FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE **ChildNode
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *SectionHeader;
- EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *CompressionHeader;
- EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *GuidedHeader;
- EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL *Decompress;
- EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *GuidedExtraction;
- VOID *NewStreamBuffer;
- VOID *ScratchBuffer;
- UINT32 ScratchSize;
- UINTN NewStreamBufferSize;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- VOID *CompressionSource;
- UINT32 CompressionSourceSize;
- UINT32 UncompressedLength;
- UINT8 CompressionType;
- UINT16 GuidedSectionAttributes;
-
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *Node;
-
- SectionHeader = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) (Stream->StreamBuffer + ChildOffset);
-
- //
- // Allocate a new node
- //
- *ChildNode = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE));
- Node = *ChildNode;
- if (Node == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Now initialize it
- //
- Node->Signature = FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_SIGNATURE;
- Node->Type = SectionHeader->Type;
- if (IS_SECTION2 (SectionHeader)) {
- Node->Size = SECTION2_SIZE (SectionHeader);
- } else {
- Node->Size = SECTION_SIZE (SectionHeader);
- }
- Node->OffsetInStream = ChildOffset;
- Node->EncapsulatedStreamHandle = NULL_STREAM_HANDLE;
- Node->EncapsulationGuid = NULL;
-
- //
- // If it's an encapsulating section, then create the new section stream also
- //
- switch (Node->Type) {
- case EFI_SECTION_COMPRESSION:
- //
- // Get the CompressionSectionHeader
- //
- if (Node->Size < sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION)) {
- FreePool (Node);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- CompressionHeader = (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *) SectionHeader;
-
- if (IS_SECTION2 (CompressionHeader)) {
- CompressionSource = (VOID *) ((UINT8 *) CompressionHeader + sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION2));
- CompressionSourceSize = (UINT32) (SECTION2_SIZE (CompressionHeader) - sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION2));
- UncompressedLength = ((EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION2 *) CompressionHeader)->UncompressedLength;
- CompressionType = ((EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION2 *) CompressionHeader)->CompressionType;
- } else {
- CompressionSource = (VOID *) ((UINT8 *) CompressionHeader + sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION));
- CompressionSourceSize = (UINT32) (SECTION_SIZE (CompressionHeader) - sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION));
- UncompressedLength = CompressionHeader->UncompressedLength;
- CompressionType = CompressionHeader->CompressionType;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate space for the new stream
- //
- if (UncompressedLength > 0) {
- NewStreamBufferSize = UncompressedLength;
- NewStreamBuffer = AllocatePool (NewStreamBufferSize);
- if (NewStreamBuffer == NULL) {
- FreePool (Node);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- if (CompressionType == EFI_NOT_COMPRESSED) {
- //
- // stream is not actually compressed, just encapsulated. So just copy it.
- //
- CopyMem (NewStreamBuffer, CompressionSource, NewStreamBufferSize);
- } else if (CompressionType == EFI_STANDARD_COMPRESSION) {
- //
- // Only support the EFI_SATNDARD_COMPRESSION algorithm.
- //
-
- //
- // Decompress the stream
- //
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiDecompressProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&Decompress);
-
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Status = Decompress->GetInfo (
- Decompress,
- CompressionSource,
- CompressionSourceSize,
- (UINT32 *)&NewStreamBufferSize,
- &ScratchSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (NewStreamBufferSize != UncompressedLength)) {
- FreePool (Node);
- FreePool (NewStreamBuffer);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;
- }
- return Status;
- }
-
- ScratchBuffer = AllocatePool (ScratchSize);
- if (ScratchBuffer == NULL) {
- FreePool (Node);
- FreePool (NewStreamBuffer);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- Status = Decompress->Decompress (
- Decompress,
- CompressionSource,
- CompressionSourceSize,
- NewStreamBuffer,
- (UINT32)NewStreamBufferSize,
- ScratchBuffer,
- ScratchSize
- );
- FreePool (ScratchBuffer);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (Node);
- FreePool (NewStreamBuffer);
- return Status;
- }
- }
- } else {
- NewStreamBuffer = NULL;
- NewStreamBufferSize = 0;
- }
-
- Status = OpenSectionStreamEx (
- NewStreamBufferSize,
- NewStreamBuffer,
- FALSE,
- Stream->AuthenticationStatus,
- &Node->EncapsulatedStreamHandle
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (Node);
- FreePool (NewStreamBuffer);
- return Status;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED:
- GuidedHeader = (EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) SectionHeader;
- if (IS_SECTION2 (GuidedHeader)) {
- Node->EncapsulationGuid = &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) GuidedHeader)->SectionDefinitionGuid);
- GuidedSectionAttributes = ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) GuidedHeader)->Attributes;
- } else {
- Node->EncapsulationGuid = &GuidedHeader->SectionDefinitionGuid;
- GuidedSectionAttributes = GuidedHeader->Attributes;
- }
- if (VerifyGuidedSectionGuid (Node->EncapsulationGuid, &GuidedExtraction)) {
- //
- // NewStreamBuffer is always allocated by ExtractSection... No caller
- // allocation here.
- //
- Status = GuidedExtraction->ExtractSection (
- GuidedExtraction,
- GuidedHeader,
- &NewStreamBuffer,
- &NewStreamBufferSize,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (*ChildNode);
- return EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR;
- }
-
- //
- // Make sure we initialize the new stream with the correct
- // authentication status for both aggregate and local status fields.
- //
- if ((GuidedSectionAttributes & EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID) == EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID) {
- //
- // OR in the parent stream's aggregate status.
- //
- AuthenticationStatus |= Stream->AuthenticationStatus & EFI_AGGREGATE_AUTH_STATUS_ALL;
- } else {
- //
- // since there's no authentication data contributed by the section,
- // just inherit the full value from our immediate parent.
- //
- AuthenticationStatus = Stream->AuthenticationStatus;
- }
-
- Status = OpenSectionStreamEx (
- NewStreamBufferSize,
- NewStreamBuffer,
- FALSE,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- &Node->EncapsulatedStreamHandle
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (*ChildNode);
- FreePool (NewStreamBuffer);
- return Status;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // There's no GUIDed section extraction protocol available.
- //
- if ((GuidedSectionAttributes & EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_PROCESSING_REQUIRED) == EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_PROCESSING_REQUIRED) {
- //
- // If the section REQUIRES an extraction protocol, register for RPN
- // when the required GUIDed extraction protocol becomes available.
- //
- AuthenticationStatus = 0;
- CreateGuidedExtractionRpnEvent (Stream, Node);
- } else {
- //
- // Figure out the proper authentication status
- //
- AuthenticationStatus = Stream->AuthenticationStatus;
- if ((GuidedSectionAttributes & EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID) == EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_AUTH_STATUS_VALID) {
- //
- // The local status of the new stream is contained in
- // AuthenticaionStatus. This value needs to be ORed into the
- // Aggregate bits also...
- //
-
- //
- // Clear out and initialize the local status
- //
- AuthenticationStatus &= ~EFI_LOCAL_AUTH_STATUS_ALL;
- AuthenticationStatus |= EFI_LOCAL_AUTH_STATUS_IMAGE_SIGNED | EFI_LOCAL_AUTH_STATUS_NOT_TESTED;
- //
- // OR local status into aggregate status
- //
- AuthenticationStatus |= AuthenticationStatus >> 16;
- }
-
- if (IS_SECTION2 (GuidedHeader)) {
- Status = OpenSectionStreamEx (
- SECTION2_SIZE (GuidedHeader) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) GuidedHeader)->DataOffset,
- (UINT8 *) GuidedHeader + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) GuidedHeader)->DataOffset,
- TRUE,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- &Node->EncapsulatedStreamHandle
- );
- } else {
- Status = OpenSectionStreamEx (
- SECTION_SIZE (GuidedHeader) - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) GuidedHeader)->DataOffset,
- (UINT8 *) GuidedHeader + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) GuidedHeader)->DataOffset,
- TRUE,
- AuthenticationStatus,
- &Node->EncapsulatedStreamHandle
- );
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (Node);
- return Status;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if ((AuthenticationStatus & EFI_LOCAL_AUTH_STATUS_ALL) ==
- (EFI_LOCAL_AUTH_STATUS_IMAGE_SIGNED | EFI_LOCAL_AUTH_STATUS_NOT_TESTED)) {
- //
- // Need to register for RPN for when the required GUIDed extraction
- // protocol becomes available. This will enable us to refresh the
- // AuthenticationStatus cached in the Stream if it's ever requested
- // again.
- //
- CreateGuidedExtractionRpnEvent (Stream, Node);
- }
-
- break;
-
- default:
-
- //
- // Nothing to do if it's a leaf
- //
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Last, add the new child node to the stream
- //
- InsertTailList (&Stream->Children, &Node->Link);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Worker function Recursively searches / builds section stream database
- looking for requested section.
-
-
- @param SourceStream Indicates the section stream in which to do the search.
- @param SearchType Indicates the type of section to search for.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which instance of section to find. This is
- an in/out parameter to deal with recursions.
- @param SectionDefinitionGuid Guid of section definition
- @param FoundChild Output indicating the child node that is found.
- @param FoundStream Output indicating which section stream the child was
- found in. If this stream was generated as a result of
- an encapsulation section, the streamhandle is visible
- within the SEP driver only.
- @param AuthenticationStatus Indicates the authentication status of the found section.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Child node was found and returned.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memory allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Requested child node does not exist.
- @retval EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR A required GUIDED section extraction protocol does not
- exist
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindChildNode (
- IN FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *SourceStream,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SearchType,
- IN OUT UINTN *SectionInstance,
- IN EFI_GUID *SectionDefinitionGuid,
- OUT FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE **FoundChild,
- OUT FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE **FoundStream,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *CurrentChildNode;
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *RecursedChildNode;
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *RecursedFoundStream;
- UINT32 NextChildOffset;
- EFI_STATUS ErrorStatus;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- CurrentChildNode = NULL;
- ErrorStatus = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
- if (SourceStream->StreamLength == 0) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (IsListEmpty (&SourceStream->Children) &&
- SourceStream->StreamLength >= sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER)) {
- //
- // This occurs when a section stream exists, but no child sections
- // have been parsed out yet. Therefore, extract the first child and add it
- // to the list of children so we can get started.
- // Section stream may contain an array of zero or more bytes.
- // So, its size should be >= the size of commen section header.
- //
- Status = CreateChildNode (SourceStream, 0, &CurrentChildNode);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // At least one child has been parsed out of the section stream. So, walk
- // through the sections that have already been parsed out looking for the
- // requested section, if necessary, continue parsing section stream and
- // adding children until either the requested section is found, or we run
- // out of data
- //
- CurrentChildNode = CHILD_SECTION_NODE_FROM_LINK (GetFirstNode(&SourceStream->Children));
-
- for (;;) {
- ASSERT (CurrentChildNode != NULL);
- if (ChildIsType (SourceStream, CurrentChildNode, SearchType, SectionDefinitionGuid)) {
- //
- // The type matches, so check the instance count to see if it's the one we want
- //
- (*SectionInstance)--;
- if (*SectionInstance == 0) {
- //
- // Got it!
- //
- *FoundChild = CurrentChildNode;
- *FoundStream = SourceStream;
- *AuthenticationStatus = SourceStream->AuthenticationStatus;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- if (CurrentChildNode->EncapsulatedStreamHandle != NULL_STREAM_HANDLE) {
- //
- // If the current node is an encapsulating node, recurse into it...
- //
- Status = FindChildNode (
- (FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *)CurrentChildNode->EncapsulatedStreamHandle,
- SearchType,
- SectionInstance,
- SectionDefinitionGuid,
- &RecursedChildNode,
- &RecursedFoundStream,
- AuthenticationStatus
- );
- //
- // If the status is not EFI_SUCCESS, just save the error code and continue
- // to find the request child node in the rest stream.
- //
- if (*SectionInstance == 0) {
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- *FoundChild = RecursedChildNode;
- *FoundStream = RecursedFoundStream;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- ErrorStatus = Status;
- }
- } else if ((CurrentChildNode->Type == EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED) && (SearchType != EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED)) {
- //
- // When Node Type is GUIDED section, but Node has no encapsulated data, Node data should not be parsed
- // because a required GUIDED section extraction protocol does not exist.
- // If SearchType is not GUIDED section, EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR should return.
- //
- ErrorStatus = EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (!IsNodeAtEnd (&SourceStream->Children, &CurrentChildNode->Link)) {
- //
- // We haven't found the child node we're interested in yet, but there's
- // still more nodes that have already been parsed so get the next one
- // and continue searching..
- //
- CurrentChildNode = CHILD_SECTION_NODE_FROM_LINK (GetNextNode (&SourceStream->Children, &CurrentChildNode->Link));
- } else {
- //
- // We've exhausted children that have already been parsed, so see if
- // there's any more data and continue parsing out more children if there
- // is.
- //
- NextChildOffset = CurrentChildNode->OffsetInStream + CurrentChildNode->Size;
- //
- // Round up to 4 byte boundary
- //
- NextChildOffset += 3;
- NextChildOffset &= ~(UINTN)3;
- if (NextChildOffset <= SourceStream->StreamLength - sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER)) {
- //
- // There's an unparsed child remaining in the stream, so create a new child node
- //
- Status = CreateChildNode (SourceStream, NextChildOffset, &CurrentChildNode);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- } else {
- ASSERT (EFI_ERROR (ErrorStatus));
- return ErrorStatus;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Worker function. Search stream database for requested stream handle.
-
- @param SearchHandle Indicates which stream to look for.
- @param FoundStream Output pointer to the found stream.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS StreamHandle was found and *FoundStream contains
- the stream node.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND SearchHandle was not found in the stream database.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindStreamNode (
- IN UINTN SearchHandle,
- OUT FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE **FoundStream
- )
-{
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *StreamNode;
-
- if (!IsListEmpty (&mStreamRoot)) {
- StreamNode = STREAM_NODE_FROM_LINK (GetFirstNode (&mStreamRoot));
- for (;;) {
- if (StreamNode->StreamHandle == SearchHandle) {
- *FoundStream = StreamNode;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else if (IsNodeAtEnd (&mStreamRoot, &StreamNode->Link)) {
- break;
- } else {
- StreamNode = STREAM_NODE_FROM_LINK (GetNextNode (&mStreamRoot, &StreamNode->Link));
- }
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
- SEP member function. Retrieves requested section from section stream.
-
- @param This Pointer to SEP instance.
- @param SectionStreamHandle The section stream from which to extract the requested
- section.
- @param SectionType A pointer to the type of section to search for.
- @param SectionDefinitionGuid If the section type is EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED, then
- SectionDefinitionGuid indicates which of these types
- of sections to search for.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which instance of the requested section to
- return.
- @param Buffer Double indirection to buffer. If *Buffer is non-null on
- input, then the buffer is caller allocated. If
- *Buffer is NULL, then the buffer is callee allocated.
- In either case, the requried buffer size is returned
- in *BufferSize.
- @param BufferSize On input, indicates the size of *Buffer if *Buffer is
- non-null on input. On output, indicates the required
- size (allocated size if callee allocated) of *Buffer.
- @param AuthenticationStatus Indicates the authentication status of the retrieved
- section.
-
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section was retrieved successfully
- @retval EFI_PROTOCOL_ERROR A GUID defined section was encountered in the section
- stream with its EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_PROCESSING_REQUIRED
- bit set, but there was no corresponding GUIDed Section
- Extraction Protocol in the handle database. *Buffer is
- unmodified.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND An error was encountered when parsing the SectionStream.
- This indicates the SectionStream is not correctly
- formatted.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The requested section does not exist.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The system has insufficient resources to process the
- request.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The SectionStreamHandle does not exist.
- @retval EFI_WARN_TOO_SMALL The size of the caller allocated input buffer is
- insufficient to contain the requested section. The
- input buffer is filled and contents are section contents
- are truncated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-GetSection (
- IN EFI_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN SectionStreamHandle,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE *SectionType,
- IN EFI_GUID *SectionDefinitionGuid,
- IN UINTN SectionInstance,
- IN VOID **Buffer,
- IN OUT UINTN *BufferSize,
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *StreamNode;
- EFI_TPL OldTpl;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *ChildNode;
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *ChildStreamNode;
- UINTN CopySize;
- UINT32 ExtractedAuthenticationStatus;
- UINTN Instance;
- UINT8 *CopyBuffer;
- UINTN SectionSize;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *Section;
-
-
- OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
- Instance = SectionInstance + 1;
- ChildStreamNode = NULL;
-
- //
- // Locate target stream
- //
- Status = FindStreamNode (SectionStreamHandle, &StreamNode);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto GetSection_Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Found the stream, now locate and return the appropriate section
- //
- if (SectionType == NULL) {
- //
- // SectionType == NULL means return the WHOLE section stream...
- //
- CopySize = StreamNode->StreamLength;
- CopyBuffer = StreamNode->StreamBuffer;
- *AuthenticationStatus = StreamNode->AuthenticationStatus;
- } else {
- //
- // There's a requested section type, so go find it and return it...
- //
- Status = FindChildNode (
- StreamNode,
- *SectionType,
- &Instance,
- SectionDefinitionGuid,
- &ChildNode,
- &ChildStreamNode,
- &ExtractedAuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto GetSection_Done;
- }
- ASSERT (ChildNode != NULL);
- ASSERT (ChildStreamNode != NULL);
- Section = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) (ChildStreamNode->StreamBuffer + ChildNode->OffsetInStream);
-
- if (IS_SECTION2 (Section)) {
- CopySize = SECTION2_SIZE (Section) - sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER2);
- CopyBuffer = (UINT8 *) Section + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER2);
- } else {
- CopySize = SECTION_SIZE (Section) - sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- CopyBuffer = (UINT8 *) Section + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- }
- *AuthenticationStatus = ExtractedAuthenticationStatus;
- }
-
- SectionSize = CopySize;
- if (*Buffer != NULL) {
- //
- // Caller allocated buffer. Fill to size and return required size...
- //
- if (*BufferSize < CopySize) {
- Status = EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- CopySize = *BufferSize;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Callee allocated buffer. Allocate buffer and return size.
- //
- *Buffer = AllocatePool (CopySize);
- if (*Buffer == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto GetSection_Done;
- }
- }
- CopyMem (*Buffer, CopyBuffer, CopySize);
- *BufferSize = SectionSize;
-
-GetSection_Done:
- gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Worker function. Destructor for child nodes.
-
- @param ChildNode Indicates the node to destroy
-
-**/
-VOID
-FreeChildNode (
- IN FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *ChildNode
- )
-{
- ASSERT (ChildNode->Signature == FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_SIGNATURE);
- //
- // Remove the child from it's list
- //
- RemoveEntryList (&ChildNode->Link);
-
- if (ChildNode->EncapsulatedStreamHandle != NULL_STREAM_HANDLE) {
- //
- // If it's an encapsulating section, we close the resulting section stream.
- // CloseSectionStream will free all memory associated with the stream.
- //
- CloseSectionStream (&mSectionExtraction, ChildNode->EncapsulatedStreamHandle);
- }
-
- if (ChildNode->Event != NULL) {
- gBS->CloseEvent (ChildNode->Event);
- }
-
- //
- // Last, free the child node itself
- //
- FreePool (ChildNode);
-}
-
-/**
- SEP member function. Deletes an existing section stream
-
- @param This Indicates the calling context.
- @param StreamHandleToClose Indicates the stream to close
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Section stream was closed successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Memory allocation failed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Section stream does not end concident with end of
- last section.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-CloseSectionStream (
- IN EFI_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN UINTN StreamHandleToClose
- )
-{
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_STREAM_NODE *StreamNode;
- EFI_TPL OldTpl;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- FRAMEWORK_SECTION_CHILD_NODE *ChildNode;
-
- OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
-
- //
- // Locate target stream
- //
- Status = FindStreamNode (StreamHandleToClose, &StreamNode);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Found the stream, so close it
- //
- RemoveEntryList (&StreamNode->Link);
- while (!IsListEmpty (&StreamNode->Children)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&StreamNode->Children);
- ChildNode = CHILD_SECTION_NODE_FROM_LINK (Link);
- FreeChildNode (ChildNode);
- }
- FreePool (StreamNode->StreamBuffer);
- FreePool (StreamNode);
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/SectionExtractionDxe/SectionExtractionDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/SectionExtractionDxe/SectionExtractionDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index ab0bd63076..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/SectionExtractionDxe/SectionExtractionDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# Section Extraction Dxe Driver produces framework section extract protocol.
-#
-# The section is implemented as a linked list of section streams,
-# where each stream contains a linked list of children, which may be leaves or
-# encapsulations. Encapsulation section will further generate new section stream entries.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = SectionExtractionDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = SectionExtractionDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = 801ADCA0-815E-46a4-84F7-657F53621A57
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- ENTRY_POINT = SectionExtractionEntryPoint
-
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources]
- SectionExtraction.c
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- DebugLib
- BaseLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- UefiLib
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiSectionExtractionProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiDecompressProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-
-[Depex]
- gEfiDecompressProtocolGuid
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- SectionExtractionDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/SectionExtractionDxe/SectionExtractionDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/SectionExtractionDxe/SectionExtractionDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 98a01d2f90..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/SectionExtractionDxe/SectionExtractionDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/SectionExtractionDxe/SectionExtractionDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/SectionExtractionDxe/SectionExtractionDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 84db1b982f..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/SectionExtractionDxe/SectionExtractionDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DataHubStatusCodeWorker.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DataHubStatusCodeWorker.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5b42395dbd..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DataHubStatusCodeWorker.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,376 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Data Hub status code worker.
-
- Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.h"
-
-//
-// Initialize FIFO to cache records.
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mRecordsFifo = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mRecordsFifo);
-LIST_ENTRY mRecordsBuffer = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mRecordsBuffer);
-UINT32 mLogDataHubStatus = 0;
-EFI_EVENT mLogDataHubEvent;
-//
-// Cache data hub protocol.
-//
-EFI_DATA_HUB_PROTOCOL *mDataHubProtocol = NULL;
-
-
-/**
- Retrieve one record of from free record buffer. This record is removed from
- free record buffer.
-
- This function retrieves one record from free record buffer.
- If the pool has been exhausted, then new memory would be allocated for it.
-
- @return Pointer to the free record.
- NULL means failure to allocate new memeory for free record buffer.
-
-**/
-DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *
-AcquireRecordBuffer (
- VOID
- )
-{
- DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD *Record;
- EFI_TPL CurrentTpl;
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- UINT32 Index;
-
- CurrentTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
-
- if (!IsListEmpty (&mRecordsBuffer)) {
- //
- // Strip one entry from free record buffer.
- //
- Node = GetFirstNode (&mRecordsBuffer);
- RemoveEntryList (Node);
-
- Record = BASE_CR (Node, DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD, Node);
- } else {
- if (CurrentTpl > TPL_NOTIFY) {
- //
- // Memory management should work at <=TPL_NOTIFY
- //
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // If free record buffer is exhausted, then allocate 16 new records for it.
- //
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
- Record = (DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD *) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD) * 16);
- if (Record == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- CurrentTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
- //
- // Here we only insert 15 new records to the free record buffer, for the first record
- // will be returned immediately.
- //
- for (Index = 1; Index < 16; Index++) {
- InsertTailList (&mRecordsBuffer, &Record[Index].Node);
- }
- }
-
- Record->Signature = DATAHUB_STATUS_CODE_SIGNATURE;
- InsertTailList (&mRecordsFifo, &Record->Node);
-
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
-
- return (DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *) (Record->Data);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Retrieve one record from Records FIFO. The record would be removed from FIFO.
-
- @return Point to record, which is ready to be logged.
- NULL means the FIFO of record is empty.
-
-**/
-DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *
-RetrieveRecord (
- VOID
- )
-{
- DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *RecordData;
- DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD *Record;
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- EFI_TPL CurrentTpl;
-
- RecordData = NULL;
-
- CurrentTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
-
- if (!IsListEmpty (&mRecordsFifo)) {
- Node = GetFirstNode (&mRecordsFifo);
- Record = CR (Node, DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD, Node, DATAHUB_STATUS_CODE_SIGNATURE);
- ASSERT (Record != NULL);
-
- RemoveEntryList (&Record->Node);
- RecordData = (DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *) Record->Data;
- }
-
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
-
- return RecordData;
-}
-
-/**
- Release given record and return it to free record buffer.
-
- @param RecordData Pointer to the record to release.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ReleaseRecord (
- DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *RecordData
- )
-{
- DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD *Record;
- EFI_TPL CurrentTpl;
-
- Record = CR (RecordData, DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD, Data[0], DATAHUB_STATUS_CODE_SIGNATURE);
- ASSERT (Record != NULL);
-
- CurrentTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
-
- InsertTailList (&mRecordsBuffer, &Record->Node);
- Record->Signature = 0;
-
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
-}
-
-/**
- Report status code into DataHub.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
- This included information about the class and subclass that is used to
- classify the entity as well as an operation.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to
- different callers.
- @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Function is reentered.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Function is called at runtime.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Fail to allocate memory for free record buffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DataHubStatusCodeReportWorker (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *Record;
- UINT32 ErrorLevel;
- BASE_LIST Marker;
- CHAR8 *Format;
- UINTN CharCount;
-
- //
- // Use atom operation to avoid the reentant of report.
- // If current status is not zero, then the function is reentrancy.
- //
- if (InterlockedCompareExchange32 (&mLogDataHubStatus, 0, 0) == 1) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
-
- Record = AcquireRecordBuffer ();
- if (Record == NULL) {
- //
- // There are no empty record buffer in private buffers
- //
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Construct Data Hub Extended Data
- //
- Record->CodeType = CodeType;
- Record->Value = Value;
- Record->Instance = Instance;
-
- if (CallerId != NULL) {
- CopyMem (&Record->CallerId, CallerId, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- }
-
- if (Data != NULL) {
- if (ReportStatusCodeExtractDebugInfo (Data, &ErrorLevel, &Marker, &Format)) {
- CharCount = UnicodeBSPrintAsciiFormat (
- (CHAR16 *) (Record + 1),
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- Format,
- Marker
- );
- //
- // Change record data type to DebugType.
- //
- CopyGuid (&Record->Data.Type, &gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid);
- Record->Data.HeaderSize = Data->HeaderSize;
- Record->Data.Size = (UINT16) ((CharCount + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16));
- } else {
- //
- // Copy status code data header
- //
- CopyMem (&Record->Data, Data, sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA));
-
- if (Data->Size > EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE) {
- Record->Data.Size = EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE;
- }
- CopyMem ((VOID *) (Record + 1), Data + 1, Record->Data.Size);
- }
- }
-
- gBS->SignalEvent (mLogDataHubEvent);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- The Event handler which will be notified to log data in Data Hub.
-
- @param Event Instance of the EFI_EVENT to signal whenever data is
- available to be logged in the system.
- @param Context Context of the event.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-LogDataHubEventCallBack (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *Record;
- UINT32 Size;
- UINT64 DataRecordClass;
-
- //
- // Use atom operation to avoid the reentant of report.
- // If current status is not zero, then the function is reentrancy.
- //
- if (InterlockedCompareExchange32 (&mLogDataHubStatus, 0, 1) == 1) {
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Log DataRecord in Data Hub.
- // Journal records fifo to find all record entry.
- //
- while (TRUE) {
- //
- // Retrieve record from record FIFO until no more record can be retrieved.
- //
- Record = RetrieveRecord ();
- if (Record == NULL) {
- break;
- }
- //
- // Add in the size of the header we added.
- //
- Size = sizeof (DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD) + (UINT32) Record->Data.Size;
-
- if ((Record->CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_PROGRESS_CODE) {
- DataRecordClass = EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_PROGRESS_CODE;
- } else if ((Record->CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) {
- DataRecordClass = EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_ERROR;
- } else if ((Record->CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_DEBUG_CODE) {
- DataRecordClass = EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_DEBUG;
- } else {
- //
- // Should never get here.
- //
- DataRecordClass = EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_DEBUG |
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_ERROR |
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_DATA |
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_PROGRESS_CODE;
- }
-
- //
- // Log DataRecord in Data Hub
- //
- mDataHubProtocol->LogData (
- mDataHubProtocol,
- &gEfiDataHubStatusCodeRecordGuid,
- &gEfiStatusCodeRuntimeProtocolGuid,
- DataRecordClass,
- Record,
- Size
- );
-
- ReleaseRecord (Record);
- }
-
- //
- // Restore the nest status of report
- //
- InterlockedCompareExchange32 (&mLogDataHubStatus, 1, 0);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Locate Data Hub Protocol and create event for logging data
- as initialization for data hub status code worker.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Initialization is successful.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DataHubStatusCodeInitializeWorker (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiDataHubProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &mDataHubProtocol
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- mDataHubProtocol = NULL;
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Create a Notify Event to log data in Data Hub
- //
- Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_CALLBACK,
- LogDataHubEventCallBack,
- NULL,
- &mLogDataHubEvent
- );
-
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.c deleted file mode 100644 index ee7bdd36af..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Status Code Handler Driver which produces datahub handler and hook it
- onto the DXE status code router.
-
- Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.h"
-
-EFI_EVENT mExitBootServicesEvent = NULL;
-EFI_RSC_HANDLER_PROTOCOL *mRscHandlerProtocol = NULL;
-
-/**
- Unregister status code callback functions only available at boot time from
- report status code router when exiting boot services.
-
- @param Event Event whose notification function is being invoked.
- @param Context Pointer to the notification function's context, which is
- always zero in current implementation.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-UnregisterBootTimeHandlers (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- mRscHandlerProtocol->Unregister (DataHubStatusCodeReportWorker);
-}
-
-/**
- Entry point of DXE Status Code Driver.
-
- This function is the entry point of this DXE Status Code Driver.
- It initializes registers status code handlers, and registers event for EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE.
-
- @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The entry point is executed successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxeEntry (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseDataHub)) {
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiRscHandlerProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &mRscHandlerProtocol
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Dispatch initialization request to supported devices
- //
- DataHubStatusCodeInitializeWorker ();
-
- mRscHandlerProtocol->Register (DataHubStatusCodeReportWorker, TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
-
- Status = gBS->CreateEventEx (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_NOTIFY,
- UnregisterBootTimeHandlers,
- NULL,
- &gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid,
- &mExitBootServicesEvent
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8ee0b55fa8..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Internal include file for Datahub Status Code Handler Driver.
-
- Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __DATAHUB_STATUS_CODE_HANDLER_DXE_H__
-#define __DATAHUB_STATUS_CODE_HANDLER_DXE_H__
-
-#include <Protocol/ReportStatusCodeHandler.h>
-#include <Protocol/DataHub.h>
-#include <Protocol/StatusCode.h>
-
-#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeId.h>
-#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeDebug.h>
-#include <Guid/DataHubStatusCodeRecord.h>
-#include <Guid/EventGroup.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/SynchronizationLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
-#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-
-//
-// Data hub worker definition
-//
-#define DATAHUB_STATUS_CODE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('B', 'D', 'H', 'S')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Node;
- UINT8 Data[sizeof(DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD) + EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE];
-} DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD;
-
-/**
- Report status code into DataHub.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
- This included information about the class and subclass that is used to
- classify the entity as well as an operation.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to
- different callers.
- @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Function is reentered.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Function is called at runtime.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Fail to allocate memory for free record buffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DataHubStatusCodeReportWorker (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- Locate Data Hub Protocol and create event for logging data
- as initialization for data hub status code worker.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Initialization is successful.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DataHubStatusCodeInitializeWorker (
- VOID
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 1a576772a3..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# Status Code Handler Driver which produces datahub handler.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = 863D214F-0920-437B-8CAD-88EA83A24E97
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- ENTRY_POINT = DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxeEntry
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources]
- DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.h
- DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.c
- DataHubStatusCodeWorker.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- BaseLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- PcdLib
- PrintLib
- ReportStatusCodeLib
- DebugLib
- SynchronizationLib
- BaseMemoryLib
-
-[Guids]
- gEfiEventExitBootServicesGuid ## CONSUMES ## Event
- gEfiDataHubStatusCodeRecordGuid ## PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # DataRecord Guid
- gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # Record data type
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiRscHandlerProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiDataHubProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
- gEfiStatusCodeRuntimeProtocolGuid ## UNDEFINED
-
-[FeaturePcd]
- gEfiIntelFrameworkModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeUseDataHub ## CONSUMES
-
-[Depex]
- gEfiRscHandlerProtocolGuid AND
- gEfiDataHubProtocolGuid
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 57f0640fa4..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0e648005ec..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxe/DatahubStatusCodeHandlerDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/MemoryStausCodeWorker.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/MemoryStausCodeWorker.c deleted file mode 100644 index f0b36f23a2..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/MemoryStausCodeWorker.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- PEI memory status code worker.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "StatusCodePei.h"
-
-/**
- Create the first memory status code GUID'ed HOB as initialization for memory status code worker.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The GUID'ed HOB is created successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-MemoryStatusCodeInitializeWorker (
- VOID
- )
-{
- //
- // Create memory status code GUID'ed HOB.
- //
- MEMORY_STATUSCODE_PACKET_HEADER *PacketHeader;
-
- //
- // Build GUID'ed HOB with PCD defined size.
- //
- PacketHeader = BuildGuidHob (
- &gMemoryStatusCodeRecordGuid,
- PcdGet16 (PcdStatusCodeMemorySize) * 1024 + sizeof (MEMORY_STATUSCODE_PACKET_HEADER)
- );
- ASSERT (PacketHeader != NULL);
-
- PacketHeader->MaxRecordsNumber = (PcdGet16 (PcdStatusCodeMemorySize) * 1024) / sizeof (MEMORY_STATUSCODE_RECORD);
- PacketHeader->PacketIndex = 0;
- PacketHeader->RecordIndex = 0;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Report status code into GUID'ed HOB.
-
- This function reports status code into GUID'ed HOB. If not all packets are full, then
- write status code into available entry. Otherwise, create a new packet for it.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or
- software entity. This includes information about the class and
- subclass that is used to classify the entity as well as an operation.
- For progress codes, the operation is the current activity.
- For error codes, it is the exception.For debug codes,it is not defined at this time.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. A system may contain multiple entities that match a class/subclass
- pairing. The instance differentiates between them. An instance of 0 indicates
- that instance information is unavailable, not meaningful, or not relevant.
- Valid instance numbers start with 1.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function always return EFI_SUCCESS.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-MemoryStatusCodeReportWorker (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance
- )
-{
-
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
- MEMORY_STATUSCODE_PACKET_HEADER *PacketHeader;
- MEMORY_STATUSCODE_RECORD *Record;
-
- //
- // Find GUID'ed HOBs to locate current record buffer.
- //
- Hob.Raw = GetFirstGuidHob (&gMemoryStatusCodeRecordGuid);
- ASSERT (Hob.Raw != NULL);
-
- PacketHeader = (MEMORY_STATUSCODE_PACKET_HEADER *) GET_GUID_HOB_DATA (Hob.Guid);
- Record = (MEMORY_STATUSCODE_RECORD *) (PacketHeader + 1);
- Record = &Record[PacketHeader->RecordIndex++];
-
- //
- // Save status code.
- //
- Record->CodeType = CodeType;
- Record->Instance = Instance;
- Record->Value = Value;
-
- //
- // If record index equals to max record number, then wrap around record index to zero.
- //
- // The reader of status code should compare the number of records with max records number,
- // If it is equal to or larger than the max number, then the wrap-around had happened,
- // so the first record is pointed by record index.
- // If it is less then max number, index of the first record is zero.
- //
- if (PacketHeader->RecordIndex == PacketHeader->MaxRecordsNumber) {
- //
- // Wrap around record index.
- //
- PacketHeader->RecordIndex = 0;
- PacketHeader->PacketIndex ++;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/SerialStatusCodeWorker.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/SerialStatusCodeWorker.c deleted file mode 100644 index d62cb8f8c8..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/SerialStatusCodeWorker.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,162 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Serial I/O status code reporting worker.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-**/
-
-#include "StatusCodePei.h"
-
-/**
- Convert status code value and extended data to readable ASCII string, send string to serial I/O device.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or
- software entity. This includes information about the class and
- subclass that is used to classify the entity as well as an operation.
- For progress codes, the operation is the current activity.
- For error codes, it is the exception.For debug codes,it is not defined at this time.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. A system may contain multiple entities that match a class/subclass
- pairing. The instance differentiates between them. An instance of 0 indicates
- that instance information is unavailable, not meaningful, or not relevant.
- Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to
- different callers.
- @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Status code reported to serial I/O successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SerialStatusCodeReportWorker (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *Filename;
- CHAR8 *Description;
- CHAR8 *Format;
- CHAR8 Buffer[EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE];
- UINT32 ErrorLevel;
- UINT32 LineNumber;
- UINTN CharCount;
- BASE_LIST Marker;
-
- Buffer[0] = '\0';
-
- if (Data != NULL &&
- ReportStatusCodeExtractAssertInfo (CodeType, Value, Data, &Filename, &Description, &LineNumber)) {
- //
- // Print ASSERT() information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- sizeof (Buffer),
- "\n\rPEI_ASSERT!: %a (%d): %a\n\r",
- Filename,
- LineNumber,
- Description
- );
- } else if (Data != NULL &&
- ReportStatusCodeExtractDebugInfo (Data, &ErrorLevel, &Marker, &Format)) {
- //
- // Print DEBUG() information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiBSPrint (
- Buffer,
- sizeof (Buffer),
- Format,
- Marker
- );
- } else if ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) {
- //
- // Print ERROR information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- sizeof (Buffer),
- "ERROR: C%08x:V%08x I%x",
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance
- );
-
- if (CallerId != NULL) {
- CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
- &Buffer[CharCount],
- (sizeof (Buffer) - (sizeof (Buffer[0]) * CharCount)),
- " %g",
- CallerId
- );
- }
-
- if (Data != NULL) {
- CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
- &Buffer[CharCount],
- (sizeof (Buffer) - (sizeof (Buffer[0]) * CharCount)),
- " %x",
- Data
- );
- }
-
- CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
- &Buffer[CharCount],
- (sizeof (Buffer) - (sizeof (Buffer[0]) * CharCount)),
- "\n\r"
- );
- } else if ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_PROGRESS_CODE) {
- //
- // Print PROGRESS information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- sizeof (Buffer),
- "PROGRESS CODE: V%08x I%x\n\r",
- Value,
- Instance
- );
- } else if (Data != NULL &&
- CompareGuid (&Data->Type, &gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeStringGuid) &&
- ((EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_DATA *) Data)->StringType == EfiStringAscii) {
- //
- // EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_DATA
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- sizeof (Buffer),
- "%a\n\r",
- ((EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_DATA *) Data)->String.Ascii
- );
- } else {
- //
- // Code type is not defined.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- sizeof (Buffer),
- "Undefined: C%08x:V%08x I%x\n\r",
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Call SerialPort Lib function to do print.
- //
- SerialPortWrite ((UINT8 *) Buffer, CharCount);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePei.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePei.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5b17df3862..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePei.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Status code PEIM which produces Status Code PPI.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "StatusCodePei.h"
-
-EFI_PEI_PROGRESS_CODE_PPI mStatusCodePpi = {
- ReportDispatcher
- };
-
-EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR mStatusCodePpiDescriptor = {
- EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST,
- &gEfiPeiStatusCodePpiGuid,
- &mStatusCodePpi
- };
-
-/**
- Publishes an interface that allows PEIMs to report status codes.
-
- This function implements EFI_PEI_PROGRESS_CODE_PPI.ReportStatusCode().
- It publishes an interface that allows PEIMs to report status codes.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or
- software entity. This includes information about the class and
- subclass that is used to classify the entity as well as an operation.
- For progress codes, the operation is the current activity.
- For error codes, it is the exception.For debug codes,it is not defined at this time.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. A system may contain multiple entities that match a class/subclass
- pairing. The instance differentiates between them. An instance of 0 indicates
- that instance information is unavailable, not meaningful, or not relevant.
- Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to
- different callers.
- @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ReportDispatcher (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId OPTIONAL,
- IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseSerial)) {
- SerialStatusCodeReportWorker (
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance,
- CallerId,
- Data
- );
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseMemory)) {
- MemoryStatusCodeReportWorker (
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance
- );
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseOEM)) {
- //
- // Call OEM hook status code library API to report status code to OEM device
- //
- OemHookStatusCodeReport (
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance,
- (EFI_GUID *)CallerId,
- (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *)Data
- );
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Entry point of Status Code PEIM.
-
- This function is the entry point of this Status Code PEIM.
- It initializes supported status code devices according to PCD settings,
- and installs Status Code PPI.
-
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file being invoked.
- @param PeiServices Describes the list of possible PEI Services.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCESS The entry point of DXE IPL PEIM executes successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeiStatusCodeDriverEntry (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Dispatch initialization request to sub-statuscode-devices.
- // If enable UseSerial, then initialize serial port.
- // if enable UseMemory, then initialize memory status code worker.
- // if enable UseOEM, then initialize Oem status code.
- //
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseSerial)) {
- Status = SerialPortInitialize();
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseMemory)) {
- Status = MemoryStatusCodeInitializeWorker ();
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseOEM)) {
- Status = OemHookStatusCodeInitialize ();
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- //
- // Install Status Code PPI.
- // It serves the PEI Service ReportStatusCode.
- //
- Status = PeiServicesInstallPpi (&mStatusCodePpiDescriptor);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePei.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePei.h deleted file mode 100644 index 75078d0ef4..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePei.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Internal include file for Status Code PEIM.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __PEI_STATUS_CODE_H__
-#define __PEI_STATUS_CODE_H__
-
-#include <FrameworkPei.h>
-
-#include <Guid/MemoryStatusCodeRecord.h>
-#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeId.h>
-#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeDebug.h>
-#include <Ppi/StatusCode.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
-#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
-#include <Library/SerialPortLib.h>
-#include <Library/HobLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeiServicesLib.h>
-#include <Library/OemHookStatusCodeLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeimEntryPoint.h>
-
-/**
- Convert status code value and extended data to readable ASCII string, send string to serial I/O device.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or
- software entity. This includes information about the class and
- subclass that is used to classify the entity as well as an operation.
- For progress codes, the operation is the current activity.
- For error codes, it is the exception.For debug codes,it is not defined at this time.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. A system may contain multiple entities that match a class/subclass
- pairing. The instance differentiates between them. An instance of 0 indicates
- that instance information is unavailable, not meaningful, or not relevant.
- Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to
- different callers.
- @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Status code reported to serial I/O successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SerialStatusCodeReportWorker (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- );
-
-
-/**
- Create the first memory status code GUID'ed HOB as initialization for memory status code worker.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The GUID'ed HOB is created successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-MemoryStatusCodeInitializeWorker (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Report status code into GUID'ed HOB.
-
- This function reports status code into GUID'ed HOB. If not all packets are full, then
- write status code into available entry. Otherwise, create a new packet for it.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or
- software entity. This includes information about the class and
- subclass that is used to classify the entity as well as an operation.
- For progress codes, the operation is the current activity.
- For error codes, it is the exception.For debug codes,it is not defined at this time.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. A system may contain multiple entities that match a class/subclass
- pairing. The instance differentiates between them. An instance of 0 indicates
- that instance information is unavailable, not meaningful, or not relevant.
- Valid instance numbers start with 1.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function always return EFI_SUCCESS.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-MemoryStatusCodeReportWorker (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance
- );
-
-/**
- Publishes an interface that allows PEIMs to report status codes.
-
- This function implements EFI_PEI_PROGRESS_CODE_PPI.ReportStatusCode().
- It publishes an interface that allows PEIMs to report status codes.
-
- @param PeiServices An indirect pointer to the EFI_PEI_SERVICES table published by the PEI Foundation.
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or
- software entity. This includes information about the class and
- subclass that is used to classify the entity as well as an operation.
- For progress codes, the operation is the current activity.
- For error codes, it is the exception.For debug codes,it is not defined at this time.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. A system may contain multiple entities that match a class/subclass
- pairing. The instance differentiates between them. An instance of 0 indicates
- that instance information is unavailable, not meaningful, or not relevant.
- Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to
- different callers.
- @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ReportDispatcher (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES **PeiServices,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId OPTIONAL,
- IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- );
-
-#endif
-
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePei.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePei.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 04cef4a2f4..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePei.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# Status code PEIM which produces Status Code PPI.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = StatusCodePei
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = StatusCodePei.uni
- FILE_GUID = 1EC0F53A-FDE0-4576-8F25-7A1A410F58EB
- MODULE_TYPE = PEIM
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- ENTRY_POINT = PeiStatusCodeDriverEntry
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources]
- StatusCodePei.c
- StatusCodePei.h
- MemoryStausCodeWorker.c
- SerialStatusCodeWorker.c
-
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- PeimEntryPoint
- OemHookStatusCodeLib
- PeiServicesLib
- PcdLib
- HobLib
- SerialPortLib
- ReportStatusCodeLib
- PrintLib
- DebugLib
- BaseLib
-
-
-[Guids]
- gMemoryStatusCodeRecordGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## HOB
- gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeStringGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED # String Data Type
-
-[Ppis]
- gEfiPeiStatusCodePpiGuid ## PRODUCES
-
-
-[FeaturePcd]
- gEfiIntelFrameworkModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeUseOEM ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeUseMemory ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeUseSerial ## CONSUMES
-
-
-[Pcd]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeMemorySize|1|gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeUseMemory ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-
-[Depex]
- TRUE
-
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- StatusCodePeiExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePei.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePei.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1e0b9edd0d..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePei.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePeiExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePeiExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6385b4190e..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/Pei/StatusCodePeiExtra.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/DataHubStatusCodeWorker.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/DataHubStatusCodeWorker.c deleted file mode 100644 index ffee2f9c2a..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/DataHubStatusCodeWorker.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,390 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Data Hub status code worker.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.h"
-
-//
-// Initialize FIFO to cache records.
-//
-LIST_ENTRY mRecordsFifo = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mRecordsFifo);
-LIST_ENTRY mRecordsBuffer = INITIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE (mRecordsBuffer);
-UINT32 mLogDataHubStatus = 0;
-EFI_EVENT mLogDataHubEvent;
-//
-// Cache data hub protocol.
-//
-EFI_DATA_HUB_PROTOCOL *mDataHubProtocol = NULL;
-
-
-/**
- Retrieve one record of from free record buffer. This record is removed from
- free record buffer.
-
- This function retrieves one record from free record buffer.
- If the pool has been exhausted, then new memory would be allocated for it.
-
- @return Pointer to the free record.
- NULL means failure to allocate new memeory for free record buffer.
-
-**/
-DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *
-AcquireRecordBuffer (
- VOID
- )
-{
- DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD *Record;
- EFI_TPL CurrentTpl;
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- UINT32 Index;
-
- CurrentTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
-
- if (!IsListEmpty (&mRecordsBuffer)) {
- //
- // Strip one entry from free record buffer.
- //
- Node = GetFirstNode (&mRecordsBuffer);
- RemoveEntryList (Node);
-
- Record = BASE_CR (Node, DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD, Node);
- } else {
- if (CurrentTpl > TPL_NOTIFY) {
- //
- // Memory management should work at <=TPL_NOTIFY
- //
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // If free record buffer is exhausted, then allocate 16 new records for it.
- //
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
- Record = (DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD *) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD) * 16);
- if (Record == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- CurrentTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
- //
- // Here we only insert 15 new records to the free record buffer, for the first record
- // will be returned immediately.
- //
- for (Index = 1; Index < 16; Index++) {
- InsertTailList (&mRecordsBuffer, &Record[Index].Node);
- }
- }
-
- Record->Signature = DATAHUB_STATUS_CODE_SIGNATURE;
- InsertTailList (&mRecordsFifo, &Record->Node);
-
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
-
- return (DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *) (Record->Data);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Retrieve one record from Records FIFO. The record would be removed from FIFO.
-
- @return Point to record, which is ready to be logged.
- NULL means the FIFO of record is empty.
-
-**/
-DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *
-RetrieveRecord (
- VOID
- )
-{
- DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *RecordData;
- DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD *Record;
- LIST_ENTRY *Node;
- EFI_TPL CurrentTpl;
-
- RecordData = NULL;
-
- CurrentTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
-
- if (!IsListEmpty (&mRecordsFifo)) {
- Node = GetFirstNode (&mRecordsFifo);
- Record = CR (Node, DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD, Node, DATAHUB_STATUS_CODE_SIGNATURE);
- ASSERT (Record != NULL);
-
- RemoveEntryList (&Record->Node);
- RecordData = (DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *) Record->Data;
- }
-
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
-
- return RecordData;
-}
-
-/**
- Release given record and return it to free record buffer.
-
- @param RecordData Pointer to the record to release.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ReleaseRecord (
- DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *RecordData
- )
-{
- DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD *Record;
- EFI_TPL CurrentTpl;
-
- Record = CR (RecordData, DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD, Data[0], DATAHUB_STATUS_CODE_SIGNATURE);
- ASSERT (Record != NULL);
-
- CurrentTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
-
- InsertTailList (&mRecordsBuffer, &Record->Node);
- Record->Signature = 0;
-
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
-}
-
-/**
- Report status code into DataHub.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
- This included information about the class and subclass that is used to
- classify the entity as well as an operation.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to
- different callers.
- @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Function is reentered.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Function is called at runtime.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Fail to allocate memory for free record buffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DataHubStatusCodeReportWorker (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *Record;
- UINT32 ErrorLevel;
- BASE_LIST Marker;
- CHAR8 *Format;
- UINTN CharCount;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Use atom operation to avoid the reentant of report.
- // If current status is not zero, then the function is reentrancy.
- //
- if (InterlockedCompareExchange32 (&mLogDataHubStatus, 0, 0) == 1) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
-
- //
- // See whether in runtime phase or not.
- //
- if (EfiAtRuntime ()) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (mDataHubProtocol == NULL) {
- Status = DataHubStatusCodeInitializeWorker ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- Record = AcquireRecordBuffer ();
- if (Record == NULL) {
- //
- // There are no empty record buffer in private buffers
- //
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Construct Data Hub Extended Data
- //
- Record->CodeType = CodeType;
- Record->Value = Value;
- Record->Instance = Instance;
-
- if (CallerId != NULL) {
- CopyMem (&Record->CallerId, CallerId, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- }
-
- if (Data != NULL) {
- if (ReportStatusCodeExtractDebugInfo (Data, &ErrorLevel, &Marker, &Format)) {
- CharCount = UnicodeBSPrintAsciiFormat (
- (CHAR16 *) (Record + 1),
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- Format,
- Marker
- );
- //
- // Change record data type to DebugType.
- //
- CopyGuid (&Record->Data.Type, &gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid);
- Record->Data.HeaderSize = Data->HeaderSize;
- Record->Data.Size = (UINT16) ((CharCount + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16));
- } else {
- //
- // Copy status code data header
- //
- CopyMem (&Record->Data, Data, sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA));
-
- if (Data->Size > EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE) {
- Record->Data.Size = EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE;
- }
- CopyMem ((VOID *) (Record + 1), Data + 1, Record->Data.Size);
- }
- }
-
- gBS->SignalEvent (mLogDataHubEvent);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- The Event handler which will be notified to log data in Data Hub.
-
- @param Event Instance of the EFI_EVENT to signal whenever data is
- available to be logged in the system.
- @param Context Context of the event.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-LogDataHubEventCallBack (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD *Record;
- UINT32 Size;
- UINT64 DataRecordClass;
-
- //
- // Use atom operation to avoid the reentant of report.
- // If current status is not zero, then the function is reentrancy.
- //
- if (InterlockedCompareExchange32 (&mLogDataHubStatus, 0, 1) == 1) {
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Log DataRecord in Data Hub.
- // Journal records fifo to find all record entry.
- //
- while (TRUE) {
- //
- // Retrieve record from record FIFO until no more record can be retrieved.
- //
- Record = RetrieveRecord ();
- if (Record == NULL) {
- break;
- }
- //
- // Add in the size of the header we added.
- //
- Size = sizeof (DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD) + (UINT32) Record->Data.Size;
-
- if ((Record->CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_PROGRESS_CODE) {
- DataRecordClass = EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_PROGRESS_CODE;
- } else if ((Record->CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) {
- DataRecordClass = EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_ERROR;
- } else if ((Record->CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_DEBUG_CODE) {
- DataRecordClass = EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_DEBUG;
- } else {
- //
- // Should never get here.
- //
- DataRecordClass = EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_DEBUG |
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_ERROR |
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_DATA |
- EFI_DATA_RECORD_CLASS_PROGRESS_CODE;
- }
-
- //
- // Log DataRecord in Data Hub
- //
- mDataHubProtocol->LogData (
- mDataHubProtocol,
- &gEfiDataHubStatusCodeRecordGuid,
- &gEfiStatusCodeRuntimeProtocolGuid,
- DataRecordClass,
- Record,
- Size
- );
-
- ReleaseRecord (Record);
- }
-
- //
- // Restore the nest status of report
- //
- InterlockedCompareExchange32 (&mLogDataHubStatus, 1, 0);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Locate Data Hub Protocol and create event for logging data
- as initialization for data hub status code worker.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Initialization is successful.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DataHubStatusCodeInitializeWorker (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiDataHubProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID **) &mDataHubProtocol
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- mDataHubProtocol = NULL;
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Create a Notify Event to log data in Data Hub
- //
- Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_CALLBACK,
- LogDataHubEventCallBack,
- NULL,
- &mLogDataHubEvent
- );
-
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/RtMemoryStatusCodeWorker.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/RtMemoryStatusCodeWorker.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2a26e19e65..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/RtMemoryStatusCodeWorker.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Runtime memory status code worker.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.h"
-
-RUNTIME_MEMORY_STATUSCODE_HEADER *mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable;
-
-/**
- Initialize runtime memory status code table as initialization for runtime memory status code worker
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Runtime memory status code table successfully initialized.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RtMemoryStatusCodeInitializeWorker (
- VOID
- )
-{
- //
- // Allocate runtime memory status code pool.
- //
- mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable = AllocateRuntimePool (
- sizeof (RUNTIME_MEMORY_STATUSCODE_HEADER) +
- PcdGet16 (PcdStatusCodeMemorySize) * 1024
- );
- ASSERT (mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable != NULL);
-
- mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable->RecordIndex = 0;
- mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable->NumberOfRecords = 0;
- mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable->MaxRecordsNumber =
- (PcdGet16 (PcdStatusCodeMemorySize) * 1024) / sizeof (MEMORY_STATUSCODE_RECORD);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Report status code into runtime memory. If the runtime pool is full, roll back to the
- first record and overwrite it.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
- This included information about the class and subclass that is used to
- classify the entity as well as an operation.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. Valid instance numbers start with 1.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Status code successfully recorded in runtime memory status code table.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RtMemoryStatusCodeReportWorker (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance
- )
-{
- MEMORY_STATUSCODE_RECORD *Record;
-
- //
- // Locate current record buffer.
- //
- Record = (MEMORY_STATUSCODE_RECORD *) (mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable + 1);
- Record = &Record[mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable->RecordIndex++];
-
- //
- // Save status code.
- //
- Record->CodeType = CodeType;
- Record->Value = Value;
- Record->Instance = Instance;
-
- //
- // If record index equals to max record number, then wrap around record index to zero.
- //
- // The reader of status code should compare the number of records with max records number,
- // If it is equal to or larger than the max number, then the wrap-around had happened,
- // so the first record is pointed by record index.
- // If it is less then max number, index of the first record is zero.
- //
- mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable->NumberOfRecords++;
- if (mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable->RecordIndex == mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable->MaxRecordsNumber) {
- //
- // Wrap around record index.
- //
- mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable->RecordIndex = 0;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/SerialStatusCodeWorker.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/SerialStatusCodeWorker.c deleted file mode 100644 index e1d02630e7..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/SerialStatusCodeWorker.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Serial I/O status code reporting worker.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.h"
-
-/**
- Convert status code value and extended data to readable ASCII string, send string to serial I/O device.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
- This included information about the class and subclass that is used to
- classify the entity as well as an operation.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to
- different callers.
- @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Status code reported to serial I/O successfully.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR EFI serial device cannot work after ExitBootService() is called.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR EFI serial device cannot work with TPL higher than TPL_CALLBACK.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SerialStatusCodeReportWorker (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *Filename;
- CHAR8 *Description;
- CHAR8 *Format;
- CHAR8 Buffer[EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE];
- UINT32 ErrorLevel;
- UINT32 LineNumber;
- UINTN CharCount;
- BASE_LIST Marker;
-
- Buffer[0] = '\0';
-
- if (Data != NULL &&
- ReportStatusCodeExtractAssertInfo (CodeType, Value, Data, &Filename, &Description, &LineNumber)) {
- //
- // Print ASSERT() information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- sizeof (Buffer),
- "\n\rDXE_ASSERT!: %a (%d): %a\n\r",
- Filename,
- LineNumber,
- Description
- );
- } else if (Data != NULL &&
- ReportStatusCodeExtractDebugInfo (Data, &ErrorLevel, &Marker, &Format)) {
- //
- // Print DEBUG() information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiBSPrint (
- Buffer,
- sizeof (Buffer),
- Format,
- Marker
- );
- } else if ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) {
- //
- // Print ERROR information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- sizeof (Buffer),
- "ERROR: C%08x:V%08x I%x",
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance
- );
-
- if (CallerId != NULL) {
- CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
- &Buffer[CharCount],
- (sizeof (Buffer) - (sizeof (Buffer[0]) * CharCount)),
- " %g",
- CallerId
- );
- }
-
- if (Data != NULL) {
- CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
- &Buffer[CharCount],
- (sizeof (Buffer) - (sizeof (Buffer[0]) * CharCount)),
- " %x",
- Data
- );
- }
-
- CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
- &Buffer[CharCount],
- (sizeof (Buffer) - (sizeof (Buffer[0]) * CharCount)),
- "\n\r"
- );
- } else if ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_PROGRESS_CODE) {
- //
- // Print PROGRESS information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- sizeof (Buffer),
- "PROGRESS CODE: V%08x I%x\n\r",
- Value,
- Instance
- );
- } else if (Data != NULL &&
- CompareGuid (&Data->Type, &gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeStringGuid) &&
- ((EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_DATA *) Data)->StringType == EfiStringAscii) {
- //
- // EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_DATA
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- sizeof (Buffer),
- "%a\n\r",
- ((EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_DATA *) Data)->String.Ascii
- );
- } else {
- //
- // Code type is not defined.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- sizeof (Buffer),
- "Undefined: C%08x:V%08x I%x\n\r",
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Call SerialPort Lib function to do print.
- //
- SerialPortWrite ((UINT8 *) Buffer, CharCount);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.c b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6435e1f727..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,301 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Status code driver for IA32/X64/EBC architecture.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.h"
-
-EFI_EVENT mVirtualAddressChangeEvent = NULL;
-EFI_HANDLE mHandle = NULL;
-
-//
-// Declaration of status code protocol.
-//
-EFI_STATUS_CODE_PROTOCOL mEfiStatusCodeProtocol = {
- ReportDispatcher
-};
-
-//
-// Report operation nest status.
-// If it is set, then the report operation has nested.
-//
-UINT32 mStatusCodeNestStatus = 0;
-
-/**
- Entry point of DXE Status Code Driver.
-
- This function is the entry point of this DXE Status Code Driver.
- It installs Status Code Runtime Protocol, and registers event for EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE.
-
- @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The entry point is executed successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-StatusCodeRuntimeDxeEntry (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Dispatch initialization request to supported devices
- //
- InitializationDispatcherWorker ();
-
- //
- // Install Status Code Runtime Protocol implementation as defined in PI Specification.
- //
- Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
- &mHandle,
- &gEfiStatusCodeRuntimeProtocolGuid,
- &mEfiStatusCodeProtocol,
- NULL
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- Status = gBS->CreateEventEx (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- TPL_NOTIFY,
- VirtualAddressChangeCallBack,
- NULL,
- &gEfiEventVirtualAddressChangeGuid,
- &mVirtualAddressChangeEvent
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Report status code to all supported device.
-
- This function implements EFI_STATUS_CODE_PROTOCOL.ReportStatusCode().
- It calls into the workers which dispatches the platform specific listeners.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
- This included information about the class and subclass that is used to
- classify the entity as well as an operation.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to
- different callers.
- @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The function should not be completed due to a device error.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ReportDispatcher (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN EFI_GUID *CallerId OPTIONAL,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- //
- // Use atom operation to avoid the reentant of report.
- // If current status is not zero, then the function is reentrancy.
- //
- if (InterlockedCompareExchange32 (&mStatusCodeNestStatus, 0, 1) == 1) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseSerial)) {
- SerialStatusCodeReportWorker (
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance,
- CallerId,
- Data
- );
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseMemory)) {
- RtMemoryStatusCodeReportWorker (
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance
- );
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseDataHub)) {
- DataHubStatusCodeReportWorker (
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance,
- CallerId,
- Data
- );
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseOEM)) {
- //
- // Call OEM hook status code library API to report status code to OEM device
- //
- OemHookStatusCodeReport (
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance,
- CallerId,
- Data
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Restore the nest status of report
- //
- InterlockedCompareExchange32 (&mStatusCodeNestStatus, 1, 0);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Virtual address change notification call back. It converts global pointer
- to virtual address.
-
- @param Event Event whose notification function is being invoked.
- @param Context Pointer to the notification function's context, which is
- always zero in current implementation.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-VirtualAddressChangeCallBack (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- //
- // Convert memory status code table to virtual address;
- //
- EfiConvertPointer (
- 0,
- (VOID **) &mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Dispatch initialization request to sub status code devices based on
- customized feature flags.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializationDispatcherWorker (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- MEMORY_STATUSCODE_PACKET_HEADER *PacketHeader;
- MEMORY_STATUSCODE_RECORD *Record;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN MaxRecordNumber;
-
- //
- // If enable UseSerial, then initialize serial port.
- // if enable UseRuntimeMemory, then initialize runtime memory status code worker.
- // if enable UseDataHub, then initialize data hub status code worker.
- //
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseSerial)) {
- //
- // Call Serial Port Lib API to initialize serial port.
- //
- Status = SerialPortInitialize ();
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseMemory)) {
- Status = RtMemoryStatusCodeInitializeWorker ();
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseDataHub)) {
- DataHubStatusCodeInitializeWorker ();
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseOEM)) {
- //
- // Call OEM hook status code library API to initialize OEM device for status code.
- //
- Status = OemHookStatusCodeInitialize ();
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- //
- // Replay Status code which saved in GUID'ed HOB to all supported devices.
- //
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeReplayIn)) {
- //
- // Journal GUID'ed HOBs to find all record entry, if found,
- // then output record to support replay device.
- //
- Hob.Raw = GetFirstGuidHob (&gMemoryStatusCodeRecordGuid);
- if (Hob.Raw != NULL) {
- PacketHeader = (MEMORY_STATUSCODE_PACKET_HEADER *) GET_GUID_HOB_DATA (Hob.Guid);
- Record = (MEMORY_STATUSCODE_RECORD *) (PacketHeader + 1);
- MaxRecordNumber = (UINTN) PacketHeader->RecordIndex;
- if (PacketHeader->PacketIndex > 0) {
- //
- // Record has been wrapped around. So, record number has arrived at max number.
- //
- MaxRecordNumber = (UINTN) PacketHeader->MaxRecordsNumber;
- }
- for (Index = 0; Index < MaxRecordNumber; Index++) {
- //
- // Dispatch records to devices based on feature flag.
- //
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseSerial)) {
- SerialStatusCodeReportWorker (
- Record[Index].CodeType,
- Record[Index].Value,
- Record[Index].Instance,
- NULL,
- NULL
- );
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseMemory)) {
- RtMemoryStatusCodeReportWorker (
- Record[Index].CodeType,
- Record[Index].Value,
- Record[Index].Instance
- );
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseDataHub)) {
- DataHubStatusCodeReportWorker (
- Record[Index].CodeType,
- Record[Index].Value,
- Record[Index].Instance,
- NULL,
- NULL
- );
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseOEM)) {
- //
- // Call OEM hook status code library API to report status code to OEM device
- //
- OemHookStatusCodeReport (
- Record[Index].CodeType,
- Record[Index].Value,
- Record[Index].Instance,
- NULL,
- NULL
- );
- }
- }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.h b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9d0ed19c4a..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Internal include file of Status Code Runtime DXE Driver.
-
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __STATUS_CODE_RUNTIME_DXE_H__
-#define __STATUS_CODE_RUNTIME_DXE_H__
-
-
-#include <FrameworkDxe.h>
-#include <Guid/DataHubStatusCodeRecord.h>
-#include <Protocol/DataHub.h>
-#include <Guid/MemoryStatusCodeRecord.h>
-#include <Protocol/StatusCode.h>
-#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeId.h>
-#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeDebug.h>
-#include <Guid/EventGroup.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/SynchronizationLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
-#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/HobLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiRuntimeLib.h>
-#include <Library/SerialPortLib.h>
-#include <Library/OemHookStatusCodeLib.h>
-
-//
-// Data hub worker definition
-//
-#define DATAHUB_STATUS_CODE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('B', 'D', 'H', 'S')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Node;
- UINT8 Data[sizeof(DATA_HUB_STATUS_CODE_DATA_RECORD) + EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE];
-} DATAHUB_STATUSCODE_RECORD;
-
-
-//
-// Runtime memory status code worker definition
-//
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 RecordIndex;
- UINT32 NumberOfRecords;
- UINT32 MaxRecordsNumber;
-} RUNTIME_MEMORY_STATUSCODE_HEADER;
-
-extern RUNTIME_MEMORY_STATUSCODE_HEADER *mRtMemoryStatusCodeTable;
-
-/**
- Report status code to all supported device.
-
- This function implements EFI_STATUS_CODE_PROTOCOL.ReportStatusCode().
- It calls into the workers which dispatches the platform specific listeners.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
- This included information about the class and subclass that is used to
- classify the entity as well as an operation.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to
- different callers.
- @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The function should not be completed due to a device error.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ReportDispatcher (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN EFI_GUID *CallerId OPTIONAL,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- Dispatch initialization request to sub status code devices based on
- customized feature flags.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InitializationDispatcherWorker (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Locates Serial I/O Protocol as initialization for serial status code worker.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Serial I/O Protocol is successfully located.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiSerialStatusCodeInitializeWorker (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Convert status code value and extended data to readable ASCII string, send string to serial I/O device.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
- This included information about the class and subclass that is used to
- classify the entity as well as an operation.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to
- different callers.
- @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Status code reported to serial I/O successfully.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR EFI serial device cannot work after ExitBootService() is called.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR EFI serial device cannot work with TPL higher than TPL_CALLBACK.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SerialStatusCodeReportWorker (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize runtime memory status code table as initialization for runtime memory status code worker
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Runtime memory status code table successfully initialized.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RtMemoryStatusCodeInitializeWorker (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Report status code into runtime memory. If the runtime pool is full, roll back to the
- first record and overwrite it.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
- This included information about the class and subclass that is used to
- classify the entity as well as an operation.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. Valid instance numbers start with 1.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Status code successfully recorded in runtime memory status code table.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RtMemoryStatusCodeReportWorker (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance
- );
-
-/**
- Locate Data Hub Protocol and create event for logging data
- as initialization for data hub status code worker.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Initialization is successful.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DataHubStatusCodeInitializeWorker (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Report status code into DataHub.
-
- @param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
- This included information about the class and subclass that is used to
- classify the entity as well as an operation.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within
- the system. Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to
- different callers.
- @param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Function is reentered.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Function is called at runtime.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Fail to allocate memory for free record buffer.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DataHubStatusCodeReportWorker (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- );
-
-
-/**
- Virtual address change notification call back. It converts global pointer
- to virtual address.
-
- @param Event Event whose notification function is being invoked.
- @param Context Pointer to the notification function's context, which is
- always zero in current implementation.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-VirtualAddressChangeCallBack (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.inf b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.inf deleted file mode 100644 index d7c35021a2..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# Status Code Runtime Dxe driver produces Status Code Runtime Protocol.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-##
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = StatusCodeRuntimeDxe
- MODULE_UNI_FILE = StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.uni
- FILE_GUID = FEDE0A1B-BCA2-4A9F-BB2B-D9FD7DEC2E9F
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- ENTRY_POINT = StatusCodeRuntimeDxeEntry
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 EBC
-#
-# VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_MAP_CALLBACK = VirtualAddressChangeCallBack
-#
-
-[Sources]
- SerialStatusCodeWorker.c
- RtMemoryStatusCodeWorker.c
- DataHubStatusCodeWorker.c
- StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.h
- StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- OemHookStatusCodeLib
- SerialPortLib
- UefiRuntimeLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- UefiLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- UefiDriverEntryPoint
- HobLib
- PcdLib
- PrintLib
- ReportStatusCodeLib
- DebugLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- BaseLib
- SynchronizationLib
-
-
-[Guids]
- gEfiDataHubStatusCodeRecordGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # DataRecord Guid
- gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## UNDEFINED # Record data type
- gMemoryStatusCodeRecordGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## HOB
- gEfiEventVirtualAddressChangeGuid ## CONSUMES ## Event
- gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeStringGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiStatusCodeRuntimeProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
- gEfiDataHubProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES # Needed if Data Hub is supported for status code
-
-[FeaturePcd]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeReplayIn ## CONSUMES
- gEfiIntelFrameworkModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeUseOEM ## CONSUMES
- gEfiIntelFrameworkModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeUseDataHub ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeUseMemory ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeUseSerial ## CONSUMES
-
-[Pcd]
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeMemorySize |128| gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdStatusCodeUseMemory ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
-
-[Depex]
- TRUE
-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
- StatusCodeRuntimeDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 963a16e9e6..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxe.uni +++ /dev/null diff --git a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxeExtra.uni b/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxeExtra.uni Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ae409adbed..0000000000 --- a/IntelFrameworkModulePkg/Universal/StatusCode/RuntimeDxe/StatusCodeRuntimeDxeExtra.uni +++ /dev/null |